References

Abbott, C., & Bustillo, J. (2006). What have we learned from proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy about schizophrenia? A critical update. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 19, 135–139.

Abbott, M. J., & Rapee, R. M. (2004). Post-event rumination and negative self-appraisal in social phobia before and after treatment. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 136–144.

Abbott, P., & Chase, D. (2008). Culture and substance abuse: Impact of culture affects approach to treatment. Psychiatric Times, 25. Retrieved on November 7, 2013 from http://www.psychiatrictimes.com/articles/culture-and-substance-abuse-impact-culture-affects-approach-treatment.

Abel, G. G., Becker, J. V., Mittelman, M., Cunningham-Rathner, J., Rouleau, J. L., & Murphy, W. D. (1987). Self-reported sex crimes of nonincarcerated paraphiliacs. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 2, 3–25.

Aberg, K. A., Liu, Y., Bukszar, J., McClay, J. L., Khachane, A. N., et al. (2013). A comprehensive family-based replication study of schizophrenia genes. JAMA Psychiatry, 70, 1–9.

Abouesh, A., & Clayton, A. (1999). Compulsive voyeurism and exhibitionism: A clinical response to paroxetine. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 28, 23–30.

Abraham, S. F., Brown, T., Boyd, C., Luscombe, G., & Russell, J. (2006). Quality of life: Eating disorders. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 40, 150–155.

Abramowitz, J. S. (1997). Effectiveness of psychological and pharmacological treatments for obsessive-compulsive disorder: A quantitative review. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 65, 44–52.

Abramowitz, J. S., & Braddock, A. E. (2006). Hypochondriasis: Conceptualization, treatment, and relationship to obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 29, 503–519.

Abrams, K., Rassovsky, Y., & Kushner, M. G. (2006). Evidence for respiratory and nonrespiratory subtypes in panic disorder. Depression and Anxiety, 23, 474–481.

Abramson, L. Y., Alloy, L. B., Hogan, M. E., Whitehouse, W. G., Donovan, P., et al. (1999). Cognitive vulnerability to depression: Theory and evidence. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 13, 5–20.

Abramson, L. Y., Metalsky, G. I., & Alloy, L. B. (1989). Hopelessness depression: A theory-based subtype of depression. Psychological Review, 96, 358–372.

Abramson, L. Y., Seligman, M. E., & Teasdale, J. D. (1978). Learned helplessness in humans: Critique and reformulation. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 87, 49–74.

Abreu, J. M. (1999). Conscious and nonconscious African American stereotypes: Impact on first impression and diagnostic ratings by therapists. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 67, 387–393.

Achenbach, T. M. (2008). Multicultural perspectives on developmental psychopathology. In J. J. Hudziak (Ed.), Developmental psychopathology and wellness: Genetic and environmental influences (p–47). Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Achenbach, T. M., Krukowski, R. A., Dumenci, L., & Ivanova, M. Y. (2005). Assessment of adult psychopathology: Meta-analyses and implications of cross-informant correlations. Psychological Bulletin, 131, 361–382.

Achenbach, T. M., McConaughy, S. H., & Howell, C. T. (1987). Child/adolescent behavioral and emotional problems: Implications of cross-informant correlations for situational specificity. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 213–232.

Acheson, D. T., Forsyth, J. P., Prenoveau, J. M., & Bouton, M. E. (2007). Interoceptive fear conditioning as a learning model of panic disorder: An experimental evaluation using 20% CO-enriched air in a non-clinical sample. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 45, 2280–2294.

Ackerman, N.J. (1980). The family with adolescents. In E.A. Carter & M. McGoldrick (Eds.), The family life cycle. New York: Gardner Press.

Adamec, R., Holmes, A., & Blundell, J. (2008). Vulnerability to lasting anxiogenic effects of brief exposure to predator stimuli: sex, serotonin and other factors—relevance to PTSD. Neuroscience and Biobehavioural Reviews, 32, 1287–1292.

Adams, H. E., Bernat, J. A., & Luscher, K. A. (2001). Borderline personality disorder: An overview. In P. B. Sutker & H. E. Adams (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychopathology (3rd ed., p–507). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum.

Addolorato, G., Taranto, C., De Rossi, G., & Gasbarrini, G. (1997). Neuroimaging of cerebral and cerebellar atrophy in anorexia nervosa. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging, 76, 139–141.

Aderka, I. M., Hermesh, H., Marom, S., Weizman, A., & Gilboa-Schechtman, E. (2011). Cognitive behavior therapy for social phobia in large groups. International Journal of Cognitive Therapy, 4(1), 92–103.

Adewuya, A. O. (2006). Early postpartum mood as a risk factor for postnatal depression in Nigerian women. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1435–1437.

Adityanjee, Raju, G. S., & Khandelwal, S. K. (1989). Current status of multiple personality disorder in India. American Journal of Psychiatry, 146, 1607–1610.

Adler, C. M., McDonough-Ryan, P., Sax, K. W., Holland, S. K., Arndt, S., & Strakowski, S. M. (2000). fMRI of neuronal activation with symptom provocation in unmedicated patients with obsessive compulsive disorder. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 34, 317–324.

Adler, D. A., McLaughlin, T. J., Rogers, W. H., Chang, H., Lapitsky, L., & Lerner, D. (2006). Job performance deficits due to depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1569–1576.

Adler, N. E., Epel, E. S., Castellazzo, G., & Ickovics, J. R. (2000). Relationship of subjective and objective social status with psychological and physiological functioning: Preliminary data in healthy white women. Health Psychology, 19, 586–592.

Adson, D. E., Mitchell, J. E., & Trenkner, S. W. (1997). The superior mesenteric artery syndrome and acute gastric dilatation in eating disorders: A report of two cases and a review of the literature. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 21, 103–114.

Afifi, T. O., Brownridge, D. A., Cox, B. J., & Sareen, J. (2006). Physical punishment, childhood abuse and psychiatric disorders. Child Abuse & Neglect, 30, 1093–1103.

Agency for Health Care Policy and Research. (1999). Newer antidepressant drugs are equally as effective as older-generation drug treatments, research shows. AHCPR Pub. No. 99-E013. Rockville, MD: Author.

Agency for Health Care Policy and Research. (2002). S-adenosyl-L-methionine for treatment of depression, osteoarthritis, and liver disease. AHRQ Publication No. 02-E033, August 2002. Rockville, MD: Author. Retrieved October 24, 2008, from www.ahrq.gov/clinic/epcsums/samesum.htm

Agerbo, E., Gunnell, D., Bonde, J. P., Mortensen, P. B., & Nordentoft, M. (2007). Suicide and occupation: The impact of socio-economic, demographic and psychiatric differences. Psychological Medicine, 37, 1131–1140.

Aghajanian, G. K., & Marek, G. J. (2000). Serotonin model of schizophrenia: Emerging role of glutamate mechanisms. Brain Research Reviews, 31, 302–312.

Aghevli, M. A., Blanchard, J. J., & Horan, W. P. (2003). The expression and experience of emotion in schizophrenia: A study of social interactions. Psychiatry Research, 119, 261–270.

Agliata, A. K., Tantleff-Dunn, S., & Renk, K. (2007). Interpretation of teasing during early adolescence. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 63, 23–30.

Agosti, V., & Levin, F. R. (2006). The effects of alcohol and drug dependence on the course of depression. The American Journal on Addictions, 15, 71–75.

Agras, W. S. (2001). The consequences and costs of the eating disorders. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 24, 371–379.

Agras, W. S., & Apple, R. F. (1997). Overcoming Eating Disorders—Therapist Guide. Graywind/The Psychological Corporation.

Agras, W. S., & Apple, R. F. (2008). Overcoming Eating Disorders—Therapist Guide. 2nd edition. New York: Oxford University Press.

Agras, W. S., Crow, S. J., Halmi, K. A., Mitchell, J. E., Wilson, G. T., & Kraemer, H. C. (2000). Outcome predictors for the cognitive behavior treatment of bulimia nervosa: Data from a multisite study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1302–1308.

Agras, W. S., Walsh, B. T., Fairburn, C. G., Wilson, G. T., & Kraemer, H. C. (2000). A multicenter comparison of cognitive-behavioral therapy and interpersonal psychotherapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, 459–465.

Agrawal, A., Neale, M. C., Prescott, C. A., & Kendler, K. S. (2004). A twin study of early cannabis use and subsequent use and abuse/dependence of other illicit drugs. Psychological Medicine, 34, 1227–1237.

Aikens, J. E., Nease Jr., D. E., & Klinkman, M. S. (2008). Explaining patients’ beliefs about the necessity and harmfulness of antidepressants. Annals of Family Medicine, 6, 23–29.

Ainsworth, M. (1989), Attachments beyond infancy. American Psychologist, 44, 709–716.

Ainsworth, M. D. S., & Bell, S. M. (1970). Attachment, exploration, and separation: Illustrated by the behavior of one-year-olds in a strange situation. Child Development, 41, 49–67.

Ainsworth, M. D. S., Blehar, M. C., Waters, E., & Wall, S. (1978). Patterns of attachment: A psychological study of the strange situation. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Ait-Daoud, N., Dameron, Z. C., III, Marzani-Nissen, G. R., Wells, L. T., & Johnson, B. A. (2006). Glutaminergic agents for the treatment of alcohol and substance abuse disorders. Primary Psychiatry, 13, 56–64.

Akins, C. K. (2004). The role of Pavlovian conditioning in sexual behavior: A comparative analysis of human and nonhuman animals. International Journal of Comparative Psychology, 17, 241–262.

Akiskal, H. S. (1996). The prevalent clinical spectrum of bipolar disorders: Beyond DSM-IV. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 16(Suppl. 1), 4S–14S.

Akiskal, H. S. (2003). Validating “hard” and “soft” phenotypes within the bipolar spectrum: Continuity or discontinuity? Journal of Affective Disorder, 73, 1–5.

Albert, U., Maina, G., Forner, F., & Bogetto, F. (2004). DSM-IV-TR obsessive-compulsive personality disorder: Prevalence in patients with anxiety disorders and in healthy comparison subjects. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 45, 325–332.

Albertini, R. S., & Phillips, K. A. (1999). Thirty-three cases of body dysmorphic disorder in children and adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 453–459.

Aldao, A., & Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (2010). Specificity of cognitive emotion regulation strategies: A transdiagnostic examination. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 48, 974–983.

Alegría, M., Canino, G., Shrout, P. E., Woo, M., Duan, N., et al. (2008). Prevalence of mental illness in immigrant and non-immigrant U.S. Latino groups. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 359–369.

Alegría, M., Woo, M., Cao, Z., Torres, M., Meng, X., & Striegel-Moore, R. (2007). Prevalence and correlates of eating disorders in Latinos in the United States. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, S15–S21.

Alexander, F., & French, T. M. (1946). Psychoanalytic therapy: Principles and application. Oxford, England: Ronald Press.

Alexander, W. (1996). Strong relationship found between schizophrenia, mood disorders. Psychiatric Times, 13, n.p.

Alford, G. S., & Karns, L. (2000). Psychosis. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 6, p–456). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Allen, J. G., Console, D. A., & Lewis, L. (1999). Dissociative detachment and memory impairment: Reversible amnesia or encoding failure? Comparative Psychiatry, 40, 160–171.

Allen, J. J., & Movius, H. L., II (2000). The objective assessment of amnesia in dissociative identity disorder using event-related potentials. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 38, 21–41.

Allen, L. A., Woolfolk, R. L., Escobar, J. I., Gara, M. A., & Hamer, R. M. (2006). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for somatization disorder: A randomized controlled trial. Archives of Internal Medicine, 166, 1512–1518.

Allison, P. D., & Furstenberg, F. F., Jr. (1989). How marital dissolution affects children: Variations by age and sex. Developmental Psychology, 25, 540–549.

Alloy, L. B., & Abramson, L. Y. (2007). The adolescent surge in depression and emergence of gender differences: A biocognitive vulnerability-stress model in developmental context. In D. Romer & E. Walker (Eds.), Adolescent psychopathology and the developing brain: Integrating brain and prevention science (p–312). New York: Oxford University Press.

Alloy, L. B., Reilly-Harrington, N., Fresco, D. M., Whitehouse, W. G., & Zechmeister, J. S. (1999). Cognitive styles and life events in subsyndromal unipolar and bipolar disorders: Stability and prospective prediction of depressive and hypomanic mood swings. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 13, 21–40.

Allsop, D. J., Copeland, J., Norberg, M. M., Fu, S., Molnar, A., et al. (2012). Quantifying the clinical significance of cannabis withdrawal. PLoS ONE, 15. Retrieved June 10, 2013, from www.plosone.org/article/info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0044864

Allyne, R. (2007, October 31). Man who had sex with bike in court. Telegraph. Retrieved April 17, 2009, from www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/1567410/Man-who-had-sex-with-bike-in-court.html

Alonso, P., Pujol, J., Cardoner, N., Benlloch, L., Deus, J., et al. (2001). Right prefrontal repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in obsessive-compulsive disorder: A double- blind, placebo-controlled study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1143–1145.

Althof, S. E. (2000). Erectile dysfunction: Psychotherapy with men and couples. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy (3rd ed., p–275). New York: Guilford Press.

Althof, S. E., O’Leary, M. P., Cappelleri, J. C., Glina, S., King, R., et al. (U.S. and International SEAR study group). (2006). Self-esteem, confidence, and relationships in men treated with sildenafil citrate for erectile dysfunction. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 21, 1069–1074.

Altshuler, L., Bookheimer, S., Proenza, M. A., Townsend, J., Sabb, F., et al. (2005). Increased amygdala activation during mania: A functional magnetic resonance imaging study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1211–1213.

Altshuler, L. L., Bartzokis, G., Grieder, T., Curran, J., & Mintz, J. (1998). Amygdala enlargement in bipolar disorder and hippocampal reduction in schizophrenia: An MRI study demonstrating neuroanatomic specificity. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 663–664.

Altshuler, L. L., Bauer, M., Frye, M. A., Gitlin, M. J., Mintz, J., et al. (2001). Does thyroid supplementation accelerate tricyclic antidepressant response? A review and meta-analysis of the literature. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1617–1622.

Altshuler, L. L., Kupka, R. W., Hellemann, G., Frye, M. A., Sugar, C. A., et al. (2010). Gender and depressive symptoms in 711 patients with bipolar disorder evaluated prospectively in the Stanley Foundation bipolar treatment outcome network. American Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 708–715.

Alvarez, L. (2008, July 8). After the battle, fighting the bottle at home. New York Times. Retrieved November 12, 2008, from www.nytimes.com/2008/07/08/us/08vets.html?sq=ptsd%20AND%20Afghanistan%20AND%20iraq&st=nyt&scp=1&pagewanted=all

Alvidrez, J., Azocar, F., & Miranda, J. (1996). Demystifying the concept of ethnicity for psychotherapy research. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 903–908.

Alzheimer’s Association. (2007). Alzheimer’s disease facts and figures 2007. Retrieved December 2, 2007, from www.alz.org/national/documents/report_alzfactsfigures2007.pdf

Amador, X. F., & Gorman, J. M. (1998). Psychopathologic domains and insight in schizophrenia. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 21, 27–42.

Amador, X. F., Strauss, D. H., Yale, S. A., & Gorman, J. M. (1991). Awareness of illness in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 17, 113–132.

Amass, L., Ling, W., Freese, T. E., Reiber, C., Annon, J. J., et al. (2004). Bringing buprenorphine-naloxone detoxification to community treatment providers: The NIDA Clinical Trials Network Field Experience. American Journal on Addictions, 13, S42–S66.

Amat, J., Matus-Amat, P., Watkins, L. R., & Maier, S. F. (1998). Escapable and inescapable stress differentially and selectively alter extracellular levels of 5-HT in the ventral hippocampus and dorsal periaqueductal gray of the rat. Brain Research, 797, 12–22.

Amat, J., Sparks, P. D., Matus-Amat, P., Griggs, J., Watkins, L. R., & Maier, S. F. (2001). The role of habenular complex in the elevation of dorsal raphe nucleus serotonin and the changes in the behavioral responses produced by uncontrollable stress. Brain Research, 917, 118–126.

Ambrogne, J. A. (2002). Reduced-risk drinking as a treatment goal: What clinicians need to know. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 22, 45–53.

American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry. (2006). American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 14, 561–572. Retrieved December 4, 2007, from www.aagponline.org/prof/position_caredmnalz.asp

American Psychiatric Association. (1952). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. Washington, DC: Author.

American Psychiatric Association. (2000). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed., text revision). Washington, DC: Author.

American Psychiatric Association. (2010). DSM-5 proposed revisions includes new risk syndromes and suicide risk assessment tool. News Release. February 10. Retrieved December 24, 2011, from www.dsm5.org/Newsroom/Documents/Suicide%20Scale-Risk%20Syndrome%20release%20FINAL%202.05.pdf

American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual, fifth edition. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press, Inc.

American Psychiatric Association Work Group on Suicidal Behaviors (Jacobs, D. G., Baldessarini, R. J., Conwell, Y., Fawcett, J. A., Horton, L., Meltzer, H., Pfeffer, C. R., & Simon, R. I.). (2003). Practice guideline for the assessment and treatment of patients with suicidal behaviors. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160(Suppl.), 1–60.

American Psychological Association. (2002). Ethical principles of psychologists and code of conduct. Retrieved September 9, 2008, from www.apa.org/ethics/code2002.pdf

American Psychological Association, Working Group on the Older Adult. (1998). What practitioners should know about working with older adults. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 29, 413–427.

American Society of Addiction Medicine. (2011). Public Policy Statement: Definition of addiction. Retrieved March 6, 2012, from www.asam.org/docs/publicy-policy-statements/1definition_of_addiction_long_4–11.pdf?sfvrsn=2

Amir, R. E., Van den Veyver, I. B., Wan, M., Tran, C. Q., Francke, U., & Zoghbi, H. (1999). Rett syndrome is caused by mutations in X-linked MECP2, encoding methyl CpG binding protein 2. Nature Genetics, 23, 185–188.

Anastasi, A. (1988). Psychological testing (6th ed.). New York: Macmillan.

Andersen, A. E., & DiDomenico, L. (1992). Diet vs. shape content of popular male and female magazines: A dose-response relationship to the incidence of eating disorders? International Journal of Eating Disorders, 11, 283–287.

Andersen, A. E., & Hay, A. (1985). Racial and socioeconomic influences in anorexia nervosa and bulimia. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 4, 479–487.

Andersen, A. E., Bowers, W. A., & Watson, T. (2001). A slimming program for eating disorders not otherwise specified: Reconceptualizing a confusing, residual diagnostic category. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 24, 271–280.

Andersen, B. L., Anderson, B., & DeProsse, C. (1989). Controlled prospective longitudinal study of women with cancer: I. Sexual functioning outcomes. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 57, 683–691.

Anderson, I. M. (2000). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors versus tricyclic antidepressants: A meta-analysis of efficacy and tolerability. Journal of Affective Disorders, 58, 19–36.

Anderson, P. L., Zimand, E., Hodges, L. F., & Rothbaum, B. O. (2005). Cognitive behavioral therapy for public-speaking anxiety using virtual reality for exposure. Depression and Anxiety, 22, 156–158.

Andersson, G., Carlbring, P., Holmström, A., Sparthan, E., Furmark, T., et al. (2006). Internet-based self-help with therapist feedback and in vivo group exposure for social phobia: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74, 677–686.

Andreasen, N. C. (1979). Thought, language, and communication disorders: Clinical assessment, definition of terms, and assessment of their reliability. Archives of General Psychiatry 36, 1315–1321.

Andreasen, N. C. (2001). Brave new brain: Conquering mental illness in the era of the genome. New York: Oxford University Press.

Andreasen, N. C., Arndt, S., Swayze, V., Cizadlo, T., Flaum, M., et al. (1994). Thalamic abnormalities in schizophrenia visualized through magnetic resonance image averaging. Science, 266, 294–298.

Andreasen, N. C., Nopoulos, P., O’Leary, D. S., Miller, D. D., Wassink, T., & Flaum, M. (1999). Defining the phenotype of schizophrenia: Cognitive dysmetria and its neural mechanisms. Biological Psychiatry, 46, 908–920.

Andrews, J. A., Hops, H., Ary, D., Lichtenstein, E., & Tildesley, E. (1991). The construction, validation and use of the Guttman scale of adolescent substance use: An investigation of family relationships. Journal of Drug Issues, 21, 557–572.

Andrews, J., Wang, L., Csernansky, J. G., Gado, M. H., & Barch, D. M. (2006). Abnormalities of thalamic activation and cognition in schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 463–469.

Andrews-Hanna, J. R., Snyder, A. Z., Vincent, J. L., Lustig, C., Head, D., et al. (2007). Disruption of large-scale brain systems in advanced aging. Neuron, 56, 924–935.

Angell, M. (2011, June 23). The epidemic of mental illness: Why? The New York Review, retreived on November 7, 2013 from http://www.nybooks.com/articles/archives/2011/jun/23/epidemic-mental-illness-why/?page=1

Angermeyer, M. C. (2000). Schizophrenia and violence. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 102, 63–67.

Angst, J. (1998). The emerging epidemiology of hypomania and bipolar II disorder. Journal of Affective Disorders, 50, 143–151.

Angst, J. (1999). Major depression in 1998: Are we providing optimal therapy? Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60, 5–9.

Angst, J., Angst, F., & Stassen H. H. (1999). Suicide risk in patients with major depressive disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60(Suppl 2), 57–62.

Angst, J., Gamma, A., Benazzi, B., Ajdacica, V., Eich, D., & Rössler, W. (2003). Toward a re-definition of subthreshold bipolarity: Epidemiology and proposed criteria for bipolar-II, minor bipolar disorders and hypomania. Journal of Affective Disorders, 73, 133–146.

Angst, J., Gamma, A., Gastpar, M., Lépine, J.-P., Mendlewicz, J., & Tylee, A. (2002). Gender differences in depression: Epidemiological findings from the European DEPRES I and II studies. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 252, 201–209.

Anonymous. (2003, August 16). Commentary. British Medical Journal, 327, 382–383.

Ansbacher, H. L., & Ansbacher, R. R. (Eds.). (1956). The individual psychology of Alfred Adler: A systematic presentation of selections from his writings. New York: Basic Books.

Ansseau, M., Fischler, B., Dierick, M., Mignon, A., & Leyman, S. (2005). Prevalence and impact of generalized anxiety disorder and major depression in primary care in Belgium and Luxemburg: The GADIS study. European Psychiatry, 20, 229–235.

Antonuccio, D. O., Burns, D., Danton, W. G., & O’Donohue, W. (2000). The rumble in Reno: The psychosocial perspective on depression. Psychiatric Times, 17, 24–28. www.mhsource.com/pt/p000824.html

Antonuccio, D. O., Burns, D. D., & Danton, W. G. (2002). Antidepressants: A triumph of marketing over science? Prevention & Treatment, 5, Article 25. www.journals.apa.org/prevention/volume5/pre0050025c.html

Antonuccio, D. O., Danton, W. G., & DeNelsky, G. Y. (1995). Psychotherapy versus medication for depression: Challenging the conventional wisdom with data. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 26, 574–585.

Antony, M. M., & Barlow, D. H. (Eds.). (2002). Handbook of assessment and treatment planning for psychological disorders. New York: Guilford Press.

Antony, M. M., Craske, M. G., & Barlow, D. H. (1995). Mastery of your specific phobia. New York: Graywind Publications.

Antony, M. M., & Swinson, R. P. (1998). When perfect isn’t good enough: Strategies for coping with perfectionism. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger.

Antony, M. M., & Swinson, R. P. (2000a). The shyness & social anxiety workbook: Proven techniques for overcoming your fears. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger.

Antony, M. M., & Swinson, R. P. (2000b). Specific phobia. In M. M. Antony & R. P. Swinson (Eds.), Phobic disorders and panic in adults: A guide to assessment and treatment (p–104). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Anxiety Disorders Association of America. Retrieved September 23, 2002, from www.adaa.org/GettingHelp/Articles/ShirlyB.asp

Apfelbaum, B. (1989). Retarded ejaculation: A much-misunderstood syndrome. In S. R., Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy: Update for the 1990s (2nd ed., p–206). New York: Guilford Press.

Apfelbaum, B. (2000). Retarded ejaculation: A much misunderstood syndrome. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy (3rd ed., p–241). New York: Guilford Press.

Apfelbaum, B. (2001). What the sex therapies tell us about sex. In P. J. Kleinplatz (Ed.), New directions in sex therapy: Innovations and alternatives. (p–28). Philadelphia: Taylor and Rutledge.

Appelbaum, P. S. (2002). Privacy in psychiatric treatment: Threats and responses. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 1809–1818.

Appelbaum, P. S., & Grisso, T. (1995). The MacArthur Treatment Competence Study: I. Mental illness and competence to consent to treatment. Law and Human Behavior, 19, 105–126.

Apple, R. F. (1999). Interpersonal therapy for bulimia nervosa. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 55, 715–725.

Arana, G. W., & Rosenbaum, J. F. (2000). Handbook of psychiataric drug therapy. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

Arcia, E., Sánchez-LaCay, A., & Fernández, M. C. (2002). When worlds collide: Dominican mothers and their Latina clinicians. Transcultural Psychiatry, 39, 74–96.

Arnold, S. E., Hyman, B. T., Van Hoesen, G. W., & Damasio, A. R. (1991). Some cytoarchitectural abnormalities of the entorhinal cortex in schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 625–632.

Arnsten, A. F. (2006). Fundamentals of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: Circuits and pathways. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67(Suppl. 8), 7–12.

Aronson, S. C., Black, J. E., McDougle, C. J., Scanley B. E., Heninger, G. R., et al. (1995). Serotonergic mechanisms of cocaine effects in humans. Psychopharmacology, 119, 179–185.

Arriaza, C. A., & Mann, T. (2001). Ethnic differences in eating disorder symptoms among college students: The confounding role of body mass index. Journal of American College Health, 49, 309–315.

Arroll, B., Macgillivray, S., Ogston, S., Reid, I., Sullivan, F., et al. (2005). Efficacy and tolerability of tricyclic antidepressants and SSRIs compared with placebo for treatment of depression in primary care: A meta-analysis. Annals of Family Medicine, 3, 449–456.

Arseneault, L., Cannon, M., Poulton, R., Murray, R., Caspi, A., & Moffitt, T. E. (2002). Cannabis use in adolescence and risk for adult psychosis: Longitudinal prospective study. British Medical Journal, 325, 1195–1199.

Arseneault, L., Milne, B. J., Taylor, A., Adams, F., Delgado, K., et al. (2008). Being bullied as an environmentally mediated contributing factor to children’s internalizing problems: A study of twins discordant for victimization. Archives of Pediatric Adolescent Medicine, 162, 145–150.

Artaloytia, J. F., Arango, C., Lahti, A., Sanz, J., Pascual, A., et al. (2006). Negative signs and symptoms secondary to antipsychotics: A double-blind, randomized trial of a single dose of placebo, haloperidol, and risperidone in healthy volunteers. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 488–493.

Asmundson, G. J. G., & Stein, M. B. (1994). Triggering the false suffocation alarm in panic disorder patients by using a voluntary breath-holding procedure. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 264–266.

Associated Press. (2006). Autistic hoops star going Hollywood. MSNBC, March 2. Retrieved December 30, 2006, from www.msnbc.msn.com/id/11526448

Ataoglu, A., Ozcetin, A., Icmeli, C., & Ozbulut, O. (2003). Paradoxical therapy in conversion reaction. Journal of Korean Medical Science, 18, 581–584.

Atladóttir, H. O. (2007). Time trends in reported diagnoses of childhood neuropsychiatric disorders: A Danish cohort study. Archives of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine, 161, 193–198.

Atlantis, E., & Sullivan, T. (2012). Bidirectional association between depression and sexual dysfunction: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 9(6), 1497–1507.

Atri, A., Shaughnessy, L. W., Locascio, J. J., & Growdon, J. H. (2008). Long-term course and effectiveness of combination therapy in Alzheimer disease. Alzheimer Disease & Associated Disorders, 22, 209–221.

August, G. J., Bloomquist, M. L., Realmuto, G. M., & Hektner, J. M. (2007). The Early Risers “Skills for Success” Program: A targeted intervention for preventing conduct problems and substance abuse in aggressive elementary school children. In P. Tolan, J. Szapocznik, & S. Sambrano (Eds.), Preventing youth substance abuse: Science-based programs for children and adolescents (p–158). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Aursnes, I., Tvete, I. F., Gaasemyr, J., & Natvig, B. (2005). Suicide attempts in clinical trials with paroxetine randomized against placebo. BMC Medicine, 3, 3–14.

Austin, A. M., Macgowan, M. J., & Wagner, E. F. (2005). Effective family-based interventions for adolescents with substance use problems: A systematic review. Research on Social Work Practice, 15, 67–83.

Auyeung, B., Baron-Cohen, S., Ashwin, E., Knickmeyer, R., Taylor, K., et al. (2009). Fetal testosterone predicts sexually differentiated childhood behavior in girls and in boys. Psychological Science, 20, 144–148.

Avery, D. H., Holtzheimer, P. E. III, Fawaz, W., Russo, J., Neumaier, J., et al. (2006). A controlled study of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in medication-resistant major depression. Biological Psychiatry, 59, 187–194.

Ayalon, L., Gum, A., Feliciano, L., & Areán, P. A. (2006). Effectiveness of nonpharmacological interventions for the management of neuropsychiatric symptoms in patients with dementia: A systematic review. Archives of Internal Medicine, 166, 2182–2188.

Aziz, A. (2004). Sources of perceived stress among American medical doctors: A cross-cultural perspective. Cross Cultural Management, 11, 28–39.

Bacaltchuk, J., Hay, P., & Mari, J. J. (2000). Antidepressants versus placebo for the treatment of bulimia nervosa: A systematic review. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 34, 310–317.

Bach, A. K., Brown, T. A., & Barlow, D. H. (1999). The effects of false negative feedback on efficacy expectancies and sexual arousal in sexually functional males. Behavior Therapy, 30, 79–95.

Baddeley, A. (1986). Working memory. New York: Clarendon Press/Oxford University Press.

Baden, A. L., & Wong, G. (2008). Assessment issues for working with diverse populations of elderly: Multiculturally sensitive perspectives. In L. A. Suzuki & J. G. Ponterotto (Eds.), Handbook of multicultural assessment: Clinical, psychological, and educational applications (p–623). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Baer, J. C., & Martinez, C. D. (2006). Child maltreatment and insecure attachment: A meta-analysis. Journal of Reproductive and Infant Psychology, 24, 187–197.

Baghurst, T., Hollander, D. B., Nardella, B., & Haff, G. G. (2006). Change in sociocultural ideal male physique: An examination of past and present action figures. Body Image, 3, 87–91.

Bagøien, G., Bjørngaard, J. H., Østensen, C., Reitan, S. K., Romundstad, P., & Morken, G. (2013). The effects of motivational interviewing on patients with comorbid substance use admitted to a psychiatric emergency unit—A randomised controlled trial with two year follow-up. BMC Psychiatry, 13, Article ID 93.

Bailey, A., Le Couteur, A., Gottesman, I., & Bolton, P. (1995). Autism as a strongly genetic disorder: Evidence from a British twin study. Psychological Medicine, 25, 63–77.

Bailey, S. L. (1992). Adolescents’ multisubstance use patterns: The role of heavy alcohol and cigarette use. American Journal of Public Health, 82, 1220–1224.

Baker, D., Earle, M., Medford, N., Sierra, M., Towell, A., & David, A. (2007). Illness perceptions in depersonalization disorder: Testing an illness attribution model. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 14, 105–116.

Baker, D., Hunter, E. C. M., Lawrence, E., Medford, N., Sierra, M., et al. (2003). Depersonalisation disorder: Clinical features of 204 cases. British Journal of Psychiatry, 182, 428–433.

Baker, J. R., Jatlow, P., & McCance-Katz, E. F. (2007). Disulfiram effects on responses to intravenous cocaine administration. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 87, 202–209.

Baker, T. B., Brandon, T. H., & Chassin, L. (2004). Motivational influences on cigarette smoking. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 463–491.

Balash, Y., Mordechovich, M., Shabtai, H., Giladi, N., Gurevich, T., & Korczyn, A. D. (2013). Subjective memory complaints in elders: Depression, anxiety, or cognitive decline? ActaNeurologicaScandinavica, 127, 344–350.

Baldwin, D. S., & Polkinghorn, C. (2005). Evidence-based pharmacotherapy of generalized anxiety disorder. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 8, 293–302.

Ball, J. R., Mitchell, P. B., Corry, J. C., Skillecorn, A., Smith, M., & Malhi, G. S. (2006). A randomized controlled trial of cognitive therapy for bipolar disorder: Focus on long-term change. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67, 277–286.

Ball, S., Smolin, J., & Shekhar, A. (2002). A psychobiological approach to personality: Examination within anxious outpatients. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 36, 97–103.

Ballard, C., & Howard, R. (2006). Neuroleptic drugs in dementia benefits and harm. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 7, 492–500.

Balon, R. (2008). The DSM criteria of sexual dysfunction: Need for a change. Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 34, 186–197.

Balon, R., Segraves, R. T., Clayton, A. (2007). Issues for DSM-V: Sexual dysfunction, disorder, or variation along normal distribution: Toward rethinking DSM criteria of sexual dysfunctions. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 198–200.

Baltas, Z., & Steptoe, A. (2000). Migration, culture conflict and psychological well-being among Turkish-British married couples. Ethnicity and Health, 5, 173–180.

Bancroft, J. (1989). Man and his penis—a relationship under threat? Journal of Psychology & Human Sexuality, 2, 7–32.

Bancroft, J. (2002). The medicalization of female sexual dysfunction: The need for caution. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 31, 451–455.

Bandelow, B., Krause, J., Wedekind, D., Broocks, A., Hajak, G., & Rüther, E. (2005). Early traumatic life events, parental attitudes, family history, and birth risk factors in patients with borderline personality disorder and healthy controls. Psychiatry Research, 134, 169–179.

Bandini, S., Antonelli, G., Moretti, P., Pampanelli, S., Quartesan, R., & Perriello, G. (2006). Factors affecting dropout in outpatient eating disorder treatment. Eating and Weight Disorders, 11, 179–184.

Bandura, A. (1986). The explanatory and predictive scope of self-efficacy theory. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 4, 359–373.

Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York: W. H. Freeman/Times Books/Henry Holt & Co.

Bandura, A., Ross, D., & Ross, S. A. (1961). Transmission of aggression through imitation of aggressive models. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63, 575–582.

Baranek, G. T. (1999). Autism during infancy: A retrospective video analysis of sensory-motor and social behaviors at 9–12 months of age. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 29, 213–224.

Baranowsky, A. B., Gentry, J. E., & Schultz, D. F. (2005). Trauma practice: Tools for stabilization and recovery. Ashland, OH: Hogrefe & Huber.

Barbaree, H. E. (2005). Psychopathy, treatment behavior, and recidivism: An extended follow-up of Seto and Barbaree. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20, 1115–1131.

Barbaresi, W. J., Colligan, R. C., Weaver, A. L., Voigt, R. G., Killian, J. M., & Katuic, S. K. (in press). Mortality, ADHD, social adversity in adults with childhood ADHD: A prospective study. Pediatrics.

Barbarich, N. C., McConaha, C. W., Halmi, K. A., Gendall, K., Sunday, S. R., et al. (2004). Use of nutritional supplements to increase the efficacy of fluoxetine in the treatment of anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 35, 10–15.

Barbee, J. G. (1998). Mixed symptoms and syndromes of anxiety and depression: Diagnostic, prognostic, and etiologic issues. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 10, 15–29.

Barber, C. (2008, February). The medicated Americans: Antidepressant prescriptions on the rise. Scientific American. Retrieved October 11, 2008, from www.sciam.com/article.cfm?id=the-medicated-americans

Barber, N. (1998). The slender ideal and eating disorders: An interdisciplinary “telescope” model. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 23, 295–307.

Barch, D. M. (2005). The cognitive neuroscience of schizophrenia. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 321–353.

Barkham, M., & Shapiro, D. A. (1990). Brief psychotherapeutic interventions for job-related distress: A pilot study of prescriptive and explanatory therapy. Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 3, 133–147.

Barkley, R. A. (1997). Defiant children: A clinician’s manual for assessment and parent training (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.

Barkley, R. A. (2000). Taking charge of ADHD: The complete authoritative guide for parents (rev. ed.). New York: Guilford Press.

Barkley, R. A., Edwards, G., Laneri, M., Fletcher, K., & Metevia, L. (2001). Executive functioning, temporal discounting, and sense of time in adolescents with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and oppositional defiant disorder (ODD). Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 541–556.

Barkley, R. A., Shelton, T. L., Crosswait, C., Moorehouse, M., Fletcher, K., et al. (2002). Preschool children with disruptive behavior: Three-year outcome as a function of adaptive disability. Development and Psychopathology, 14, 45–67.

Barlett, D. L., & Steele, J. B. (1979). Howard Hughes: His life and madness. New York: Norton.

Barlow, D. H. (1988). Anxiety and its disorders: The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic. New York: Guilford Press.

Barlow, D. H. (2002). Anxiety and its disorders (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.

Barlow, D. H. (2002a). The experience of anxiety: Shadow of intelligence or specter of death? In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Anxiety and its disorders: The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic (p–36). New York: Guilford Press.

Barlow, D. H. (2002b). True alarms, false alarms, and learned (conditioned) anxiety: The origins of panic and phobia. In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Anxiety and its disorders: The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic (p–251). New York: Guilford Press.

Barlow, D. H. & Chorpita, B. F. (1998). The development of anxiety. Psychological Bulletin, 124, 3–21.

Barlow, D. H., Esler, J. L., & Vitali, A. E. (1998). Psychosocial treatments for panic disorders, phobias, and generalized anxiety disorder. In P. E. Nathan & J. M. Gorman (Eds.), A guide to treatments that work (p–318). New York: Oxford University Press.

Barnes, J. (2000a, March 25). Insanity defense fails for man who threw woman onto track. The New York Times, p. A1.

Barnes, J. (2000b, March 24). Subway killer to be treated in cell or in hospital, or both. The New York Times, p. B3.

Barnett, J. E., & Scheetz, K. (2003). Technological advances and telehealth: Ethics, law, and the practice of psychotherapy. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 40, 86–93.

Baron-Cohen S., Leslie, A. M., & Frith, U. (1985). Does the autistic child have a “theory of mind”? Cognition, 21, 37–46.

Barraclough, B. M., & White, S. J. (1978a). Monthly variation of suicide and undetermined death compared. British Journal of Psychiatry, 132, 275–278.

Barraclough, B. M., & White, S. J. (1978b). Monthly variation of suicidal, accidental and undetermined poisoning deaths. British Journal of Psychiatry, 132, 279–282.

Barrett, P. M., Rapee, R. M., Dadds, M. R., & Ryan, S. M. (1996). Family enhancement of cognitive style in anxious and aggressive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 24, 187–203.

Barrowclough, C., Haddock, G., Tarrier, N., Lewis, S. W., Moring, J., et al. (2001). Clinical outcome following neuroleptic discontinuation in patients with remitted recent-onset schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1835–1842.

Barsky, A. J. (1992). Hypochondriasis and obsessive compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 15, 791–801.

Barsky, A. J., & Ahern, D. K. (2004). Cognitive behavior therapy for hypochondriasis: A randomized controlled trial. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 291, 1464–1470.

Barsky, A. J., Bailey, E. D., Fama, J. M., & Ahern, D. K. (2000). Predictors of remission in DSM hypochondriasis. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 41, 179–183.

Barsky, A. J., Cleary, P. D., Sarnie, M. K., & Klerman, G. L. (1993). The course of transient hypochondriasis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 484–488.

Barsky, A. J., Cleary, P. D., Sarnie, M. K., & Ruskin, J. N. (1994). Panic disorder, palpitations, and the awareness of cardiac activity. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 182, 63–71.

Barsky, A. J., Coeytaux, R. R., Sarnie, M. K., & Cleary, P. D. (1993). Hypochondriacal patients’ beliefs about good health. American Journal of Psychiatry 150, 1085–1089.

Barsky, A. J., Orav, E. J., & Bates, D. W. (2005). Somatization increases medical utilization and costs independent of psychiatric and medical comorbidity. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 903–910.

Barsky, A. J., Wool, C., Barnett, M. C., & Cleary, P. D. (1994). Histories of childhood trauma in adult hypochondriacal patients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 397–401.

Bartholomew, R. E. (1994). Disease, disorder, or deception? Latah as habit in a Malay extended family. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 182, 331–338.

Bartholomew, R. E. (1998). The medicalization of exotic deviance: A sociological perspective on epidemic koro. Transcultural Psychiatry, 35, 5–38.

Bartoi, M. G., & Kinder, B. N. (1998). Effects of child and adult sexual abuse on adult sexuality. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 24, 75–90.

Bartol, C. R., & Bartol, A. M. (2004). Psychology and law: Theory, research, and application. Belmont, CA: Thomson/Wadsworth.

Basic Behavioral Science Task Force of the National Advisory Mental Health Council. (1996). Basic behavioral science research for mental health, American Psychologist, 51, 722–731.

Bass, C., & Murphy, M. (1995). Somatoform and personality disorders: Syndromal comorbidity and overlapping developmental pathways. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 39, 403–427.

Bass, C., Peveler, R., & House, A. (2001). Somatoform disorders: Severe psychiatric illnesses neglected by psychiatrists. British Journal of Psychiatry, 179, 11–14.

Basson, R. (2001). Using a different model for female sexual response to address women’s problematic low sexual desire. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 27, 395–403.

Basson, R. (2005). Women’s sexual dysfunction: Revised and expanded definitions. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 172, 1327–1333.

Basson, R., Berman, J., Burnett, A., Derogatis, L., Ferguson, D., et al. (2001). Report of the International Consensus Development Conference on Female Sexual Dysfunction: Definitions and classifications. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 27, 83–94.

Basson, R., Brotto, L. A., Laan, E., Redmond, G., & Utian, W. H. (2005). Assessment and management of women’s sexual dysfunctions: Problematic desire and arousal. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 2, 291–300.

Basson, R., Leiblum, S., Brotto, L., Derogatis, L., Fourcroy, J., et al. (2004). Revised definitions of women’s sexual dysfunction. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 1, 40–48.

Batelaan, N. M., Van Balkom, A. J. L. M., & Stein, D. J. (2012). Evidence-based pharmacotherapy of panic disorder: An update. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 15, 403–415.

Bateman, A. W., & Fonagy, P. (2004). Psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder: Mentalization based treatment. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.

Bates, J. E., Bentler, P. M., & Thompson, S. K. (1973). Measurement of deviant gender development in boys. Child Development, 44, 591–598.

Bates, J. E., Bentler, P. M., & Thompson, S. K. (1979). Gender-deviant boys compared with normal and clinical control boys. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 7, 243–259.

Battle, C. L., Shea, M. T., Johnson, D. M., Yen, S., Zlotnick, C., et al. (2004). Childhood maltreatment associated with adult personality disorders: Findings from the collaborative longitudinal personality disorders study. Journal of Personality Disorders, 18, 193–211.

Baucom, D. H., Shohan, V., Mueser, D. T., Daiuto, A. D., & Stickle, T. R. (1998). Empirically supported couple and family interventions for marital distress and adult mental health problems. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 53–88.

Baumeister, R. F., Bratslavsky, E., Muraven, M., & Tice, D. M. (1998). Ego depletion: Is the active self a limited resource? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 1252–1265.

Baxter, L. R. (1992). Neuroimaging studies of obsessive compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 15, 871–884.

Baxter, L. R., Schwartz, J. M., Bergman, K. S., Szuba, M. P., Guze, B. H., et al. (1992). Caudate glucose metabolic rate changes with both drug and behavior therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 681–689.

Baxter, L. R., Schwartz, J. M., & Guze, B. H. (1991). Brain imaging: Toward a neuroanatomy of OCD. In J. Zohar, T. Insel, & S. Rasmussen (Eds.), The psychobiology of obsessive-compulsive disorder. New York: Springer.

Bean, N. M. (1992). Elucidating the path toward alcohol and substance abuse by adolescent victims of sexual abuse. Journal of Applied Social Sciences, 17, 57–94.

Beasley, C. M., Jr., Koke, S. C., Nilsson, M. E., & Gonzales, J. S. (2000). Adverse events and treatment discontinuations in clinical trials of fluoxetine in major depressive disorder: An updated meta-analysis. Clinical Therapeutics: The International Journal of Drug Therapy, 22, 1319–1330.

Beasley, C. M. Jr., Sutton, V. K., Taylor, C. C., Sethuraman, G., Dossenbach, M., & Naber, D. (2006). Is quality of life among minimally symptomatic patients with schizophrenia better following withdrawal or continuation of antipsychotic treatment? Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 26, 40–44.

Beatty, M. J., Heisel, A. D., Hall, A. E., Levine, T. R., & La France, B. H. (2002). What can we learn from the study of twins about genetic and environmental influences on interpersonal affiliation, aggressiveness, and social anxiety? A meta-analytic study. Communication Monographs, 69, 1–18.

Beck, A., & Emery, G. (1985). Anxiety disorders and phobias. New York: Basic Books.

Beck, A. T. (1967). Depression: Causes and treatment. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Beck, A. T. (1976). Cognitive therapy and the emotional disorders. Oxford, England: International Universities Press.

Beck, A. T. (1999, February). From the president’s corner: New research in cognitive therapy. Bala Cynwyd, PA: Beck Institute for Cognitive Therapy and Research.

Beck, A. T. (2003). From the President: Synopsis of the Cognitive Model of Borderline Personality Disorder. The Beck Institute. Retrieved October 6th, 2009, from www.beckinstitute.org/InfoID/56/RedirectPath/Add1/FolderID/165/SessionID/{018DB423-1F38-4EBC-9156-03D1A34B14E8}/InfoGroup/Main/InfoType/Article/PageVars/Library/InfoManage/Zoom.htm

Beck, A. T. (2005). The current state of cognitive therapy: A 40-year retrospective. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 953–959.

Beck, A. T., Brown, G., Berchick, R. J., Stewart, B. L., & Steer, R. A. (1990). Relationship between hopelessness and ultimate suicide: A replication with psychiatric outpatients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 190–195.

Beck, A. T., Butler, A. C., Brown, G. K., Dahlsgaard, K. K., Newman, C. F., & Beck, J. S. (2001). Dysfunctional beliefs discriminate personality disorders. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 39, 1213–1225.

Beck, A. T., Emery, G., & Greenberg, R. L. (2005). Anxiety disorders and phobias: A cognitive perspective. New York: Basic Books.

Beck, A. T., Freeman, A., & Davis, D. D. (2004). Cognitive therapy of personality disorders (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.

Beck, A. T., & Rector, N. A. (2005). Cognitive approaches to schizophrenia: Theory and therapy. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 577–606.

Beck, A. T., Rush, A. J., Shaw, B. F., & Emery, G. (1979). Cognitive therapy of depression: A treatment manual. New York: Guilford Press.

Beck, A. T., Steer, R. A., & Brown, G. K. (1996). BDI–II: Beck Depression Inventory Manual, (2nd ed.). San Antonio, TX: The Psychological Corporation.

Beck, A. T., Steer, R. A., Kovacs, M., & Garrison, B. (1985). Hopelessness and eventual suicide: A 10-year prospective study of patients hospitalized with suicidal ideation. American Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 559–563.

Beck, D., Casper, R., & Anderson, A. (1996). Truly late onset of eating disorders: A study of 11 cases averaging 60 years of age at presentation. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 20, 389–395.

Beck, J. G. (1995). Hypoactive sexual desire disorder: An overview. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 63, 919–927.

Beck, J. G., Ohtake, P. J., & Shipherd, J. C. (1999). Exaggerated anxiety is not unique to CO₂ in panic disorder: A comparison of hypercapnic and hypoxic challenges. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 473–482.

Becker, A., & Hamburg, P. (1996). Culture, the media, and eating disorders. Cross-Cultural Psychiatry, 4, 163–167.

Becker, A. E. (1994). Nurturing and negligence: Working on others’ bodies in Fiji. In T. J. Csordas (Ed.), Embodiment and experience: The existential ground of culture and self (p–115). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Becker, A. E., Burwell, R. A., Herzog, D. B., Hamburg, P., & Gilman, S. E. (2002). Eating behaviours and attitudes following prolonged exposure to television among ethnic Fijian adolescent girls. British Journal of Psychiatry, 180, 509–514.

Becker, D., & Lamb, S. (1994). Sex bias in the diagnosis of borderline personality disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 25, 55–61.

Becker, J. V. (1989). Impact of sexual abuse on sexual functioning. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy: Update for the 1990s (2nd ed., p–318). New York: Guilford Press.

Becker, J. V., & Kaplan, M. S. (1991). Rape victims: Issues, theories, and treatment. Annual Review of Sex Research, 2, 267–292.

Becoña, E., Martínez, Ú., Calafat, A., Juan, M., Fernández-Hermida, J. R., & Secades-Villa, R. (2012). Parental styles and drug use: A review. Drugs: Education, Prevention & Policy, 19(1), 1–10.

Beech, A., & Ford, H. (2006). The relationship between risk, deviance, treatment outcome and sexual reconviction in a sample of child sexual abusers completing residential treatment for their offending. Psychology, Crime & Law, 12, 685–701.

Beer, J. S., John, O. P., Scabini, D., & Knight, R. T. (2006). Orbitofrontal cortex and social behavior: I integrating self-monitoring and emotion-cognition interactions. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 18(6), 871–879.

Bell, C. J., & Nutt, D. J. (1998). Serotonin and panic. British Journal of Psychiatry, 172, 465–471.

Bellgrove, M. A., Chambers, C. D., Vance, A., Hall, N., Karamitsios, M., & Bradshaw, J. L. (2006). Lateralized deficit of response inhibition in early-onset schizophrenia. Psychological Medicine, 36, 495–505.

Bellgrove, M. A., Hawi, Z., Lowe, N., Kirley, A., Robertson, I. H., & Gill, H. (2005). DRD4 gene variants and sustained attention in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD): Effects of associated alleles at the VNTR and 521 SNP. American Journal of Medical Genetics: Part B Neuropsychiatry Genetics, 136, 81–86.

Bender, D. S. (2005). Therapeutic alliance. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–420). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Bender, L. (1963). Bender visual motor Gestalt test. New York: American Orthopsychiatric Corporation.

Benedetti, F. (2009). Understanding the mechanisms in health and disease. New York: Oxford University Press.

Benedetti, F. (2010). Conscious and unconscious placebo responses: How the ritual of the therapeutic act changes the patient’s brain. In E. Perry, D. Collerton, F. LeBeau, & H. Ashton (Eds.), Advances in consciousness research: New horizons in the neuroscience of consciousness (p–268). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Benes, F. M. (2000). Emerging principles in panic disorder: A comparison of altered neural circuitry in schizophrenia. Brain Research Reviews, 31, 251–269.

Benony, H., Van Der Elst, D., Chahraoui, K., Benony, C., & Marnier, J. P. (2007). Link between depression and academic self-esteem in gifted children. Encephale, 33, 11–20.

Benton, A. L., Hamsher, N. R., Varney, N. R., & Spreen, O. (1983). Contributions to neuropsychological assessment. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Ben-Tovim, D. I. (2003). Eating disorders: Outcome, prevention and treatment of eating disorders. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 16, 65–69.

Ben-Zeev, D., Young, M. A., & Corrigan, P. W. (2010). DSM-V and the stigma of mental illness. Journal of Mental Health, 19, 318–327.

Berenbaum, H., Thompson, R. J., Milanek, M. E., Boden, M. T., & Bredemeier, K. (2008). Psychological trauma and schizotypal personality disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 117, 502–519.

Berman, J., & Berman, L. (with Bumiller, E.). (2001). For women only: A revolutionary guide to reclaiming your sex life. New York: Holt.

Berman, L. A., Berman, J. R., Bruck, D., Pawar, R. V., & Goldstein, I. (2001). Pharmacotherapy or psychotherapy? Effective treatment for FSD related to unresolved childhood sexual abuse. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 27, 421–425.

Bernal, G., & Scharró-del-Río, M. R. (2001). Are empirically supported treatments valid for ethnic minorities? Toward an alternative approach for treatment research. Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 7, 328–342.

Bernstein, J. (2006). 10 days to a less defiant child: The breakthrough program for overcoming your child’s difficult behavior. Cambridge, MA: Da Capo Press.

Berthier, M. L., Kulisevsky, J., Gironell, A., & López, O. L. (2001). Obsessive-compulsive disorder and traumatic brain injury: Behavioral, cognitive, and neuroimaging findings. Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology, 14, 23–31.

Beutler, L. E. (2000). David and Goliath: When empirical and clinical standards of practice meet. American Psychologist, 55, 997–1007.

Beutler, L. E. (2002). The dodo bird is extinct. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 9, 30–34.

Beutler, L. E., & Harwood, T. M. (2002). What is and can be attributed to the therapeutic relationship?. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 32, 25–33.

Beutler, L. E., Harwood, T. M., Alimohamed, S. & Malik, M. (2002). Functional impairment and coping style: Patient moderators of therapeutic relationships. In J. N. Norcross (Ed.), Empirically supported therapeutic relationships (p–170). New York: Oxford University Press.

Beutler, L. E. & Karno, M. (1999). Psychotherapy research: Basic or applied? Journal of Clinical Psychology, 55, 171–180.

Beutler, L. E., Machado, P. P. P., & Neufeldt, S. A. (1994). Therapist variables. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., p–269). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Beutler, L. E., & Malik, M. L. (2002). Rethinking the DSM: A psychological perspective. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Bhatia, T., Thomas, P., Semwal, P., Thelma, B. K., Nimgaonkar, V. L., & Deshpande, S. N. (2006). Differing correlates for suicide attempts among patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder in India and USA. Schizophrenia Research, 86, 208–214.

Bhugra, D., & Ayondrinde, O. (2001). Racism, racial life events and mental ill health. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 7, 343–349.

Bhui, K., Stansfeld, S., McKenzie, K., Karlsen, S., Nazroo, J., & Weich, S. (2005). Racial/ethnic discrimination and common mental disorders among workers: Findings from the EMPIRIC Study of Ethnic Minority Groups in the United Kingdom. American Journal of Public Health, 95, 496–501.

Bibb, J. L., & Chambless, D. L. (1986). Alcohol use and abuse among diagnosed agoraphobics. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 24, 49–58.

Bickel, W. K., & Marsch, L. A. (2001). Toward a behavioral economic understanding of drug dependence: Delay discounting processes. Addiction, 96, 73–86.

Bieberich, A. A., & Morgan, S. B. (1998). Affective expression in children with autism or Down syndrome. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 28, 333–338.

Bieberich, A. A., & Morgan, S. B. (2004). Self-regulation and affective expression during play in children with autism or Down syndrome: A short-term longitudinal study. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 34, 439–448.

Biederman, J., Faraone, S. V., Milberger, S., Jetton, J. G., Chen, L., et al. (1996). Is childhood oppositional defiant disorder a precursor to adolescent conduct disorder? Findings from a four-year follow-up study of children with ADHD. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 1193–1204.

Biederman, J., Hirshfeld-Becker, D. R., Rosenbaum, J. F., Hérot, C., Friedman, D., et al. (2001). Further evidence of association between behavioral inhibition and social anxiety in children. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1673–1679.

Biederman, J., Kwon, A., Aleardi, M., Chouinard, V., Marino, T., et al. (2005). Absence of gender effects on attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: Findings in nonreferred subjects. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1083–1089.

Biederman, J., Mick, E., & Faraone, S. V. (2000). Age-dependent decline of symptoms of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: Impact of remission definition and symptom type. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 816–818.

Biederman, J., Petty, C., Faraone, S. V., Hirshfeld-Becker, D. R., Henin, A., et al. (2005). Patterns of comorbidity in panic disorder and major depression: Findings from a nonreferred sample. Depression and Anxiety, 21, 55–60.

Bielau, H., Mawrin, C., Krell, D., Agelink, M. W., Trübner, K., et al. (2005). Differences in activation of the dorsal raphé nucleus depending on performance of suicide. Brain Research, 1039, 43–52.

Bienvenu, O. J., Hettema, J. M., Neale, M. C., Prescott, C. A., & Kendler, K. S. (2007). Low extraversion and high neuroticism as indices of genetic and environmental risk for social phobia, agoraphobia, and animal phobia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1714–1721.

Bienvenu, O. J., Nestadt, G., Samuels, J. F., Costa, P. T., Howard, W. T., & Eaton, W. W. (2001). Phobic, panic, and major depressive disorders and the five-factor model of personality. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 189, 154–161.

Bienvenu, O. J., Onyike, C. U., Stein, M. B., Chen, L. S., Samuels, J., et al. (2006). Agoraphobia in adults: Incidence and longitudinal relationship with panic. British Journal of Psychiatry, 188, 432–438.

Bienvenu, O. J., Samuels, J. F., Riddle, M. A., Hoehn-Saric, R., Liang, K. Y., et al. (2000). The relationship of obsessive-compulsive disorder to possible spectrum disorders: Results from a family study. Biological Psychiatry, 48, 287–293.

Bierer, L. M., Yehuda, R., Schmeidler, J., Mitropoulou, V., New, A. S., et al. (2003). Abuse and neglect in childhood: Relationship to personality disorder diagnoses. CNS Spectrums, 8, 737–740, 749–754.

Bifulco, A., Moran, P. M., Ball, C., & Bernazzani, O. (2002). Adult attachment style.1: Its relation to clinical depression. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 37, 50–59.

Bilefsky, D. (2009, March 11). Europeans debate castration of sex offenders. The New York Times. Retrieved April 17, 2013, from http://nytimes.com

Bilich, L. L., Deane, F. P., Phipps, A. B., Barisic, M., & Gould, G. (2008). Effectiveness of bibliotherapy self-help for depression with varying levels of telephone helpline support. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy, 15, 61–74.

Bilukha, O. O., & Utermohlen, V. (2002). Internalization of Western standards of appearance, body dissatisfaction and dieting in urban educated Ukrainian females. European Eating Disorders Review, 10, 120–137.

Binik, Y. M. (2005). Should dyspareunia be retained as a sexual dysfunction in DSM-V? A painful classification decision. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 34, 11–21.

Binik, Y. M., Reissing, E., Pukall, C., Flory, N., Payne, K. A., & Khalifé, S. (2002). The female sexual pain disorders: Genital pain or sexual dysfunction? Archives of Sexual Behavior, 31, 425–429.

Binks, C. A., Fenton, M., McCarthy, L., Lee, T., Adams, C. E., & Duggan, C. (2006a). Pharmacological interventions for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 25(1): CD005653.

Binks, C. A., Fenton, M., McCarthy, L., Lee, T., Adams, C. E., & Duggan, C. (2006b). Psychological therapies for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 25(1): CD005652.

Birchall, H. (1999). Interpersonal psychotherapy in the treatment of eating disorders. European Eating Disorders Review, 7, 315–320.

Bird, H. R. (2002). The diagnostic classification, epidemiology, and cross-cultural validity of ADHD. In P. S. Jensen & J. R. Cooper (Eds.), Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: State of the science—Best practices (p-1–2-16). Kingston, NJ: Civic Research Institute.

Bird, T. D., Levy-Lahad, E., Poorkaj, P., Sharma, V., Nemens, E., et al. (1996). Wide range in age of onset for chromosome 1-related familial Alzheimer’s disease. Annals of Neurology, 40, 932–936.

Bissell, K., & Zhou, P. (2004). Must-see TV or ESPN: Entertainment and sports media exposure and body-image distortion in college women. Journal of Communication, 54, 5–21.

Bjornsson, A. S., Didie, E. R., Grant, J. E., Menard, W., Stalker, E., & Phillips, K. A. (In press). Age at onset and clinical correlates in body dysmorphic disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry. Advance online publication.

Black, D. W. (2001). Antisocial personality disorder: The forgotten patients of psychiatry. Primary Psychiatry, 8, 30–81.

Black, D. W., Noyes, R., Goldstein, R. B., & Blum, N. (1992). A family study of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 362–368.

Black, M. C., Basile, K. C., Breiding, M. J., Smith, S. G., Walter, M. L., et al. (2011). The National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey (NISVS): 2010 Summary Report. Atlanta, GA: National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Access on January 7, 2012, from www.cdc.gov/ViolencePrevention/pdf/NISVS_Executive_Summary-a.pdf

Blackburn, S., Johnston, L., Blampied, N., Popp, D., & Kallen, R. (2006). An application of escape theory to binge eating. European Eating Disorders Review, 14, 23–31.

Blair, N. A., Yue, S. K., Singh, R., & Bernhardt, J. M. (2005). Depiction of substance use in reality television: A content analysis of The Osbournes. British Medical Journal, 331, 1517–1519.

Blair, R. J. R., Colledge, E., Murray, L. K., & Mitchell, D. G. V. (2001). Selective impairment in the processing of sad and fearful expressions by children with psychopathic tendencies. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 491–498.

Blais, M. A., Hilsenroth, M. J., & Fowler, J. C. (1999). Diagnostic efficiency and hierarchical functioning of the DSM-IV borderline personality disorder criteria. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 187, 167–173.

Blais, M. A., McCann, J. T., Benedict, K. B., & Norman, D. K. (1997). Toward an empirical/theoretical grouping of the DSM-III-R personality disorders. Journal of Personality Disorders, 11, 191–198.

Blais, M. A., & Norman, D. K. (1997). A psychometric evaluation of the DSM-IV personality disorder criteria. Journal of Personality Disorders, 11, 168–176.

Blanchard, E. B. (2000). Biofeedback. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 1, p–420). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Blanchard, E. B., Kuhn, E., Rowell, D. L., Hickling, E. J., Wittrock, D., et al. (2004). Studies of the vicarious traumatization of college students by the September 11th attacks: Effects of proximity, exposure and connectedness. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 42, 191–205.

Blanchard, E. B., Lackner, J. M., Gusmano, R., Gudleski, G. D., Sanders, K., et al. (2006). Prediction of treatment outcome among patients with irritable bowel syndrome treated with group cognitive therapy. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 44, 317–337.

Blanchard, J. J., Horan, W. P., & Collins, L. M. (2005). Examining the latent structure of negative symptoms: Is there a distinct subtype of negative symptom schizophrenia? Schizophrenia Research, 77, 151–165.

Blanchard, R. (1989). The classification and labeling of nonhomosexual gender dysphorias. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 18, 315–334.

Blanchard, R. (1990). Gender identity disorders in adult men. In R. Blanchard & B. W. Steiner (Eds.), Clinical management of gender identity disorders in children and adults (p–76). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Blaney, P. H. (1986). Affect and memory: A review. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 229–246.

Blatt, S. J., Sanislow, C. A., Zuroff, D. C., & Pilkonis, P. A. (1996). Characteristics of effective therapists: Further analyses of data from the National Institute of Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 1276–1284.

Blazer, D. G., Hybels, C. F., Simonsick, E. M., & Hanlon, J. T. (2000). Marked differences in antidepressant use by race in an elderly community sample: 1986–1996. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1089–1094.

Blazer, D. G., Landerman, L. R., Hays, J. C., Simonsick, E. M., & Saunders, W. B. (1998). Symptoms of depression among community-dwelling elderly African-American adults. Psychological Medicine, 28, 1311–1320.

Bleiberg, K. L., & Markowitz, J. C. (2005). A pilot study of interpersonal psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 181–183.

Blinder, B. J., Cumella, E. J., & Sanathara, V. A. (2006). Psychiatric comorbidities of female inpatients with eating disorders. Psychosomatic Medicine, 68, 454–462.

Bliss, E. L. (1984). Spontaneous self-hypnosis in multiple personality disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 7, 135–148.

Block, J. J. (2008). Issues for DSM-V: Internet addiction. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 306–307.

Bloom, B. L. (1997). Planned short-term psychotherapy: A clinical handbook (2nd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Bloom, J. W. (1998). The ethical practice of Web counseling. British Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 26, 53–59.

Blum, K., Noble, E. P., Sheridan, P. J., Montgomery, A., Ritchie, T., et al. (1990). Allelic association of human dopamine D2 receptor gene in alcoholism. Journal of the American Medical Association, 263, 2055–2060.

Blumberg S. J., Bramlett, M. D., Kagan, M. D., Schieve, L.A., Jones, J. R., & Lu, M. C. (2013). Changes in prevalence of parent-reported autism spectrum disorder in school-aged U.S. children: 2007 to 2011–2012. National Health Statistics Report, 65, 1–12.

Bock, M. A. (2007). The impact of social-behavioral learning strategy training on the social interaction skills of four students with Asperger syndrome. Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities, 22, 88–95.

Boddy, J. (1992). Comment on the proposed DSM-IV criteria for trance and possession disorder. Transcultural Psychiatric Research Review, 29, 323–330.

Bodkin, J. A., Pope, H. G., Detke, M. J., & Hudson, J. I. (2007). Is PTSD caused by traumatic stress? Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 21, 176–182.

Bodlund, O., & Kullgren, G. (1996). Transsexualism—general outcome and prognostic factors: A five-year follow-up study of nineteen transsexuals in the process of changing sex. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 25, 303–316.

Bohart, A. C., & Tallman, K. (2010). Clients: The neglected common factor in psychotherapy. In B. L. Duncan, S. D. Miller, B. E. Wampold, & M. A. Hubble (Eds.), The heart and soul of change: Delivering what works in therapy (2nd ed.) (p–111). Washington DC: American Psychological Association.

Bohus, M., Haaf, B., Simms, T., Limberger, M. F., Schmahl, C., et al. (2004). Effectiveness of inpatient dialectical behavioral therapy for borderline personality disorder: A controlled trial. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 42, 487–499.

Bohus, M., Haaf, B., Stiglmayr, C., Pohl, U., Böhme, R., & Linehan, M. (2000). Evaluation of inpatient dialectical-behavioral therapy for borderline personality disorder—a prospective study. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 38, 875–887.

Boldrini, M., Underwood, M. D., Mann, J. J., & Arango, V. (2005). More tryptophan hydroxylase in the brainstem dorsal raphé nucleus in depressed suicides. Brain Research, 1041, 19–28.

Bölte, S., & Poustka, F. (2003). The recognition of facial affect in autistic and schizophrenic subjects and their first-degree relatives. Psychological Medicine, 33, 907–915.

Bolton, P., Bass, J., Neugebauer, R., Verdeli, H., Clougherty, K. F., et al. (2003). Group interpersonal psychotherapy for depression in rural Uganda: A randomized controlled trial. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 289, 3117–3124.

Bondy, A. S., & Frost, L. A. (1994). The Picture Exchange Communication System. Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities, 9(3), 1–19.

Booij, L., & Van der Does, A. J. W. (2007). Cognitive and serotonergic vulnerability to depression: Convergent findings. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 116, 86–94.

Borch-Jacobsen, M. (1997), “Sybil: The making of a disease: An interview with Dr. Herbert Spiegel,” The New York Review, April 27, 1997.

Bordo, S. (1993). Unbearable weight: Feminism, Western culture, and the body. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Borkovec, T. D. (1994). The nature, functions, and origins of worry. In G. C. L. Davey & F. Tallis (Eds.), Worrying: Perspectives on theory, assessment and treatment. (p–33). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Borkovec, T. D., & Castonguay, L. G. (1998). What is the scientific meaning of empirically supported therapy? Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 136–142.

Borkovec, T. D., Hazlett-Stevens, J., & Diaz, M. L. (1999). The role of positive beliefs about worry in generalized anxiety disorder and its treatment. Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy, 6, 126–138.

Borkovec, T. D., & Hu, S. (1990). The effect of worry on cardiovascular response to phobic imagery. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 28, 69–73.

Borkovec, T. D., & Miranda, J. (1999). Between-group psychotherapy outcome research and basic science. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 55, 147–158.

Borkovec, T. D., & Ruscio, A. M. (2001). Psychotherapy for generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62 (Suppl. 11), 37–42.

Bourgeois, J. A., Chang, C. H., Hilty, D. M., & Servis, M. E. (2002). Clinical manifestations and management of conversion disorders. Current Treatment Options in Neurology, 4, 487–497.

Bourguignon, E. (2004). Suffering and healing, subordination and power: Women and possession trance. Ethos, 32, 557–574.

Bouton, M. E., Mineka, S., & Barlow, D. H. (2001). A modern learning theory perspective on the etiology of panic disorder. Psychological Review, 108, 4–32.

Bowen, M. (1978). Family therapy in clinical practice (2nd ed.). Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.

Bower, G. H., & Forgas, J. P. (2000). Affect, memory, and social cognition. In E. Eich, J. F. Kihlstrom, G. H. Bower, J. P. Forgas, & P. M. Niedenthal (Eds.), Cognition and emotion (p–168). New York: Oxford University Press.

Bowers, M., Jr., Boutros, N., D’Souza, D. C., & Madonick, S. (2001). Substance abuse as a risk factor for schizophrenia and related disorders. International Journal of Mental Health, 30, 33–57.

Bowers, W. A., & Ansher, L. S. (2008). The effectiveness of cognitive behavioral therapy on changing eating disorder symptoms and psychopathy of 32 anorexia nervosa patients at hospital discharge and one year follow-up. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 20, 79–86.

Bowlby, J. (1969). Attachment and loss: Vol. 1. Attachment. New York: Basic Books.

Bowlby, J. (1973). Attachment and loss: Vol. 2, Separation. New York: Basic Books.

Bowlby, J. (1979). The making and breaking of affectional bonds. London: Tavistock.

Bowman, E. S. (1993). Etiology and clinical course of pseudoseizures: Relationship to trauma, depression, and dissociation. Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry, 34, 333–342.

Bowman, E. S., & Nurnberger, J. I. (1993). Genetics of psychiatry diagnosis and treatment. In D. L. Dunner (Ed.), Current psychiatric therapy (p–56). Philadelphia: Saunders.

Bowman, M. L. (1999). Individual differences in posttraumatic distress: Problems with the DSM-IV model. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry/La Revue canadienne de psychiatrie, 44, 21–33.

Boyd, J. D. (1997). Clinical hypnosis for rapid recovery from dissociative identity disorder. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 40, 97–110.

Boylan, J. F. (2003). She’s not there: A life in two genders. New York: Broadway Books.

Boyle, C. A., Boulet, S., Schieve, L. A., Cohen, R. A., Blumberg, S. J., et al. (2011). Trends in the prevalence of developmental disabilities in US children, 1997–2008. Pediatrics, 127(6), 1034–1042.

Boyle, M. (2000). Kraepelin, Emil. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 4, p–460). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Boysen, G. A. (2011). The scientific status of childhood dissociative identity disorder: A review of published research. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 80(6), 329–334.

Boysen, G. A., & VanBergen, A. (2013). A review of published research on adult dissociative identity disorder: 2000–2010. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 201(1), 5–11.

Bradfield, J. W. B. (2006). A pathologist’s perspective of the somatoform disorders. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 60, 327–330.

Bradford, J. M. (2001). The neurobiology, neuropharmacology, and pharmacological treatment of the paraphilias and compulsive sexual behaviour. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 46, 24–25.

Bradford, J. M. W. (2000). The treatment of sexual deviation using a pharmacological approach. Journal of Sex Research, 37, 248–257.

Bradley, R., Greene, J., Russ, E., Dutra, L., & Westen, D. (2005). A multidimensional meta-analysis of psychotherapy for PTSD. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 214–227.

Bradley, S. J., & Zucker, K. J. (1997). Gender identity disorder: A review of the past 10 years. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 36, 872–880.

Brady v. Hopper, 570 F. Sup (D. Colo. 1983).

Brady, K. (2005). New pharmacological approaches to addiction. Medscape. Retrieved February 15, 2006, from www.medscape.com/viewarticle/507191

Brady, K., Pearlstein, T., Asnis, G. M., Baker, D., Rothbaum, B., et al. (2000). Efficacy and safety of sertraline treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: A randomized controlled trial. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 283, 1837–1844.

Brady, K., & Sinha, R. (2005). Co-occurring mental and substance use disorders: The neurobiological effects of chronic stress. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1483–1493.

Brady, K. T., Sonne, E., Randall, C.L., Adinoff, B., & Malcolm, R. (1995). Features of cocaine dependence with concurrent alcohol abuse. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 39, 69–71.

Brambilla, P., Cipriani, A., Hotopf, M., & Barbui, C. (2005). Side-effect profile of fluoxetine in comparison with other SSRIs, tricyclic and newer antidepressants: A meta-analysis of clinical trial data. Pharmacopsychiatry, 38, 69–77.

Brannigan, G. G., & Decker, S. L. (2003). Bender visual-motor Gestalt test (2nd ed.). Itasca, IL: Riverside Publishing.

Brannigan, G. G., & Decker, S. L. (2006). The Bender-Gestalt II. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 76, 10–12.

Braun, J., Kahn, R. S., Froehlich, T., Auinger, P., & Lanphear, B. P. (2006). Exposures to environmental toxicants and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in US children. Environmental Health Perspectives, 114, 1904–1909.

Brauser, D. (2012). DSM-5 field trials generate mixed results. Medscape, May 8. Retrieved May 21, 2013, from www.medscape.com/viewarticle/763519

Breiter, H. C., Rauch, S. L., Kwong, K. K., Baker, J. R., Weisskoff, R. M., et al. (1996). Functional magnetic resonance imaging of symptom provocation in obsessive-compulsive disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 595–606.

Breiter, H. C., & Rosen, B. R. (1999). Functional magnetic resonance imaging of brain reward circuitry in the human. In J. F. McGinty (Ed.), Advancing from the ventral striatum to the extended amygdala: Implications for neuropsychiatry and drug use: In honor of Lennart Heimer (p–547). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.

Bremner, J. D. (2010). Cognitive processes in dissociation: Comment on Giesbrecht et al. (2008). Psychological Bulletin, 136(1), 1–6.

Bremner, J. D., Krystal, J. H., Putnam, F. W., Southwick, S. M., Marmar, C., et al. (1998). Measurement of dissociative states with the Clinician-Administered Dissociative States Scale (CADSS). Journal of Traumatic Stress, 11, 125–136.

Bremner, J. D., Krystal, J. H., Southwick, S. M., & Charney, D. S. (1995). Functional neuroanatomical correlates of the effects of stress on memory. Journal of Trauma and Stress, 8, 527–553.

Bremner, J. D., Randall, P., Scott, T. M., Bronen, R. A., Seibyl, J. P., et al. (1995). MRI-based measurement of hippocampal volume in patients with combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 973–981.

Bremner, J. D., Randall, P., Vermetten, E., Staib, L., Bronen, R. A., et al. (1997). Magnetic resonance imaging-based measurement of hippocampal volume in posttraumatic stress disorder related to childhood physical and sexual abuse: A preliminary report. Biological Psychiatry, 41, 23–32.

Bremner, J. D., Vermetten, E., Afzal, N., & Vythilingam, M. (2004). Deficits in verbal declarative memory function in women with childhood sexual abuse-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 192, 643–649.

Bremner, J. D., Vythilingam, M., Vermetten, E., Southwick, S. M., McGlashan, T., et al. (2003). MRI and PET study of deficits in hippocampal structure and function in women with childhood sexual abuse and posttraumatic stress disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 924–932.

Breslau, J., Aguilar-Gaxiola, S., Kendler, K. S., Su, M., Williams, D., & Kessler, R. C. (2006). Specifying race-ethnic differences in risk for psychiatric disorder in a USA national sample. Psychological Medicine, 36, 57–68.

Breslau, J., Kendler, K. S., Su, M., Aguilar-Gaxiola, S., & Kessler, R. C. (2005). Lifetime risk and persistence of psychiatric disorders across ethnic groups in the United States. Psychological Medicine, 35, 317–327.

Breslau, N., Kessler, R. C., Chilcoat, H. D. Schultz, L. R., Davis, G. C., & Andreski, P. (1998). Trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder in the community: The 1996 Detroit Area Survey of Trauma. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 626–632.

Breslau, N., Lucia, V. C., & Alvarado, G. F. (2006). Intelligence and other predisposing factors in exposure to trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 1238–1245.

Breslau, N., Peterson, E., & Schultz, L. R. (2008). A second look at prior trauma and the posttraumatic stress disorder effects of subsequent trauma: A prospective epidemiological study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65, 431–437.

Bressan, R. A., & Crippa, J. A. (2005). The role of dopamine in reward and pleasure behaviour—review of data from preclinical research. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 111, 14–21.

Bretherton, I. (1991). The roots and growing points of attachment theory. In C. M. Parkes, J. Stevenson-Hinde, & P. Marris (Eds.), Attachment across the life cycle (p–32). New York: Tavistock/Routledge.

Bretlau, L. G., Lunde, M., Lindberg, L., Undén, M., Dissing, S., & Bech, P. (2008). Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) in combination with escitalopram in patients with treatment-resistant major depression. A double-blind, randomised, sham-controlled trial. Pharmacopsychiatry, 41, 41–47.

Breuer, J., & Freud, S. (1955). Studies on hysteria (Vol. 2). (J. Strachey, Trans.). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1895.)

Brewer, D. D., Catalano, R. F., Haggerty, K., Gainey, R. R., & Fleming, C. B. (1998). A meta-analysis of predictors of continued drug use during and after treatment for opiate addiction. Addiction, 93, 73–92.

Brewer, K. R., & Wann, D. L. (1998). Observational learning effectiveness as a function of model characteristics: Investigating the importance of social power. Social Behavior & Personality, 26, 1–10.

Brewin, C. R., Andrews, B., & Valentine, J. D. (2000). Meta-analysis of risk factors for posttraumatic stress disorder in trauma-exposed adults. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 68, 748–766.

Bridge, J. A., Iyengar S., Salary, C. B., Barbe, R. P., Birmaher, B., et al. (2007). Clinical response and risk for reported suicidal ideation and suicide attempts in pediatric antidepressant treatment: A meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Journal of the American Medical Association, 297, 1683–1696.

Briere, J. (2004). Trauma types and characteristics. In J. Briere (ed.), Psychological assessment of adult posttraumatic states: Phenomenology, diagnosis, and measurement (2nd ed., p–37). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Briere, J., & Elliott, D. (2000). Prevalence, characteristics and long-term sequelae of natural disaster exposure in the general population. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 13, 661–679.

Briere, J., Scott, C., & Weathers, F. (2005). Peritraumatic and persistent dissociation in the presumed etiology of PTSD. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 2295–2301.

Brodey, D. (2005, September 20). Blacks join the eating-disorder mainstream. New York Times. Retrieved August 31, 2007, from www.nytimes.com/2005/09/20/health/psychology/20eat.html?ex=1188792000&en=07d24d3f858c7fc5&ei=5070

Brody, A. L., Saxena, S., Stoessel, P., Gillies, L. A., Fairbanks, L. A., et al. (2001). Regional brain metabolic changes in patients with major depression treated with either paroxetine or interpersonal therapy: Preliminary findings. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 631–640.

Broekman, B. F. P., Olff, M., & Boer, F. (2007). The genetic background to PTSD. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 31, 348–362.

Bromberg, W. (1937). The mind of man: The story of man’s conquest of mental illness. New York: Harper.

Bromberger, J. T., Harlow, S., Avis, N., Kravitz, H. M., & Cordal, A. (2004). Racial/ethnic differences in the prevalence of depressive symptoms among middle-aged women: The Study of Women’s Health Across the Nation (SWAN). American Journal of Public Health, 94, 1378–1385.

Brommelhoff, J. A., Conway, K., Merikangas, K., & Levy, B. R. (2004). Higher rates of depression in women: Role of gender bias within the family. Journal of Women’s Health, 13, 69–76.

Brondolo, E., & Mas, F. (2001). Cognitive-behavioral strategies for improving medication adherence in patients with bipolar disorder. Cognitive and Behavioral Practice, 8, 137–147.

Brook, U., & Boaz, M. (2005). Attention-deficit and hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and learning disabilities (LD): Adolescents’ perspective. Patient Education and Counseling, 58, 187–191.

Brooks, A. (1974). Law, psychiatry, and the mental health system. Boston: Little, Brown.

Brooks, S., Prince, A., Stahl, D., Campbell, I. C., & Treasure, J. (2011). A systematic review and meta-analysis of cognitive bias to food stimuli in people with disordered eating. Clinical Psychology Review, 31, 37–51.

Brosvic, G. M., Dihoff, R. E., Epstein, M. L., & Cook, M. L. (2006). Feedback facilitates the acquisition and retention of numerical fact series by elementary school students with mathematics learning disabilities. Psychological Record, 56, 35–54.

Brown, A. S., Begg, M. D., Gravenstein, S., Schaefer, C. A., Wyatt, R. J., et al. (2004). Serologic evidence of prenatal influenza in the etiology of schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 774–780.

Brown, A. S., van Os, J., Driessens, C., Hoek, H. W., & Susser, E. S. (1999). Prenatal famine and the spectrum of psychosis. Psychiatric Annals, 29, 145–150.

Brown, G. K., Beck, A. T., Steer, R. A., & Grisham, J. R. (2000). Risk factors for suicide in psychiatric outpatients: A 20-year prospective study. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 68, 371–377.

Brown, G. K., Newman, C. F., Charlesworth, S. E., Crits-Christoph, P., & Beck, A. T. (2004). An open clinical trial of cognitive therapy for borderline personality disorder. Journal of Personality Disorders, 18, 257–271.

Brown, H. D., Kosslyn, S. M., Delamater, B., Fama, J., & Barsky, A. J. (1999). Perceptual and memory biases for health-related information in hypochondriacal individuals. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 47, 67–78.

Brown, M., Smits, J., Powers, M. B., & Telch, M. J. (2003). Differential factors in predicting panic disorder patients’ subjective and behavioral hyperventilation challenge. Journal of the Anxiety Disorders, 17, 583–591.

Brown, P. H., & Broeske, P. H. (1996). Howard Hughes: The untold story. Cambridge, MA: Da Capo Press.

Brown, R. J., & Lewis-Fernández, R. (2011). Culture and conversion disorder: Implications for DSM-5. Psychiatry: Interpersonal and Biological Processes, 74(3), 187–206.

Brown, R. J., Schrag, A., & Trimble, M. R. (2005). Dissociation, childhood interpersonal trauma, and family functioning in patients with somatization disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 899–905.

Brown, S. A., & D’Amico, E. J. (2001). Outcomes of alcohol treatment for adolescents. Recent Developments in Alcoholism Research, 15, 307–327.

Brown, S. A., Tate, S. R., Vik, P. W., Haas, A. L., & Aarons, G. A. (1999). Modeling of alcohol use mediates the effect of family history of alcoholism on adolescent alcohol expectancies. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 7, 20–27.

Brown, T. A., & Barlow, D. H. (1997). Casebook in abnormal psychology. New York: Brooks/Cole.

Brown, T. A., & Barlow, D. H. (2002). Classification of anxiety and mood disorders. In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Anxiety and its disorders (2nd ed., p–327). New York: Guilford Press.

Brown, T. A., Campbell, L. A., Lehman, C. L., Grisham, J. R., & Mancill, R. B. (2001). Current and lifetime comorbidity of the DSM-IV-TR anxiety and mood disorders in a large clinical sample. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 585–599.

Brown, T. A., O’Leary, T. A., & Barlow, D. H. (1993). Generalized anxiety disorder. In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Clinical handbook of psychological disorders: A step-by-step treatment manual (2nd ed., p–188). New York: Guilford Press.

Brown, T. M., & Boyle, M. F. (2002). The ABC of psychological medicine: Delirium. BMJ: British Medical Journal, 325, 644–647.

Brown, W. A. (2002). Are antidepressants as ineffective as they look? Prevention & Treatment, 5, Article 26. www.journals.apa.org/prevention/volume5/pre0050026c.html

Brownell, K. D., & Rodin, J. (1992). Prevalence of eating disorders in athletes. In K. D. Brownell, J. Rodin, & J. H. Wilmore (Eds.), Eating, body weight, and performance in athletes: Disorders of modern society (p–145). Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger.

Brozgold, A. Z., Borod, J. C., Martin, C. C., Pick, L. H., Alpert, M., & Welkowitz, J. (1998). Social functioning and facial emotional expression in neurological and psychiatric disorders. Applied Neuropsychology, 5, 15–23.

Bruce, K. R., & Steiger, H. (2005). Treatment implications of Axis-II comorbidity in eating disorders. Eating Disorders: Journal of Treatment & Prevention, 13, 93–108.

Bruch, H. (1966). Anorexia nervosa and its differential diagnosis. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 141, 555–566.

Brückl, T. M., Wittchen, H., Höfler, M., Pfister, H., Schneider, S., & Lieb, R. (2006). Childhood separation anxiety and the risk of subsequent psychopathology: Results from a community study. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 76, 47–56.

Bruder, C. E., Piotrowski, A., Gijsbers, A. A., Andersson, R., Erickson, S., et al. (2008). Phenotypically concordant and discordant monozygotic twins display different DNA copy-number-variation profiles. American Journal of Human Genetics, 82, 763–771.

Brunelin, J., Combris, M., Poulet, E., Kallel, L., d’Amato, T., et al. (2006). Source monitoring deficits in hallucinating compared to non-hallucinating patients with schizophrenia. European Psychiatry, 21, 259–261.

Brunelin, J., d’Amato, T., Brun, P., Bediou, B., Kallel, L., et al. (2007). Impaired verbal source monitoring in schizophrenia: An intermediate trait vulnerability marker? Schizophrenia Research, 89, 287–292.

Brunelin, J., d’Amato, T., van Os, J., Cochet, A., Suaud-Chagny, M., & Saoud, M. (2008). Effects of acute metabolic stress on the dopaminergic and pituitary-adrenal axis activity in patients with schizophrenia, their unaffected siblings and controls. Schizophrenia Research, 100, 206–211.

Brunelin, J., Poulet, E., Bediou, B., Kallel, L., Dalery, J., et al. (2006). Low frequency repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation improves source monitoring deficit in hallucinating patients with schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 81, 41–45.

Brunello, N., & Racagni, G. (1998). Rationale for the development of noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors. Human Psychopharmacology Clinical & Experimental, 13, S13–S19.

Brunner, J., & Bronisch, T. (1999). Neurobiological correlates of suicidal behavior. Facharzt für Psychiatrie und Psychotherapie, 67, 391–412.

Bryant, R. A., Friedman, M. J., Spiegel, D., Ursano, R., & Strain, J. (2011). A review of acute stress disorder. Depression and Anxiety, 28, 802–817.

Bryant, R. A., & Harvey, A. G., (2000). Acute stress disorder: A handbook of theory, assessment and treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Bryant, R. A., Mastrodemenico, J., Felmingham, K. L., Hopwood, S., Kenny, L., et al. (2008). Treatment of acute stress disorder: A randomized controlled trial. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65, 659–667.

Bryant, R. A., Moulds, M. L., Guthrie, R. M., & Nixon, R. D. V. (2005). The additive benefit of hypnosis and cognitive-behavioral therapy in treating acute stress disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 73, 334–340.

Bryant, R. A., Moulds, M. L., Nixon, R. D. V., Mastrodomenico, J., Felmingham, K., & Hopwood, S. (2006). Hypnotherapy and cognitive behaviour therapy of acute stress disorder: A 3-year follow-up. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 44, 1331–1335.

Bryant-Waugh, R. (1993). Epidemiology. In B. Lask & R. Bryant-Waugh, (Eds.), Childhood onset anorexia nervosa and related eating disorders (p–68). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Buchsbaum, M. S., Christian, B. T., Lehrer, D. S., Narayanan, T. K., Shi, B., et al. (2006). D2/D3 dopamine receptor binding with [F-18]fallypride in thalamus and cortex of patients with schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 85, 232–244.

Buchsbaum, M. S., Nenadic, I., Hazlett, E. A., Spiegal-Cohen, J., Fleischman, M. B., et al. (2002). Differential metabolic rates in prefrontal and temporal Brodmann areas in schizophrenia and schizotypal personality disorder. Schizophrenia Research, 54, 141–150.

Buckalew, L. W., & Ross, S. (1981). Relationship of perceptual characteristics to efficacy of placebos. Psychological Reports, 49, 955–961.

Buckley, P. F., Miller, B. J., Lehrer, D. S., & Castle, D. J. (2009). Psychiatric comorbidities and schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 35(2), 383–402.

Buckley, P. F., Wirshing, D. A., Bhushan, P., Pierre, J. M., Resnick, S. A., & Wirshing, W. C. (2007). Lack of insight in schizophrenia: Impact on treatment adherence. CNS Drugs, 21, 129–141.

Budney, A. J., Hughes, J. R., Moore, B. A., & Vandrey, R. (2004). Review of the validity and significance of cannabis withdrawal syndrome. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 1967–1977.

Buettner, R. & Goodman, D. J. (2013, April 16). Mistrial declared in ‘08 killing of a psychiatrist. The New York Times, p. A18.

Buhlmann, U., Etcoff, N. L., & Wilhelm, S. (2006). Emotion recognition bias for contempt and anger in body dysmorphic disorder. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 40, 105–111.

Buhlmann, U., Etcoff, N. L., & Wilhelm, S. (2008). Facial attractiveness ratings and perfectionism in body dysmorphic disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 22, 540–547.

Buhlmann, U., McNally, R. J., Wilhelm, S., & Florin, I. (2002). Selective processing of emotional information in body dysmorphic disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 16, 289–298.

Buka, S. L., Goldstein, J. M., Seidman, L. J., Zornberg, G. L., Donatelli, J. A., et al. (1999). Prenatal complications, genetic vulnerability and schizophrenia: The New England longitudinal studies of schizophrenia. Psychiatric Annals, 29, 151–156.

Bulik, C. M. (2004). Genetic and biological risk factors. In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity (p–16). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Bulik, C. M. (2005). Exploring the gene-environment nexus in eating disorders. Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 30, 335–339.

Bulik, C. M., Sullivan, P. F., Fear, J., & Pickering, A. (1997). Predictors of the development of bulimia nervosa in women with anorexia nervosa. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 185, 704–707.

Burgess, S., Geddes, J., Hawton, K., Townsend, E., Jamison, K., & Goodwin, G. (2001). Lithium for maintenance treatment of mood disorders. Cochrane Database System Review, CD003013.

Burke, A. W. (1984). Racism and psychological disturbance among West Indians in Britain. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 30, 50–68.

Burke, J. D., Jr., & Regier, D. A. (1994). Epidemiology of mental disorders. In R. E. Hales, S. C. Yudofsky, & J. A. Talbott (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Press textbook of psychiatry (2nd ed., p–104). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Burnette, M. L., & Newman, D. L. (2005). The natural history of conduct disorder symptoms in female inmates: On the predictive utility of the syndrome in severely antisocial women. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 75, 421–430.

Burns, D. (1980). Feeling good: The new mood therapy. New York: Signet.

Burns, J. M., & Swerdlow, R. H. (2003). Right orbitofrontal tumor with pedophilia symptom and constructional apraxia sign. Archives of Neurology, 60(3), 437.

Burri, A., Spector, T., & Rahman, Q. (in press). A discordant monozygotic twin approach to testing environmental influences on sexual dysfunction in women. Archives of Sexual Behavior.

Bush, G., Spencer, T. J., Holmes, J., Shin, L. M., Valera, E. M., et al. (2008). Functional magnetic resonance imaging of methylphenidate and placebo in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder during the multi-source interference task. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65, 102–114.

Buss, A. H. (1995). Personality: Temperament, social behavior, and the self. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Bustillo, J. R., Lauriello, J., Horan, W. P., & Keith, S. J. (2001). The psychosocial treatment of schizophrenia: An update. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 163–175.

Butcher, J. N., Dahlstrom, W. G., Graham, J. R., Tellegen, A. & Kaemmer, B. (1989). Manual for the restandardized Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory: MMPI—2. An administrative and interpretive guide. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Butcher, J. N., & Rouse, S. V. (1996). Personality: Individual difference and clinical assessment. Annual Review of Psychology, 47, 87–111.

Butler, L. D., Duran, R. E. F., Jasiukaitis, P., Koopman, C., & Spiegel, D. (1996). Hypnotizability and traumatic experience: A diathesis-stress model of dissociative symptomatology. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 42–46.

Butler, R. N., & Lewis, M. I. (2002). The new love and sex after 60. New York: Ballantine Books.

Butzlaff, R. L., & Hooley, J. M. (1998). Expressed emotion and psychiatric relapse. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 547–552.

Cachelin, F. M., & Maher, B. A. (1998). Is amenorrhea a critical criterion for anorexia nervosa? Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 44, 435–440.

Cadoret, R. J. (1990). Genetics of alcoholism. In R. L. Collins, K. E. Leonard, & J. S. Searles (Eds.), Alcohol and the family: Research and clinical perspectives (p–78). New York: Guilford Press.

Cadoret, R. J., Yates, W. R., Troughton, E., Woodworth, G., & Stewart, M. A. (1995). Adoption study demonstrating two genetic pathways to drug abuse. Archives of General Psychiatry, 52, 42–52.

Cahn, W., Hulshoff Pol, H. E., Lems, E. B. T. E., van Haren, N. E. M., Schnack, H. G., et al. (2002). Brain volume changes in first-episode schizophrenia: A 1-year follow-up study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 1002–1012.

Cairl v. State, 323 N.W.2d 20 (Minn. 1982).

Calderon, R., Vander Stoep, A., Collett, B., Garrison, M. M., & Toth, K. (2007). Inpatients with eating disorders: Demographic, diagnostic, and service characteristics from a nationwide pediatric sample. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, 622–628.

Caldwell, C., & Gottesman, I. (1990). Schizophrenics kill themselves too: A review of risk factors for suicide. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 16, 571–589.

Calkins, M. E., Curtis, C. E., Grove, W. M., & Iacono, W. G. (2004). Multiple dimensions of schizotypy in first degree biological relatives of schizophrenia patients. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 30, 317–325.

Callicott, J. H., Mattay, V. S., Verchinski, B. A., Marenco, S., Egan, M. F., & Weinberger, D. R. (2003). Complexity of prefrontal cortical dysfunction in schizophrenia: More than up or down. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 2209–2215.

Calogero, R. M., Davis, W. N., & Thompson, J. K. (2005). The role of self-objectification in the experience of women with eating disorders. Sex Roles, 52, 43–50.

Calvocoressi, L., Lewis, B., Harris, M., Trufan, S. J., Goodman, W. K., et al. (1995). Family accommodation in obsessive-compulsive disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 441–443.

Camilleri, J. A., & Quinsey, V. L. (2008). Pedophilia: Assessment and treatment. In D. R. Laws & W. T. O’Donohue (Eds.), Sexual deviance: Theory, assessment, and treatment (2nd ed., p–212). New York: Guilford Press.

Campbell, E., & Ruane, J. (1999). The Earl Campbell story. Toronto: ECW Press.

Campbell, J. M., & Morgan, S. B. (1998). Asperger’s disorder. In L. Phelps (Ed.), Health-related disorders in children and adolescents: A guidebook for understanding and educating (p–73). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Campbell, L. F., & Smith, T. P. (2003). Integrating self-help books into psychotherapy. Journal of Clinical Psychology/In Session, 59(2), 177–186.

Campinha-Bacote, J. (1992). Voodoo illness. Perspectives in Psychiatric Care, 28, 11–17.

Canetto, S. S. (1992). Gender and suicide in the elderly. Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior, 22, 80–97.

Canino, I. A., Rubio-Stipec, M., Canino, G. J., & Escobar, J. I. (1992). Functional somatic symptoms: A cross-ethnic comparison. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 62, 605–68.

Cannon, M., Jones, P., Huttunen, M. O., Tanskanen, A., Huttunen, T., et al. (1999). School performance in Finnish children and later development of schizophrenia: A population-based longitudinal study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 457–463.

Cannon, T. D. (1997). On the nature and mechanisms of obstetric influences in schizophrenia: A review and synthesis of epidemiologic studies. International Review of Psychiatry, 9, 387–397.

Cannon, T. D. (1998). Neurodevelopmental influences in the genesis and epigenesis of schizophrenia: An overview. Applied & Preventive Psychology, 7, 47–62.

Cannon, T. D., Huttunen, M. O., Dahlstroem, M., Larmo, I., Raesaenen, P., & Juriloo, A. (2002). Antipsychotic drug treatment in the prodromal phase of schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 1230–1232.

Cantor, C. (1996). Phantom illness: Shattering the myth of hypochondria. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Cantor-Graae, E., & Selten, J. (2005). Schizophrenia and migration: A meta-analysis and review. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 12–24.

Cao, F., Bitan, T., Chou, T., Burman, D. D., & Booth, J. R. (2006). Deficient orthographic and phonological representations in children with dyslexia revealed by brain activation patterns. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 47, 1041–1050.

Caparulo, B. K., & Cohen, D. J. (1977). Cognitive structures, language, and emerging social competence in autistic and aphasic children. Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 16, 620–645.

Caplan, P. J. (1995). They say you’re crazy: How the world’s most powerful psychiatrists decide who’s normal. Reading, MA: Addison Wesley Longman.

Caputo, A. A., Frick, P. J., & Brodsky, S. L. (1999). Family violence and juvenile sex offending: The potential mediating role of psychopathic traits and negative attitudes toward women. Criminal Justice and Behavior, 26, 338–356.

Cardeña, E., & Spiegel, D. (1993). Dissociative reactions to the San Francisco Bay Area earthquake of 1989. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 474–478.

Carey, M. P., & Gordon, C. M. (1995). Sexual dysfunction among heterosexual adults: Description, epidemiology, assessment, and treatment. In L. Diamant & R. D. McAnulty (Eds.), The psychology of sexual orientation, behavior, and identity: A handbook (p–196). New York: Greenwood.

Carlat, D. J., Camargo, C. A., Jr., & Herzog, D. B. (1997). Eating disorders in males: A report on 135 patients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 1127–1132.

Carlbring, P., & Andersson, G. (2006). Internet and psychological treatment. How well can they be combined? Computers in Human Behavior, 22, 545–553.

Carlbring, P., Furmark, T., Steczkó, J., Ekselius, L., & Andersson, G. (2006). An open study of internet-based bibliotherapy with minimal therapist contact via email for social phobia. Clinical Psychologist, 10, 30–38.

Carlbring, P., Nilsson-Ihrfelt, E., Waara, J., Kollenstam, C., Buhrman, M., et al. (2005). Treatment of panic disorder: Live therapy vs. self-help via the Internet. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 43, 1321–1333.

Carlisle, N. (2009, February 13). Elizabeth Smart kidnap case: Mitchell booked into Salt Lake Country jail. The Salt Lake Tribune. Retrieved February 28, 2009, from www.sltrib.com/faith/ci_11697926

Carlson, N. R. (1994). Physiology of behavior. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Carmelli, D., Heath, R., & Robinette, D. (1993). Genetic analysis of drinking behavior in World War II veteran twins. Genetic Epidemiology, 10, 201–213.

Carr, J. E., & Chong, I. M. (2005). Habit reversal treatment of tic disorders: A methodological critique of the literature. Behavior Modification, 29, 858–875.

Carroll, K. M. (1998). A cognitive-behavioral approach: Treating cocaine addiction. National Institute on Drug Abuse. NIH Publication Number 98–4308. Retrieved October 6, 2009, from www.drugabuse.gov/TXManuals/CBT/CBT1.html

Carroll, K. M., & Onken, L. S. (2005). Behavioral therapies for drug abuse. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1454–1460.

Carroll, K. M., Ball, S. A., Martino, S., Nich, C., Babuscio, T. A., et al. (2008). Computer-assisted delivery of cognitive-behavioral therapy for addiction: A randomized trial of CBT4CBT. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 881–888.

Carroll, K. M., Fenton, L. R., Ball, S. A., Nich, C., Frankforter, T. L., et al. (2004). Efficacy of disulfiram and cognitive behavior therapy in cocaine-dependent outpatients. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 264–272.

Carroll, K. M., Rounsaville, B. J., & Bryant, K. J. (1993). Alcoholism in treatment-seeking cocaine abusers: Clinical and prognostic significance. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 54, 199–208.

Carroll, R. A. (2000). Gender dysphoria. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy (3rd ed., p–397). New York: Guilford Press.

Carter, B., & McGoldrick, M. (1999). Overview: The expanded family life cycle: Individual, family, and social perspectives. In B. Carter & M. McGoldrick (Eds.), The expanded family life cycle: Individual, family, and social perspectives (3rd ed., p–26). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Carter, M. M., Hollon, S. D., Carson, R., & Shelton, R. C. (1995). Effects of a safe person on induced distress following a biological challenge in panic disorder with agoraphobia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104, 156–163.

Casbon, T. S., Burns, A. B., Bradbury, T. N., & Joiner, T. E., Jr. (2005). Receipt of negative feedback is related to increased negative feedback seeking among individuals with depressive symptoms. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 43, 485–504.

Caseras, X., Garner, M., Bradley, B. P., & Mogg, K. (2007). Biases in visual orienting to negative and positive scenes in dysphoria: An eye movement study. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 116, 491–497.

Cash, T. F. (1995). Developmental teasing about physical appearance: Retrospective descriptions and relationships with body image. Social Behavior and Personality, 23, 123–129.

Caspi, A., McClay, J., Moffitt, T. E., Mill, J., Martin, J., et al. (2002). Role of genotype in the cycle of violence in maltreated children. Science, 297, 851–854.

Caspi, A., Moffitt, T. E., Newman, D. L., & Silva, P. A. (1996). Behavioral observations at age 3 predict adult psychiatric disorders: Longitudinal evidence from a birth cohort. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 1033–1039.

Cassady, J. D., Kirschke, D. L., Jones, T. F., Craig, A. S., Bermudez, O. B., & Schaffner, W. (2005). Case series: Outbreak of conversion disorder among Amish adolescent girls. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 44, 291–297.

Cassano, G. B., Mula, M., Rucci, P., Miniati, M., Frank, E., et al. (2009). The structure of lifetime manic-hypomanic spectrum. Journal of Affective Disorders, 112, 59–70.

Cassin, S. E., & von Ranson, K. M. (2005). Personality and eating disorders: A decade in review. Clinical Psychology Review, 25, 895–916.

Castellanos, F. X., Lee, P. P., Sharp, W., Jeffries, N. O., Greenstein, D. K., et al. (2002). Developmental trajectories of brain volume abnormalities in children and adolescents with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Medical Association, 288, 1740–1748.

Castillo, H. (2003). Personality disorder: Temperament or trauma? London: Jessica Kingsley.

Castillo, R. J. (1997). Culture & mental illness: A client-centered approach. Belmont, CA: Thomson/Brooks/Cole.

Castle, D. J., & Rossell, S. L. (2006). An update on body dysmorphic disorder. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 19, 74–78.

Castonguay, L. G., Goldfried, M. R., Wiser, S., Raue, P. J., & Hayes, A. M. (1996). Predicting the effect of cognitive therapy for depression: A study of unique and common factors. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 497–504.

Catanzaro, S. J., & Laurent, J. (2004). Perceived family support, negative mood regulation expectancies, coping, and adolescent alcohol use: Evidence of mediation and moderation effects. Addictive Behaviors, 29, 1779–1797.

Cattell, R. B. (1971). Abilities: Their structure, growth, and action. New York: Houghton Mifflin.

Caudill, B. D., & Kong, F. H. (2001). Social approval and facilitation in predicting modeling effects in alcohol consumption. Journal of Substance Abuse, 13, 425–441.

Cederlund, M., & Gillberg, C. (2004). One hundred males with Asperger syndrome: A clinical study of background and associated factors. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 46, 652–660.

Celani, D. (1976). An interpersonal approach to hysteria. American Journal of Psychiatry, 133, 1414–1418.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2010a). Current depression among adults—United States, 2006 and 2008. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 59, 1229–1235.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2010b). Web-based Injury Statistics Query and Reporting System (WISQARS) [Online]. National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, CDC (producer). Retrieved December 23, 2011, from www.cdc.gov/injury/wisqars/index.html

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2012). Early release of selected estimates based on data from the 2011 National Health Interview Survey, Sample Adult Component. Figure 13.2. Retrieved September 12, 2012, from www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhis/earlyrelease/earlyrelease201206_13.pdf

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2013). National Suicide Statistics at a Glance. National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, CDC (producer). Retrieved May 30, 2013, from www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/suicide/statistics/trends05.html

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Health Statistics. (2000, July 24). Death and death rates for the 10 leading causes of death specified in age groups, by race and sex: United States, 1998. Monthly Vital Statistics Reports, 48(11), 26. Retrieved October, 6, 2002, from www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/suicide.htm

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control. (2005). Web-based injury statistics query and reporting system (WISQARS) [Online]. Retrieved October 20, 2008, from www.cdc.gov/ncipc/wisqars/default.htm

Cervera, S., Lahortiga, F., Martinez-Gonzalez, M. A., Gual, P., Irala-Estevez, J. D., & Alonso, Y. (2003). Neuroticism and low self-esteem as risk factors for incident eating disorders in a prospective cohort study. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 271–280.

Chacko, A., Pelham, W. E., Jr., Gnagy, E. M., Greiner, A., Vallano, G., et al. (2005). Stimulant medication effects in a summer treatment program among young children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 44, 249–257.

Chakraborty, A., & McKenzie, K. (2002). Does racial discrimination cause mental illness? British Journal of Psychiatry, 180, 475–477.

Chalkley, A. J., & Powell, G. E. (1983). The clinical description of forty-eight cases of sexual fetishism. British Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 292–295.

Chamberlain, P. (1996). Intensified foster care: Multi-level treatment for adolescents with conduct disorders in out-of-home care. In E. D. Hibbs & P. S. Jensen (Eds.), Psychosocial treatments for child and adolescent disorders: Empirically based strategies for clinical practice (p–495). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Chambers, J., Yeragani, V. K., & Keshavan, M. S. (1986). Phobias in India and the United Kingdom: A trans-cultural study. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 74, 388–391.

Chambless, D. L. (2002a). Beware the dodo bird: The dangers of overgeneralization. Clinical Psychology: Science & Practice, 9, 13–16.

Chambless, D. L. (2002b). Identification of empirically supported counseling psychology interventions: Commentary. Counseling Psychologist, 30, 302–308.

Chambless, D. L., Fydrich, T., & Rodebaugh, T. L. (2008). Generalized social phobia and avoidant personality disorder: Meaningful distinction or useless duplication? Depression and Anxiety, 25, 8–19.

Chambless, D. L., & Gillis, M. M. (1994). A review of psychosocial treatments for panic disorder. In B. E. Wolfe & J. D. Maser (Eds.), Treatment of panic disorder: A consensus development conference (p–173). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Chambless, D. L., & Hollon, S. D. (1998). Defining empirically supported therapies. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 7–18.

Chambless, D. L., & Ollendick, T. H. (2001). Empirically supported psychological interventions: Controversies and evidence. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 685–716.

Chan, A. S., Kwok, I. C., Chiu, H., Lam, L., Pang, A., & Chow, L. (2000). Memory and organizational strategies in chronic and acute schizophrenic patients. Schizophrenia Research, 41, 431–445.

Chang, C., Chen, W. J., Liu, S. K., Cheng, J. J., Yang, W. O., et al. (2002). Morbidity risk of psychiatric disorders among the first degree relatives of schizophrenia patients in Taiwan. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 28, 379–392.

Chantarujikapong, S. I., Scherrer, J. F., Xian, H., Eisen, S. A., Lyons, M. J., et al. (2001). A twin study of generalized anxiety disorder symptoms, panic disorder symptoms and post-traumatic stress disorder in men. Psychiatry Research, 103, 133–146.

Chapple, B., Chant, D., Nolan, P., Cardy, S., Whiteford, H., & McGrath, J. (2004). Correlates of victimisation amongst people with psychosis. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 39, 836–840.

Charney, D. S., Deutch, A. Y., Krystal, J. H., Southwick, S. M., & Davis M. (1993). Psychobiologic mechanisms of posttraumatic stress disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 294–305.

Chartier, M. J., Walker, J. R., & Stein, M. B. (2003). Considering comorbidity in social phobia. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 38, 728–734.

Chattopadhyay, S. (2005). Do schizophrenics experience emotion but differ in expression? Internet Journal of Mental Health, 2, 1–6.

Chaves, J. F. (2000). Hypnosis. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 4, p–216). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Chawarska, K., Volkmar, F., & Klin, A. (2010). Limited attentional bias for faces in toddlers with autism spectrum disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 67, 178–185.

Cheng, A. T. A. (2002). Expressed emotion: A cross-culturally valid concept? British Journal of Psychiatry, 181, 466–467.

Cheng, D. (2002, October 7). Moderate altitude increases suicide deaths. Poster presented at the Research Forum Educational Program, American College of Emergency Physicians, Seattle, Washington.

Chess, S., & Thomas, A. (1996). Temperament: Theory and practice. Philadelphia: Brunner/Mazel.

Cheung, V. Y., Bocking, A. D., & Dasilva, O. P. (1995). Preterm discordant twins: What birth weight difference is significant? American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 172, 955–959.

Chilcoat, H. D., & Breslau, N. (1998). Posttraumatic stress disorder and drug disorders: Testing causal pathways. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 913–917.

Christophersen, E. R. (1994). Pediatric compliance: A guide for the primary care physician. New York: Plenum Medical Book Co/Plenum Publishing Corp.

Christophersen, E. R., & Mortweet, S. L. (2001). Diagnosis and management of disruptive behavior disorders. In Treatments that work with children: Empirically supported strategies for managing childhood problems (p–48). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Chu, J. A., & International Society for the Study of Dissociation. (2005). Guidelines for treating dissociative identity disorder in adults. Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 6, 69–149.

Chung, H. (2002). The challenges of providing behavioral treatment for Asian Americans. Western Journal of Medicine, 176(4), 222–223.

Cicchetti, D., & Toth, S. L. (1991). Internalizing and externalizing expressions of dysfunction. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Cicchetti, D., & Toth, S. L. (2005). Child maltreatment. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 409–438.

Cicero, T. J. (1978). Tolerance to and physiological dependence on alcohol: Behavioral and neurobiological mechanisms. In M. A. Lipton, A. DiMascio, & K. F. Killman (Eds.), Psychopharmacology. New York: Raven.

Cipriani, A., Geddes, J. R., Furukawa, T. A., & Barbui, C. (2007). Meta-review on short-term effectiveness and safety of antidepressants for depression: An evidence-based approach to inform clinical practice. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry/La Revue canadienne de psychiatrie, 52, 553–562.

Citron, M., Solomon, P., & Draine, J. (1999). Self-help groups for families of persons with mental illness: Perceived benefits of helpfulness. Community Mental Health Journal, 35, 15–30.

Claes, S. J. (2004). Corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) in psychiatry: From stress to psychopathology. Annals of Medicine, 36, 50–61.

Clark, C. M., Gosselin, F., &Goghari, V. M. (2013). Aberrant patterns of visual facial information usage in schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 122(2), 513–519.

Clark, D. A. (2005). Focus on “cognition” in cognitive behavior therapy for OCD: Is it really necessary? Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 34, 131–139.

Clark, D. M. (1986). A cognitive approach to panic. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 24, 461–470.

Clark, D. M., Ehlers, A., Hackmann, A., McManus, F., Fennell, M., et al. (2006). Cognitive therapy versus exposure and applied relaxation in social phobia: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74, 568–578.

Clark, D. M., Salkovskis, P. M., Gelder, M. G., Koehler, C., Martin, M., et al. (1988). Tests of a cognitive theory of panic. In I. Hand & H. U. Wittchen (Eds.), Panic and phobias II. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Clark, D. M., Salkovskis, P. M., Hackmann, A., Middleton, H., Anastasiades, P., & Gelder, M. (1994). A comparison of cognitive therapy, applied relaxation and imipramine in the treatment of panic disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 759–769.

Clark, L. A. (2007). Assessment and diagnosis of personality disorder: Perennial issues and an emerging reconceptualization. Annual Review of Psychology, 58, 227–257.

Clark, L. A. (2009). Stability and change in personality disorder. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 18, 27–31.

Clark, L. A., & Watson, D. (1991). Tripartite model of anxiety and depression: Evidence and taxonomic implications. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 316–336.

Clarke, A. R., Barry, R. J., McCarthy, R., Selikowitz, M., & Johnstone, S. J. (2007). Effects of stimulant medications on the EEG of girls with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Clinical Neurophysiology, 118, 2700–2708.

Clarke, M. C., Harley, M., & Cannon, M. (2006). The role of obstetric events in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 32, 3–8.

Clarkin, J. F., & Levy, K. N. (2004). The influence of client variables on psychotherapy. In M. J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin & Garfield’s handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (5th ed., p–226). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Clarkin, J. F., Levy, K. N., Lenzenweger, M. F., & Kernberg, O. F. (2007). Evaluating three treatments for borderline personality disorder: A multiwave study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 922–928.

Clausius, N., Born, C., & Grunze H. (2009). The relevance of dopamine agonists in the treatment of depression. Neuropsychiatrie: Klinik, Diagnostik, Therapie und Rehabilitation: Organ der Gesellschaft Osterreichischer Nervenarzte und Psychiater, 23, 15–25.

Clayton, R. R. (1992). Transitions in drug use: Risk and protective factors. In M. Glantz & R. Pickens (Eds.), Vulnerability to drug abuse (p–51). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Clementz, B. A., & Sweeney, J. A. (1990). Is eye movement dysfunction a biological marker for schizophrenia? A methodological review. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 77–92.

Clifton, A., Turkheimer, E., & Oltmanns, T. F. (2004). Contrasting perspectives on personality problems: Descriptions from the self and others. Personality and Individual Differences, 36, 1499–1514.

Cloitre, M., Shear, M. K., Cancienne, J., & Zeitlin, S. B. (1994). Implicit and explicit memory for catastrophic associations to bodily sensation words in panic disorder. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 18, 225–240.

Cloninger, C. R. (1987a). Neurogenetic adaptive mechanisms in alcoholism. Science, 236, 410–416.

Cloninger, C. R. (1987b). A systematic method for clinical description and classification of personality variants: A proposal. Archives of General Psychiatry, 44, 573–588.

Cloninger, C. R. (2005). Genetics. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.). The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–154). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Cloninger, C. R., Bohman, M., & Sigvardsson, S. (1981). Inheritance of alcohol abuse: Cross-fostering analysis of adopted men. Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 861–868.

Cloninger, C. R., Svrakic, D. M., & Przybeck, T. R. (1993). A psychobiological model of temperament and character. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 975–990.

Cloos, J. (2005). The treatment of panic disorder. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 18, 45–50.

Cobb, H. C., Reeve, R. E., Shealy, C. N., Norcross, J. C., Schare, M. L., et al. (2004). Overlap among clinical, counseling, and school psychology: Implications for the profession and combined-integrated training. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 939–955.

Coelho, C. M., Waters, A. M., Hine, T. J., & Wallis, G. (2009). The use of virtual reality in acrophobia research and treatment. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 23, 563–574.

Cohen, C. I., Cohen, G. D., Blank, K., Gaitz, C., Katz, I. R., et al. (2000). Schizophrenia and older adults: An overview: Directions for research and policy. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 8, 19–28.

Cohen, H., Kaplan, Z., Kotler, M., Kouperman, I., Moisa, R., & Grisaru, N. (2004). Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation of the right dorsolateral prefrontal cortex in posttraumatic stress disorder: A double-blind, placebo-controlled study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 515–524.

Cohen, P., Cohen, J., Kasen, S., Velez, C., Hartmark, C., et al. (1993). An epidemiological study of disorders in late childhood and adolescence: I. Age- and gender-specific prevalence. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 34, 851–867.

Cohen-Kettenis, P. T., & Gooren, L. J. G. (1999). Transsexualism: A review of etiology, diagnosis and treatment. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 46, 315–333.

Coid, J. W., Ullrich, S., Kallis, C., Keers, R., Barker, D., et al. (2013). The relationship between delusions and violence: Findings from the East London first episode psychosis study. JAMA Psychiatry, 70(5), 465–471.

Colas, E. (1998). Just checking: Scenes from the life of an obsessive-compulsive. New York: Pocket Books.

Colder, C. R., Chassin, L., Stice, E. M., & Curran, P. J. (1997). Alcohol expectancies as potential mediators of parent alcoholism effects on the development of adolescent heavy drinking. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 7, 349–374.

Coles, J. (2007, March 9). Mechanic: I have sex with cars. The Sun. Retrieved April 17, 2009, from www.thesun.co.uk/sol/homepage/news/article21242.ece

Coles, M. E., Phillips, K. A., Menard, W., Pagano, M. E., Fay, C., et al. (2006). Body dysmorphic disorder and social phobia: Cross-sectional and prospective data. Depression and Anxiety, 23, 26–33.

Collett, B. R., & Gimpel, G. A. (2004). Maternal and child attributions in ADHD versus non-ADHD populations. Journal of Attention Disorders, 7, 187–196.

Collings, S., & King, M. (1994). Ten year follow-up of 50 patients with bulimia nervosa. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 80–87.

Colloca, L., & Miller, F. G. (2011). Role of expectations in health. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 24(2), 149–155.

Colman, I., Murray, J., Abbott, R., Maughan, B, Kuh, D., et al. (2009). Outcomes of conduct problems in adolescence: 40 year follow-up of national cohort. British Medical Journal, 338, a2981.

Combs, D. R., Basso, M. R., Wanner, J. L., & Ledet, S. N. (2008). Schizophrenia. In M. Hersen & J. Rosqvist (Eds.), Handbook of psychological assessment, case conceptualization, and treatment, Vol 1: Adults (p–402). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Compton, W. M., Conway, K. P., Stinson, F. S., Colliver, J. D., & Grant, B. F. (2005). Prevalence, correlates, and comorbidity of DSM-IV-TR antisocial personality syndromes and alcohol and specific drug use disorders in the United States: Results from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 66, 677–685.

Compton, W. M., Thomas, Y. F., Conway, K. P., & Colliver, J. D. (2005). Developments in the epidemiology of drug use and drug use disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1494–1502.

Conger, R. D., & Donnellan, M. B. (2007). An interactionist perspective on the socioeconomic context of human development. Annual Review of Psychology, 58, 175–199.

Conrad, A., Isaac, L., & Roth, W. T. (2008). The psychophysiology of generalized anxiety disorder: 1. Pretreatment characteristics. Psychophysiology, 45, 366–376.

Constans, J. I., Foa, E. B., Franklin, M. E., & Mathews, A. (1995). Memory for actual and imagined events in OC checkers. Behavior Research and Therapy, 33, 665–671.

Conway, K. P., Compton, W., Stinson, F. S., & Grant, B, F. (2006). Lifetime comorbidity of DSM-IV mood and anxiety disorders and specific drug use disorders: Results from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67, 247–257.

Cook, C. R., & Blacher, J. (2007). Evidence-based psychosocial treatments for tic disorders. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 14, 252–267.

Cook-Darzens, S., Doyen, C., Falissard, B., & Mouren, M. (2005). Self-perceived family functioning in 40 French families of anorexic adolescents: Implications for therapy. European Eating Disorders Review, 13, 223–236.

Cooke, D. (1998). Psychopathy across cultures. In D. Cooke, A. Forth, & R. Hare (Eds.), Psychopathy: Theory, research and implications for society (p–45). NATO AS1 Series. Netherlands: Kluwer Academic.

Cooke, D. J., Hart, S. D., & Michie, C. (2004). Cross-national differences in the assessment of psychopathy: Do they reflect variations in raters’ perceptions of symptoms? Psychological Assessment, 16, 335–339.

Coolidge, F. L., Thede, L. L., & Young, S. E. (2002). The heritability of gender identity disorder in a child and adolescent twin sample. Behavior Genetics, 32, 251–257.

Coons, P. M. (1998). The dissociative disorders. Rarely considered and underdiagnosed. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 21, 637–648.

Cooper, M. L., Shaver, P. R., & Collins, N. L. (1998). Attachment styles, emotion regulation, and adjustment in adolescence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 1380–1397.

Cooperman, A. (2007, January 5). Sedative withdrawal made Rehnquist delusional in ‘81. Washington Post, p. A1.

Cooper-Patrick, L., Powe, N. R., Jenckes, M. W., Gonzales, J. J., Levine, D. M., & Ford, D. E. (1997). Identification of patient attitudes and preferences regarding treatment of depression. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 12, 431–438.

Copeland, W. E., Keeler, G., Angold, A., & Costello, E. J. (2007). Traumatic events and posttraumatic stress in childhood. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 577–584.

Copeland, W. E., Wolke, D., Angold, A., & Costello, E. J. (2013). Adult psychiatric patient outcomes of bullying and being bullied by peers in childhood and adolescence. JAMA Psychiatry, 70, 419–426.

Coplan, J. D., Goetz, R., Klein, D. F., Papp, L. A., Fyer, A. J., et al. (1998). Plasma cortisol concentrations preceding lactate-induced panic: Psychological, biochemical, and physiological correlates. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 130–136.

Corbitt, E. M. (2002). Narcissism from the perspective of the five-factor model. In P. T. Costa, Jr., & T. A. Widiger (Eds.), Personality disorders and the five-factor model of personality (2nd ed., p–298). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Corchs, F., Nutt, D.J., Hood, S., & Bernik, M. (2009). Serotonin and sensitivity to trauma-related exposure in selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors-recovered posttraumatic stress disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 66, 17–24.

Cornblatt, B., & Obuchowski, M. (1997). Update of high-risk research: 1987–1997. International Review of Psychiatry, 9, 437–447.

Cornblatt, B., Lencz, T., & Obuchowski, M. (2002). The schizophrenia prodrome: Treatment and high-risk perspectives. Schizophrenia Research, 54, 177–186.

Cornblatt, B., Obuchowski, M., Schnur, D. B., & O’Brien, J. (1997). Attention and clinical symptoms in schizophrenia. Psychiatric Quarterly, 68, 343–359.

Cornblatt, B. A., & Correll, C. U. (2010). A new diagnostic entity in DSM-5? Medscape, September 3. Retrieved May 21, 2013, from www.medscape.com/viewarticle/727682

Cornblatt, B. A., Lenzenweger, M. F., Dworkin, R. H., & Erlenmeyer-Kimling, L. (1992). Childhood attentional dysfunctions predict social deficits in unaffected adults at risk for schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 161, Suppl. 18, 59–64.

Correa, H., Campi-Azevedo, A. C., De Marco, L., Boson, W., Viana, M. M., et al. (2004). Familial suicide behaviour: Association with probands suicide attempt characteristics and 5-HTTLPR polymorphism. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 110, 459–464.

Corrigan, P. W., & Watson, A. C. (2001). Paradox of self-stigma and mental illness. Clinical Psychological Science Practice, 9, 35–53.

Coryell, W., Endicott, J., Andreasen, N. C., Keller, M. B., Clayton, P. J., et al. (1988). Depression and panic attacks: The significance of overlap as reflected in follow-up and family study data. American Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 293–300.

Cosoff, S. J., & Hafner, R. J. (1998). The prevalence of comorbid anxiety in schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder and bipolar disorder. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 32, 67–72.

Costello, A., Fletcher, P. C., Dolan, R. J., Frith, C. D., & Shallice, T. (1998). The origins of forgetting in a case of isolated retrograde amnesia following a haemorrhage: Evidence from functional imaging. Neurocase, 4, 437–446.

Costello, E. J., Angold, A., Burns, B. J., Stangl, D. K., Tweed, D. L., et al. (1996). The Great Smoky Mountains Study of youth: Goals, design, methods, and the prevalence of DSM-III-R disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 1129–1136.

Costello, E. J., Compton, S. N., Keeler, G., & Angold, A. (2003). Relationships between poverty and psychopathology: A natural experiment. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 290, 2023–2029.

Costello, E. J., Mustillo, S., Erkanli, A., Keeler, G., & Angold, A. (2003). Prevalence and development of psychiatric disorders in childhood and adolescence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 837–844.

Costello, E. J., Pine, D. S., Hammen, C., March, J. S., Plotsky, P. M., et al. (2002). Development and natural history of mood disorders. Biological Psychiatry, 52, 529–542.

Cottraux, J. (2004). Recent developments in the research on generalized anxiety disorder. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 17, 49–52.

Cottraux, J., Note, I., Yao, S. N., Lafont, S., Note, B., et al. (2001). A randomized controlled trial of cognitive therapy versus intensive behavior therapy in obsessive compulsive disorder. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 70, 288–297.

Coughlin, J. W., & Kalodner, C. (2006). Media literacy as a prevention intervention for college women at low- or high-risk for eating disorders. Body Image, 3, 35–43.

Coulston, C. M., Perdices, M., & Tennant, C. C. (2007). The neuropsychological correlates of cannabis use in schizophrenia: Lifetime abuse/dependence, frequency of use, and recency of use. Schizophrenia Research, 96, 169–184.

Coulter, D. (2007). Brothers and sisters and Asperger’s syndrome. Retrieved October 23, 2007, from http://home.att.net/~coultervideo/assibessay.htm

Council of State Governments. (2005). Mental health courts: A national snapshot. Retrieved October 15, 2007, from www.ojp.usdoj.gov/BJA/pdf/MHC_National_Snapshot.pdf

Coupland, N. J. (2001). Social phobia: Etiology, neurobiology, and treatment. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 25–35.

Courchesne, E., & Pierce, K. (2005). Why the frontal cortex in autism might be talking only to itself: Local over-connectivity but long-distance disconnection. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 15, 225–230.

Cox, C. B. (2007). Culture and dementia. In C. B. Cox (Ed.), Dementia and social work practice: Research and interventions (p–187). New York: Springer.

Cox, T., Jack, N., Lofthouse, S., Watling, J., Haines, J., & Warren, M. (2005). King George III and porphyria: An elemental hypothesis and investigation. The Lancet, 366, 332–335.

Coyne, J. C. (1976). Toward an interactional description of depression. Psychiatry: Journal for the Study of Interpersonal Processes, 39, 28–40.

Coyne, J. C., & Downey, G. (1991). Social factors and psychopathology: Stress, social support, and coping processes. Annual Review of Psychology, 42, 401–425.

Crabtree, A. (2000). Mesmer, Franz Anton. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 5, p–201). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Craddock, N., & Owen, M. J. (2005). The beginning of the end for the Kraepelinian dichotomy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 186, 364–366.

Crago, M., Shisslak, C. M., & Estes, L. S. (1996). Eating disturbances among American minority groups: A review. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 19, 239–248.

Craig, K. (1978). Social modeling influences on pain. In R. Sternback (Ed.), The psychology of pain (p–95). New York: Raven Press.

Craig, T. K., Boardman, A. P., Mills, K., Daly-Jones, O., & Drake. H. (1993). The South London Somatisation Study. I: Longitudinal course and the influence of early life experiences. British Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 579–588.

Craig, T. K. J., Bialas, I., Hodson, S., & Cox, A. D. (2004). Intergenerational transmission of somatization behaviour: 2. Observations of joint attention and bids for attention. Psychological Medicine, 34, 199–209.

Cramer, V., Torgersen, S., & Kringlen, E. (2003). Personality disorders, prevalence, socio-demographic correlations, quality of life, dysfunction, and the question of continuity. PTT: Persönlichkeitsstörungen Theorie und Therapie, 7, 189–198.

Craske, M. G. (1999). Anxiety disorders: Psychological approaches to theory and treatment. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Craske, M. G., & Barlow, D. H. (1993). Panic disorder and agoraphobia. In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Clinical handbook of psychological disorders: A step-by-step treatment manual (2nd ed., p–47). New York: Guilford Press.

Craske, M. G., Barlow, D. H., & Meadows, E. A. (2000). Mastery of your anxiety and panic: Therapist guide for anxiety, panic, and agoraphobia (3rd ed.). New York: Graywind Publications.

Craske, M. G., Rapee, R. M., Jackel, L., & Barlow, D. H. (1989). Qualitative dimensions of worry in DSM-III-R generalized anxiety disorder subjects and nonanxious controls. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 27, 397–402.

Craske, M. G., & Rowe, M. K. (1997). Nocturnal panic. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 4, 153–174.

Crawford, H. J., Gur, R. C., Skolnick, B., Gur, R. E., & Benson, D. M. (1993). Effects of hypnosis on regional cerebral blood flow during ischemic pain with and without suggested hypnotic analgesia. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 15, 181–195.

Crawford, T. N., Shaver, P. R., Cohen, P., Pilkonis, P. A., Gillath, O., & Kasen, S. (2006). Self-reported attachment, interpersonal aggression, and personality disorder in a prospective community sample of adolescents and adults. Journal of Personality Disorders, 20, 331–351.

Creamer, M., Burgess, P., & McFarlane, A. C. (2001). Post-traumatic stress disorder: Findings from the Australian National Survey of Mental Health and Well-Being. Psychological Medicine, 31, 1237–1247.

Creed, F. (2006). Can DSM-V facilitate productive research into the somatoform disorders? Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 60, 331–334.

Creed, F., & Barsky, A. (2004). A systematic review of the epidemiology of somatisation disorder and hypochondriasis. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 56, 391–408.

Crisp, A. H., Hsu, L. K., Harding, B., & Hartshorn, J. (1980). Clinical features of anorexia nervosa: A study of a consecutive series of 102 female patients. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 24, 179–191.

Critchfield, K. L., & Benjamin, L. S. (2006). Principles for psychosocial treatment of personality disorder: Summary of the APA Division 12 Task Force/NASPR Review. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62, 661–674.

Crits-Christoph, P., Siqueland, L., Blaine, J., Frank, A., Luborsky, L., et al. (1999). Psychosocial treatments for cocaine dependence: National Institute on Drug Abuse Collaborative Cocaine Treatment Study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 493–502.

Croen, L. A., Najjar, D. V., Fireman, B., & Grether, J. K. (2007). Maternal and paternal age and risk of autism spectrum disorders. Archives of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine, 161, 334–340.

Cronk, N. J., Slutske, W. S., Madden, P. A. F., Bucholz, K. K., & Heath, A. C. (2004). Risk for separation anxiety disorder among girls: Paternal absence, socioeconomic disadvantage, and genetic vulnerability. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 237–247.

Cross-Disorder Group of the Psychiatric Genomics Consortium. (2013). Identification of risk loci with shared effects on five major psychiatric disorders: A genome-wide analysis. The Lancet, 381, 1371–1379.

Crow, S., & Eckert, E. D. (2000, April). Follow-up of the Minnesota Semi-Starvation Study Participants. Paper presented at Ninth International Conference on Eating Disorders, New York.

Crow, S. J., Mitchell, J. E., Roerig, J. D., & Steffen, K. (2009). What potential role is there for medication treatment in anorexia nervosa? International Journal of Eating Disorders, 42, 1–8.

Crowe, R., Noyes, R., Pauls, D., & Slyman, D. (1983). A family study of panic disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 40, 1065–1069.

Crowell, S. E., Beauchaine, T. P., Gatzke-Kopp, L., Sylvers, P., Mead, H., & Chipman-Chacon, J. (2006). Autonomic correlates of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and oppositional defiant disorder in preschool children. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 115, 174–178.

Crowther, J. H., Kichler, J. C., Shewood, N. E., & Kuhnert, M. E. (2002). The role of familial factors in bulimia nervosa. Eating Disorders: The Journal of Treatment & Prevention, 10, 141–151.

Crowther, J. H., & Williams, N. M. (2011). Body image and bulimia nervosa. In T. F. Cash & L. Smolak (Eds.), Body image: A handbook of science, practice, and prevention (2nd ed.) (p–295). New York: Guilford Press.

Cryan, E. M., Butcher, G. J., and Webb, M. G. (1992). Obsessive-compulsive disorder and paraphilia in a monozygotic twin pair. British Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 694–698.

Csernansky, J. G., Mahmoud, R., & Brenner, R. (2002). A comparison of risperidone and haloperidol for the prevention of relapse in patients with schizophrenia. New England Journal of Medicine, 346, 16–22.

Csipke, E., & Horne, O. (2007). Pro-eating disorder websites: Users’ opinions. European Eating Disorders Review, 15, 196–206.

Cuijpers, P. (1997). Bibliotherapy in unipolar depression: A meta-analysis. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 139–147.

Cuijpers, P. (1998). A psychoeducational approach to the treatment of depression: A meta-analysis of Lewinsohn’s “Coping with depression” course. Behavior Therapy, 29, 521–533.

Cuijpers, P., Geraedts, A. S., van Oppen, P., Andersson, G., Markowitz, J. C., & van Straten, A. (2011). Interpersonal psychotherapy for depression: A meta-analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 168, 581–592.

Cukrowicz, K. C., White, B. A., Reitzel, L. R., Burns, A. B., Driscoll, K. A., et al. (2005). Improved treatment outcome associated with the shift to empirically supported treatments in a graduate training clinic. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 36, 330–337.

Cummings, J. L., Mackell, J., & Kaufer, D. (2008). Behavioral effects of current Alzheimer’s disease treatments: A descriptive review. Alzheimer’s & Dementia, 4, 49–60.

Cunningham Owens, D. G., Carroll, S., Fattah, Z., Clyde, Z., Coffey, I., & Johnstone, E. C. (2001). A randomized, controlled trial of a brief interventional package for schizophrenic outpatients. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 103, 362–371.

Curran, G. M., Flynn, H. A., Kirchner, J., & Booth, B. M. (2000). Depression after alcohol treatment as a risk factor for relapse among male veterans. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 19, 259–265.

Curtis, G. C., Magee, W. J., Eaton, W. W., Wittchen, H. U., & Kessler, R. C. (1998). Specific fears and phobias: Epidemiology and classification. British Journal of Psychiatry, 173, 212–217.

Custace, J. (1952). Wisdom, madness and folly. New York: Pellegrini & Cudahy.

Cyranowski, J., Frank, E., Young, E., & Shear, K. (2000). Adolescent onset of the gender difference in lifetime rates of major depression: A theoretical model. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 21–27.

Czermak, C., Lehofer, M., Renger, H., Wagner, E. M., Lemonis, L, et al. (2004). Dopamine receptor D3 mRNA expression in human lymphocytes is negatively correlated with the personality trait of persistence. Journal of Neuroimmunology, 150, 145–149.

Dackis, C. A., & O’Brien, C. P. (2001). Cocaine dependence: A disease of the brain’s reward centers. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 21, 111–117.

Daley, D. C., & Salloum, I. (1999). Relapse prevention. In P. J. Ott, R. E. Tarter, & R. T. Ammerman (Eds.), Sourcebook on substance abuse: Etiology, epidemiology, assessment, and treatment (p–263). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

d’Alfonso, A. A., Aleman, A., Kessels, R. P., Schouten, E. A., Postma, A., et al. (2002). Transcranial magnetic stimulation of left auditory cortex in patients with schizophrenia: Effects on hallucinations and neurocognition. Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 14, 77–79.

Dalgard, O. S., Dowrick, C., Lehtinen, V., Vazquez-Barquero, J. L., Casey, P., et al. (The ODIN Group). (2006). Negative life events, social support and gender difference in depression: A multinational community survey with data from the ODIN study. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 41, 444–451.

D’Amico, E. J., Metrik, J., McCarthy, D. M., Frissell, K. C., Applebaum, M., & Brown, S. A. (2001). Progression into and out of binge drinking among high school students. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 15, 341–349.

Dannon, P. N., Dolberg, O. T., Schreiber, S., & Grunhaus, L. (2002). Three- and six-month outcome following courses of either ECT or rTMS in a population of severely depressed individuals—preliminary report. Biological Psychiatry, 51, 687–690.

Dao, T. K., & Prevatt, F. (2006). A psychometric evaluation of the Rorschach Comprehensive System’s Perceptual Thinking Index. Journal of Personality Assessment, 86, 180–189.

Dare, C., & Eisler, I. (1997). Family therapy for anorexia nervosa. In D. M. Garner & P. E. Garfinkel (Eds.), Handbook of treatment for eating disorders (2nd ed., p–324). New York: Guilford Press.

Dare, C., Eisler, I., Russell, G., Treasure, J., & Dodge, L. (2001). Psychological therapies for adults with anorexia nervosa: Randomised controlled trial of out-patient treatments. British Journal of Psychiatry, 178, 216–221.

Dassori, A. M., Miller, A. L., & Saldana, D. (1995). Schizophrenia among Hispanics: Epidemiology, phenomenology, course, and outcome. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 21, 303–312.

Dauncey, K., Giggs, J., Baker, K., & Harrison, K. (1993). Schizophrenia in Nottingham: Lifelong residential mobility of a cohort. British Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 613–619.

Davey, G. (Ed.). (1987). Cognitive processes and Pavlovian conditioning in humans. Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

David, A. S. (1994). Schizophrenia and the corpus callosum: Developmental, structural and functional relationships. Behavioural Brain Research, 64, 203–211.

Davidovsky, A. S., Fleta, J. L. H., & Moreno, T. S. (2007). Neurosurgery and refractory obsessive-compulsive disease: A case report. Actas Españolas de Psiquiatría, 35, 336–337.

Davidson, J. R. T. (2001). Pharmacotherapy of generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 46–50.

Davidson, J. R. T., DuPont, R. L., Hedges, D., & Haskins, J. T. (1999). Efficacy, safety, and tolerability of venlafaxine extended release and buspirone in outpatients with generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60, 528–535.

Davidson, J. R. T., Foa, E. B., Huppert, J. D., Keefe, F. J., Franklin, M. E., et al. (2004). Fluoxetine, comprehensive cognitive behavioral therapy, and placebo in generalized social phobia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 1005–1013.

Davidson, J. R. T., Landburg, P. D., Pearlstein, T., Weisler, R., Sikes, C., & Farfel, G. M. (1997). Double-blind comparison of sertraline and placebo in patients with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Abstracts of the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology. Paper presented at the 36th annual meeting, San Juan, Puerto Rico.

Davidson, K., Norrie, J., Tyrer, P., Gumley, A., Tata, P., et al. (2006). The effectiveness of cognitive behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder: Results from the borderline personality disorder study of cognitive therapy (BOSCOT) trial. Journal of Personality Disorders, 20, 450–465.

Davidson, R. J. (1992a). Emotion and affective style: Hemispheric substrates. Psychological Science, 3, 39–43.

Davidson, R. J. (1992b). A prolegomenon to the structure of emotion: Gleanings from neuropsychology. Cognition and Emotion, 6, 245–268.

Davidson, R. J. (1993). Parsing affective space: Perspectives from neuropsychology and psychophysiology. Neuropsychology, 7, 464–475.

Davidson, R. J. (1994). Honoring biology in the study of affective style. In P. Ekman & R. J. Davidson (Eds.), The nature of emotion: Fundamental questions (p–328). New York: Oxford University Press.

Davidson, R. J. (1998). Affective style and affective disorders: Perspectives from affective neuroscience. Cognition and Emotion, 12, 307–330.

Davidson, R. J. (2002). Anxiety and affective style: Role of prefrontal cortex and amygdala. Biological Psychiatry, 51, 68–80.

Davidson, R. J., Abercrombie, H., Nitschke, J. B., & Putnam, K. (1999). Regional brain function, emotion and disorders of emotion. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 9, 228–234.

Davidson, R. J., Jackson, D. C., & Kalin, N. H. (2000). Emotion, plasticity, context, and regulation: Perspectives from affective neuroscience. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 890–909.

Davies, L., Stern, J. S., Agrawal, N., & Robertson, M. M. (2006). A case series of patients with Tourette’s Syndrome in the United Kingdom treated with aripiprazole. Human Psychopharmacology: Clinical and Experimental, 21, 447–453.

Davis, A.K. & Rosenberg, H. (in press). Acceptability of non-abstinence by addiction professionals in the United States. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors.

Davis, C., Claridge, G., & Fox, J. (2000). Not just a pretty face: Physical attractiveness and perfectionism in the risk for eating disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 27, 67–73.

Davis, C., Shuster, B., Blackmore, E., & Fox, J. (2004). Looking good—family focus on appearance and the risk for eating disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 35, 136–144.

Davis, J. H. (1969). The Bouviers: Portrait of an American family. New York: Doubleday.

Davis, J. H. (1996). Jacqueline Bouvier: An intimate memoir. New York: Wiley.

Davison, G. C. (2005). Issues and nonissues in the gay-affirmative treatment of patients who are gay, lesbian, or bisexual. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 12, 25–28.

Dawson, G., Webb, S. J., Carver, L., Panagiotides, H., & McPartland J. (2004). Young children with autism show atypical brain responses to fearful versus neutral facial expressions of emotion. Developmental Science, 7, 340–359.

Dawson, G., Webb, S. J., & McPartland, J. (2005). Understanding the nature of face processing impairment in autism: Insights from behavioral and electrophysiological studies. Developmental Neuropsychology, 27, 403–424.

Dawson, M., Mottron, L., Jelenic, P., & Soulières, I. (2005, May). Superior performance of autistics on RPM and PPVT relative to Wechsler scales provides evidence for the nature of autistic intelligence. Poster presented at the International Meeting for Autism Research, Boston, MA.

Dawson, M. E., Hazlett, E. A., Filion, D. L., Nuechterlein, K. H., & Schell, A. M. (1993). Attention and schizophrenia: Impaired modulation of the startle reflex. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 633–641.

De Bellis, M. D., Clark, D. B., Beers, S. R., Soloff, P. H., Boring, A. M., et al. (2000). Hippocampal volume in adolescent-onset alcohol use disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 737–744.

De Bellis, M. D., Keshavan, M. S., Shifflett, H., Iyengar, S., Dahl, R. E., et al. (2002). Superior temporal gyrus volumes in pediatric generalized anxiety disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 51, 553–562.

De Beni, R., & Palladino, P. (2004). Decline in working memory updating through ageing: Intrusion error analyses. Memory, 12, 75–89.

de Beurs, E., van Balkom, A. J. L. M., Van Dyck, R., & Lange, A. (1999). Long-term outcome of pharmacological and psychological treatment for panic disorder with agoraphobia: A 1-year naturalistic follow-up. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 99, 59–67.

de Carufel, F., & Trudel, G. (2006). Effects of a new functional-sexological treatment for premature ejaculation. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 32, 97–114.

De Hert, M., McKenzie, K., & Peuskens, J. (2001). Risk factors for suicide in young people suffering from schizophrenia: A long-term follow-up study. Schizophrenia Research, 47, 127–134.

De la Fuente, J. M., Goldman, S., Stanus, E., Vizuete, C., Morlan, I., et al. (1997). Brain glucose metabolism in borderline personality disorder. Journal of Psychiatry Research, 31, 531–541.

De Leo, D. (2002a). Struggling against suicide: The need for an integrative approach. Crisis: The Journal of Crisis Intervention and Suicide Prevention, 23, 23–31.

De Leo, D. (2002b). Why are we not getting any closer to preventing suicide? British Journal of Psychiatry, 181, 372–374.

De Los Reyes, A., & Kazdin, A. E. (2004). Measuring informant discrepancies in clinical child research. Psychological Assessment, 16, 330–334.

de Zwaan, M., Roerig, J. L., & Mitchell, J. E. (2004). Pharmacological treatment of anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and binge eating disorder. In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity (p–217). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Deckersbach, T., Rauch, S., Buhlmann, U., & Wilhelm, S. (2006). Habit reversal versus supportive psychotherapy in Tourette’s disorder: A randomized controlled trial and predictors of treatment response. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 44, 1079–1090.

Degroot, A., & Treit, D. (2002). Dorsal and ventral hippocampal cholinergic systems modulate anxiety in the plus-maze and shock-probe tests. Brain Research, 949, 60–70.

Degun-Mather, M. (2002). Hypnosis in the treatment of a case of dissociative amnesia for a 12-year period. Contemporary Hypnosis, 19, 33–41.

DeJong, W. (2001). Finding common ground for effective campus-based prevention. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 15, 292–296.

Del Casale, A., Ferracuti, S., Rapinesi, C., Serata, D., Piccirilli, M., et al. (2012). Functional neuroimaging in specific phobia. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging, 202, 181–197.

Delgado, P. L., & Moreno, F. A. (1998). Different roles for serotonin in anti-obsessional drug action and the pathophysiology of obsessive-compulsive disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 173, 21–25.

Delinsky, S. S. (2011). Body image and anorexia nervosa. In T. F. Cash & L. Smolak (Eds.), Body image: A handbook of science, practice, and prevention (2nd ed.) (p–287). New York: Guilford Press.

DeLisi, L. E., Sakuma, M., Tew, W., Kushner, M., Hoff, A. L., & Grimson, R. (1997). Schizophrenia as a chronic active brain process: A study of progressive brain structural change subsequent to the onset of schizophrenia. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging, 74, 129–140.

Dell, P. F. (1988). Professional skepticism about multiple personality. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disorders, 176, 537–555.

Dell’Osso, L., Rucci, P., Cassano, G. B., Maser, J. D., Endicott, J., et al. (2002). Measuring social anxiety and obsessive-compulsive spectra: Comparison of interviews and self-report instruments. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 43, 81–87.

Demenescu, L. R., Kortekaas, R., den Boer, J. A., & Aleman, A. (2010). Impaired attribution of emotion to facial expressions in anxiety and major depression. PLoS ONE, 5, e15058.

Demopoulos, C., Hopkins, J., & Davis, A. (2013). A comparison of social cognitive profiles in children with autism spectrum disorders and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: A matter of quantitative but not qualitative difference? Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 43(5), 1157–1170.

Dennerstein, L., Koochaki, P., Barton, I., & Graziottin, A. (2006). Hypoactive sexual desire disorder in menopausal women: A survey of Western European women. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 3, 212–222.

Dennis, W. (1973). Children of the creche. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

DeRubeis, R. J., Hollon, S. D., Amsterdam, J. D., Shelton, R. C., Young, P. R., et al. (2005). Cognitive therapy vs medications in the treatment of moderate to severe depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 409–416.

des Portes, V., Hagerman, R. J., & Hendren, R. L. (2003). Pharmacotherapy. In S. Ozonoff, S. J. Rogers, & R. L. Hendren (Eds.), Autism spectrum disorders: A research review for practitioners. (p–186). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Deshpande, S. W., & Kawane, S. D. (1982). Anxiety and serial verbal learning: A test of the Yerkes-Dodson Law. Asian Journal of Psychology & Education, 9, 18–23.

Deuschle, M., Hamann, B., Meichel, C., Krumm, B., Lederbogen, F., et al. (2003). Antidepressive treatment with amitriptyline and paroxetine: Effects on saliva cortisol concentrations. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 23, 201–205.

Deutsch, M. (1968). Field theory in social psychology. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (Vol. 1, p–487). Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley.

DeVane, C. L. (1997). The place of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in the treatment of panic disorder. Pharmacotherapy, 17, 282–292.

Deveson, A. (1991). Tell me I’m here: One family’s experience of schizophrenia. New York: Penguin Books.

Devinsky, O., Mesad, S., & Alper, K. (2001). Nondominant hemisphere lesions and conversion nonepileptic seizures. Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 13, 367–373.

Di Ceglie, D. (2000). Gender identity disorder in young people. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 6, 458–466.

Di Ceglie, D., Freedman, D., McPherson, S., & Richardson, P. (2002). Children and adolescents referred to a specialist gender identity development service: Clinical features and demographic characteristics. International Journal of Transgenderism, 6, n.p.

Dick, D. M., Viken, R. J., Kaprio, J., Pulkkinen, L., & Rose, R. J. (2005). Understanding the covariation among childhood externalizing symptoms: Genetic and environmental influences on conduct disorder, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and oppositional defiant disorder symptoms. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 33, 219–229.

Dickerson, F. B. (2004). Update on cognitive behavioral psychotherapy for schizophrenia: Review of recent studies. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 18, 189–205.

Dickey, C. C., McCarley, R. W., & Shenton, M. E. (2002). The brain in schizotypal personality disorder: A review of structural MRI and CT findings. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 10, 1–15.

Dickinson, D., & Coursey, R. D. (2002). Independence and overlap among neurocognitive correlates of community functioning in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 56, 161–170.

Dickinson, D., Bellack, A. S., & Gold, J. M. (2007). Social/communication skills, cognition, and vocational functioning in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 33, 1213–1220.

Dickson, H., Laurens, K. R., Cullen, A. E., & Hodgins, S. (2012). Meta-analyses of cognitive and motor function in youth aged 16 years and younger who subsequently develop schizophrenia. Psychological Medicine: A Journal of Research in Psychiatry and the Allied Sciences, 42, 743–755.

Didic, M., Ali Chérif, A., Gambarelli, D., Poncet, M., & Boudouresques, J. (1998). A permanent pure amnestic syndrome of insidious onset related to Alzheimer’s disease. Annals of Neurology, 43, 526–530.

Dikel, T. N., Engdahl, B., & Eberly, R. (2005). PTSD in former prisoners of war: Prewar, wartime, and postwar factors. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 18, 69–77.

DiLillo, D. (2001). Interpersonal functioning among women reporting a history of childhood sexual abuse: Empirical findings and methodological issues. Clinical Psychology Review, 21, 553–576.

DiMauro, J., Domingues, J., Fernandez, G., & Tolin, D. F. (2013). Long-term effectiveness of CBT for anxiety disorders in an adult outpatient clinic sample: A follow-up study. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 51(2), 82–86.

Dimeff, L., & Linehan, M. M. (2001). Dialectical behavior therapy in a nutshell. The California Psychologist, 34, 10–13.

Dimidjian, S., Hollon, S. D., Dobson, K. S., Schmaling, K. B., Kohlenberg, R. J., et al. (2006). Randomized trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults with major depression. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74, 658–670.

Dingemans, A. E., van Rood, Y. R., de Groot, I., & van Furth, E. F. (2012). Body dysmorphic disorder in patients with an eating disorder: Prevalence and characteristics. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 45(4), 562–569.

Dinnel, D. L., Kleinknecht, R. A., & Tanaka-Matsumi, J. (2002). A cross-cultural comparison of social phobia symptoms. Journal of Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 24, 75–84.

D’Ippoliti, D., Davoli, M., Perucci, C. A., Pasqualini, F., & Bargagli, A. M. (1998). Retention in treatment of heroin users in Italy: The role of treatment type and of methadone maintenance dosage. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 52, 167–171.

Dirks-Linhorst, P. A., & Linhorst, D. M. (2012). Recidivism outcomes for suburban mental health court defendants. American Journal of Criminal Justice, 37(1), 76–91.

Dishion, T. J., & Medici Skaggs, N. (2000). An ecological analysis of monthly “bursts” in early adolescent substance use. Applied Developmental Science, 4, 89–97.

Dishion, T. J., & Stormshak, E. A. (2007). Intervening in children’s lives: An ecological, family-centered approach to mental health care. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Dixon, L., Adams, C., & Lucksted, A. (2000). Update on family psychoeducation for schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 26, 5–20.

Docter, R. F., & Prince, V. (1997). Transvestism: A survey of 1032 cross-dressers. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 26, 589–605.

Dodge, K. A., & Pettit, G. S. (2003). A biopsychosocial model of the development of chronic conduct problems in adolescence. Developmental Psychology, 39, 349–371.

Dodge, R., Sindelar, J., & Sinha, R. (2005). The role of depression symptoms in predicting drug abstinence in outpatient substance abuse treatment. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 28, 189–196.

Doerfel-Baasen, D., & Rauh, H. (2001). Parents and teachers of young children under conditions of sociopolitical change. American Behavioral Scientist, 44, 1818–1842.

Dohrenwend, B. P., Levav, I., Shrout, P. E., Schwartz, S., Naveh, G., et al. (1992). Socioeconomic status and psychiatric disorders: The causation-selection issue. Science, 255, 946–952.

Dolan, A. (2006, April 3). The obsessive disorder that haunts my life. Daily Mail. Retrieved February 25 2009 from www.dailymail.co.uk/pages/live/articles/showbiz/showbiznews.html?in_article_id=381802&in_page_id=1773

Dolan, M., & Park, I. (2002). The neuropsychology of antisocial personality disorder. Psychological Medicine, 32, 417–427.

Dolan-Sewell, R., & Insel, T. R. (2005). Special issue on anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37, S1–S9.

Dolan-Sewell, R. T., Krueger, R. F., & Shea, M. T. (2001). Co-occurrence with syndrome disorders. In J. W. Livesley (Ed.), Handbook of personality disorders: Theory, research, and treatment (p–104). New York: Guilford Press.

Domjan, M., Cusato, B., & Krause, M. (2004). Learning with arbitrary versus ecological conditioned stimuli: Evidence from sexual conditioning. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 11, 232–246.

Donegan, N. H., Sanislow, C. A., Blumberg, H. P., Fulbright, R. K., Lacadie, C., et al. (2003). Amygdala hyperreactivity in borderline personality disorder: Implications for emotional dysregulation. Biological Psychiatry, 54, 1284–1293.

Dong, W. K., & Greenough, W. T. (2004). Plasticity of nonneuronal brain tissue: Roles in developmental disorders. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 10, 85–90.

Donovan, J., & Jessor, R. (1985). Structure of problem behavior in adolescence and young adulthood. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 53, 890–904.

Dorcus, R. M., & Shaffer, G. W. (1945). Functional psychoses. In R. M. Dorcus & G. W. Shaffer, Textbook of abnormal psychology (3rd ed., p–330). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

Dorr, D. (1998). Psychopathy in the pedophile. In T. Millon, E. Simonsen, M. Birket-Smith, & R. D. Davis (Eds.), Psychopathy: Antisocial, criminal, and violent behavior (p–320). New York: Guilford Press.

Dorris, L., Espie, C. A. E., Knott, F., & Salt, J. (2004). Mind-reading difficulties in the siblings of people with Asperger’s syndrome: Evidence for a genetic influence in the abnormal development of a specific cognitive domain. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 45, 412–418.

Double, D. (2002). The limits of psychiatry. BMJ: British Medical Journal, 324, 900–904.

Dowdall, G. W., Crawford, M., & Wechsler, H. (1998). Binge drinking among American college women: A comparison of single-sex and coeducational institutions. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 22, 705–715.

Dowling, J. E. (1992). Neurons and networks: An introduction to neuroscience. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Draijer, N., & Friedl, M. (1999). The prevalence of dissociative disorders and DID among psychiatric inpatients: A meta-analysis of prevalence studies. In A. Aukamp, R. Blizard, J. Chu, G. Fair, & S. Gold (Eds.), Proceedings of the 16th International Fall Conference of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation.

Driessen, M., Herrmann J., Stahl, K., Zwaan, M., Meier, S., et al. (2000). Magnetic resonance imaging volumes of the hippocampus and the amygdala in women with borderline personality disorder and early traumatization. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 1115–1122.

Drotar, D. (2006). Research design considerations for psychological interventions. In D. Drotar, Psychological interventions in childhood chronic illness (p–83). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Drug Court Clearinghouse and Technical Assistance Project. (1998, June). Looking at a decade of drug courts (Publication No. NCJ 171140).

Drummond, K. D., Bradley, S. J., Peterson-Badali, M., & Zucker, K. J. (2008). A follow-up study of girls with gender identity disorder. Developmental Psychology, 44, 34–45.

Druss, B. G., Schlesinger, M., & Allen, H. M., Jr. (2001). Depressive symptoms, satisfaction with health care, and 2-year work outcomes in an employed population, American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 731–734.

D’Silva, K., Duggan, C., & McCarthy, L. (2004). Does treatment really make psychopaths worse? A review of the evidence. Journal of Personality Disorders, 18(2), 163–177.

Duberstein, P. R., & Conwell, Y. (1997). Personality disorders and completed suicide: A methodological and conceptual review. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 4, 359–376.

Duffy, M., Gillespie, K., & Clark, D. M. (2007). Post-traumatic stress disorder in the context of terrorism and other civil conflict in Northern Ireland: Randomised controlled trial. British Medical Journal, 334, 1147.

Dugas, M. J., Ladouceur, R., Léger, E., Freeston, M. H., Langolis, F., et al. (2003). Group cognitive-behavioral therapy for generalized anxiety disorder: Treatment outcome and long-term follow-up. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71, 821–825.

Dukakis, K. (2002). Kitty Dukakis Speaks Out About Shock Therapy. CNN, airdate May 21, 2:21pm EST.

Dukakis, K., & Scovell, J. (1991). Now you know. New York: Simon and Shuster.

Dukakis, K., & Tye, L. (2006). Shock. New York: Avery.

Duncan, B. L. (2002). The Legacy of Saul Rosenzweig: The Profundity of the Dodo Bird. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 12, 32–57.

Dunner, D. L. (2001). Acute and maintenance treatment of chronic depression. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 10–16.

Durbin, C. E., & Klein, D. N. (2006). Ten-year stability of personality disorders among outpatients with mood disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 115, 75–84.

Durham v. United States, 214 F. 2d 862 (1954).

Durham, R. C., Chambers, J. A., MacDonald R. R., Power, K. G., & Major, K. (2003). Does cognitive-behavioural therapy influence the long-term outcome of generalized anxiety disorder? An 8–14 year follow-up of two clinical trials. Psychological Medicine, 33, 499–509.

Durkheim, E. (1951). Suicide: A study in sociology. New York: Free Press. (Original work published 1897).

Durston, S., Hulshoff Pol, H. E., Schnack, H. G., Buitelaar, J. K., Steenhuis, M. P., et al. (2004) Magnetic resonance imaging of boys with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and their unaffected siblings. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 43, 332–340.

Dusky v. United States, 362 U.S. 402 (1960), quoted in Godinez, 509 U.S. 398.

Dwight-Johnson, M., Sherbourne, C. D., Liao, D., & Wells, K. B. (2000). Treatment preferences among primary care patients. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 15, 527–534.

Dzokoto, V. A., & Adams, G. (2005). Understanding genital-shrinking epidemics in West Africa: Koro, juju, or mass psychogenic illness? Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 29, 53–78.

Eakin, E. (2000, January 15). Bigotry as mental illness or just another norm. New York Times, p, 31.

Easton, C. J., Swan, S., & Sinha, R. (2000). Prevalence of family violence in clients entering substance abuse treatment. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 18, 23–28.

Eaton, W., & Kessler, L. (1985). The NIMH Epidemiologic Catchment Area Study. Epidemiological Field Methods in Psychiatry. New York: Academic Press.

Ecker, C., Suckling, J., Deoni, S. C., Lombardo, M. V., Bullmore, E. T., et al. (2012). Brain anatomy and its relationship to behavior in adults with autism spectrum disorder: A multicenter magnetic resonance imaging study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 69, 195–209.

Eddy, K. T., Dorer, D. J., Franko, D. L., Tahilani, K., Thompson-Brenner, H., & Herzog, D. B. (2007). Should bulimia nervosa be subtyped by history of anorexia nervosa? A longitudinal validation. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, S67–S71.

Eddy, K. T., Dorer, D. J., Franko, D. L., Tahilani, K., Thompson-Brenner, H., & Herzog, D. B. (2008). Diagnostic crossover in anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa: Implications for DSM-V. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 245–250.

Eddy, K. T., Keel, P. K., Dorer, D. J., Delinsky, S. S., Franko, D. L., & Herzog, D. B. (2002). Longitudinal comparison of anorexia nervosa subtypes. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 31, 191–201.

Edelson, M. G. (2006). Are the majority of children with autism mentally retarded? A systematic evaluation of the data. Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities, 21, 66–83.

Edgerton, R. B., & Cohen, A. (1994). Culture and schizophrenia: The DOSMD challenge. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 222–231.

Edwards, E., Kornrich, W., Houtten, P. V., & Henn, F. A. (1992). Presynaptic serotonin mechanisms in rats subjected to inescapable shock. Neuropharmacology, 31, 323–330.

Eger, E. I., II, Gong, D., Xing, Y., Raines, D. E., & Flood, P. (2002). Acetylcholine receptors and thresholds for convulsions from flurothyl and 1,2-dichlorohexafluorocyclobutane. Anesthesia & Analgesia, 95, 1611–1615.

Eggert, J., Levendosky, A., & Klump, K. (2007). Relationships among attachment styles, personality characteristics, and disordered eating. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, 149–155.

Egley, L. C. (1991). Defining the Tarasoff duty. The Journal of Psychiatry and Law, 19, 99–133.

Ehlers, A., Mayou, R. A., & Bryant, B. (1998). Psychological predictors of chronic posttraumatic stress disorder after motor vehicle accidents. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 107, 508–519.

Eich, E., Macaulay, D., & Lam, R. W. (1997). Mania, depression, and mood dependent memory. Cognition and Emotion, 11, 607–618.

Eich, E., Macaulay, D., & Ryan, L. (1994). Mood dependent memory for events of the personal past. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 123, 201–215.

Eisen, J. L., Coles, M. E., Shea, M. T., Pagano, M. E., Stout, R. L., et al. (2006). Clarifying the convergence between obsessive compulsive personality disorder criteria and obsessive compulsive disorder. Journal of Personality Disorders, 20, 294–305.

Eisen, K. P., Allen, G. J., Bollash, M., & Pescatello, L. S. (2008). Stress management in the workplace: A comparison of a computer-based and an in-person stress-management intervention. Computers in Human Behavior, 24, 486–496.

Eisman, E. J., Dies, R. R., Finn, S. E., Eyde, L. D., Kay, G. G., et al. (2000). Problems and limitations in using psychological assessment in the contemporary health care delivery system. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 31, 131–140.

Ekman, P. (1984). Expression and the nature of emotion. In K. R. Scherer & P. Ekman (Eds.), Approaches to emotion (p–343). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

El-Bassel, N., Schilling, R., Turnbull, J., & Su, K. (1993). Correlates of alcohol use among methadone patients. Alcoholism, Clinical and Experimental Research, 17, 681–686.

Eldredge, K. L., Agras, W. S., & Arnow, B. (1994). The last supper: Emotional determinants of pretreatment weight fluctuations in obese binge eaters. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 16, 83–88.

Eley, T. C., Deater-Deckard, K., Fombone, E., Fulker, D. W., & Plomin, R. (1998). An adoption study of depressive symptoms in middle childhood. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 39, 337–345.

Eligon, J. (2008, October 15). Suspect in therapist death is to be institutionalized. The New York Times. Retrieved March 2, 2009, from www.nytimes.com/2008/10/15/nyregion/15tarloff.html?pagewanted=print

El-Islam, M. F. (1991). Transcultural aspects of schizophrenia and ICD-10. Psychiatria Danubina, 3, 485–494.

Elkin, I. (1994). The NIMH Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program: Where we began and where we are. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., p–139). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Elkin, I., Gibbons, R. D., Shea, M. T., Sotsky, S. M., Watkins, J. T., et al. (1995). Initial severity and differential treatment outcome in the National Institute of Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 63, 841–847.

Elkin, I., Parloff, M. B., Hadley, S. W., & Autry, J. H. (1985). NIMH Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program: Background and research plan. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42, 305–316.

Elkins, I. J., McGue, M., Malone, S., & Iacono, W. G. (2004). The effect of parental alcohol and drug disorders on adolescent personality. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 670–676.

Ellickson, P. L., Tucker, J. S., Klein, D. J., & Saner, H. (2004). Antecedents and outcomes of marijuana use initiation during adolescence. Preventive Medicine: An International Journal Devoted to Practice and Theory, 39, 976–984.

Elliott, A. J., Pages, K. P., Russo, J., & Wilson, L. G. (1996). A profile of medically serious suicide attempts. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 57, 567–571.

Elliott, G. C., Cunningham, S. M., Linder, M., Colangelo, M., & Gross, M. (2005). Child physical abuse and self-perceived social isolation among adolescents. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20, 1663–1684.

Elliott, R., Greenberg, L. S., & Lietaer, G. (2004). Research on experiential psychotherapies. In M. J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin & Garfield’s handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (5th ed., p–540). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Ellis, A., & MacLaren, C. (1998). Rational emotive behavior therapy: A therapist’s guide. Atascadero, CA: Impact Publishers.

Ellison, J. M., & McCarter, R. H. G. (2002). Combined treatment for anxiety disorders. In D. J. Stein & E. Holland (Eds.), Textbook of anxiety disorders (p–106). Washington DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Ellman, L. M. (2008). Pre and perinatal factors in the neurodevelopmental course of schizophrenia: Neurocognitive and clinical outcomes. Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering, 69(1), 673B.

Elsass, P. (2001). Individual and collective traumatic memories: A qualitative study of post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms in two Latin American localities. Transcultural Psychiatry, 38, 306–316.

Elzinga, B. M., Phaf, R. H., Ardon, A. M., & van Dyck, R. (2003). Directed forgetting between, but not within, dissociative personality states. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 112, 237–243.

EMDR Institute, Inc. website. Accessed April 28, 2013. www.emdr.com

Emerich v. Philadelphia Center for Human Development, 720 A.2d 1032 (Pa. 1998).

Emmelkamp, P. M. G. (1994). Behavior therapy with adults. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., p–427). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Emmelkamp, P. M. G. (2004). Behavior therapy with adults. In M. J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin and Garfield’s handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (5th ed., p–446). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Emmelkamp, P. M. G., Benner, A., Kuipers, A., Feiertag, G. A., Koster, H. C., & van Apeldoorn, F. J. (2006). Comparison of brief dynamic and cognitive-behavioural therapies in avoidant personality disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 189, 60–64.

Emmelkamp, P. M. G., Bruynzeel, M., Drost, L., & Van Der Mast, C. A. P. G. (2001). Virtual reality treatment in acrophobia: A comparison with exposure in vivo. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 4, 335–339.

Emmelkamp, P. M. G., Krijn, M., Hulsbosch, A. M., de Vries, S., Schuemie, M. J., & van der Mast, C. A. P. G. (2002). Virtual reality treatment versus exposure in vivo: A comparative evaluation in acrophobia. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 40, 509–516.

Emmons, S., Geiser, C., Kaplan, K., & Harrow, M. (1997). Living with schizophrenia. Washington, DC: Taylor & Francis.

Eng, W., & Heimberg, R. G. (2006). Interpersonal correlates of generalized anxiety disorder: Self versus other perception. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 19, 143–156.

Engel, G. L. (1977). The need for a new medical model: A challenge to biomedicine. Science, 196, 129–136.

Engel, G. L. (1980). The clinical application of the biopsychosocial model. American Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 535–544.

Entwisle, D. R. (1972). To dispel fantasies about fantasy-based measures of achievement motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 77, 377–391.

Eplov, L., Giraldi, A., Davidsen, M., Garde, K., & Kamper-Jorgensen, F. (2007). Sexual desire in a nationally representative Danish population. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 4, 47–56.

Epstein, C. M., Figiel, G. S., McDonald, W. M., Amazon-Leece, J., & Figiel, L. (1998). Rapid rate transcranial magnetic stimulation in young and middle-aged refractory depressed patients. Psychiatric Annals, 28, 36–39.

Epstein, D. H., Willner-Reid, J., Vahbzadeh, M., Mezghanni, M., Lin, J.-L., & Preston, K. L. (2009). Real-time electronic diary reports of cue exposure and mood in the hours before cocaine and heroin craving and use. Archives of General Psychiatry, 66, 88–94.

Epstein, J. N., Casey, B. J., Tonev, S. T., Davidson, M. C., Reiss, A. L., et al. (2007). ADHD- and medication-related brain activation effects in concordantly affected parent–child dyads with ADHD. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 48, 899–913.

Ergene, T. (2003). Effective interventions on test anxiety reduction: A meta-analysis. School Psychology International, 24, 313–328.

Erickson, W. D., Walbeck, N. H., & Seely, R. K. (1988). Behavior patterns of child molesters. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 17, 77–87.

Eriksen, K., & Kress, V. E. (2005). Beyond the DSM story: Ethical quandaries, challenges, and best practices. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Erkiran, M., Özünalan, H., Evren, C., Aytaçlar, S., Kirisci, L., & Tarter, R. (2006). Substance abuse amplifies the risk for violence in schizophrenia spectrum disorder. Addictive Behaviors, 31, 1797–1805.

Erlenmeyer-Kimling, L., Rock, D., Roberts, S. A., Janal, M., Kestenbaum, C., et al. (2000). Attention, memory, and motor skills as childhood predictors of schizophrenia-related psychoses: The New York High-Risk Project. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1416–1422.

Ernst, A. M., & Chefer, S. (2001). Neuroimaging and substance abuse disorders in the year 2000. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 14, 179–185.

Erzegovesi, S., Cavallini, M. C., Cavedini, P., Diaferia, G., Locatelli, M., & Bellodi, L. (2001). Clinical predictors of drug response in obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 21, 488–492.

Escobar, J. I. (1987). Cross-cultural aspects of the somatization trait. Hospital and Community Psychiatry, 38, 174–180.

Escobar, J. I. (1996). Pharmacological treatment of somatization/hypochondriasis. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 32, 589–596.

Escobar, J. I., Nervi, C. H., & Gara, M. A. (2000). Immigration and mental health: Mexican Americans in the United States. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 8, 64–72.

Espy, K. A., Molfese, D. L., Molfese, V. J., & Modglin, A. (2004). Development of auditory event-related potentials in young children and relations to word-level reading abilities at age 8 years. Annals of Dyslexia, 54, 9–38.

Etheridge, R. M., Craddock, S. G., Hubbard, R. L., & Rounds-Bryant, J. L. (1999). The relationship of counselling and self-help participation to patient outcomes in DATOS. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 57, 99–112.

Eubanks-Carter, C., Burckell, L. A., & Goldfried, M. R. (2005). Enhancing therapeutic effectiveness with lesbian, gay, and bisexual clients. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 12, 1–18.

Evans, G., & Farberow, N. L. (1988). The encyclopedia of suicide. New York: Facts on File.

Evans, G. W., & Stecker, R. (2004). Motivational consequences of environmental stress. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 24, 143–165.

Evans, J., Heron, J., Francomb, H., Oke, S., & Golding, J. (2001). Cohort study of depressed mood during pregnancy and after childbirth. British Medical Journal, 323, 257–260.

Evans, S., Ferrando, S., Findler, M., Stowell, C., Smart, C., & Haglin, D. (2008). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 22, 716–721.

Everly Jr., G. S., & Lating, J. M. (2004). The defining moment of psychological trauma: What makes a traumatic event traumatic? In G. S. Everly, Jr., & J. M. Lating (Eds.), Personality-guided therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder (p–51). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Ewing, C. P., & McCann, J. T. (2006). Minds on trial: Great cases in law and psychology. New York: Oxford University Press.

Exner, J. E. (1974). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system. Oxford, UK: John Wiley.

Eyler, L. T., Mirzakhanian, H., & Jeste, D. V. (2005). A preliminary study of interactive questioning methods to assess and improve understanding of informed consent among patients with schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 75, 193–198.

Eysenck, H. J. (1957). The dynamics of anxiety and hysteria: An experimental application of modern learning theory topsychiatry. Oxford, England: Praeger.

Eysenck, H. J. (1990). Genetic and environmental contributions to individual differences: The three major dimensions of personality. Journal of Personality, 58, 245–261.

Fabian, L. J., & Thompson, J. K. (1989). Body image and eating disturbance in young females. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 8, 63–74.

Fabiano, E., Robinson, D., & Porporino, F. (1990). A preliminary assessment of the cognitive skills training program: A component of living skills programming: Program description, research findings and implementation strategy. Ottawa: Correctional Service of Canada.

Fabre, L. F., & Smith, L. C. (2012). The effect of major depression on sexual function in women. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 9(1), 231–239.

Faces and Voices of Recovery. (2007a). Retrieved July 30, 2007 from www.facesandvoicesofrecovery.org/resources/story_jamieson.php

Faces and Voices of Recovery. (2007b). Retrieved July 30, 2007 from www.facesandvoicesofrecovery.org/resources/story_elaine.php

Faces and Voices of Recovery. (2007c). Retrieved July 30, 2007 from www.facesandvoicesofrecovery.org/resources/story_brown.php

Fagan, P. J., Wise, T. N., Schmidt, C. W., Jr., & Berlin, F. S. (2002). Pedophilia. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 288, 2458–2465.

Fahy, T. A. (1988). The diagnosis of multiple personality disorder: A critical review. British Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 597–606.

Fahy, T. A., Abas, M., & Brown, J. C. (1989). Multiple personality: A symptom of psychiatric disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 99–101.

Fairburn, C., Cooper, Z., Doll, H., Norman, P., & O’Conner, M. (2000). The natural course of bulimia nervosa and binge eating disorder in young women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 659–665.

Fairburn, C. G. (1997). Interpersonal psychotherapy for bulimia nervosa. In D. M. Garner & P. E. Garfinkel (Eds.), Handbook of treatment for eating disorders (2nd ed., p–294). New York: Guilford Press.

Fairburn, C. G. (1998). Interpersonal psychotherapy for bulimia nervosa. In J. C. Markowitz (Ed.), Interpersonal psychotherapy (pp. w99–128). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Fairburn, C. G. (2005). Evidence-based treatment of anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37, S26–S30.

Fairburn, C. G., & Bohn, K. (2005). Eating disorder NOS (EDNOS): An example of the troublesome “not otherwise specified” (NOS) category in DSM-IV-TR. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 43, 691–701.

Fairburn, C. G., & Cooper, Z. (2011). Eating disorders, DSM-5, and clinical reality. British Journal of Psychiatry, 198, 8–10.

Fairburn, C. G., Cooper, Z., & Cooper, P. (1986). The clinical features and maintenance of bulimia nervosa. In K. D. Brownell & J. Foreyt (Eds.), Physiology, psychology, and treatment of eating disorders (p–404). New York: Basic Books.

Fairburn, C. G., Cooper, Z., Doll, H. A., & Davies, B. A. (2005). Identifying dieters who will develop an eating disorder: A prospective, population-based study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 249–2255.

Fairburn, C. G., Jones, R., Peveler, R. C., Hope, R. A., & O’Connor, M. (1993). Psychotherapy and bulimia nervosa: Longer-term effects of interpersonal psychotherapy, behavior therapy, and cognitive behavior therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 419–428.

Fairburn, C. G., Kirk, J., O’Connor, M., & Cooper, P. J. (1986). A comparison of two psychological treatments for bulimia nervosa. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 24, 629–643.

Fairburn, C. G., Marcus, M. D., & Wilson, G. T. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for binge eating and bulimia nervosa: A comprehensive treatment manual. In C. G. Fairburn & G. T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating: Nature, assessment, and treatment (p–404). New York: Guilford Press.

Fairburn, C. G., Norman, P. A., Welch, S. L., O’Connor, M., Doll, H., & Peveler, R. (1995). A prospective study of outcome in bulimia nervosa and the long-term effects of three psychological treatments. Archives of General Psychiatry, 52, 304–312.

Fairburn, C. G., Palmer, R. L., Bohn, K., Doll, H. A., & O’Connor, M. E. (in preparation). The clinical features of patients with Eating Disorders NOS.

Fairburn, C. G., Peveler, R. C., Jones, R., Hope, R. A., & Doll, H. A. (1993). Predictors of 12-month outcome in bulimia nervosa and the influence of attitudes to shape and weight. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 61, 696–698.

Fairburn, C. G., Stice, E., Cooper, Z., Doll, H. A., Norman, P. A., & O’Connor, M. E. (2003). Understanding persistence of bulimia nervosa: A 5-year naturalistic study. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71, 103–109.

Fairburn, C. G., & Walsh, B. T. (2002). Atypical eating disorders (eating disorder not otherwise specified). In C. G. Fairburn & K. D. Brownell (Eds.), Eating disorders and obesity (2nd ed., p–182). New York: Guilford Press.

Falco, M. (2008, February 7). Sad lessons from Heath Ledger’s death. CNN. Retrieved December 23, 2008, from www.cnn.com/HEALTH/blogs/paging.dr.gupta/2008/02sad-lessons-from-heath-ledgers-death.html

Falicov, C. J. (1998). Latino families in therapy: A guide to multicultural practice. New York: Guilford Press.

Fallon, B. A. (2004). Pharmacotherapy of somatoform disorders. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 56, 455–460.

Fallon, B. A., & Feinstein, S. (2001). Hypochondriasis. In K. A. Phillips (Ed.), Somatoform and factitious disorders (p–65). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Fallon, B. A., Liebowitz, M. R., Salman, E. M., Schneier, F. R., Jusino, C., et al. (1993). Fluoxetine for hypochondriacal patients without major depression. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 13, 438–441.

Fallon, B. A., Qureshi, A. I., Laje, G., & Klein, B. (2000). Hypochondriasis and its relationship to obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 23, 605–616.

Fallon, B. A., Qureshi, A. I., Schneier, F. R., Sanchez-Lacay, A., Vermes, D., et al. (2003). An open trial of fluvoxamine for hypochondriasis. Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry, 44, 298–303.

Fallon, B. A., Schneier, F. R., Marshall, R., Campeas, R., Vermes, D., et al. (1996). The pharmacotherapy of hypochondriasis. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 32, 607–611.

Fan, A. P., & Eaton, W. W. (2001). Longitudinal study assessing the joint effects of socio-economic status and birth risks on adult emotional and nervous conditions. British Journal of Psychiatry, 178, s78–s83.

Farah, M. J. (2004). Visual agnosia (2nd ed.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press/Bradford Books.

Faraone, S. V., Biederman, J., Spencer, T., Mick, E., Murray, K., et al. (2006). Diagnosing adult attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: Are late onset and subthreshold diagnoses valid? American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1720–1729.

Faraone, S. V., Perlis, R. H., Doyle, A. E., Smoller, J. W., Goralnick, J. J., et al. (2005). Molecular genetics of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 1313–1323.

Faraone, S. V., Tsuang, M. T., & Tsuang, D. W. (2001) Genetics of mental disorders: What practitioners and students need to know. New York: Guilford Press.

Faravelli, C., Zucchi, T., Viviani, B., Salmoria, R., Perone, A., et al. (2000). Epidemiology of social phobia: A clinical approach. European Psychiatry, 15, 17–24.

Farmer, A., Redman, K., Harris, T., Webb, R., Mahmood, A., et al. (2001). The Cardiff sib-pair study. Crisis, 22, 71–73.

Farmer, R. F., & Nelson-Gray, R. O. (2005). Behavioral treatment of personality disorders. In R. F. Farmer & R. O. Nelson-Gray, Personality-guided behavior therapy (p–243). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Farrow, T. F. D., Hunter, M. D., Wilkinson, I. D., Green, R. D. J., & Spence, S. A. (2005). Structural brain correlates of unconstrained motor activity in people with schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 187, 481–482.

Fauman, M. A. (2006). Defining a DSM infrastructure. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1873–1874.

Fava, G. A., Bartolucci, G., Rafanelli, C., & Mangelli, L. (2001). Cognitive-behavioral management of patients with bipolar disorder who relapsed while on lithium prophylaxis. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 556–559.

Fava, G. A., Mangelli, L., & Ruini, C. (2001). Assessment of psychological distress in the setting of medical disease. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics 70, 171–175.

Fava, G. A., Rafanelli, C., Grandi, S., Canestrari, R., & Morphy, M. A. (1998b). Six-year outcome for cognitive behavioral treatment of residual symptoms in major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 1443–1445.

Fava, G. A., Rafanelli, C., Grandi, S., Conti, S., & Belluardo, P. (1998a). Prevention of recurrent depression with cognitive behavioral therapy: Preliminary findings. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 816–820.

Favaro, A., Rodella, F. C., & Santonastaso, P. (2000). Binge eating and eating attitudes among Nazi concentration camp survivors. Psychological Medicine, 30, 463–466.

Favaro, A., Zanetti, T., Tenconi, E., Degortes, D., Ronzan, A., et al. (2005). The relationship between temperament and impulsive behaviors in eating disordered subjects. Eating Disorders: The Journal of Treatment & Prevention, 13, 61–70.

Fawcett, R. G. (2002). Olanzapine for the treatment of monosymptomatic hypochondriacal psychosis. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 63, 169.

Fazel, S., & Danesh, J. (2002). Serious mental disorder in 23000 prisoners: a systematic review of 62 surveys. Lancet, 359(9306), 545–550.

Fazel, S., & Grann, M. (2006). The population impact of severe mental illness on violent crime. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1397–1403.

Federoff, I. C., & Taylor, S. (2001). Psychological and pharmacological treatments of social phobia: A meta-analysis. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 21, 311–324.

Fee, practice, and managed care survey. (2000). Psychotherapy Finances, 10(318), 10.

Feldman, H. A., Goldstein, I., Hatzichristou, D. G., Krane, R. J., &. McKinlay, J. B. (1994). Impotence and its medical and psychosocial correlates: Results of the Massachusetts Male Aging Study. Journal of Urology, 151, 54–61.

Fenton, W., & McGlashan, T. (1991). Natural history of schizophrenia subtypes: I. Longitudinal study of paranoid, hebephrenic, and undifferentiated schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 969–977.

Fenton, W. S. (2000). Depression, suicide, and suicide prevention in schizophrenia. Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior, 30, 34–49.

Fenton, W. S., & McGlashan, T. H. (1994). Antecedent, symptoms progression, and long-term outcome of the deficit syndrome in schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 351–356.

Ferguson, C. J., Winegard, B., & Winegard, B. M. (2011). Who is the fairest one of all? How evolution guides peer and media influences on female body dissatisfaction. Review of General Psychology, 15, 11–28.

Fergusson, D., Doucette, S., Glass, K. C., Shapiro, S., Healy, D., et al. (2005). Association between suicide attempts and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors: Systematic review of randomised controlled trials. British Medical Journal, 330, 396–369.

Fergusson, D. M., Swain-Campbell, N. R., & Horwood, L. J. (2002). Deviant peer affiliations, crime and substance use: A fixed effects regression analysis. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 30, 419–430.

Fibiger, H. C., & Phillips, A. G. (1988). Mesocorticolimbic dopamine systems and reward. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 537, 206–215.

Fichter, M. M., Quadflieg, N., & Hedlund, S. (2006). Twelve-year course and outcome predictors of anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 39, 87–100.

Fick, D. M., Cooper, J. W., Wade, W. E., Waller, J. L., Maclean, J. R., & Beers, M. H. (2003). Updating the Beers criteria for potentially inappropriate medication use in older adults: Results of a US consensus panel of experts. Archives of Internal Medicine, 163, 2716–2724.

Fiedler, N., Ozakinci, G., Hallman, W., Wartenberg, D., Brewer, N. T., et al. (2006). Military deployment to the Gulf War as a risk factor for psychiatric illness among US troops. British Journal of Psychiatry, 188, 453–459.

Field, A. E., Camargo, C. A., Jr., Taylor, C. B., Berkey, C. S., Frazier, L., et al. (1999). Overweight, weight concerns, and bulimic behaviors among girls and boys. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 754–760.

Field, T., Hernandez-Reif, M., & Diego, M. (2006). Risk factors and stress variables that differentiate depressed from nondepressed pregnant women. Infant Behavior & Development, 29, 169–174.

Figiel, G. S., Epstein, C., McDonald, W. M., Amazon-Leece, J., Figiel, L., et al. (1998). The use of rapid-rate transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) in refractory depressed patients. Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 10, 20–25.

File, S. E., Gonzalez, L. E., & Gallant, R. (1999). Role of the dorsomedial hypothalamus in mediating the response to benzodiazepines on trial 2 in the elevated plus-maze test of anxiety. Neuropsychopharmacology, 21, 312–320.

File, S. E., Kenny, P. J., & Cheeta, S. (2000). The role of the dorsal hippocampal serotonergic and cholinergic systems in the modulation of anxiety. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior, 66, 65–72.

Fillit, H. M., Butler, R. N., O’Connel, A. W., Albert, M. S., Birren, J. E., et al. (2002). Achieving and maintaining cognitive vitality with aging. Proceedings of the Mayo Clinic, 77, 681–696.

Finch, A. E., Lambert, M. J., & Brown, G. (2000). Attacking anxiety: A naturalistic study of a multimedia self-help program. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56, 11–21.

Finch, E. (2001). Social and transcultural aspects of substance misuse. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 14, 173–177.

Fine, J. G., Semrud-Clikeman, M., Keith, T. Z., Stapleton, L. M., & Hynd, G. W. (2007). Reading and the corpus callosum: An MRI family study of volume and area. Neuropsychology, 21, 235–241.

Fink, M. (2001). Convulsive therapy: A review of the first 55 years. Journal of Affective Disorders, 63, 1–15.

Finn, J., & Banach, M. (2000). Victimization online: The down side of seeking services for women on the Internet. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3, 243–254.

Finzi-Dottan, R., & Karu, T. (2006). From emotional abuse in childhood to psychopathology in adulthood: A path mediated by immature defense mechanisms and self-esteem. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 194, 616–621.

Fiorentine, R. (1999). After drug treatment: Are 12-step programs effective in maintaining abstinence? American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 25, 93–116.

Fiorentine, R., & Hillhouse, M. P. (1999). Drug treatment effectiveness and client–counselor empathy. Journal of Drug Issues, 29, 59–74.

First, M. B. (2006, July 26–28). Dimensional approaches in diagnostic classification: A critical appraisal. Dimensional Conference. Retrieved January 17, 2007, from http://dsm5.org/conference13.cfm

First, M. B., Bell, C. C., Cuthbert, B., Krystal, J. H., Malison, R., et al. (2002). Personality disorders and relational disorders: A research agenda for addressing crucial gaps in DSM. In D. J. Kupfer, M. B. First, & D. A. Regier (Eds.), A research agenda for DSM-V (p–199). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

First, M. B., & Frances, A. (2008). Issues for DSM-V: Unintended consequences of small changes: The case of paraphilias. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 1240–1241.

First, M. B., Spitzer, R. L., Gibbon, M., & Williams, J. B. W. (2002). Structured clinical interview for DSM-IV Axis I disorders, research version, non-patient edition (SCID-I/NP). New York: Biometrics Research, New York State Psychiatric Institute.

First, M. B., Spitzer, R. L., Williams, J. B. W., & Gibbon, M. (1997). Structured clinical interview for DSM-IV Axis II personality disorders (SCID-II), user’s guide and interview. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Fischer, S., Smith, G. T., & Anderson, K. G. (2003). Clarifying the role of impulsivity in bulimia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 406–410.

Fish, B., Marcus, B., Hans, S. L., Auerbach, J. G., & Perdue, S. (1992). Infants at risk for schizophrenia: Sequelae of a genetic neurointegrative defect. A review and replication analysis of pandysmaturation in the Jerusalem Infant Development Study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 221–235.

Fishbain, D. A., Goldberg, M., Khalil, T. M., Asfour, S. S., Abdel-Moty, E., et al. (1988). The utility of electromyographic biofeedback in the treatment of conversion paralysis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 145, 1572–1575.

Fisher, S. E., & Francks, C. (2006). Genes, cognition and dyslexia: Learning to read the genome. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 10, 250–257.

Fitzgibbon, M. L., & Stolley, M. R. (2000). Minority women: The untold story. Nova: Dying to be thin. Retrieved August 31, 2007, from www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/thin/minorities.html

Flaherty, J., & Adams, S. (1998). Therapist–patient race and sex matching: Predictors of treatment duration. Psychiatric Times, 15, n.p. Retrieved March 12, 2008, from www.psychiatrictimes.com/display/article/10168/49886

Flaskerud, J. H. (1991). Effects of an Asian client-therapist language, ethnicity and gender match on utilization and outcome of therapy. Community Mental Health Journal, 27, 31–42.

Flaskerud, J. H., & Liu, P. Y. (1991). Effects of an Asian client-therapist language, ethnicity and gender match on utilization and outcome of therapy. Community Mental Health Journal, 27, 31–42.

Fleischman, D. A., Wilson, R. S., Gabrieli, J. D. E., Bienias, J. L., & Bennett, D. A. (2004). A longitudinal study of implicit and explicit memory in old persons. Psychology and Aging, 19, 617–625.

Flint, A. J. (2005). Generalised anxiety disorder in elderly patients: Epidemiology, diagnosis and treatment options. Drugs and Aging, 22, 101–114.

Foa, E. B., Cashman, L., Jaycox, L., & Perry, K. (1997). The validation of a self-report measure of posttraumatic stress disorder: The Posttraumatic Diagnostic Scale. Psychological Assessment, 9, 445–451.

Foa, E. B., Dancu, C. V., Hembree, E. A., Jaycox, L. H., Meadows, E. A., & Street, G. P. (1999). A comparison of exposure therapy, stress inoculation training, and their combination for reducing posttraumatic stress disorder in female assault victims. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 67, 194–200.

Foa, E. B., Gilboa-Schechtman, E., Amir, N., & Freshman, M. (2000). Memory bias in generalized social phobia: Remembering negative emotional expressions. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 14, 501–519.

Foa, E. B., & Goldstein, A. J. (1978). Continuous exposure and complete response prevention in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive neurosis. Behavior Therapy, 9, 821–829.

Foa, E. B., Liebowitz, M. R., Kozak, M. J., Davies, S., Campeas, R., et al. (2005). Randomized, placebo-controlled trial of exposure and ritual prevention, clomipramine, and their combination in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 151–161.

Foa, E. B., Rothbaum, B. O., Riggs, D. S., & Murdock, T. B. (1991). Treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder in rape victims: A comparison between cognitive-behavioral procedures and counseling. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 59, 715–723.

Foa, E. B., Steketee, G., & Rothbaum, B. O. (1989). Behavioral/cognitive conceptualizations of post-traumatic stress disorder. Behavior Therapy, 20, 155–176.

Foley, D. L., Neale, M. C., & Kendler, K. S. (1996). A longitudinal study of stressful life events assessed at personal interview with an epidemiologic sample of adult twins: The basis of individual variation in event exposure. Psychological Medicine, 26, 1239–1252.

Foley, D. L., Pickles, A., Maes, H. M., Silberg, J. L., & Eaves, L. J. (2004). Course and short-term outcomes of separation anxiety disorder in a community sample of twins. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 43, 1107–1114.

Foley, D., Rutter, M., Pickles, A., Angold, A., Maes, H., et al. (2004). Informant disagreement for separation anxiety disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 43, 452–460.

Folstein, S., & Rutter, M. (1977). Infantile autism: A genetic study of 21 twin pairs. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 18, 297–321.

Folstein, S. E. (1989). Huntington’s disease: A disorder of families. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Fombonne, E. (2005). The changing epidemiology of autism. Journal of Applied Research in Intellectual Disabilities, 18, 281–294.

Fonagy, P., & Bateman, A. (2008). The development of borderline personality disorder—a mentalizing model. Journal of Personality Disorders, 22, 4–21.

Fonagy, P., Leigh, T., Steele, M., Steele, H., Kennedy, R., et al. (1996). The relation of attachment status, psychiatric classification, and response to psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 22–31.

Fontenelle, L. F., Mendlowicz, M. V., Marques, C., & Versiani, M. (2004). Transcultural aspects of obsessive-compulsive disorder: A description of a Brazilian sample and a systematic review of international clinical studies. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 38, 403–411.

Foote, B., Smolin, Y., Kaplan, M., Legatt, M. E., & Lipschitz, D. (2006). Prevalence of dissociative disorders in psychiatric outpatients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 623–629.

Forbush, K., Heatherton, T. F., & Keel, P. K. (2007). Relationships between perfectionism and specific disordered eating behaviors. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, 37–41.

Forgas, J. P. (1995). Strange couples: Mood effects on judgments and memory about prototypical and atypical relationships. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 747–765.

Forrest, K. A. (2001). Toward an etiology of dissociative identity disorder: A neurodevelopmental approach. Consciousness and Cognition, 10, 259–293.

Forty, L., Jones, L., Macgregor, S., Caesar, S., Cooper, C., et al. (2006). Familiality of postpartum depression in unipolar disorder: Results of a family study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1549–1553.

Fossati, A., Madeddu, F., & Maffei, C. (1999). Borderline personality disorder and childhood sexual abuse: A meta-analytic study. Journal of Personality Disorders, 13, 268–280.

Fossati, A., Raine, A., Carretta, I., Leonardi, B., & Maffei, C. (2003). The three-factor model of schizotypal personality: Invariance across age and gender. Personality and Individual Differences, 35(5), 1007–1019.

Fosse, G. K., & Holen, A. (2004). Cohabitation, education, and occupation of psychiatric outpatients bullied as children. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 192, 385–388.

Fountain, C., Winter, A. S., & Bearman, P. S. (2012). Six developmental trajectories characterize children with autism. Pediatrics, 129, e1112–1120.

Fowler, R. D. (1986). Howard Hughes: A psychological autopsy. Psychology Today, 20, 22–33.

Fox, N. A., Nichols, K. E., Henderson, H. A., Rubin, K., Schmidt, L., et al. (2005). Evidence for a gene-environment interaction in predicting behavioral inhibition in middle childhood. Psychological Science, 16, 921–926.

Fraley, R. C., & Shaver, P. R. (1997). Adult attachment and the suppression of unwanted thoughts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 1080–1091.

Frances, A. (2013). Saving normal: An insider’s revolt against out-of-control psychiatric diagnoses, DSM-5, big pharma, and the medicalization of ordinary life. New York: William Morrow.

Frances, A., First, M. B., & Pincus, H. A. (1995). DSM-IV guidebook. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Frances, A., & Ross, R. (1996). DSM-IV case studies: A clinical guide to differential diagnosis. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Franco-Paredes, K., Mancilla-Díaz, J. M., Vázquez-Arévalo, R., López-Aguilar, X., & Álvarez-Rayón, G. (2005). Perfectionism and eating disorders: A review of the literature. European Eating Disorders Review, 13, 61–70.

Frank, E., Gonzalez, J. M., & Fagiolini, A. (2006). The importance of routine for preventing recurrence in bipolar disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 981–985.

Frank, E., Hlastala, S., Ritenour, A., Houck, P., Tu, X. M., et al. (1997). Inducing lifestyle regularity in recovering bipolar disorder patients: Results from the maintenance therapies in bipolar disorder protocol. Biological Psychiatry, 41, 1165–1173.

Frank, E., Kupfer, D. J., Buysse, D. J., Swartz, H. A., Pilkonis, P. A., et al. (2007). Randomized trial of weekly, twice-monthly, and monthly interpersonal psychotherapy as maintenance treatment for women with recurrent depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 761–767.

Frank, E., Kupfer, D. J., Thase, M. E., Mallinger, A. G., Swartz, H. A., et al. (2005). Two-year outcomes for interpersonal and social rhythm therapy in individuals with bipolar I disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 996–1004.

Frank, E., & Spanier, C. (1995). Interpersonal psychotherapy for depression: Overview, clinical efficacy, and future directions. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 2, 349–369.

Frank, E., Swartz, H. A., Mallinger, A. G., Thase, M. E., Weaver, E. V., & Kupfer, D. J. (1999). Adjunctive psychotherapy for bipolar disorder: Effects of changing treatment modality. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 579–587.

Frank, G. K., Bailer, U. F., Henry, S., Wagner, A., & Kaye, W. H. (2004). Neuroimaging studies in eating disorders. CNS Spectrums, 9, 539–548.

Frank, G. K., Kaye, W. H., Weltzin, T. E., Perel, J., Moss, H., et al. (2001). Altered response to meta-chlorophenylpiperazine in anorexia nervosa: Support for a persistent alteration of serotonin activity after short-term weight restoration. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 30, 57–68.

Frankel, F., Cantwell, D. P., Myatt, R., & Feinberg, D. T. (1999). Do stimulants improve self-esteem in children with ADHD and peer problems? Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 9, 185–194.

Franklin, M. E., Abramowitz, J. S., Bux, D. A., Zoellner, L. A. & Feeny, N. C. (2002). Cognitive-behavioral therapy with and without medication in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 33, 162–168.

Franko, D. L., Becker, A. E., Thomas, J. J., & Herzog, D. B. (2007). Cross-ethnic differences in eating disorder symptoms and related distress. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, 156–164.

Franko, D. L., Wonderlich, S., Little, D., & Herzog, D. B. (2004). Diagnosis and classification of eating disorders: What’s new? In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity. New York: Wiley.

Fraser, A. (2000). The houses of Hanover and Saxe-Coburg. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Fredrickson, B. L., & Roberts, T. (1997). Objectification theory: Toward understanding women’s lived experiences and mental health risks. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 21, 173–206.

Fredrickson, B. L., Roberts, T.-A., Noll, S. M., Quinn, D. M., & Twenge, J. M. (1998). That swimsuit becomes you: Sex differences in self-objectification, restrained eating, and math performance. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 75, 269–284.

Fredrikson, M., Annas, P., Fischer, H., & Wik, G. (1996). Gender and age differences in the prevalence of specific fears and phobias. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 34, 33–39.

Freedman, R. (2008). Cannabis, inhibitory neurons, and the progressive course of schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165(4), 416–419.

Freedman, R., Adler, L. E., Myles-Worsley, M., Nagamoto, H. T., Miller, C., et al. (1996). Inhibitory gating of an evoked response to repeated auditory stimuli in schizophrenic and normal subjects: Human recordings, computer simulation, and an animal model. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 1114–1121.

Freels, S. A., Richman, J. A., & Rospenda, K. M. (2005). Gender differences in the causal direction between workplace harassment and drinking. Addictive Behaviors, 30, 1454–1458.

Freeman, H. (1994). Schizophrenia and city residence. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 39–50.

Freeman, L. (1980). Freud rediscovered. New York: Arbor House.

Freeman, L. (1990). The story of Anna O. New York: Paragon House.

Freemantle, N., Anderson, I. M., & Young, P. (2000). Predictive value of pharmacological activity for the relative efficacy of antidepressant drugs: Meta-regression analysis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 177, 292–302.

Frerikson, M., Annas, P., Fischer, H., & Wik, G. (1996). Gender and age differences in the prevalence of specific fears and phobias. Behaviour Research and Therapy 34, 33–39.

Freud, S. (1900/1958). The interpretation of dreams. New York: Basic Books.

Freud, S. (1905/1955). Three essays on the theory of sexuality. In J. Strachey (Ed. & Trans.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 7, p–245). London: Hogarth Press.

Freud, S. (1920). Fear and anxiety. In S. Freud, A general introduction to psychoanalysis (p–355). New York: Liveright.

Freud, S. (1923/1961). The ego and the id. New York: W. W. Norton.

Freud, S. (1938). Moses and monotheism. New York: W. W. Norton.

Frezza, M., Di Padova, C., Pozzato, G., Terpin, M., Baraona, E., & Lieber, C. S. (1990). High blood alcohol levels in women. New England Journal of Medicine, 322, 95–99.

Friborg, O., Martinussen, M., Kaiser, S., Øvergård, K. T., & Jan, H. R. (2013). Comorbidity of personality disorders in anxiety disorders: A meta-analysis of 30 years of research. Journal of Affective Disorders, 145(2), 143–155.

Frick, P. J. (2006). Developmental pathways to conduct disorder. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 15, 311–331.

Frick, P. J., & Loney, B. R. (1999). Outcomes of children and adolescents with oppositional defiant disorder and conduct disorder. In H. C. Quay & A. E. Hogan (Eds.), Handbook of the disruptive behavior disorders (p–524). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum.

Frick, P. J., & Morris, A. S. (2004). Temperament and developmental pathways to conduct problems. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 33, 54–68.

Frick, P. J., & Muñoz, L. (2006). Oppositional defiant disorder and conduct disorder. In C. A. Essau (Ed.), Child and adolescent psychopathology: Theoretical and clinical implications (p–51). New York: Routledge/Taylor & Francis.

Frick, P. J., & Silverthorn, P. (2001). Psychopathology in children. In P. B. Sutker & H. E. Adams (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychopathology (3rd ed., p–920). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum.

Frick, P. J., Bodin, S. D., & Barry, C. T. (2000). Psychopathic traits and conduct problems in community and clinic-referred samples of children: Further development of the Psychopathy Screening Device. Psychological Assessment, 12, 382–393.

Frick, P. J., Cornell, A. H., Bodin, S. D., Dane, H. E., Barry, C. T., & Loney, B. R. (2003). Callous-unemotional traits and developmental pathways to severe conduct problems. Developmental Psychology, 39, 246–260.

Fridman, C., Ojopi, &. P. B., Gregório, S. P., Ikenaga, E. H., Moreno, D. H., Demetrio, F. N., Guimarães, P. E. M., Vallada, H. P., Gattaz, W. F., & Dias Neto, E. (2003). Association of a new polymorphism in ALOX12 gene with bipolar disorder. European Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience, 253, 40–43.

Friedman M. J., Resnick, P. A., Bryant, R. A., Strain, J., Horowitz, M., & Spiegel, D. (2011). Considering PTSD for DSM-5. Depression & Anxiety, 28, 750–769.

Friedman, R. F., Ween, J. E., & Albert, M. L. (1993). Alexia. In K. M. Heilman & E. Valenstein (Eds.), Clinical neuropsychology (3rd ed., p–62). New York: Oxford University Press.

Friedrich, M. J. (2005) Molecular studies probe bipolar disorder. Journal of the American Medical Association, 293, 545–546.

Frink, H. W. (1921). Psychology of the compulsion neurosis. In H. W. Frink (Ed.), Morbid fears and compulsions: Their psychology and psychoanalytic treatment (p–185). London: Kegan Paul.

Frischholz, E. J., Braun, B. G., Sachs, R. G., Hopkins, L., Shaeffer, D. M., et al. (1990). The Dissociative Experiences Scale: Further replication and validation. Dissociation: Progress in the Dissociative Disorders, 3, 151–153.

Frischholz, E. J., Lipman, L. S., Braun, B. G., & Sachs, R. G. (1992). Psychopathology, hypnotizability, and dissociation. American Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 1521–1525.

Frith, C. D. (1992). The cognitive neuropsychology of schizophrenia. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Frith, U. (2003). Autism: Explaining the enigma (2nd ed.). Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishing.

Frosch, A. (2002). Transference: Psychic reality and material reality. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 19, 603–633.

Frühauf, S., Gerger, H., Schmidt, H. M., Munder, T.,& Barth, J. (in press). Efficacy of psychological interventions for sexual dysfunction: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Archives of Sexual Behavior.

Fuller, R. K., Branchey, L., Brightwell, D. R., Derman, R. M., Emrick, C. D., et al. (1986). Disulfiram treatment of alcoholism: A Veterans Administration cooperative study. Journal of the American Medical Association 256, 1449–1455.

Fuller, R., Nopoulos, P., Arndt, S., O’Leary, D., Ho, B.-C., & Andreasen, N. C. (2002). Longitudinal assessment of premorbid cognitive functioning in patients with schizophrenia through examination of standardized scholastic test performance. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 1183–1189.

Funahashi, T., Ibuki, Y., Domon, Y., Nishimura, T., Akehashi, D., & Sugiura, H. (2000). A clinical study on suicide among schizophrenics. Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 54, 173–179.

Furmark, T., Tillfors, M., Marteinsdottir, I., Fischer, H., Pissiota, A., et al. (2002). Common changes in cerebral blood flow in patients with social phobia treated with citalopram or cognitive-behavioral therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 425–433.

Furukawa, T. A., Nakano, Y., Funayama, T., Ogawa, S., Ietsugu, T., et al. (2013). Cognitive–behavioral therapy modifies the naturalistic course of social anxiety disorder: Findings from an ABA design study in routine clinical practices. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 67(3), 139–147.

Fyer, A. J. (2000). Heritability of social anxiety: A brief review. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 54, 10–12.

Gaab, N., Gabrieli, J. D. E., Deutsch, G. K., Tallal, P., & Temple, E. (2007). Neural correlates of rapid auditory processing are disrupted in children with developmental dyslexia and ameliorated with training: An fMRI study. Restorative Neurology and Neuroscience, 25, 295–310.

Gabbay, V., Asnis, G. M., Bello, J. A., Alonso, C. M., Serras, S. J., & O’Dowd, M. A. (2003) New onset of body dysmorphic disorder following frontotemporal lesion. Neurology, 61, 123–125.

Gabbott, P. L., Warner, T. A., Jays, P. R., Salway, P., & Busby, S. J. (2005). Prefrontal cortex in the rat: Projections to subcortical autonomic, motor, and limbic centers. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 492, 145–177.

Gacono, C. B., Nieberding, R. J., Owen, A., Rubel, J., & Bodholdt, R. (2001). Treating conduct disorder, antisocial, and psychopathic personalities. In J. B. Ashford, B. D. Sales, & W. H. Reid (Eds.), Treating adult and juvenile offenders with special needs (p–129). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Gaffney, G. R., Lurie, S. F., & Berlin, F. S. (1984). Is there familial transmission of pedophilia? Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 172, 546–548.

Gagne, G. G., Furman, M. J., Carpenter, L. L., & Price, L. H. (2000). Efficacy of continuation ECT and antidepressant drugs compared to long-term antidepressants alone in depressed patients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1960–1965.

Gaher, R. M., Simons, J. S., Jacobs, G. A., Meyer, D., & Johnson-Jimenez, E. (2006). Coping motives and trait negative affect: Testing mediation and moderation models of alcohol problems among American Red Cross disaster workers who responded to the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks. Addictive Behaviors, 31, 1319–1330.

Gainetdinov, R. R., Wetsel, W. C., Jones, S. R., Levin, E. D., Jaber, M., & Caron, M. G. (1999). Role of serotonin in the paradoxical calming effect of psychostimulants on hyperactivity. Science, 283, 397–401.

Galassi, F., Quercioli, S., Charismas, D., Niccolai, V., & Barciulli, E. (2007). Cognitive-behavioral group treatment for panic disorder with agoraphobia. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 63, 409–416.

Gallers, J., Foy, D. W., Donahoe, C. P., & Goldfarb, J. (1988). Post-traumatic stress disorder in Vietnam combat veterans: Effects of traumatic violence exposure with military adjustment. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 1, 181–192.

Gammon, K. (2009). Belle Curves. Wired, February, p–39. Retrieved on March 28, 2009 from http://www.wired.com/images/2009).article/magazine/1702/WIRED_1702_Infoporn.pdf).

Gara, M. A., Vega, W. A., Arndt, S., Escamilla, M., Fleck, D. E., et al. (2012). Influence of Patient race and ethnicity on clinical assessment in patients with affective disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 69, 593–600.

Garb, H. N. (1997). Race bias, social class bias, and gender bias in clinical judgment. Clinical Psychology: Science & Practice, 4, 99–120.

Garb, H. N., Wood, J. M., Lilienfeld, S. O., & Nezworski, M. T. (2005). Roots of the Rorschach controversy. Clinical Psychology Review, 25, 97–118.

Garber, J., & Horowitz, J. L. (2002). Depression in children. In I. H. Gotlib & C. L. Hammen (Eds.), Handbook of depression (p–540). New York: Guilford Press.

Garcia-Palacios, A., Botella, C., Hoffman, H., & Fabregat, S. (2007). Comparing acceptance and refusal rates of virtual reality exposure vs. in vivo exposure by patients with specific phobias. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 10, 722–724.

Garety, P. A., & Freeman, D. (1999). Cognitive approaches to delusions: A critical review of theories and evidence. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 38, 113–154.

Garety, P. A., Freeman, D., Jolley, S., Dunn, G., Bebbington, P. E., Fowler, D. G., Kuipers, E., & Dudley, R. (2005). Reasoning, emotions, and delusional conviction in psychosis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 114, 373–384.

Garfield, S. L. (1994). Research on client variables in psychotherapy. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.). Handbook of psycho-therapy and behavior change (4th ed.) (p–228). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Garfield, S. L. (1998). Some comments on empirically supported treatments. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66, 121–125.

Garfield, S. L., & Bergin, A. E. (1994). Introduction and historical overview. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., p–18). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Garfinkel, P. E., Goldbloom, D., Davis, R., Olmsted, M. P., Garner, D. M., & Halmi, K. A. (1992). Body dissatisfaction in bulimia nervosa: Relationship to weight and shape concerns and psychological functioning. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 11, 151–161.

Garfinkel, P. E., Kennedy, S. H., & Kaplan, A. S. (1995). Views on classification and diagnosis of eating disorders. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 40, 445–456.

Garfinkel, P. E., Lin, E., Goering, P., Spegg, C., Goldbloom, D., Kennedy, S., Kaplan, A. S., & Woodside, D. B. (1996). Should amenorrhoea be necessary for the diagnosis of anorexia nervosa? Evidence from a Canadian community sample. British Journal of Psychiatry, 168, 500–506.

Garner, D. M. (1997). Psychoeducational principles in treatment. In D. M. Garner & P. E. Garfinkel (Eds.), Handbook of treatment for eating disorders (2nd ed., p–177). New York: Guilford Press.

Garner, D. M., Garfinkel, P. E., Schwartz, D., & Thompson, M. (1980). Cultural expectations of thinness in women. Psychological Reports, 47, 483–491.

Garner, D. M., Rosen, L. W., & Barry, D. (1998). Eating disorders among athletes: Research and recommendations. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 7, 839–857.

Garner, D. M., Vitousek, K. M., & Pike, K. M. (1997). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for anorexia nervosa. In Garner, David M. (Ed.); Garfinkel, Paul E. (Ed.), Handbook of treatment for eating disorders (2nd ed.). (p–144). New York, NY: Guilford Press.

Gaser, C., Nenadic, I., Buchsbaum, B. R., Hazlett, E. A., & Buchsbaum, M. S. (2004). Ventricular enlargement in schizophrenia related to volume reduction of the thalamus, striatum, and superior temporal cortex. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 154–156.

Gauvain, M., & Fagot, B. (1995). Child temperament as a mediator of mother-toddler problem solving. Social Development, 4, 257–276.

Gavin, J., Rodham, K., & Poyer, H. (2008). The presentation of “pro-anorexia” in online group interactions. Qualitative Health Research, 18, 325–333.

Geda, Y. E., & Nedelska, Z. (2012). Mild cognitive impairment: A subset of minor neurocognitive disorder? The American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 20(10), 821–826.

Geddes, J. R., & Lawrie, S. M. (1995). Obstetric complications: A meta-analysis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 67, 786–793.

Geddes, J., Freemantle, N., Harrison, P., & Bebbington, P. (2000). Atypical antipsychotics in the treatment of schizophrenia: Systematic overview and meta-regression analysis. British Medical Journal, 321, 1372–1376.

Gee, T., Allen, K., & Powell, R. A. (2003). Questioning premorbid dissociative symptomatology in dissociative identity disorder: Comment on Gleaves, Hernandez, and Warner (1999). Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 34, 114–116.

Geffken, G. R., Storch, E. A., Duke, D. C., Monaco, L., Lewin, A. B., & Goodman, W. K. (2006). Hope and coping in family members of patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 20, 614–629.

Gega, L., Marks, I., & Mataix-Cols, D. (2004). Computer-aided CBT self-help for anxiety and depressive disorders: Experience of a London clinic and future directions. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 147–157.

Gelhorn, H., Stallings, M., Young, S., Corley, R., Rhee, S. H., Hopfer, C., & Hewitt, J. (2006). Common and specific genetic influences on aggressive and nonaggressive conduct disorder domains. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 45, 570–577.

Geller, J., Srikameswaran, S., Cockell, S. J., & Zaitsoff, S. L. (2000). Assessment of shape- and weight-based self-esteem in adolescents. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 28, 339–345.

Gentile, K., Raghavan, C., Rajah, V., & Gates, K. (2007). It doesn’t happen here: Eating disorders in an ethnically diverse sample of economically disadvantaged, urban college students. Eating Disorders: The Journal of Treatment & Prevention, 15, 405–425.

George, L. K., & Weiler, S. J. (1981). Sexuality in middle and late life: The effects of age, cohort, and gender. Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 919–923.

George, M. S., Lisanby, S. H., & Sackheim, H. A. (1999). Transcranial magnetic stimulation: Applications in neuropsychiatry. Archives in General Psychiatry, 56, 300–311.

George, S., & Moselhy, H. (2005). “Gateway hypothesis”—A preliminary evaluation of variables predicting non-conformity. Addictive Disorders & Their Treatment, 4, 39–40.

Geracioti, T. D., Jr., Carpenter, L. L., Owens, M. J., Baker, D. G., Ekhator, N. N., et al. (2006). Elevated cerebrospinal fluid substance p concentrations in posttraumatic stress disorder and major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 637–643.

Ghaderi, A. (2006). Does individualization matter? A randomized trial of standardized (focused) versus individualized (broad) cognitive behavior therapy for bulimia nervosa. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 44, 273–288.

Ghaemi, N. (2012). DSM-5: Finding a middle ground. Medscape, June 1. Retrieved May 23, 2013, from www.medscape.com/viewarticle/764740

Ghashghaei, H. T., & Barbas, H. (2002). Pathways for emotion: Interactions of prefrontal and anterior temporal pathways in the amygdala of the rhesus monkey. Neuroscience, 115, 1261–1279.

Gianoulakis, C. (2001). Influence of the endogenous opioid system on high alcohol consumption and genetic predisposition to alcoholism. Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 26, 304–318.

Gibb, B. E., Alloy, L. B., Abramson, L. Y., Rose, D. T., Whitehouse, W. G., et al. (2001). History of childhood maltreatment, negative cognitive styles, and episodes of depression in adulthood. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 25, 425–446.

Gibb, B. E., Benas, J. S., Crosset, S. E., & Uhrlass, D. J. (2007). Emotional maltreatment and verbal victimization in childhood: Relation to adults’ depressive cognitions and symptoms. Journal of Emotional Abuse, 7, 59–83.

Gick, M. L., & Thompson, W. G. (1997). Negative affect and the seeking of medical care in university students with irritable bowel syndrome. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 43, 535–540.

Giele, C. L., van den Hout, M. A., Engelhard, I. M., Dek, E. C. P. & Hofmeijer, F. K. (2011). Obsessive-compulsive-like reasoning makes an unlikely catastrophe more credible. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 42, 293–297.

Giesbrecht, T., Lynn, S. J., Lilienfeld, S. O., & Merckelbach, H. (2008). Cognitive processes in dissociation: An analysis of core theoretical assumptions. Psychological Bulletin, 134, 617–647.

Giesbrecht, T., Lynn, S. J., Lilienfeld, S. O., & Merckelbach, H. (2010). Cognitive processes, trauma, and dissociation—Misconceptions and misrepresentations: Reply to Bremner (2010). Psychological Bulletin, 136(1), 7–11.

Giesbrecht, T., Smeets, T., Leppink, J., Jelicic, M., & Merckelbach, H. (2007). Acute dissociation after 1 night of sleep loss. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 116(3), 599–606.

Gijs, L., & Gooren, L. (1996). Hormonal and psychopharmacological interventions in the treatment of paraphilias: An update. Journal of Sex Research, 33, 273–290.

Gilbertson, M. W., Shenton, M. E., Ciszewski, A., Kasai, K., Lasko, N. B., et al. (2002). Smaller hippocampal volume predicts pathologic vulnerability to psychological trauma. Nature Neuroscience, 5, 1242–1247.

Gillespie, N. A., Cloninger, C. R., Heath, A. C., & Martin, N. G. (2003). The genetic and environmental relationship between Cloninger’s dimensions of temperament and character. Personality and Individual Differences, 35, 1931–1946.

Gillespie, N. A., Zhu, G., Heath, A. C., Hickie, I. B., & Martin, N. G. (2000). The genetic aetiology of somatic distress. Psychological Medicine, 30, 1051–1061.

Gilmer, W. S., Trivedi, M. H., Rush, A. J., Wisniewski, S. R., Luther, J., et al. (2005). Factors associated with chronic depressive episodes: A preliminary report from the STAR-D project. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 112, 425–433.

Gilmour, H., Gibson, F., & Campbell, J. (2003). Living alone with dementia: A case study approach to understanding risk. Dementia: The International Journal of Social Research and Practice, 2, 403–420.

Ginsberg, D. L. (Ed.). (2004). Women and anxiety disorders: Implications for diagnosis and treatment. CNS Spectrums, 9, 1–16.

Ginsburg, G. S., & Silverman, W. K. (2000). Gender role orientation and fearfulness in children with anxiety disorders. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 14, 5–67.

Ginzler, J. A., Cochran, B. N., Domenech-Rodríguez, M., Cauce, A. M., & Whitbeck, L. B. (2003). Sequential progression of substance use among homeless youth: An empirical investigation of the gateway theory. Substance Use & Misuse, 38, 725–758.

Giordano, M., Dominguez, L. J., Vitrano, T., Curatolo, M., Ferlisi, A., et al. (2010). Combination of intensive cognitive rehabilitation and donepezil therapy in Alzheimer’s disease (AD). Archives of Gerontology and Geriatrics, 51, 245–249.

Giovanoli, E. J. (1988). ECT in a patient with conversion disorder. Convulsive Therapy, 4, 236–242.

Giraldi, A., & Levin, R. J. (2006). Vascular physiology of female sexual function. In: I. Goldstein, C. M. Meston, S. R. Davis, & A. M. Traish. (Eds.), Women’s Sexual Function and Dysfunction—Study, Diagnosis and Treatment. London: Taylor and Francis. p–180.

Gitin, N. M., Herbert, J. D., & Schmidt, C. (1996, November). One-session in vivo exposure for odontophobia. Paper presented at the 30th annual convention of the Association for the Advancement of Behavior Therapy, New York.

Gitlin, M., Nuechterlein, K., Subotnik, K. L., Ventura, J., Mintz, J., et al. (2001). Clinical outcome following neuroleptic discontinuation in patients with remitted recent-onset schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1835–1842.

Gitlin, L. N., Winter, L., Dennis, M. P., Hodgson, N., & Hauck, W. W. (2010). A biobehavioral home-based intervention and the well-being of patients with dementia and their caregivers. JAMA, 304, 983–991.

Giuffrida, A., Leweke, F. M., Gerth, C. W., Schreiber, D., Koethe, D., et al. (2004). Cerebrospinal anandamide levels are elevated in acute schizophrenia and are inversely correlated with psychotic symptoms. Neuropsychopharmacology, 29, 2108–2114.

Giulino, L., Gammon, P., Sullivan, K., Franklin, M., Foa, E., et al. (2002). Is parental report of upper respiratory infection at the onset of obsessive-compulsive disorder suggestive of pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorder associated with streptococcal infection? Journal of Child & Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 12, 157–164.

Givens, J. L., Houston, T. K., Van Voorhees, B. W., Ford, D. E., & Cooper, L. A. (2007). Ethnicity and preferences for depression treatment. General Hospital Psychiatry, 29, 182–191.

Gladis, M. M., Gosch, E. A., Dishuk, N. M., & Crits-Christoph, P. (1999). Quality of life: Expanding the scope of clinical significance. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 67, 320–331.

Glass, R. M. (2001). Electroconvulsive therapy: Time to bring it out of the shadows. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 285, 1346–1348.

Gleaves, D. H. (1996). The sociocognitive model of dissociative identity disorder: A reexamination of the evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 120, 42–59.

Gleaves, D. H., Lowe, M. R., Green, B. A., Cororve, M. B., & Williams, T. L. (2000). Do anorexia and bulimia nervosa occur on a continuum? A taxometric analysis. Behavior Therapy, 31, 195–219.

Gleaves, D. H., Lowe, M. R., Snow, A. C., Green, B. A., & Murphy-Eberenz, K. P. (2000). Continuity and discontinuity models of bulimia nervosa: A taxometric investigation. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109, 56–68.

Glenn, C. R., & Klonsky, E. D. (2009). Emotion dysregulation as a core feature of borderline personality disorder. Journal of Personality Disorders, 23, 20–28.

Glisky, E. L., Ryan, L., Reminger, S., Hardt, O., Hayes, S. M., & Hupbach, A. (2004). A case of psychogenic fugue: I understand, aber ich verstehe nichts. Neuropsychologia, 42, 1132–1147.

Godart, N. T., Flament, M. F., Curt, F., Perdereau, F., Lang, F., et al. (2003). Anxiety disorders in subjects seeking treatment for eating disorders: A DSM-IV-TR controlled study. Psychiatry Research, 117, 245–258.

Goddard, A. W., Mason, G. F., Almai, A., Rothman, D. L., Behar, K. L., et al. (2001). Reductions in the occipital cortex GABA levels in panic disorder detected with 1H-magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Archives of General Psychiatry 58, 556–561.

Godemann, F., Ahrens, B., Behrens, S., Berthold, R., Gandor, C., et al. (2001). Classic conditioning and dysfunctional cognitions in patients with panic disorder and agoraphobia treated with an implantable cardioverter/defibrillator. Psychosomatic Medicine, 63, 231–238.

Godinez v. Moran, 509 U.S. 389 (1993).

Goff, B. S. N., & Smith, D. B. (2005). Systemic traumatic stress: The couple adaptation to traumatic stress model. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 31, 145–157.

Goisman, R. M., Goldenberg, I., Vasile, R. G., & Keller, M. B. (1995). Comorbidity of anxiety disorders in a multicenter anxiety study. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 36, 303–311.

Golan, O., & Baron-Cohen, S. (2006). Systemizing empathy: Teaching adults with Asperger syndrome or high-functioning autism to recognize complex emotions using interactive multimedia. Development and Psychopathology, 18, 591–617.

Goldapple, K., Segal, Z., Garson, C., Lau, M., Bieling, P., et al. (2004). Modulation of cortical-limbic pathways in major depression: Treatment-specific effects of cognitive behavior therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 34–41.

Golden, C. J., Hammeke, T. A., & Purisch, A. D. (1980). The Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery: manual. Los Angeles: Western Psychological Services.

Golden, R. N., Gaynes, B. N., Ekstrom, R. D., Hamer, R. M., Jacobsen, F. M., et al. (2005). The efficacy of light therapy in the treatment of mood disorders: A review and meta-analysis of the evidence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 656–662.

Goldfried, M. R., & Wolfe, B. E. (1998). Toward a more clinically valid approach to therapy research. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 143–150.

Goldkamp, J. S., & Irons-Guynn, C. (2000). Emerging judicial strategies for the mentally ill in the criminal caseload: Mental health courts in Fort Lauderdale, Seattle, San Bernardino, and Anchorage. U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs; Bureau of Justice Assistance.

Goldsmith, S. K., Pellmar, T. C., Kleinman, A. M., & Bunney, W. E. (Eds.). (2002). Reducing suicide: A national imperative. Washington, DC: National Academies Press.

Goldstein, A. (1994) Addiction: From Biology to Drug Policy. New York: Freeman.

Goldstein, A. J., & Chambless, D. L. (1978). A reanalysis of agoraphobia. Behavior Therapy, 9, 47–59.

Goldstein, D. S. (2000). The autonomic nervous system in health and disease. New York: Marcel Dekker.

Goodnough, A. (2006, November 15). Officials clash over mentally ill in Florida jails. The New York Times, p. A1.

Goodwin, D. W., Schulsinger, F., Moller, N., Hermansen, L., Winokur, G., & Guze, S. B. (1974). Drinking problems in adopted and nonadopted sons of alcoholics. Archives of General Psychiatry, 31, 164–169.

Goodwin, F. K., & Ghaemi, S. N. (1998). Understanding manic-depressive illness. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 23–25.

Goodwin, F. K., & Jamison, K. R. (1990). Manic-depressive illness. New York: Oxford University Press.

Goodwin, J., Hill, S., & Attias, R. (1990). Historical and folk techniques of exorcism: Applications to the treatment of dissociative disorders. Dissociation: Progress in the Dissociative Disorders, 3, 94–101.

Goodwin, R., Lyons, J. S., & McNally, R. J. (2002). Panic attacks in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 58, 213–220.

Gordis, E. (1996). Alcohol research: At the cutting edge. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 199–201.

Gorman, J. M., & Kent, J. M. (1999). SSRIs and SNRIs: Broad spectrum of efficacy beyond major depression. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60, 33–39.

Gorman, J. M., Liebowitz, M. R., Fyer, A. J., & Stein, J. (1989). A neuroanatomical hypothesis for panic disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 146, 148–161.

Gortner, E. T., Gollan, J. K., Dobson, K. S., & Jacobson, N. S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression: Relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 377–384.

Gorwood, P. (2004). Generalized anxiety disorder and major depressive disorder comorbidity: An example of genetic pleiotropy? European Psychiatry, 19, 27–33.

Gosden, R. (2000). Prepsychotic treatment for schizophrenia: A rejoinder. Reply. Ethical Human Sciences & Services, 2, 211–214.

Götestam, K. G. (2002). One session group treatment of spider phobia by direct or modelled exposure. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 31, 18–24.

Gotlib, I. H., & Robinson, L. A. (1982). Responses to depressed individuals: Discrepancies between self-report and observer rated behavior. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 91, 231–240.

Gotlib, I. H., Kasch, K. L., Traill, S., Joormann, J., Arnow, B. A., & Johnson, S. L. (2004). Coherence and specificity of information-processing biases in depression and social phobia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 386–398.

Gotlib, I. H., Krasnoperova, E., Yue, D. N., & Joormann, J. (2004). Attentional biases for negative interpersonal stimuli in clinical depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 127–135.

Gottesman, I. I. (1991) Schizophrenia genesis: The origin of madness. New York: Freeman.

Gottesman, I. I., & Bertelsen, A. (1989). Confirming unexpressed genotypes for schizophrenia: Risks in the offspring of Fischer’s Danish identical and fraternal discordant twins. Archives of General Psychiatry, 46, 867–872.

Gottesman, I. I., & Erlenmeyer-Kimling, L. (2001). Family and twin strategies as a head start in defining prodromes and endophenotypes for hypothetical early interventions in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 51, 93–102.

Gottesman, I. I., & Moldin, S. O. (1998). Genotypes, genes, genesis, and pathogenesis in schizophrenia. In M. F. Lenzenweger & R. H. Dworkin (Eds.), Origins and development of schizophrenia (p–11). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Gould, R. A., & Clum, G. A. (1993). A meta-analysis of self-help treatment approaches. Clinical Psychology Review, 13, 169–186.

Grabe, H. J., Spitzer, C., Schwahn, C., Marcinek, A., Frahnow, A., et al. (2009). Serotonin transporter gene (SLC6A4) promoter polymorphisms and the susceptibility to Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in the general population. American Journal of Psychiatry, 166, 926–933.

Grabe, S., & Hyde, J. S. (2006). Ethnicity and body dissatisfaction among women in the United States: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 132, 622–640.

Grady, D. (2006, October 24). Self-portraits chronicle a descent into Alzheimer’s. New York Times. Retrieved February 21, 2007, from www.nytimes.com/2006/10/24/health/24alzh.html

Graff, G. (1989). A Starr is reborn. Retrieved July 16, 2002, from http://members.aol.com/applescruff33/ringoastarrisreborninterview.html

Graham, K. G. (1976, April). Interview with Little Edie. Interview Magazine In A. Mayles (Director/Producer) & D. Mayles (Director/Producer), Grey Gardens (disc 2).

Grant, B. F. (2000). Estimates of U.S. children exposed to alcohol abuse and dependence in the family. American Journal of Public Health, 90, 112–115.

Grant, B. F., Goldstein, R. B., Chou, S. P., Huang, B., Stinson, F. S., et al. (2008). Sociodemographic and psychopathologic predictors of first incidence of DSM-IV substance use, mood, and anxiety Disorders: Results from the Wave 2 National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Molecular Psychiatry, 13, 1–16.

Grant, B. F., Hasin, D. S., Stinson, F. S., Dawson, D. A., Chou, S. P., et al. (2004). Prevalence, correlates, and disability of personality disorders in the United States: Results from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 65, 948–958.

Grant, B. F., Stinson, F. S., Dawson, D. A., Chou, S. P., Ruan, W. J., & Pickering, R. P. (2004). Co-occurrence of 12-month alcohol and drug use disorders and personality disorders in the United States: Results from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 361–368.

Grant, J. E., Menard, W., Pagano, M. E., Fay, C., & Phillips, K. A. (2005). Substance use disorders in individuals with body dysmorphic disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 66, 309–316.

Grant, P. M., Huh, G. A., Perivoliotis, D., Stolar, N. M., & Beck, A. T. (2012). Randomized trial to evaluate the efficacy of cognitive therapy for low-functioning patients with schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 69, 121–127.

Gratz, K. L., Rosenthal, M. Z., Tull, M. T., Lejuez, C. W., & Gunderson, J. G. (2006). An experimental investigation of emotion dysregulation in borderline personality disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 115, 850–855.

Gray, C. A. (1996) Social stories and comic strip conversations with students with Asperger syndrome and high functioning autism. In E. Schopler, G. B. Mesibov, & L. Kunce (Eds.), Asperger syndrome and high functioning autism (p–10). New York: Plenum.

Gray, J. A. (1987). Perspectives on anxiety and impulsiveness: A commentary. Journal of Research in Personality, 21, 493–509.

Gray, J. A. (1991). The neuropsychology of temperament. In J. Strelau & A. Angleitner (Eds.), Explorations in temperament: International perspectives on theory and measurement (p–128). New York: Plenum Press.

Graybar, S. R., & Boutilier, L. R. (2002). Nontraumatic pathways to borderline personality disorder. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 39, 152–162.

Graziottin, A. (2007). Prevalence and evaluation of sexual health problems—HSDD in Europe. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 4, 211–219.

Green, A. R. (2004). MDMA: Fact and fallacy, and the need to increase knowledge in both the scientific and popular press. Psychopharmacology, 173, 231–233.

Green, J. G., McLaughlin, K. A., Berglund, P. A., Gruber, M. J., Sampson, N. A., et al. (2010). National Comorbidity Survey Replication I: Associations With First Onset of DSM-IV Disorders. Arch Gen Psychiatry, 67, 113–123.

Green, J. P., & Lynn, S. J. (1995). Hypnosis, dissociation, and simultaneous-task performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 728–735.

Green, M. F. (2001). Schizophrenia revealed: From neurons to social interactions. New York: W.W. Norton.

Green, M. F. (2007). Cognition, drug treatment, and functional outcome in schizophrenia: A tale of two transitions. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 992–994.

Green, R. (1974). The behaviorally feminine male child: Pretranssexual? Pretransvestic? Prehomosexual? Preheterosexual? In R. C. Friedman, R. M. Richart, R. L. Vande Wiele, & L. O. Stern (Eds.), Sex differences in behavior. (p–52). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Green, R. (1987). Gender identity in childhood and later sexual orientation: Follow-up of 78 males. In S. Chess & A. Thomas (Eds.), Annual progress in child psychiatry and child development (p–220). Philadelphia: Brunner/Mazel.

Green, R. (2000). Family cooccurrence of “gender dysphoria”: Ten siblings or parent–child pairs. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 29, 499–507.

Greenberg, B. D., Altemus, M., & Murphy, D. L. (1997). The role of neurotransmitters and neurohormones in obsessive-compulsive disorder. International Review of Psychiatry, 9, 31–44.

Greenberg, B. D., Murphy, D. L., & Rasmussen, S. A. (2003) Neuroanatomically based approaches to obsessive-compulsive disorder. Neurosurgery and transcranial magnetic stimulation. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 23, 671–686.

Greenberg, G. (2013). Book of woe: The DSM and the unmasking of psychiatry. New York: Blue Rider Press.

Greenberg, J. R., & Mitchell, S. A. (1983). Object relations in psychoanalytic theory. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Greenberg, R. P. (2002). Reflections on the emperor’s new drugs. Prevention & Treatment, 5, Article 27. Available on the World Wide Web: www.journals.apa.org/prevention/volume5/pre0050027c.html

Greenberg, R. P., & Fisher, S. (1989). Examining antidepressant effectiveness: Findings, ambiguities, and some vexing puzzles. In S. Fisher & R. P. Greenberg (Eds.), The limits of biological treatments for psychological distress: Comparisons with psychotherapy and placebo (p–37). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Greene, E., Heilbrun, K., Fortune, W. H., & Nietzel, M. T. (2007). Wrightsman’s psychology and the legal system (6th ed.). Belmont, CA: Thomson/Wadsworth.

Greene, R. L. (2000). The MMPI-2: An interpretive manual (2nd ed.). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Greenfield, S. F. (2002). Women and alcohol use disorders. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 10, 76–85.

Greenhouse, L. (2006, February 22). Sect allowed to import its hallucinogenic tea. New York Times. Retrieved February 22, 2006, from www.nytimes.com/2006/02/22/politics/22scotus.html?_r=1&oref=slogin

Greenwood, T. A., & Kelsoe, J. R. (2003). Promoter and intronic variants affect the transcriptional regulation of the human dopamine transporter gene. Genomics, 82, 511–520.

Gregorian, R. S., Golden, K. A., Bahce, A., Goodman, C., Kwong, W. J., & Khan, Z. M. (2002). Antidepressant-induced sexual dysfunction. The Annals of Pharmacotherapy, 36, 1577–1589.

Gregory, R. J., & Remen, A. L. (2008). A manual-based psychodynamic therapy for treatment-resistant borderline personality disorder. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 45, 15–27.

Greig, T. C., Bryson, G. J., & Bell, M. D. (2004). Theory of mind performance in schizophrenia: Diagnostic, symptom, and neuropsychological correlates. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disorders, 192, 12–18.

Grigorenko, E. L. (2001). Developmental dyslexia: An update on genes, brains, and environments. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 42, 91–125.

Grilo, C. M., & McGlashan, T. H. (2005). Course and outcome of personality disorders. In Oldham, John M. (Ed.); Skodol, Andrew E. (Ed.); Bender, Donna S. (Ed.). The American Psychiatric Publishing Textbook of Personality Disorders. (p–115). Washington, DC, US: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.

Grilo, C. M., Pagano, M. E., Stout, R. L., Markowitz, J. C., Ansell, E. B., et al. (2012). Stressful life events predict eating disorder relapse following remission: Six-year prospective outcomes. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 45(2), 185–192.

Grilo, C. M., Sanislow, C. A., Gunderson, J. G., Pagano, M. E., Yen, S., et al. (2004). Two-year stability and change of schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 72, 767–775.

Grimes, K., & Walker, E. F. (1994). Childhood emotional expressions, educational attainments, and age at onset of illness in schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 784–790.

Grisaru, N., Amir, M., Cohen, H., & Kaplan, Z. (1998). Effect of transcranial magnetic stimulation in posttraumatic stress disorder: A preliminary study. Biological Psychiatry, 44, 52–55.

Grisso, T., & Appelbaum, P. S. (1995). The MacArthur Treatment Competence Study: III. Abilities of patients to consent to psychiatric and medical treatment. Law and Human Behavior, 19, 149–174.

Grocholewski, A., Kliem, S., & Heinrichs, N. (2012). Selective attention to imagined facial ugliness is specific to body dysmorphic disorder. Body Image, 9, 261–269.

Gropalis, M., Bleichhardt, G., Hiller, W., & Witthöft, M. (2013). Specificity and modifiability of cognitive biases in hypochondriasis. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 81(3), 558–565.

Grove, L. (2005, May 25). Tom to Brooke: Don’t be a woman of substance. New York Daily News. Retrieved January 18, 2007, from www.nydailynews.com/news/gossip/story/312036p-266946c.html

Gruber, K. J., & Taylor, M. F. (2006). A family perspective for substance abuse: Implications from the literature. Journal of Social Work Practice in the Addictions, 6, 1–29.

Grucza, R. A., Przybeck, T. R., & Cloninger, C. R. (2007). Prevalence and correlates of binge eating disorder in a community sample. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 48, 124–131.

Guan, L., Wang, B., Chen, Y., Yang, L., Li, J., & Qian, Q. (2009). A high-density single-nucleotide polymorphism screen of 23 candidate genes in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: Suggesting multiple susceptibility genes among Chinese Han population. Molecular Psychiatry, 14, 546–554.

Guarnaccia, P. J. (1997a). A cross-cultural perspective on anxiety disorders. In S. Friedman (Ed.), Cultural issues in the treatment of anxiety (p–20). New York: Guilford Press.

Guarnaccia, P. J. (1997b). Social stress and psychological distress among Latinos in the United States. In I. Al-Issa & M. Tousignant (Eds.), Ethnicity, immigration, and psychopathology (p–94). New York: Plenum Press.

Gude, T., Hoffart, A., Hedley, L., & Ro, O. (2004). The dimensionality of dependent personality disorder. Journal of Personality Disorders, 18, 604–610.

Gujar, S. K., Maheshwari, S., Bjorkman-Burtscher, I., & Sundgren, P. C. (2005). Magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Journal of Neuroophthalmology, 25, 217–226.

Guller, Y., Ferrarelli, F., Shackman, A. J., Sarasso, S., Peterson, M. J., et al. (2012). Probing thalamic integrity in schizophrenia using concurrent transcranial magnetic stimulation and functional magnetic resonance imaging. Archives of General Psychiatry, 69, 662–671.

Gunderson, J. G., Daversa, M. T., Grilo, C. M., McGlashan, T. H., Zanarini, M. C., et al. (2006). Predictors of 2-year outcome for patients with borderline personality disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 822–826.

Gunderson, J. G., Morey, L. C., Stout, R. L., Skodol, A. E., Shea, M. T., et al. (2004). Major depressive disorder and borderline personality disorder revisited: Longitudinal interactions. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 65, 1049–1056.

Gunderson, J. G., Stout, R. L., McGlashan, T. H., Shea, M. T., Morey, L. C., et al. (2011). Ten-year course of borderline personality disorder: Psychopathology and function from the collaborative longitudinal personality disorders study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68, 827–837.

Gunderson, J. G., Weinberg, I., Daversa, M. T., Kueppenbender, K. D., Zanarini, M. C., et al. (2006). Descriptive and longitudinal observations on the relationship of borderline personality disorder and bipolar disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1173–1178.

Gunewardene, A., Huon, G. F., & Zheng, R. (2001). Exposure to Westernization and dieting: A cross-cultural study. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 29, 289–293.

Gunnell, D., Saperia, J., & Ashby, D. (2005). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and suicide in adults: Meta-analysis of drug company data from placebo controlled, randomised controlled trials submitted to the MHRA’s safety review. British Medical Journal, 330, 385–388.

Gur, R. C., Ragland, J. D., & Gur, R. E. (1997). Cognitive changes in schizophrenia—a critical look. International Review of Psychiatry, 9, 449–457.

Gur, R. E., Turetsky, B. I., Loughead, J., Snyder, W., Kohler, C., Elliott, M., et al. (2007). Visual attention circuitry in schizophrenia investigated with oddball event-related functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 442–449.

Guralnik, O., Giesbrecht, T., Knutelska, M., Sirroff, B., & Simeon, D. (2007). Cognitive functioning in depersonalization disorder. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 195, 983–988.

Guralnik, O., Schmeidler, J., & Simeon, D. (2000). Feeling unreal: Cognitive processes in depersonalization. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 103–109.

Gureje, O., Ustun, T. B., & Simon, G. E. (1997). The syndrome of hypochondriasis: A cross-national study in primary care. Psychological Medicine, 27, 1001–1010.

Gurman, A. S. (2000). Family therapy. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 3, p–333). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Gurvits, T. V., Shenton, M. E., Hokama, H., & Ohta, H. (1996). Magnetic resonance imaging study of hippocampal volume in chronic, combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 40, 1091–1099.

Guthrie, R. M., & Bryant, R. A. (2005). Auditory startle response in firefighters before and after trauma exposure. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 283–290.

Gutierrez, R., Atkinson, J. H., & Grant, I. (1994). “Mild neurocognitive disorder: Needed addition to the nosology of cognitive impairment (organic mental) disorders”: Erratum. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 6(1), 75–86.

Gyulai, L., Abass, A., Broich, K., & Reilley, J. (1997). I-123 lofetamine single-photon computer emission tomography in rapid cycling bipolar disorder: A clinical study. Biological Psychiatry, 41, 152–161.

Haber, J. (2000). Management of substance abuse and dependence problems in families. In M. A. Naegle & C. E. D’Avanzo (Eds.), Addictions & substance abuse: Strategies for advanced practice nursing (p–331). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Haber, J., Hamera, E., Hillyer, D., Limandri, B., Panel, S., et al. (2003). Advanced practice psychiatric nurses: 2003 legislative update. Journal of the American Psychiatric Nurses Association, 9, 205–216.

Haber, J. R., Jacob, T., & Heath, A. C. (2005). Paternal alcoholism and offspring conduct disorder: Evidence for the “common genes” hypothesis. Twin Research and Human Genetics, 8, 120–131.

Hackett, G. I. (2008). Erectile dysfunction predicts cardiovascular risk in men. British Medical Journal, 337, a2166.

Haeffel, G. J., & Hames, J. L. (in press). Cognitive vulnerability to depression can be contagious. Clinical Pyschological Science, np.

Hakko, H., Räsänen, P., & Tiihonen, J. (1998). Secular trends in the rates and seasonality of violent and nonviolent suicide occurrences in Finland during 1980–95. Journal of Affective Disorders, 50, 49–54.

Halbreich, U., & Kahn, L. (2001). Role of estrogen in the aetiology and treatment of mood disorders. CNS Drugs, 15, 797–817.

Hall, W. D., & Lynskey, M. (2005). Is cannabis a gateway drug? Testing hypotheses about the relationship between cannabis use and the use of other illicit drugs. Drug and Alcohol Review, 24, 39–48.

Halligan, P. W., Athwal, B. S., Oakley, D. A., & Frackowiak, R. S. J. (2000). The functional anatomy of a hypnotic paralysis: Implications for conversion hysteria. Lancet, 355, 986–987.

Halligan, P. W., Bass, C., & Wade, D. T. (2000). New approaches to conversion hysteria: Functional imaging may improve understanding and reduce morbidity. British Medical Journal, 320, 1488–1489.

Hallmayer, J. (2000). The epidemiology of the genetic liability for schizophrenia. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 34(Suppl.), S47–S55.

Hallmayer, J., Cleveland, S., Torres, A., Phillips, J., Cohen, B., et al. (2011). Genetic Heritability and shared environmental factors among twin pairs with autism. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68, 1095–1102.

Hallowell, E. M., & Ratey, J. J. (1994). Driven to distraction: Recognizing and coping with attention deficit disorder from childhood through adulthood. New York: Touchstone.

Halmi, K. A. (1995). Current concepts and definitions. In G. I. Szmukler, C. Dare, & J. Treasure (Eds.), Handbook of eating disorders: Theory, treatment and research (p–42). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Halmi, K. A., Agras, W. S., Mitchell, J., Wilson, G. T., Crow, S., et al. (2002). Relapse predictors of patients with bulimia nervosa who achieved abstinence through cognitive behavioral therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 1105–1109.

Halmi, K. A., Sunday, S. R., Klump, K. L., Strober, M., Leckman, J. F., et al. (2003). Obsessions and compulsions in anorexia nervosa subtypes. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 308–319.

Halmi, K. A., Sunday, S. R., Strober, M., Kaplan, A., Woodside, D. B., et al. (2000). Perfectionism in anorexia nervosa: Variation by clinical subtype, obsessionality, and pathological eating behavior. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1799–1805.

Hamilton, M. E., Voris, J. C., Sebastian, P. S., Singha, A. K., Krejci, L. P., et al. (1998). Money as a tool to extinguish conditioned responses to cocaine in addicts. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 54, 211–218.

Hamilton, S. R. (2008). Schizophrenia candidate genes: Are we really coming up blank? American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 420–423.

Hanewinkel, R., Sargent, J. D., Poelen, E. A. P., Scholte, R., Florek, E., et al. (2012). Alcohol consumption in movies and adolescent binge drinking in 6 European countries. Pediatrics, 129, 709–720.

Hankin, B. L., Abramson, L. Y., Miller, N., & Haeffel, G. J. (2004). Cognitive vulnerability-stress theories of depression: Examining affective specificity in the prediction of depression versus anxiety in three prospective studies. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 28, 309–345.

Hanna, G. L., Fischer, D. J., & Fluent, T. E. (2006). Separation anxiety disorder and school refusal in children and adolescents. Pediatrics in Review, 27, 56–63.

Hanrahan, F., Field, A. P., Jones, F. W., & Davey, G. C. L. (2013). A meta-analysis of cognitive therapy for worry in generalized anxiety disorder. Clinical Psychology Review, 33(1), 120–132.

Hansen, N. B., Lambert, M. J., & Forman, E. M. (2002). The psychotherapy dose–response effect and its implications for treatment delivery services. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 9, 329–343.

Hansenne, M., Pitchot, W., Pinto, E., Reggers, J., Scantamburlo, G., et al. (2002). 5-HT1A dysfunction in borderline personality disorder. Psychological Medicine, 32, 935–941.

Hanson, R. K., Bloom, I., & Stephenson, M. (2004). Evaluating community sex offender treatment programs: A 12-year follow-up of 724 offenders. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 36, 87–96.

Happé, F. G. E. (1994). An advanced test of theory of mind: Understanding of story characters’ thoughts and feelings by able autistic, mentally handicapped, and normal children and adults. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 24, 129–154.

Hardan, A. Y., Muddasani, S., Vernulapalli, M., Keshavan, M. S., & Minshew, N. J. (2006). An MRI study of increased cortical thickness in autism. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1290–1292.

Harden, B. L., & Lubetsky, M. (2005). Pharmacotherapy in autism and related disorders. School Psychology Quarterly, 20, 155–171.

Hare, R. D. (1993). Without conscience: The disturbing world of the psychopaths among us. New York, NY: Pocket Books.

Hare, R. D. (1997). Psychopathy: A clinical construct whose time has come. Criminal Justice and Behavior, 23, 25–54.

Hare, R. D. (2003). Manual for the Hare Psychopathy Checklist (2nd ed. rev.). Toronto, Canada: Multi-Health Systems.

Harford, T. C., Chen, C. M., Saha, T. D., Smith, S. M., Hasin, D. S., & Grant, B. F. (2013). An item response theory analysis of DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for personality disorders: Findings from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Personality Disorders: Theory, Research, and Treatment.

Harrington, R., Fudge, H., Rutter, M., Pickles, A., & Hill, J. (1990). Adult outcomes of childhood and adolescent depression: I. Psychiatric status. Archives of General Psychiatry, 47, 465–473.

Harris, M. G., Henry, L. P., Harrigan, S. M., Purcell, R., Schwartz, O. S., Farrelly, S. E., et al. (2005). The relationship between duration of untreated psychosis and outcome: An eight-year prospective study. Schizophrenia Research, 79, 85–93.

Harrison, K., & Hefner, V. (2006). Media exposure, current and future body ideals, and disordered eating among preadolescent girls: A longitudinal panel study. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 35, 153–163.

Hart, S. D. (1998). The role of psychopathy in assessing risk for violence: Conceptual and methodological issues. Legal and Criminological Psychology, 3, 121–137.

Hart, S. D., & Hare, R. D. (1989). Discriminant validity of the Psychopathy Checklist in a forensic psychiatric population. Psychological Assessment, 1, 211–218.

Hartley, H. (2006). The “pinking” of Viagra culture: Drug industry efforts to create and repackage sex drugs for women. Sexualities, 9, 363–378.

Hartmann, H. (1939). Ego psychology and the problem of adaptation. New York: International Universities Press.

Hartung, C. M., & Widiger, T. A. (1998). Gender differences in the diagnosis of mental disorders: Conclusions and controversies of the DSM-IV. Psychological Bulletin, 123, 260–278.

Harvey, A. G., & Bryant, R. A. (2002). Acute stress disorder: A synthesis and critique. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 886–902.

Harvey, P. D. (2005a). Aging in healthy individuals. In Schizophrenia in late life: Aging effects on symptoms and course of illness (p–34). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Harvey, P. D. (2005b). Dementia and schizophrenia: Similarities and differences. In Schizophrenia in late life: Aging effects on symptoms and course of illness (p–116). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Harvey, P. D. (2005c). Late-onset schizophrenia. In Schizophrenia in late life: Aging effects on symptoms and course of illness (p–99). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Haskett, M. E., Nears, K., Ward, C. S., & McPherson, A. V. (2006). Diversity in adjustment of maltreated children: Factors associated with resilient functioning. Clinical Psychology Review, 26, 796–812.

Hasler, G., Drevets, W. C., Manji, H. K., & Charney, D. S. (2004). Discovering endophenotypes for major depression. Neuropsychopharmacology, 29, 1765–1781.

Havey, J. M., Olson, J. M., McCormick, C., & Cates, G. L. (2005). Teachers’ perceptions of the incidence and management of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Applied Neuropsychology, 12, 120–127.

Hawke, J. L., Wadsworth, S. J., & DeFries, J. C. (2006). Genetic influences on reading difficulties in boys and girls: The Colorado twin study. Dyslexia: An International Journal of Research and Practice, 12, 21–29.

Hawkins, J., Catalano, R., & Miller, J. (1992). Risk and protective factors for alcohol and other drug problems in adolescence and early adulthood: Implications for substance abuse prevention. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 64–105.

Hayden, D. (2003). Pox: Genius, madness, and the mysteries of syphilis. New York: Basic Books.

Heath, A. C., Madden, P. A. F., Bucholz, K. K., Nelson, E. C., Todorov, A., et al. (2003). Genetic and environmental risks of dependence on alcohol, tobacco, and other drugs. In R. Plomin, J. C. DeFries, I. W. Craig, & P. McGuffin (Eds.), Behavioral genetics in the postgenomic era (p–334). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Heatherton, T. F., & Baumeister, R. F. (1991). Binge eating as escape from self-awareness. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 86–108.

Heaton, R. K., Grant, I., & Matthews, C. G. (1991). Comprehensive norms for an expanded Halstead-Reitan Battery: Demographic corrections, research findings, and clinical applications. Odessa, FL: Psychological Assessment Resources.

Heil, P., & Simons, D. (2008). Multiple paraphilias: Prevalence, etiology, assessment, and treatment. In D. R. Laws & W. T. O’Donohue (Eds.), Sexual deviance: Theory, assessment, and treatment (2nd ed., p–556). New York: Guilford Press.

Heilbrun, K., Nezu, C. M., Keeney, M., Chung, S., & Wasserman, A. L. (1998). Sexual offending: Linking assessment, intervention, and decision making. Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 4, 138–174.

Heim, A., & Westen, D. (2005). Theories of personality and personality disorders. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–33). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Heiman, J. R. (2000). Orgasmic disorders in women. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy (3rd ed., p–153). New York: Guilford Press.

Heiman, J. R. (2002a). Psychologic treatments for female sexual dysfunction: Are they effective and do we need them? Archives of Sexual Behavior, 31, 445–450.

Heiman, J. R. (2002b). Sexual dysfunction: Overview of prevalence, etiological factors, and treatments. Journal of Sex Research, 39, 73–78.

Heiman, J. R., & Meston, C. M. (1997). Evaluating sexual dysfunction in women. Clinical Obstetrics and Gynecology, 40, 616–629.

Heimberg, R. G., Dodge, C. S., Hope, D. A., Kennedy, C. R., Zollo, L. J., & Becker, R. E. (1990). Cognitive behavioral group treatment for social phobia: Comparison with a credible placebo control. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 14, 1–23.

Heimberg, R. G., Liebowitz, M. R., Hope, D. A., Schneier, F. R., Holt, C. S., et al. (1998). Cognitive behavioral group therapy vs phenelzine therapy for social phobia: 12-week outcome. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 1133–1141.

Heimberg, R. G., Stein, M. B., Hiripi, E., & Kessler, R. C. (2000). Trends in the prevalence of social phobia in the United States: A synthetic cohort analysis of changes over four decades. European Psychiatry, 15, 29–37.

Heinlen, K. T., Welfel, E. R., Richmond, E. N., & O’Donnell, M. S. (2003). The nature, scope, and ethics of psychologists’ e-therapy Web sites: What consumers find when surfing the Web. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 40, 112–124.

Heinrichs, M., Wagner, D., Schoch, W., Soravia, L. M., Hellhammer, D. H., & Ehlert, U. (2005). Predicting posttraumatic stress symptoms from pretraumatic risk factors: A 2-year prospective follow-up study in firefighters. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 2276–2286.

Heinssen, R. K., Perkins, D. O., Appelbaum, P. S., & Fenton, W. S. (2001). Informed consent in early psychosis research: NIMH workshop, November 15, 2000. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 27, 571–584.

Heinz, A. (2000). Dopaminhypothese der Schizophrenien: Neue Befunde fur eine alte Theorie. [The dopamine hypothesis of schizophrenia: New findings for an old theory]. Nervenarzt, 71, 54–57.

Hellström, K., & Öst, L. (1995). One-session therapist directed exposure vs two forms of manual directed self-exposure in the treatment of spider phobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 33, 959–965.

Hellstrom, W. J. G., Nehra, A., Shabsigh, R., & Sharlip, I. D. (2006). Premature ejaculation: The most common male sexual dysfunction. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 3, 1–3.

Helms, J. E., & Cook, D. A. (1999). Using race and culture in counseling and psychotherapy: Theory and process. Needham Heights, MA, US, Allyn & Bacon.

Helverskov, J. L., Clausen, L., Mors, O., Frydenberg, M., Thomsen, P. H., & Rokkedal, K. (2010). Trans-diagnostic outcome of eating disorders: A 30-month follow-up study of 629 patients. European Eating Disorders Review, 18, 453–463.

Henderson, C., Roux, A. V. D., Jacobs, D. R., Jr., Kiefe, C. I., West, D., & Williams, D. R. (2005). Neighbourhood characteristics, individual level socioeconomic factors, and depressive symptoms in young adults: The CARDIA study. Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 59, 322–328.

Hendin, H. (1995). Assisted suicide, euthanasia, and suicide prevention: The implications of the Dutch experience. Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior, 25, 193–204.

Henggeler, S. W., Schoenwald, S. K., Borduin, C. M., Rowland, M. D., & Cunningham, P. B. (1998). Multisystemic treatment of antisocial behavior in children and adolescents. New York: Guilford Press.

Henneman, W. J. P., Sluimer, J. D., Barnes, J., van der Flier, W. M., Cluimer, I. C., et al. (2009). Hippocampal atrophy rates in Alzheimer’s disease. Neurology, 72, 999–1007.

Henning, K. R., & Frueh, B. C. (1996). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of incarcerated offenders. Criminal Justice and Behavior, 23, 523–541.

Henquet, C., Krabbendam, L., Spauwen, J., Kaplan, C., Lieb, R., et al. (2005). Prospective cohort study of cannabis use, predisposition for psychosis, and psychotic symptoms in young people. British Medical Journal, 330, 11–16.

Hepp, U., Kraemer, B., Schnyder, U., Miller, N., & Delsignore, A. (2005). Psychiatric comorbidity in gender identity disorder. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 58, 259–261.

Herba, C. M., Tremblay, R. E., Boivin, M., Liu, X., Mongeau, C., et al. (in press). Maternal depressive symptoms and children’s emotional problems: Can early child care help children of depressed mothers? JAMA Psychiatry.

Herbert, M.R. (2005). Large brains in autism: The challenge of pervasive abnormality. The Neuroscientist, 11, 417–440.

Herek, G. M., & Garnets, L. D. (2007). Sexual orientation and mental health. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 3, 105–127.

Herholz, K. (1996). Neuroimaging in anorexia nervosa. Psychiatry Research, 62, 105–110.

Herman, J. (1992). Trauma and recovery. New York: Basic Books.

Hermelin, B. (2001). Bright splinters of the mind: A personal story of research with autistic savants. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Hershman, D. J., & Lieb, J. (1988). The key to genius/manic-depression and the creative life. New York: Prometheus.

Hershman, D. J., & Lieb, J. (1998). Manic depression and creativity. New York: Prometheus.

Hertz-Picciotto, I., & Delwiche, L. (2009). The rise in autism and the role of age at diagnosis. Epidemiology, 20, 84–90.

Heruti, R. J., Levy, A., Adunski, A., & Ohry, A. (2002). Conversion motor paralysis disorder: Overview and rehabilitation model. Spinal Cord, 40, 327–334.

Herzog, D. B., & Delinsky, S. S. (2001). Classification of eating disorders. In R. H. Striegel-Moore & L. Smolak (Eds.), Eating disorders: Innovative directions in research and practice (p–50). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Herzog, D. B., Dorer, D. J., Keel, P. K., Selwyn, S. E., Ekeblad, E. R., et al. (1999). Recovery and relapse in anorexia and bulimia nervosa: A 7.5-year follow-up study. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 829–837.

Hesselbrock, V. (1986). Family history of psychopathology in alcoholics: A review and issues. In R. Meyer (Ed.), Psychopathology and Addictive Disorders (p–56). New York: Guilford Press.

Hesslinger, B., Tebartz van Elst, L., Thiel, T., Haegele, K., Hennig, J., & Ebert, D. (2002) Frontoorbital volume reductions in adult patients with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Neuroscience Letters, 328, 319–321.

Hestad, K., Ellertsen, B., & Klove, H. (1998). Neuropsychological assessment in old age. In Nordhus, I. H. (Ed); VandenBos, G. R. (Ed); Berg, S. (Ed); Fromholt, P. (Ed), Clinical Geropsychology. (p–288). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Hettema, J., Steele, J., & Miller, W. R. (2005). Motivational interviewing. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 91–111.

Hettema, J. M., Neale, M. C., & Kendler, K. S. (2001). A review and meta-analysis of the genetic epidemiology of anxiety disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1568–1578.

Hettema, J. M., Prescott, C. A., & Kendler, K. S. (2001). A population-based twin study of generalized anxiety disorder in men and women. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 189, 413–420.

Heyman, I., Mataiz-Cols, D., & Fineberg, N. A. (2006). Obsessive-compulsive disorder. British Medical Journal, 333, 424–429.

Hicks, K. M. (2005). The “new view” approach to women’s sexual problems. Medscape. Retrieved September 28, 2007, from www.medscape.com/viewprogram/4705_pnt

Hidalgo, R. B., & Davidson, R. T. (2000). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 14, 70–76.

Hiday, V. A. (2003). Outpatient commitment: The state of empirical research on its outcomes. Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 9, 8–32.

Hiday, V. A., & Ray, B. (2010). Arrests two years after exiting a well-established mental health court. Psychiatric Services, 61(5), 463–468.

Hiday, V. A., & Wales, H. W. (2003). Civil commitment and arrests. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 16, 575–580.

Higgenbotham, H. N., West, S., & Forsyth, D. (1988). Psychotherapy and behavior change: Social, cultural and methodological perspectives. New York: Pergamon.

Higgins, S. T., & Silverman, K. (1999). Motivating behavior change among illicit-drug abusers: Research on contingency management interventions. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Higgins, S. T., Budney, A. J., Bickel, W. K., Hughes, J. R., Foerg, F., & Badger, G. (1993). Achieving cocaine abstinence with a behavioral approach. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 763–769.

Higgins, S. T., Heil, S. H., & Lussier, J. P. (2004). Clinical implications of reinforcement as a determinant of substance use disorders. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 431–461.

Higuchi, S., Matsushita, S., Murayama, M., Takagi, S., & Hayashida, M. (1995). Alcohol and aldehyde dehydrogenase polymorphisms and the risk for alcoholism. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 1219–1221.

Hildebrand, M., & de Ruiter, C. (2004). PCL-R psychopathy and its relation to DSM-IV-TR Axis I and II disorders in a sample of male forensic psychiatric patients in the Netherlands. International Journal of Law and Psychiatry, 27, 233–248.

Hilgard, E. R. (1994). Neodissociation theory. In S. J. Lynn & J. W. Rhue (Eds.), Dissociation: Clinical and theoretical perspectives (p–51). New York, Guilford Press.

Hill, C. E., & Lambert, M. J. (2004). Methodological issues in studying psychotherapy processes and outcomes. In M. J. Lambert (Ed.) Bergin and Garfield’s Handbook of Psychotherpy and Behavior Change (5th edition). (p–135). New York: Wiley and Sons.

Hill, D. B., Rozanski, C., Carfagnini, J., & Willoughby, B. (2005). Gender identity disorders in childhood and adolescence: A critical inquiry. Journal of Psychology & Human Sexuality, 17, 7–33.

Hill, J. (2003). Early identification of individuals at risk for antisocial personality disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 182, s11–s14.

Hiller, W., Rief, W., & Fichter, M. M. (2002). Dimensional and categorical approaches to hypochondriasis. Psychological Medicine, 32, 707–718.

Hilts, D., Gawryl, M., Koenig, G., Dgetluck, N., Loewen, G., et al. (2012). EVP-6124, a selective alpha-7 partial agonist, has positive effects on cognition and clinical function in mild to moderate Alzheimer’s disease patients: Results of a six-month, double-blind, placebo controlled, dose ranging study. Alzheimer’s Association International Conference (AAIC). Abstract 04-12-04.

Hilty, D. M., Bourgeois, J. A., Chang, C. H., & Servis, M. E. (2001). Somatization disorder. Current Treatment Options in Neurology, 3, 305–320.

Himle, J. A., Baser, R. E., Taylor, R. J., Campbell, R. D, & Jackson, J. S. (2009). Anxiety disorders among African Americans, blacks of Caribbean descent, and non-Hispanic whites in the United States. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 23, p–590.

Hinrichsen, H., Wright, F., Waller, G., & Meyer, C. (2003). Social anxiety and coping strategies in the eating disorders. Eating Behaviors, 4, 117–126.

Hinshaw, S. P., Erhardt, D., Murphy, D. A., Greenstein, J. J., & Pelham, W. E. (1993). Part 7: Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. In V. B. Van Hasselt & M. Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of behavior therapy and pharmacotherapy for children: A comparative analysis (p–271). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Hinton, D., Hinton, S., Pham, T., Chau, H., & Tran, M. (2003). ‘Hit by the wind’ and temperature-shift panic among Vietnamese refugees. Transcultural Psychiatry, 40, 342–376.

Hinton, D., Hinton, S., Um, K., Chea, A. S., & Sak, S. (2002). The Khmer “weak heart” syndrome: Fear of death from palpitations. Transcultural Psychiatry, 39, 323–344.

Hinton, D., Um, K., & Ba, P. (2001). A unique panic-disorder presentation among Khmer refugees: The sore-neck syndrome. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 25, 297–316.

Hirai, M., & Clum, G. A. (2006). A meta-analytic study of self-help interventions for anxiety problems. Behavior Therapy, 37, 99–111.

Hirai, M., & Clum, G. A. (2008). Self-help therapies for anxiety disorders. In P. L. Watkins & G. A. Clum (Eds.), Handbook of self-help therapies (p–107). New York: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Hirschfeld, R. M., Keller, M. B., Panico, S., Arons, B. S., Barlow, D., et al. (1997). The National Depressive and Manic-Depressive Association consensus statement on the undertreatment of depression. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 277, 333–340.

Hochhalter, A. K., Sweeney, W. A., Savage, L. M., Bakke, B. L., & Overmier, J. B. (2001). Using animal models to address the memory deficits of Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome. In M. E. Carroll & J. B. Overmier (Eds.), Animal research and human health: Advancing human welfare through behavioral science (p–292). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Hoechstetter, K., Meinck, H. M., Henningsen, P., Scherg, M., & Rupp, A. (2002). Psychogenic sensory loss: Magnetic source imaging reveals normal tactile evoked activity of the human primary and secondary somatosensory cortex. Neuroscience Letters, 323, 137–140.

Hoehn-Saric, R., Hazlett, R. L., & McLeod, D. R. (1993). Generalized anxiety disorder with early and late onset of anxiety symptoms. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 34, 291–298.

Hoek, H. W., & van Hoeken, D. (2003). Review of the prevalence and incidence of eating disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 34, 383–396.

Hoff, A. L., & Kremen, W. S. (2003). Neuropsychology in schizophrenia: An update. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 16, 149–155.

Hoff, A., Kremen, W. S., Wieneke, M. H., Lauriello, J., Blankfeld, H. M., et al. (2001). Association of estrogen levels with neuropsychological performance in women with schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1134–1139.

Hoffman, L. W. (1991). The influence of the family environment on personality: Accounting for sibling differences. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 187–203.

Hoffman, R. E., Boutros, N. N., Hu, S., Berman, R. M., Krystal, J. H., & Charney, D. S. (2000). Transcranial magnetic stimulation and auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia. Lancet, 355, 1073–1075.

Hoffman, R. E., Gueorguieva, R., Hawkins, K. A., Varanko, M., Boutros, N. N., et al. (2005). Temporoparietal transcranial magnetic stimulation for auditory hallucinations: Safety, efficacy and moderators in a fifty patient sample. Biological Psychiatry, 58, 97–104.

Hofmann, S. G., Moscovitch, D. A., & Heinrichs, N. (2002). Evolutionary mechanisms of fear and anxiety. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 16, 317–330.

Hoge, S., Poythress, N., Bonnie, R., Monahan, J., Eisenberg, M., & Feucht-Haviar, T. (1997). The MacArthur Adjudicative Competence Study: Diagnosis, psychopathology, and adjudicative competence-related abilities. Behavioral Sciences and the Law, 15, 329–345.

Hoge, S. K., Bonnie, R. J., Poythress, N., & Monahan, J. (1992). Attorney-client decision-making in criminal cases: Client competence and participation as perceived by their attorneys. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 10, 385–394.

Hogue, A., Dauber, S., Samuolis, J., & Liddle, H. A. (2006). Treatment techniques and outcomes in multidimensional family therapy for adolescent behavior problems. Journal of Family Psychology, 20, 535–543.

Holder-Perkins, V., & Wise, T. N. (2001). Somatization disorder. In K. A. Phillips (Ed.), Somatoform and factitious disorders (p–26). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Hollander, E., & Rosen, J. (2000). Impulsivity. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 14, S39–S44.

Hollander, E., Liebowitz, M. R., & Rosen, W. G. (1991). Neuropsychiatric and neuropsychological studies in obsessive-compulsive disorder. In J. Zohar, T. Insel, & S. Rasmussen (Eds.), The psychobiology of obsessive-compulsive disorder. (p–145). New York: Springer.

Hollier, L. M., McIntire, D. D., & Leveno, K. J. (1999). Outcome of twin pregnancies according to intrapair birth weight differences. Obstetrics & Gynecology, 94, 1006–1010.

Hollifield, M., Paine, S., Tuttle, L., & Kellner, R. (1999). Hypochondriasis, somatization, and perceived health and utilization of health care services. Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry, 40, 380–386.

Hollon, S. D., & Beck, A. T. (1994). Cognitive and cognitive-behavioral therapies. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., p–466). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Hollon, S. D., & Beck, A. T. (2004). Cognitive and cognitive behavior therapies. In M. J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin and Garfield’s handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (5th ed., p–492). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Hollon, S. D., DeRubeis, R. J., Shelton, R. C., & Weiss, B. (2002). The emperor’s new drugs: Effect size and moderation effects. Prevention & Treatment, 5, Article 28. www.journals.apa.org/prevention/volume5/pre0050028c.html

Hollon, S. D., DeRubeis, R. J., Shelton, R. C., Amsterdam, J. D., Salomon, R. M., et al. (2005). Prevention of relapse following cognitive therapy vs medications in moderate to severe depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 417–422.

Holthausen, E. A., Wiersma, D., Sitskoorn, M. M., Dingemans, P. M., Schene, A. H., & van den Bosch, R. J. (2003). Long-term memory deficits in schizophrenia: primary or secondary dysfunction? Neuropsychology, 17, 539–547.

Holtzheimer, P. E., III, & Avery, D. H. (2005). Focal brain stimulation for treatment-resistant depression: Transcranial magnetic stimulation, vagus-nerve stimulation, and deep-brain stimulation. Primary Psychiatry, 12, 57–64.

Holzman, P. S., Kringlen, E., Matthysse, S., Flanagan, S. D., Lipton, R. B., et al. (1988). A single dominant gene can account for eye tracking dysfunctions and schizophrenia in offspring of discordant twins. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, 641–647.

Holzman, P. S., Solomon, C. M., Levin, S., & Waternaux, C. S. (1984). Pursuit eye movement dysfunctions in schizophrenia: Family evidence for specificity. Archives of General Psychiatry 41, 136–139.

Homma, A., Imai, Y., Tago, H., Asada, T., Shigeta, M., et al. (2008). Donepezil treatment of patients with severe Alzheimer’s disease in a Japanese population: Results from a 24-week, double-blind, placebo-controlled, randomized trial. Dementia and Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 25, 399–407.

Hong, L. E., Tagamets, M., Avila, M., Wonodi, I., Holcomb, H., & Thaker, G. K. (2005). Specific motion processing pathway deficit during eye tracking in schizophrenia: A performance-matched functional magnetic resonance imaging study. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 726–732.

Honig, A., Hofman, A., Rozendaal, N., & Dingemans, P. (1997). Psycho-education in bipolar disorder: Effect on expressed emotion. Psychiatry Research, 72, 17–22.

Hopper, K., Harrison, G., Janca, A., & Sartorius, N. (2007). Recovery from schizophrenia: An international perspective. A Report from the WHO Collaborative Project, The International Study of Schizophrenia. New York: Oxford University Press.

Hopwood, C. J., Thomas, K. M., Markon, K. E., Wright, A. G. C., & Krueger, R. F. (2012). DSM-5 personality traits and DSM–IV personality disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 121, 424–432.

Horan, W. P., & Blanchard, J. J. (2003). Neurocognitive, social, and emotional dysfunction in deficit syndrome schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 65, 125–137.

Horesh, N., Amir, M., Kedem, P., Goldberger, Y., & Kotler, M. (1997). Life events in childhood, adolescence and adulthood and the relationship to panic disorder. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 96, 373–378.

Hornbacher, M. (1998). Wasted: A memoir of anorexia and bulimia. New York: Harper Perennial.

Hornbacher, M. (2008). Madness: A bipolar life. New York: Houghton Mifflin.

Horney, K. (1937). The neurotic personality of our times. Oxford, England: Norton.

Horowitz, L. M. (2004). Diffuse identity and lack of long-term direction: The histrionic personality disorder and other related disorders. In L. M. Horowitz (Ed.), Interpersonal foundations of psychopathology (p–203). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Horvath, A. O., & Symonds, B. D. (1991). Relation between working alliance and outcome in psychotherapy: A meta-analysis. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 38, 139–149.

Horwath, E., & Weissman, M. M. (2000). The epidemiology and cross-national presentation of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 23, 493–507.

Horwath, E., Lish, J. D., Johnson, J., Hornig, C. D., & Weissman, M. M. (1993). Agoraphobia without panic: Clinical reappraisal of an epidemiologic finding. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1496–1501.

Hough, W. G., & O’Brien, K. P. (2005). The effect of community treatment orders on offending rates. Psychiatry, Psychology and Law, 12, 411–423.

Houts, A. C. (2002). Discovery, invention, and the expansion of the modern Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. In L. E. Beutler & M. L. Malik (Eds.), Rethinking the DSM: A psychological perspective (p–65). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Hovey, J. D. (1998). Acculturative stress, depression, and suicidal ideation among Mexican-American adolescents: Implications for the development of suicide prevention programs in schools. Psychological Reports, 83, 249–250.

Hovey, J. D. (2000). Acculturative stress, depression, and suicidal ideation in Mexican immigrants. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority Psychology, 6, 134–151.

Hovey, J. D., & King, C. A. (1996). Acculturative stress, depression, and suicidal ideation among immigrant and second-generation Latino adolescents. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 1183–1192.

Howard, K. I., Lueger, R. J., Maling, M. S., & Martinovich, Z. (1993). A phase model of psychotherapy outcome: Causal mediation of change. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 61, 678–685.

Howsepian, A. A. (2011). Mental illness and firearm violence. JAMA, 306(9), 930.

Hoy, H. (2007, July 25). Prison castrations raise concerns. The Prague Post. Retrieved April 17, 2013, from www.praguepost.com

Hrabosky, J. I., Cash, T. F., Veale, D., Neziroglu, F., Soll, E. A., et al. (2009). Multidimensional body image comparisons among patients with eating disorders, body dysmorphic disorder, and clinical controls: A multisite study. Body Image, 6(3), 155–163.

Hsee, C. K., Hatfield, E., Carlson, J. G., & Chemtob, C. (1990). The effect of power on susceptibility to emotional contagion. Cognition & Emotion, 4, 327–340. Retrieved April 3, 2007, from http://transcripts.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/0205/21/lt.24.html

Huang, Y. Y., & Kandel, E. R. (2007). 5-Hydroxytryptamine induces a protein kinase A/mitogen-activated protein kinase-mediated and macromolecular synthesis-dependent late phase of long-term potentiation in the amygdala. Journal of Neuroscience, 27, 3111–3119.

Hubbard, R. L., Marsden, M. E., Rachal, J. V., Harwood, H. G., Cavanaugh, E. R., & Ginzburg, H. M. (1989). Drug abuse treatment: A national study of effectiveness (p–92). Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1989.

Hudson, C. G. (2005). Socioeconomic status and mental illness: Tests of the social causation and selection hypotheses. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 75, 3–18.

Hudson, J., & Rapee, R. M. (2001). Parent–child interactions and anxiety disorders: An observational study. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 39, 1411–1427.

Hudson, J. I., Hiripi, E., Pope, H. G., Jr., & Kessler, R. C. (2007). The prevalence and correlates of eating disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Biological Psychiatry, 61, 348–358.

Hudziak, J. J., Derks, E. M., Althoff, R. R., Copeland, W., & Boomsma, D. I. (2005). The genetic and environmental contributions to oppositional defiant behavior: A multi-informant twin study. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 44, 907–914.

Huether, G., Zhou, D., Schmidt, S., Wiltfang, J., & Eckart, R. (1997). Long-term food restriction down-regulates the density of serotonin transporters in the rat frontal cortex. Biological Psychiatry, 41, 1174–1180.

Hugdahl, K. (2001). Psychophysiology: The mind-body perspective (2nd ed.). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Hughes, C., Kumari, V., Soni, W., Das, M., Binneman, B., et al. (2003). Longitudinal study of symptoms and cognitive function in chronic schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 59, 137–146.

Hui, C. H., & Triandis, H. C. (1986). Individualism-collectivism: A study of cross-cultural researchers. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 17, 225–248.

Hui, L. K., Ng, R. M. K., Pau, L., & Yip, K. C. (2012). Relationship of cognitions and symptoms of agoraphobia in Hong Kong Chinese: A combined quantitative and qualitative study. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 58(2), 153–165.

Humfleet, G. L., & Haas, A. L. (2004). Is marijuana use becoming a “gateway” to nicotine dependence? Addiction, 99, 5–6.

Hummingbird. (1999). First person account: Schizophrenia, substance abuse, and HIV. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 25, 863–866.

Humphreys, K., & Moos, R. H. (2007). Encouraging posttreatment self-help group involvement to reduce demand for continuing care services: Two-year clinical and utilization outcomes. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 31, 64–68.

Humphreys, K., Winzelberg, A., & Klaw, E. (2000). Psychologists’ ethical responsibilities in Internet-based groups: Issues, strategies, and a call for dialogue. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 31, 493–496.

Hunt, I. M., Kapur, N., Windfuhr, K., Robinson, J., Bickley, H., et al. (National Confidential Inquiry into Suicide and Homicide by People with Mental Illness). (2006). Suicide in schizophrenia: Findings from a national clinical survey. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 12, 139–147.

Hunter, E. C. M., Baker, D., Phillips, M. L., Sierra, M., & David, A. S. (2005). Cognitive-behaviour therapy for depersonalisation disorder: An open study. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 43, 1121–1130.

Hunter, E. C. M., Phillips, M. L., Chalder, T., Sierra, M., & David, A. S. (2003). Depersonalisation disorder: A cognitive-behavioural conceptualisation. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 41, 1451–1467.

Huntjens, R. J. C., Peters, M. L., Postma, A., Woertman, L., Effting, M., & van der Hart, O. (2005). Transfer of newly acquired stimulus valence between identities in dissociative identity disorder (DID). Behaviour Research and Therapy, 43, 243–255.

Huntjens, R. J. C., Peters, M. L., Woertman, L., Bovenschen, L. M., Martin, R. C., & Postma, A. (2006). Inter-identity amnesia in dissociative identity disorder: A simulated memory impairment? Psychological Medicine, 36, 857–863.

Huntjens, R.J.C., Peters, M., Woertman, L., van der Hart, O., & Postma, A. (2007). Memory transfer for trauma-related words between identities in dissociative identity disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 45, 775–789.

Huntjens, R. J. C., Postma, A., Peters, M. L., Woertman, L., & van der Hart, O. (2003). Interidentity amnesia for neutral, episodic information in dissociative identity disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 112, 290–297.

Hurd, M. D., Martorell, P., Delavande, A., Mullen, K. J., &Langa, K. M. (2013). Monetary costs of dementia in the United States. The New England Journal of Medicine, 368, 1326–1334.

Hurt, R. D., Offord, K. P., Croghan, I. T., Gomez-Dahl, L., Kottke, T. E., et al. (1996). Mortality following inpatient addictions treatment: Role of tobacco use in a community-based cohort. Journal of the American Medical Association, 275, 1097–1103.

Husted, D. S., & Shapira, N. A. (2004). A review of the treatment for refractory obsessive-compulsive disorder: From medicine to deep brain stimulation. CNS Spectrums, 9, 833–847.

Huttenlocher, P. R. (2002). Neural plasticity: The effects of environment on the development of the cerebral cortex. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Hybels, C. F., Blazer, D. G., Pieper, C. F., Burchett, B. M., Hays, J. C., et al. (2006). Sociodemographic characteristics of the neighborhood and depressive symptoms in older adults: Using multilevel modeling in geriatric psychiatry. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 14, 498–506.

Hyde, J. S., Mezulis, A. H., & Abramson, L. Y. (2008). The ABCs of depression: Integrating affective, biological, and cognitive models to explain the emergence of the gender difference in depression. Psychological Review, 115, 291–313.

Hyman, S. E. (2001). A 28-year-old man addicted to cocaine. Journal of the American Medical Association, 286, 2586–2594.

Hyman, S. E., (2005). Addiction: A disease of learning and memory. American Journal of Pyschiatry, 162, 1414–1422.

Hyman, S. E. (2011). Grouping diagnoses of mental disorders by their common risk factors. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 168(1), 1–3.

Hyman, S. E., & Nestler, E. J. (1993). The molecular foundations of psychiatry. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Hyman, S. M., Gold, S. N., & Cott, M. A. (2003). Forms of social support that moderate PTSD in childhood sexual abuse survivors. Journal of Family Violence, 18, 295–300.

Iacono, W. G., Moreau, M., Beiser, M., Fleming, J. A. E., & Lin, T. (1992). Smooth-pursuit eye tracking in first-episode psychotic patients and their relatives. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 104–116.

Igartua, K. J., Gill, K., & Montoro, R. (2003). Internalized homophobia: A factor in depression, anxiety, and suicide in the gay and lesbian population. Canadian Journal of Community Mental Health, 22, 15–30.

Ikeuchi, T., Kaneko, H., Miyashita, A., Nozaki, H., Kasuga, K., et al. (2008). Mutational analysis in early-onset familial dementia in the Japanese population: The role of PSEN1 and MAPT R406W mutations. Dementia and Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 26, 43–49.

Ikonomovic, M. D., Klunk, W. E., Abrahamson, E. E., Mathis, C. A., Price, J. C., et al. (2008). Post-mortem correlates of in vivo PiB-PET amyloid imaging in a typical case of Alzheimer’s disease. Brain: A Journal of Neurology, 131, 1630–1645.

Ilgen, M. A., & Hutchison, K. E. (2005). A history of major depressive disorder and the response to stress. Journal of Affective Disorders, 86, 143–150.

Inaba, A., Thoits, P. A., Ueno, K., Gove, W. R., Evenson, R. J., & Sloan, M. (2005). Depression in the United States and Japan: Gender, marital status, and SES patterns. Social Science & Medicine, 61, 2280–2292.

Insel, T. (2013). Transforming diagnosis. NIMH director’s blog. Retrieved May 21, 2013, from www.nimh.nih.gov/about/director/2013/transforming-diagnosis.shtml

Insel, T. R. (1992). Toward a neuroanatomy of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 739–744.

Insel, T. R., & Winslow, J. T. (1990). Neurobiology of obsessive-compulsive disorder. In M. A. Jenike, L. Baer, & W. E. Minichiello (Eds.), Obsessive-compulsive disorders: Theory and management. (p–131). Chicago: Year Book Medical.

Intrator, J., Hare, R., Strizke, P., & Brichtswein, K. (1997). A brain imaging (single photon emission computerized tomography) study of semantic and affective processing in psychopaths. Biological Psychiatry, 42, 96–103.

Ireland, T., & Widom, C. S. (1994). Childhood victimization and risk for alcohol and drug arrests. International Journal of the Addictions, 29, 235–274.

Ironson, G. I., Freund, B., Strauss, J. L., & Williams, J. (2002). A comparison of two treatments for traumatic stress: A community based study of EMDR and prolonged exposure. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58, 113–128.

Isometsä, E. T. (2000). Suicide. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 13, 143–147.

Ito, K. L., & Maramba, G. G. (2002). Therapeutic beliefs of Asian American therapists: Views from an ethnic-specific clinic. Transcultural Psychiatry, 39, 33–73.

Ivarsson, T., Larsson, B., & Gillberg, C. (1998). A 2–4 year follow-up of depressive symptoms, suicidal ideation, and suicide attempts among adolescent psychiatric inpatients. European Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 7, 96–104.

Ivry, R. B., Spencer, R. M., Zelaznik, H. N., & Diedrichsen, J. (2002). The cerebellum and event timing. In S. M. Highstein & W. T. Thach (Eds.). The cerebellum: Recent developments in cerebellar research (p–317). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.

Jackson v. Indiana, 406 U.S. 715 (1972).

Jackson, J., Fiddler, M., Kapur, N., Wells, A., Tomenson, B., & Creed, F. (2006). Number of bodily symptoms predicts outcome more accurately than health anxiety in patients attending neurology, cardiology, and gastroenterology clinics. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 60, 357–363.

Jacobi, C., Hayward, C., de Zwaan, M., Kraemer, H. C., & Agras, W. S. (2004). Coming to terms with risk factors for eating disorders: Application of risk terminology and suggestions for a general taxonomy. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 19–65.

Jacobs, M. K., Christensen, A., Snibbe, J. R., Dolezal-Wood, S., Huber, A., & Polterok, A. (2001). A comparison of computer-based versus traditional individual psychotherapy. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 32, 92–96.

Jacobs, S.-E., Thomas, W., & Lang, S. (1997). Two-spirit people: Native American gender identity, sexuality, and spirituality. Champaign: University of Illinois Press.

Jacobsen, L. K., Southwick, S. M., & Kosten, T. R. (2001). Substance use disorders in patients with posttraumatic stress disorder: A review of the literature. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1184–1190.

Jacobson, N. S., Martell, C. R., & Dimidjian, S. (2001). Behavioral activation treatment for depression: Returning to contextual roots. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 8, 255–270.

Jacobson, S. W., Carr, L. G., Croxford, J., Sokol, R. J., Li, T.-K., & Jabobson, J. L. (2006). Protective effect of the alcohol dehydrogenase-ADH1B allele in children exposed to alcohol during pregnancy. Journal of Pediatrics, 148, 30–37.

Jaffee v. Redmond, 518 U.S. 1 (1996).

Jain, M., Palacio, L. G., Castellanos, F. X., Palacio, J. D., Pineda, D., et al. (2007). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and comorbid disruptive behavior disorders: Evidence of pleiotropy and new susceptibility loci. Biological Psychiatry, 61, 1329–1339.

Jakupcak, M., Osborne, T. L., Michael, S., Cook, J. W., & McFall, M. (2006). Implications of masculine gender role stress in male veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 7, 203–211.

Jamison, K. R. (1989). Mood disorders and patterns of creativity in British writers and artists. Psychiatry, 52, 125–134.

Jamison, K. R. (1993). Touched with fire: Manic-depressive illness and the artistic temperament. New York: Free Press.

Jamison, K. R. (1995). An unquiet mind: A memoir of moods and madness. New York: Vintage Books.

Jamison, K. R., Gerner, R. H., Hammen, C., & Padesky, C. (1980). Clouds and silver linings: Positive experiences associated with primary affective disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 198–202.

Jamison, R. N., & Walker, L. S. (1992). Illness behavior in children of chronic pain patients. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine, 22, 329–342.

Janet, P. (1907). The major symptoms of hysteria. New York: Macmillan.

Jang, K. L., Paris, J., Zweig-Frank, H., & Livesley, W. J. (1998). Twin study of dissociative experience. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 186, 345–351.

Jang, K. L., Vernon, P. A., & Livesley, W. J. (2001). Behavioural-genetic perspectives on personality function. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 46, 234–244.

Janoff-Bulman, R. (1995). Victims of violence. In G. S. Everly, Jr., & J. M. Lating (Eds.), Psychotraumatology: Key papers and core concepts in post-traumatic stress (p–86). New York: Plenum Press.

Jansen, A., Nederkoorn, C., & Mulkens, S. (2005). Selective visual attention for ugly and beautiful body parts in eating disorders. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 43, 183–196.

Jansen, K. L., & Darracot-Cankovic, R. (2001). The nonmedical use of ketamine, part two: A review of problem use and dependence. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs 33, 151–158.

Jansiewicz, E. M., Goldberg, M. C., Newschaffer, C. J., Denckla, M. B., Landa, R., & Mostofsky, S. H. (2006). Motor signs distinguish children with high functioning autism and Asperger’s syndrome from controls. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 36, 613–621.

Janssen, I., Krabbendam, L., Jolles, J., & van Os, J. (2003). Alterations in theory of mind in patients with schizophrenia and non-psychotic relatives. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 108, 110–117.

Janus, E. S. (2003). Treatment and the civil commitment of sex offenders. In B. J. Winick & J. Q. La Fond (Eds.), Protecting society from sexually dangerous offenders: Law, justice, and therapy (p–129). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Jarret, R. B., Kraft, D., Doyle, J., Foster, B. M., Eaves, G. G., & Silver, P. C. (2001). Preventing recurrent depression using cognitive therapy with and without a continuation phase: A randomized clinical trial. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 381–388.

Jarvis, E. (1998). Schizophrenia in British immigrants: Recent findings, issues and implications. Transcultural Psychiatry, 35, 39–74.

Jasper, F. J. (2003). Working with dissociative fugue in a general psychotherapy practice: A cautionary tale. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 45, 311–322.

Javeline, D. (1999). Response effects in polite cultures: A test of acquiescence in Kazakhstan. Public Opinion Quarterly, 63, 1–28.

Jefferys, D. E., & Castle, D. J. (2003). Body dysmorphic disorder—a fear of imagined ugliness. Australian Family Physician, 32, 722–755.

Jenike, M., Baer, L., & Minichiello, W. (Eds.) (1998). Obsessive-compulsive disorders: Practical management. St. Louis: Mosby.

Jenike, M. A. (1984). Obsessive-compulsive disorder: A question of a neurologic lesion. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 25, 298–304.

Jenkins-Hall, K., & Sacco, W. P. (1991). Effects of client race and depression on evaluations by white therapists. Journal of Social Clinical Psychology, 10, 322–333.

Jennings, J. M., Dagenbach, D., Engle, C. M., & Funke, L. J. (2007). Age-related changes and the attention network task: An examination of alerting, orienting, and executive function. Aging, Neuropsychology, and Cognition, 14, 353–369.

Jensen, P. S., Hinshaw, S. P., Kraemer, H. C., Lenora, N., Newcorn, J. H., et al. (2001). ADHD comorbidity findings from the MTA study: Comparing comorbid subgroups. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 147–158.

Jerome, L. W., & Zaylor, C. (2000). Cyberspace: Creating a therapeutic environment for telehealth applications. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 31, 478–483.

Jessen, G., Steffensen, P., & Jensen, B. (1998). Seasons and meteorological factors in suicidal behaviour: Findings and methodological considerations from a Danish study. Archives of Suicide Research, 4, 263–280.

Ji, J., Kleinman, A., & Becker, A. E. (2001). Suicide in contemporary China: A review of China’s distinctive suicide demographics in their sociocultural context. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 9, 1–12.

Jianlin, J. (2000). Suicide rates and mental health services in modern China. Crisis, 21, 118–121.

Jimerson, D. C., Lesem, M. D., Kaye, W. H., & Brewerton, T. D. (1992). Low serotonin and dopamine metabolite concentrations in cerebrospinal fluid from bulimic patients with frequent binge episodes. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 132–138.

Joe, G. W., Simpson, D. D., & Broome, K. M. (1999). Retention and patient engagement models for different treatment modalities in DATOS. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 57, 113–125.

Johanson, A., Risberg, J., Tucker, D. M., & Gustafson, L. (2006). Changes in frontal lobe activity with cognitive therapy for spider phobia. Applied Neuropsychology, 13, 34–41.

Johns, A. (2001). Psychiatric effects of cannabis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 178, 116–122.

Johns, L. C., Hemsley, D., & Kuipers, E. (2002). A comparison of auditory hallucinations in a psychiatric and non-psychiatric group. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 41, 81–86.

Johnson, B. A., & Ait-Daoud, N. (2000). Neuropharmalogical treatments for alcoholism: Scientific basis and clinical findings. Psychopharmacology, 149, 327–344.

Johnson, C. L., Lund, B. C., & Yates, W. R. (2003). Recovery rates for anorexia nervosa. American Journal of Pyschiatry, 160, 798.

Johnson, C. P., Myers, S. M., & The Council on Children with Disabilities. (2007). Identification and evaluation of children with autism spectrum disorders. Pediatrics, 120, 1183–1215.

Johnson, J. G., Bromley, E., & McGeoch, P. G. (2005). Role of childhood experiences in the development of maladaptive and adaptive personality traits. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender, Donna S. (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–221). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Johnson, J. G., Cohen, P., Chen, H., Kasen, S., & Brook, J. S. (2006). Parenting behaviors associated with risk for offspring personality disorder during adulthood. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 579–587.

Johnson, J. G., Cohen, P., Dohrenwend, B. P., Link, B. G., & Brook, J. S. (1999). A longitudinal investigation of social causation and social selection processes involved in the association between socioeconomic status and psychiatric disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 490–499.

Johnson, J. G., Cohen, P., Kasen, S., & Brook, J. S. (2002). Childhood adversities associated with risk for eating disorders or weight problems during adolescence or early adulthood. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 394–400.

Johnson, J. G., Cohen, P., Kasen, S., & Brook, J. S. (2006a). Dissociative disorders among adults in the community, impaired functioning, and axis I and II comorbidity. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 40, 131–140.

Johnson, J. G., Cohen, P., Kasen, S., & Brook, J. S. (2006b). Personality disorders evident by early adulthood and risk for anxiety disorders during middle adulthood. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 20, 408–426.

Johnson, J. G., Cohen, P., Kasen, S., Skodol, A. E., Hamagami, F., & Brook, J. S. (2000). Age-related change in personality disorder trait levels between early adolescence and adulthood: A community-based longitudinal investigation. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 102, 265–275.

Johnson, J. G., Cohen, P., Kotler, L., Kasen, S., & Brook, J. S. (2002). Psychiatric disorders associated with risk for the development of eating disorders during adolescence and early adulthood. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 1119–1128.

Johnson, S. D. (2008). Substance use, post-traumatic stress disorder and violence. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 21, 242–246.

Johnson, S. L., & Miller, I. (1997). Negative life events and time to recovery from episodes of bipolar disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106, 449–457.

Johnson, S. L., & Roberts, J. E. (1995). Life events and bipolar disorder: Implications from biological theories. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 434–449.

Johnston, C., & Freeman, W. (1997). Attributions for child behavior in parents of children with behavior disorders and children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 65, 636–645.

Joiner, T., Coyne, J. C., & Blalock, J. (1999). On the interpersonal nature of depression: Overview and synthesis. In T. Joiner & J. C. Coyne (Eds.), The interactional nature of depression: Advances in interpersonal approaches (p–19). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Joiner, T. E. (1994). Contagious depression: Existence, specificity to depressed symptoms, and the role of reassurance seeking. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 67, 287–296.

Joiner, T. E., Jr. (1996). A confirmatory factor-analytic investigation of the tripartite model of depression and anxiety in college students. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 20, 521–539.

Jones H. E., Johnson, R. E., Bigelow, G. E., Silverman, K., Mudric, T., & Strain, E. C. (2004). Safety and efficacy of L-tryptophan and behavioral incentives for treatment of cocaine dependence: A randomized clinical. American Journal on Addictions, 13, 421–437.

Jones, M. K., & Menzies, R. G. (1995). The etiology of fear of spiders. Anxiety, Stress & Coping: An International Journal, 8, 227–234.

Jones, S. (2004). Psychotherapy of bipolar disorder: A review. Journal of Affective Disorders, 80, 101–114.

Joormann, J., & Gotlib, I. H. (2006). Is this happiness I see? Biases in the identification of emotional facial expressions in depression and social phobia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 115, 705–714.

Jope, R. S. (1999). Anti-bipolar therapy: Mechanism of action of lithium. Molecular Psychiatry, 4, 117–128.

Jose, P. E., & Brown, I. (2008). When does the gender difference in rumination begin? Gender and age differences in the use of rumination by adolescents. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 37, 180–192.

Joseph, R. (1999). The neurology of traumatic “dissociative” amnesia: Commentary and literature review. Child Abuse and Neglect, 23, 715–727.

Joseph, S., Williams, R., & Yule, W. (1995). Psychosocial perspectives on post-traumatic stress. Clinical Psychology Review, 15, 515–544.

Joshi, K. G., Frierson, R. L., & Gunter, T. D. (2006). Shared psychotic disorder and criminal responsibility: A review and case report of folie àtrois. Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law, 34, 511–517.

Joyce, P. R., McKenzie, J. M., Luty, S. E., Mulder, R. T., Carter, J. D., et al. (2003). Temperament, childhood environment and psychopathology as risk factors for avoidant and borderline personality disorders. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 37, 756–764.

Judd, L. L., Akiskal, H. S., Schettler, P. J., Coryell, W., Maser, J., Rice, J. A., et al. (2003). The comparative clinical phenotype and long term longitudinal episode course of bipolar I and II: A clinical spectrum or distinct disorders? Journal of Affective Disorders, 73, 19–32.

Judd, L. L., Kessler, R. C., Paulhus, M. P., Zeller, P. V., Wittchen, H. U., & Kinovac, J. L. (1998). Cormorbidity as a fundamental feature of generalized anxiety diorders: Results from the National Comorbidity Study (NCS). Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavia, 393(Suppl.), 6–11.

Judd, L. L., Schettler, P. J., Akiskal, H. S., Coryell, W., Leon, A. C., et al. (2008). Residual symptom recovery from major affective episodes in bipolar disorders and rapid episode relapse/recurrence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65, 386–394.

Juengling, F. D., Schmahl, C., Hesslinger, B., Ebert, D., Bremner, J. D., et al. (2003). Positron emission tomography in female patients with borderline personality disorder. Journal of Psychiatry Research, 37, 109–115.

Jung, C. G. (1983). The essential Jung (A. Storr, Ed.). Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Just, N., & Alloy, L. B. (1997). The response styles theory of depression: Tests and an extension of the theory. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106, 221–229.

Kafka, M. P. (2000). The paraphilia-related disorders: Nonparaphilic hypersexuality and sexual compulsivity/addiction. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy (3rd ed., p–503). New York: Guilford Press.

Kafka, M. P. (2003). The monoamine hypothesis for the pathophysiology of paraphilic disorders: An update. Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 989, 86–94.

Kafka, M. P., & Hennen, J. (2000). Psychostimulant augmentation during treatment with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in men with paraphilia-related disorders: A case series. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61, 664–670.

Kagan, J. (1989). Temperamental contributions to social behavior. American Psychologist, 44, 668–674.

Kagan, R. M., & Reid, W. J. (1986). Critical factors in the adoption of emotionally disturbed youths. Child Welfare Journal, 65, 63–73.

Kahan, D., Polivy, J., & Herman, C. P. (2003). Conformity and dietary disinhibition: A test of the ego-strength model of self-regulation. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 165–171.

Kahn, E. (1998). A critique of nondirectivity in the person-centered approach. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 39, 94–110.

Kahn, R. S., Fleischhacker, W. W., Boter, H., Davidson, M., Vergouwe, Y., et al. (2008). Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in first-episode schizophrenia and schizophreniform disorder: An open randomised clinical trial. Lancet, 371, 1085–1097.

Kahn, R. S., Khoury, J., Nichols, W. C., & Lanphear, B. P. (2003). Role of dopamine transporter genotype and maternal prenatal smoking in childhood hyperactive-impulsive, inattentive, and oppositional behaviors. Journal of Pediatrics, 143, 104–110.

Kahn, R. S., Linszen, D. H., van Os, J., Wiersma, D., Bruhheman, R., et al. (2011). Evidence that familial liability for psychosis is expressed as differential sensitivity to cannabis: An analysis of patient–sibling and sibling–control pairs. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68, 138–147.

Kalaria, R. N., & Ballard, C. (1999). Overlap between pathology of Alzheimer disease and vascular dementia. Alzheimer Disease & Associated Disorders, 13, S115–S123.

Kales, H. C., Chen, P., Blow, F. C., Welsh, D. E., & Mellow, A. M. (2005). Rates of clinical depression diagnosis, functional impairment, and nursing home placement in coexisting dementia and depression. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 13, 441–449.

Kalisvaart, K. J., de Jonghe, J. F. M., Bogaards, M. J., Vreeswijk, R., Egberts, T. C. G., et al. (2005). Haloperidol prophylaxis for elderly hip-surgery patients at risk for delirium: A randomized placebo-controlled study. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 53, 1658–1666.

Kalivas, P. W., & Volkow, N. D. (2005). The neural basis of addiction: A pathology of motivation and choice. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1403–1413.

Kaltiala-Heino, R., Kosunen, E., & Rimpela, M. (2003). Pubertal timing, sexual behaviour and self-reported depression in middle adolescence. Journal of Adolescence, 26, 531–545.

Kaltiala-Heino, R., Rimpelä, M., Rantanen, P., & Rimpelä, A. (2000). Bullying at school—an indicator of adolescents at risk for mental disorders. Journal of Adolescence, 23, 661–674.

Kameya, Y. (2001). How Japanese culture affects the sexual functions of normal females. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 27, 151–152.

Kandel, D., & Logan, J. (1984). Patterns of drug use from adolescence to young adulthood: Periods of risk for initiation, continued use and discontinuation. American Journal of Public Health, 74, 660–666.

Kandel, D. B. (2002). Stages and pathways of drug involvement: Examining the gateway hypothesis. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.

Kandel, D. B., & Yamaguchi, K. (1985). Developmental patterns of the use of legal, illegal and medically prescribed psychotropic drugs from adolescence to young adulthood. In C. L. Jones & R. Battjes (Eds.), Etiology of drug abuse: Implications for prevention (p–235). Washington DC: Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office. [NIDA Research Monograph 56, DHHS Pub. No. ADM 85–1335.]

Kandel, D. B., & Yamaguchi, K. (1999). Developmental stages of involvement in substance abuse. In P. J. Ott, R. E. Tarter, & R. T. Ammerman (Eds.), Sourcebook on substance abuse: Etiology epidemiology, assessment and treatment (p–74). New York: Allyn & Bacon.

Kandel, E. R., Schwartz, J. H., & Jessell, T. M. (Eds.). (2007). Principles of neural science (5th ed.). New York: Elsevier Science.

Kaniasty, K., & Norris, F. H. (1992). Social support and victims of crime: Matching event, support, and outcome. American Journal of Community Psychology, 20, 211–241.

Kaniasty, K. Z., Norris, F. H., & Murrell, S. A. (1990). Received and perceived social support following natural disaster. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 20, 85–114.

Kansas v. Crane, 122 S. Ct. 867 (2002).

Kansas v. Hendricks, 521 U.S. 346 (1997).

Kaplan, A. (2007a). Hoarding: Studies characterize phenotype, demonstrate treatment. Psychiatric Times, 24(6). Retrieved February 25, 2009, from www.psychiatrictimes.com/showArticle.jhtml?articleId=199202770

Kaplan, A. (2007b). Mental illness in US Latinos addressed in survey, outreach efforts. Psychiatric Times, 24, n.p. Retrieved April 3, 2007, from www.psychiatrictimes.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=0V0Y2JR5R5CX0QSNDLPCKH0CJUNN2JVN?articleID=198001928&pgno=2

Kaplan, H. S. (1981). The new sex therapy. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Kaplan, H. S. (1987). Sexual aversion, sexual phobias, and panic disorder. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Kaplan, H. S. (1989). How to overcome premature ejaculation. New York: Brunner-Routledge.

Kaplan, H. S. (1995). Sexual aversion disorder: The case of the phobic virgin, or an abused child grows up. In R. C. Rosen & S. R. Leiblum (Eds.), Case studies in sex therapy (p–80). New York: Guilford Press.

Kaplan, L. J. (1991). Female perversions. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.

Kapur, N., & Graham, K. S. (2002). Recovery of memory function in neurological disease. In A. D. Baddeley, M. D. Kopelman, & B. A. Wilson (Eds.), Handbook of memory disorders (2nd ed., p–248). Chichester, England: Wiley.

Kapur, N., Glisky, E. L., & Wilson, B. A. (2004). External memory aids and computers in memory rehabilitation. In A. D. Baddeley, M. D. Kopelman, & B. A. Wilson (Eds.), Essential handbook of memory disorders for clinicians (p–328). New York: Wiley.

Kapur, S. (2003). Psychosis as a state of aberrant salience: A framework linking biology, phenomenology, and pharmacology in schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 13–23.

Kapur, S. & Seeman, P. (2002) NMDA receptor antagonists ketamine and PCP have direct effectson the deopamine D(2) and serotonin 5-HT(2) receptors: Implications for models of schizophrenia. Molecular Psychiatry, 7, 837–844.

Kar, N. (2005). Chronic koro-like symptoms—two case reports. BioMed Central Psychiatry, 5, 34. Retrieved February 19, 2007, from www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/articlerender.fcgi?artid=1266381

Karkowski, L. M., & Kendler, K. S. (1997). An examination of the genetic relationship between bipolar and unipolar illness in an epidemiological sample. Psychiatric Genetics, 7, 159–163.

Karlin, B. E., Duffy, M., & Gleaves, D. H. (2008). Patterns and predictors of mental health service use and mental illness among older and younger adults in the United States. Psychological Services, 5, 275–294.

Karlsson, R. (2005). Ethnic matching between therapist and patient in psychotherapy: An overview of findings, together with methodological and conceptual issues. Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 11, 113–129.

Kasckow, J. W., Baker, D., & Geracioti, T. D., Jr. (2001). Corticotropin-releasing hormone in depression and post-traumatic stress disorder. Peptides, 22, 845–851.

Kasper, S., & Resinger, E. (2001). Panic disorder: The place of benzodiazepines and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 11, 307–321.

Katerndahl, D., Burge, S., & Kellogg, N. (2005). Predictors of development of adult psychopathology in female victims of childhood sexual abuse. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 193, 258–264.

Katz, P. S. (2012). Antidepressants no easy fix in primary care. ACP Internist, January. Accessed on January 29, 2013 from http://www.acpinternist.org/archives/2012/01/antidepressants.htm

Kaufer, D. I. (2002). Pharmacologic therapy of dementia with Lewy bodies. Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology, 15, 224–232.

Kaufman, A. S., Kaufman, J. C., & McLean, J. E. (1995). Factor structure of the Kaufman Adolescent and Adult Intelligence Test (KAIT) for Whites, African Americans, and Hispanics. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 55, 365–376.

Kavanagh, D. J. (1992). Recent developments in expressed emotion and schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 601–620.

Kavirajan, H. (2009). Memantine: A comprehensive review of safety and efficacy. Expert Opinion in Drug Safety, 8, 89–109.

Kaye, W. H., Bailer, U. F., Frank, G. K., Wagner, A., & Henry, S. E. (2005). Brain imaging of serotonin after recovery from anorexia and bulimia nervosa. Physiology & Behavior, 86, 15–17.

Kaye, W. H., Barbarich, N. C., Putnam, K., Gendall, K. A., Fernstrom, J., et al. (2003). Anxiolytic effects of acute tryptophan depletion in anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 257–267.

Kaye, W. H., Bulik, C. M., Thornton, L., Barbarich, N., Masters, K., & Price Foundation Collaborative Group. (2004). Comorbidity of anxiety disorders with anorexia and bulimia nervosa. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 2215–2221.

Kaye, W. H., Frank, G. K., Bailer, U. F., & Henry, S. E. (2005). Neurobiology of anorexia nervosa: Clinical implications of alterations of the function of serotonin and other neuronal systems. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37, S15–S19.

Kaye, W. H., Gendall, K. A., Fernstrom, M. H., Fernstrom, J. D., McConaha, C. W., & Weltzin, T. E. (2000). Effects of acute tryptophan depletion on mood in bulimia nervosa. Biological Psychiatry, 47, 151–157.

Kazdin, A. E. (1994). Methodology, design, and evaluation in psychotherapy research. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., p–71). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Kazdin, A. E. (1995). Conduct disorders in childhood and adolescence (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Kazdin, A. E., & Weisz, J. R. (1998). Identifying and developing empirically supported child and adolescent treatments. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 19–36.

KCI. (2007, June–July). KCI: The Anti-Meth Site. Methamphetamine: Stories and letters of the hidden costs. Retrieved October 10, 2007, from www.kci.org/meth_info/letters/2007/June-July_2007.htm

Keane, T. M., & Barlow, D. H. (2002). Posttraumatic stress disorder. In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Anxiety and its disorders: The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic (2nd ed., p–452). New York: Guilford Press.

Keane, T. M., Scott, W. O., Chavoya, G. A., Lamparski, D. M., & Fairbank, J. A. (1985). Social support in Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder: A comparative analysis. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 53, 95–102.

Keane, T. M., Zimering, R. T., & Caddell, J. M. (1985). A behavioral formulation of posttraumatic stress disorder in Vietnam veterans. The Behavior Therapist, 8, 9–12.

Keck, P. E., Jr., & McElroy, S. L. (2003). Redefining mood stabilization. Journal of Affective Disorders, 73, 163–169.

Keck, P. E., Orsulak, P. J., Cutler, A. J., Sanchez, R., Torbeyns, A., et al. (CN138–135 Study Group). (2009). Aripiprazole monotherapy in the treatment of acute bipolar I mania: A randomized, double-blind, placebo- and lithium-controlled study. Journal of Affective Disorders, 112, 36–49.

Keck, P. E., Pope, H. G., Hudson, J. I., McElroy, S. L., Yurgelun-Todd, D., & Hundert, E. M. (1990). A controlled study of phenomenology and family history in outpatients with bulimia nervosa. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 31, 275–283.

Keefe, R. S., Bilder, R. M., Davis, S. M., Harvey, P. D., Palmer, B. W., et al. (2007). Neurocognitive effects of antipsychotic medications in patients with chronic schizophrenia in the CATIE trial. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 633–647.

Keefe, R. S. E., Arnold, M. C., Bayen, U. J., & Harvey, P. D. (1999). Source monitoring deficits in patients with schizophrenia: A multinomial modelling analysis. Psychological Medicine, 29, 903–914.

Keefe, R. S. E., Bollini, A. M., & Silva, S. G. (1999). Do novel antipsychotics improve cognition? A report of a meta-analysis. Psychiatric Annals, 29, 623–629.

Keefe, R. S. E., Eesley, C. E., & Poe, M. P. (2005). Defining a cognitive function decrement in schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 688–691.

Keefe, R. S. E., Silva, S. G., Perkins, D. O., & Lieberman, J. A. (1999). The effects of atypical antipsychotic drugs on neurocognitive impairment in schizophrenia: A review and meta-analysis. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 25, 201–222.

Keefe, R. S. E., Sweeney, J. A., Gu, H., Hamer, R. M., Perkins, D. O., et al. (2007). Effects of olanzapine, quetiapine, and risperidone on neurocognitive function in early psychosis: A randomized, double-blind 52-week comparison. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1061–1071.

Keefe, R. S. E., Young, C. A., Rock, S. L., Purdon, S. E., Gold, J. M., et alp. (2006). One-year double-blind study of the neurocognitive efficacy of olanzapine, risperidone, and haloperidol in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 81, 1–15.

Keel, P. K., Brown, T. A., Holm-Denoma, J., & Bodell, L. P. (2011). Comparison of DSM-IV versus proposed DSM-5 diagnostic criteria for eating disorders: Reduction of eating disorder not otherwise specified and validity. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 44(6), 553–560.

Keel, P. K., Dorer, D. J., Eddy, K. T., Franko, D., Charatan, D. L., & Herzog, D. B. (2003). Predictors of mortality in eating disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 179–183.

Keel, P. K., Dorer, D. J., Franko, D. L., Jackson, S. C., & Herzog, D. B. (2005). Postremission predictors of relapse in women with eating disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 2263–2268.

Keel, P. K., & Haedt, A. (2008). Evidence-based psychosocial treatments for eating problems and eating disorders. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 37, 39–61.

Keel, P. K., Heatherton, T. F., Dorer, D. J., Joiner, T. E., & Zalta, A. K. (2006). Point prevalence of bulimia nervosa in 1982, 1992, and 2002. Psychological Medicine, 36, 119–127.

Keel, P. K., & Klump, K. L. (2003). Are eating disorders culture-bound syndromes? Implications for conceptualizing their etiology. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 747–769.

Keel, P. K., & Mitchell, J. E. (1997). Outcome in bulimia nervosa. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 313–321.

Keel, P. K., Mitchell, J. E., Miller, K. B., Davis, T. L., & Crow, S. J. (1999). Long-term outcome of bulimia nervosa. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 63–69.

Keery, H., Boutelle, K., van den Berg, P., & Thompson, J. K. (2005). The impact of appearance-related teasing by family members. Journal of Adolescent Health, 37, 120–127.

Keith, J. A., & Midlarsky, E. (2004). Anorexia nervosa in postmenopausal women: Clinical and empirical perspectives. Journal of Mental Health and Aging, 10, 287–299.

Keith, S., Regier, D., & Rae, D. (1991). Schizophrenic disorderes. In L. N. Robins & D. S. Rae (Eds.), Psychiatric disorders in America: The Epidemiological Catchment Area Study. New York: Free Press.

Keller, M. B., & Hanks, D. L. (1994). The natural history and heterogeneity of depressive disorders: Implications for rational antidepressant therapy. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 55, 25–31.

Keller, W. R., Kum, L. M., Wehring, H. J., Koola, M. M., Buchanan, R. W., & Kelly, D. L. (2013). A review of anti-inflammatory agents for symptoms of schizophrenia. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 27(4), 337–342.

Kelley, M.L., & Fals-Stewart, W. (2002). Couple-versus individual-based therapy for alcohol and drug abuse: Effects on children’s psychosocial functioning. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70, 417–427.

Kelsey, J. E., Newport, J., & Nemeroff, C. B. (2006). Principles of psychopharmacology for mental health professionals. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Keltikangas-Järvinen, L., Puttonen, S., Kivimäki, M., Rontu, R., & Lehtimäki, T. (2006). Cloninger’s temperament dimensions and epidermal growth factor A61G polymorphism in Finnish adults. Genes, Brain & Behavior, 5, 11–18.

Kemp, S. (2000). Psychology: The Middle Ages. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 6, p–385). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Kenardy, J., & Taylor, C. B. (1999). Expected versus unexpected panic attacks: A naturalistic prospective study. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 13, 435–445.

Kenardy, J., Fried, L., Kraemer, H. C., & Taylor, C. B. (1992). Psychological precursors of panic attacks. British Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 668–673.

Kendall, P. C., Holmbeck, G. N., & Verduin, T. (2004). Methodology, design, and evaluation in psychotherapy research. In M. J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin & Garfield’s handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (5th ed., p–43). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Kendell, R., & Jablensky, A. (2003). Distinguishing between the validity and utility of psychiatric diagnoses. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 4–12.

Kendler, K. S. (1983) Overview: A current perspective on twin studies of schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry 140, 1413–1425.

Kendler, K. S. (2008). Explanatory models for psychiatric illness. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 695–702.

Kendler, K. S., Aggen, S. H., Knudsen, G. P., Røysamb, E., Neale, M. C., & Reichborn-Kjennerud, T. (2011). The structure of genetic and environmental risk factors for syndromal and subsyndromal common DSM-IV Axis I and all Axis II disorders. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 168(1), 29–39.

Kendler, K. S., & Diehl, S. R. (1993). The genetics of schizophrenia: A current genetic-epidemiologic perspective. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 19, 87–112.

Kendler, K. S., Bulik, C. M., Silberg, J., Hettema, J. M., Myers, J., & Prescott, C. A. (2000). Childhood sexual abuse and adult psychiatric and substance use disorders in women: An epidemiological and cotwin control analysis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 953–959.

Kendler, K. S., Gardner, C. O., Gatz, M., & Pedersen, N. L. (2007). The sources of co-morbidity between major depression and generalized anxiety disorder in a Swedish national twin sample. Psychological Medicine, 37, 453–462.

Kendler, K. S., Jacobson, K. C., Myers, J., & Prescott, C. A. (2002). Sex differences in genetic and environmental risk factors for irrational fears and phobias. Psychological Medicine, 32, 209–217.

Kendler, K. S., Karkowski, L. M., & Prescott, C. A. (1999a). Causal relationship between stressful life events and the onset of major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 837–848.

Kendler, K. S., Karkowski, L. M., & Prescott, C. A. (1999b). Fears and phobias: Reliability and heritability. Psychological Medicine, 29, 539–553.

Kendler, K. S., Kuhn, J. W., Vittum, J., Prescott, C. A., & Riley, B. (2005). The interaction of stressful life events and a serotonin transporter polymorphism in the prediction of episodes of major depression: A replication. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 529–535.

Kendler, K. S., MacLean, C., Neale, M., Kessler, R. C., Heath, A. C. & Eaves, L. (1991). The genetic epidemiology of bulimia nervosa. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148, 1627–1637.

Kendler, K. S., Myers, J., & Prescott, C. A. (2002). The etiology of phobias: An evaluation of the stress-diathesis model. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 242–248.

Kendler, K. S., Myers, J., Prescott, C. A., & Neale, M. C. (2001). The genetic epidemiology of irrational fears and phobias in men. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 257–265.

Kendler, K. S., Neale, M. C., Kessler, R. C., Heath, A. C., & Eaves, L. J. (1992). The genetic epidemiology of phobias in women: The interrelationship of agoraphobia, social phobia, situational phobia, and simple phobia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 273–281.

Kendler, K. S., Neale, M. C., Kessler, R. C., Heath, A. C., & Eaves, L. J. (1993). Panic disorder in women: A population-based twin study. Psychological Medicine, 23, 397–406.

Kendler, K. S., Neale, M. C., & Walsh, D. (1995). Evaluating the spectrum concept of schizophrenia in the Roscommon Family Study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 749–754.

Kendler, K. S., Ohlsson, H., Sundquist, K., & Sundquist, J. (2013). Within-family environmental transmission of drug abuse: A Swedish national study. JAMA Psychiatry, 70, 235–242.

Kendler, K. S., Prescott, C. A., Neale, M. C., & Pedersen, N. L. (1997). Temperance board registration for alcohol abuse in a national sample of Swedish male twins, born 1902–1949. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, 178–184.

Kendler, K. S., Sundquist, K., Ohlsson, H., Palmér, K., Maes, H., et al. (2013). Genetic and familial environmental influences on the risk for drug abuse. JAMA Psychiatry, 70, 690–697.

Kendler, K. S., Walters, E. E., Truett, K. R., Heath, A. C., Neale, M. C., et al. (1995). A twin-family study of self-report symptoms of panic-phobia and somatization. Behavior Genetics 25, 499–515.

Kennedy, N., Boydell, J., Kalidindi, S., Fearon, P., Jones, P. B., et al. (2005). Gender differences in incidence and age at onset of mania and bipolar disorder over a 35-year period in Camberwell, England. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 257–262.

Kennedy, S. H., Javanmard, M., & Vaccarino, F. J. (1997). A review of functional neuroimaging in mood disorders: Positron emission tomography and depression. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 42, 467–475.

Kenny, P. J., & Markou, A. (2004). The ups and downs of addiction: Role of metabotropic glutamate receptors. Trends in Pharmacological Science, 25, 265–272.

Kernberg, O. (1967). Borderline Personality Organization. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 15, 641–685.

Kernberg, O. F. (1986). Severe personality disorders: Psychotherapeutic strategies. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Kerns, K. A., McInerney, R. J., & Wilde, N. J. (2001). Time reproduction, working memory, and behavioral inhibition in children with ADHD. Child Neuropsychology, 7, 21–31.

Keshavan, M. S., Anderson, S. A., & Pettegrew, J. W. (1994). Is schizophrenia due to excessive synaptic pruning in the prefrontal cortex? The Feinberg hypothesis revisited. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 28, 239–265.

Keski-Rahkonen, A., Hoek, H. W., Susser, E. S., Linna, M. S., Sihvola, E., et al. (2007). Epidemiology and course in anorexia nervosa in the community. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1259–1265.

Kessels, R. P. C., & de Haan, E. H. F. (2003). Implicit learning in memory rehabilitation: A meta-analysis on errorless learning and vanishing cues methods. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 25, 805–814.

Kessing, L. V., Agerbo, E., & Mortensen, P. B. (2004). Major stressful life events and other risk factors for first admission with mania. Bipolar Disorders, 6, 122–129.

Kessler, H. R. (2006). The bedside neuropsychological examination. In P. J. Snyder, P. D. Nussbaum, & D. L. Robins (Eds.), Clinical neuropsychology: A pocket handbook for assessment (2nd ed., p–101). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Kessler, R. C. (2003). Epidemiology of women and depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 74, 5–13.

Kessler, R. C., Adler, L., Barkley, R., Biederman, J., Conners, C. K., et al. (2006). The prevalence and correlates of adult ADHD in the United States: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey replication. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 716–723.

Kessler, R. C., Akiskal, H. S., Ames, M., Birnbaum, H., Greenberg, P., et al. (2006). Prevalence and effects of mood disorders on work performance in a nationally representative sample of U.S. workers. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1561–1568.

Kessler, R. C., Berglund, P., Demler, O., Jin, R., Koretz, D., et al. (2003). The epidemiology of major depressive disorder: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R). JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 289, 3095–3105.

Kessler, R. C., Berglund, P., Demler, O., Jin, R., & Walters, E. E. (2005). Lifetime prevalence and age-of-onset distributions of DSM-IV disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 593–602.

Kessler, R. C., Berglund, P. A., Chiu, W. T., Deitz, A. C., Hudson, J. I., et al. (2013). The prevalence and correlates of binge eating disorder in the world health organization world mental health surveys. Biological Psychiatry, 73, 904–914.

Kessler, R. C., Borges, G., & Walters, E. E. (1999). Prevalence of and risk factors for lifetime suicide attempts in the National Comorbidity Survey. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 617–626.

Kessler, R. C., Brandenburg, N., Lane, M., Roy-Byrne, P., Stang, P. D., et al. (2005). Rethinking the duration requirement for generalized anxiety disorder: Evidence from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Psychological Medicine, 35, 1073–1082.

Kessler, R. C., Chiu, W. T., Demler, O., & Walters, E. E. (2005). Prevalence, severity, and comorbidity of 12-Month DSM-IV disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 617–627.

Kessler, R. C., Foster, C. L., Saunders, W. B., & Stang, P. E. (1995). Social consequences of psychiatric disorders I: Educational attainment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 1026–1032.

Kessler, R. C., & Frank, R. G. (1997). The impact of psychiatric disorders on work loss days. Psychological Medicine, 27, 861–873.

Kessler, R. C., McGonagle, K. A., Zhao, S., Nelson, C. B., Hughes, M., et al. (1994). Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric disorders in the United States. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 8–19.

Kessler, R. C., Mickelson, K. D., & Williams, D. R. (1999). The prevalence, distribution, and mental health correlates of perceived discrimination in the United States. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 40, 208–230.

Kessler, R. C., Sonnega, A., Bromet, E., Hughes, M., & Nelson, C. B. (1995). Posttraumatic stress disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey. Archives of General Psychiatry, 52, 1048–1060.

Keuneman, R., Weerasundera, R., & Castle, D. (2002). The role of ECT in schizophrenia. Australasian Psychiatry, 10, 385–388.

Keyes, C. L. M. (2007). Promoting and protecting mental health as flourishing: A complementary strategy for improving national mental health. American Psychologist, 62, 95–108.

Keyes, K. M., Schulenberg, J. E., O’Malley, P. M., Johnston, L. D., Bachman, J. G., et al. (2012). Birth cohort effect on adolescent alcohol use: The influence of social norms from 1976 to 2007. Archives of General Psychiatry, 69, 1257–1266.

Keys, A., Brozek, J., Henschel, A., Mickelsen, O., & Taylor, H. L. (1950). The biology of human starvation (Vols. 1–2). Oxford, England: University of Minnesota Press.

Khalifa, N., & von Knorring, A. (2003). Prevalence of tic disorders and Tourette syndrome in a Swedish school population. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 45, 315–319.

Khan A., Leventhal, R. M., Khan, S. R., & Brown, W. A. (2002). Severity of depression and response to antidepressants and placebo: An analysis of the Food and Drug Administration database. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 22, 40–45.

Khan, A., Warner, H. A., & Brown, W. A. (2000). Symptom reduction and suicide risk in patients treated with placebo in antidepressant clinical trials: An analysis of the Food and Drug Administration database. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 311–317.

Khashan, A. S., Abel, K. M., McNamee, R., Pedersen, M. G., Webb, R. T., et al. (2008). Higher risk of offspring schizophrenia following antenatal maternal exposure to severe adverse life events. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65, 146–152.

Kho, K. H., VanVreeswijk, M. F., & Murre, J. M. J. (2006). A retrospective controlled study into memory complaints reported by depressed patients after treatment with electroconvulsive therapy and pharmacotherapy or pharmacotherapy only. Journal of ECT, 22, 199–205.

Kiefer, F., Jahn, H., Tarnaske, T., Helwig, H., Briken, P., et al. (2003). Comparing and combining naltrexone and acamprosate in relapse prevention of alcoholism: A double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 92–99.

Kiehl, K. A., Smith, A. M., Hare, R. D., Mendrek, A., Forster, B. B., et al. (2001). Limbic abnormalities in affective processing by criminal psychopaths as revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging. Biological Psychiatry, 50, 677–684.

Kieseppä, T., Partonen, T., Haukka, J., Kaprio, J., & Lönnqvis, J. (2004). High concordance of bipolar I disorder in a nationwide sample of twins. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 1814–1821.

Kihlstrom, J. F. (2001). Dissociative disorders. In P. B. Sutker & H. E. Adams (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychopathology (3rd ed., p–276). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum.

Kihlstrom, J. F. (2002a). Demand characteristics in the laboratory and the clinic: Conversations and collaborations with subjects and patients. Prevention and Treatment, 5, Article 36c.

Kihlstrom, J. F. (2002b). To honor Kraepelin: From symptoms to pathology in the diagnosis of mental illness. In L. E. Beutler & M. L. Malik (eds.), Rethinking the DSM: A psychological perspective (p–303). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Kihlstrom, J. R. (2005). Dissociative disorders. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 227–253.

Kiliç, B. G., Sener, S., Koçkar, A. I., & Karakas, S. (2007). Multicomponent attention deficits in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 61, 142–148.

Killaspy, H., Bebbington, P., Blizard, R., Johnson, S., Nolan, F., et al. (2006). The REACT study: Randomised evaluation of assertive community treatment in north London. BMJ: British Medical Journal, 332, 815–820.

Killen, J. D., Fortmann, S. P., Murphy Jr., G. M., Hayward, C., Arredondo, C., et al. (2006). Extended treatment with Bupropion SR for cigarette smoking cessation. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74, 286–294.

Kilpatrick, D. G., Acierno, R., Saunders, B., Resnick, H. S., Best, C. L., et al. (2000). Risk factors for adolescent substance abuse and dependence: Data from a national sample. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 68, 19–30.

Kilpatrick, D. G., Koenen, K. C., Ruggiero, K. J., Acierno, R., Galea, S., et al. (2007). The serotonin transporter genotype and social support and moderation of posttraumatic stress disorder and depression in hurricane-exposed adults. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1693–1699.

Kim, J.-H., & Lennon, S. J. (2007). Mass media and self-esteem, body image, and eating disorder tendencies. Clothing and Textiles Research Journal, 25, 3–23.

Kim, J-J., Lee, M. C., Kim, J., Kim, I. Y., Kim, S. I., et al. (2001). Grey matter abnormalities in obsessive-compulsive disorder: Statistical parametric mapping of segmented magnetic resonance images. British Journal of Psychiatry, 179, 330–334.

Kim, M., Kwon, J. S., Kang, S., Youn, T., & Kang, K. (2004). Impairment of recognition memory in schizophrenia: Event-related potential study using a continuous recognition task. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 58, 465–472.

Kimball, M. M. (2000). From “Anna O.” to Bertha Pappenheim: Transforming private pain into public action. History of Psychology, 3, 20–43.

Kimble, G. A. (1981). Biological and cognitive constraints of learning. In L. T. Benjamin, Jr. (Ed.), The G. Stanley Hall lecture series (Vol. 1). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

King, B. H. (1990). Hypothesis: Involvement of the serotonergic system in the clinical expression of monosymptomatic hypochondriasis. Pharmacopsychiatry, 23, 85–89.

King, L. A., King, D. W., Fairbank, J. A., Keane, T. M., & Adams, G. A. (1998). Resilience-recovery factors in post-traumatic stress disorder among female and male Vietnam veterans: Hardiness, postwar social support, and additional stressful life events. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 420–434.

King, D. W., King, L. A., Foy, D. W., Keane, T. M., & Fairbank, J. A. (1999). Posttraumatic stress disorder in a national sample of female and male Vietnam veterans: Risk factors, war-zone stressors, and resilience-recovery variables. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 164–170.

King, S. A., Engi, S., & Poulos, S. T. (1998). Using the Internet to assist therapy. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 26, 43–52.

Kirk, J. M., Doty, P., & de Wit, H. (1998). Effects of expectancies on subjective responses to oral d tetrahydrocannabinol. Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior, 59, 287–293.

Kirk, S. A., & Hsieh, D. K. (2004). Diagnostic consistency in assessing conduct disorder: An experiment on the effect of social context. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 74, 43–55.

Kirkpatrick, B., Buchanan, R. W., McKenney, P. D., Alphs, L. D., & Carpenter, W. T., Jr. (1989). The Schedule for the Deficit Syndrome: An instrument for research in schizophrenia. Psychiatry Research, 30, 119–123.

Kirmayer, L. J., & Looper, K. J. (2006). Abnormal illness behaviour: Physiological, psychological and social dimensions of coping with distress. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 19, 54–60.

Kirsch, I. (2010). The emperor’s new drugs: Exploding the antidepressant myth. New York: 2010.

Kirsch, I., & Lynn, S. J. (1998). Dissociation theories of hypnosis. Psychological Bulletin, 123, 100–111.

Kirsch, I., & Lynn, S. J. (1999). Automaticity in clinical psychology. American Psychologist, 54, 504–515.

Kirsch, I., & Sapirstein, G. (1998). Listening to Prozac but hearing placebo: A meta-analysis of antidepressant medication. Prevention & Treatment, 1, Article 0002a.

Kirsch, I., & Sapirstein, G. (1999). Listening to Prozac but hearing placebo: A meta-analysis of antidepressant medications. In I. Kirsch (Ed.), How expectancies shape experience (p–320). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Kirsch, I., Moore, T. J., Scoboria, A., & Nicholls, S. S. (2002). The emperor’s new drugs: An analysis of antidepressant medication data submitted to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Prevention & Treatment, 5, Article 23. Available on the World Wide Web: www.journals.apa.org/prevention/volume5/pre0050023a.html

Kirsch, I., Scoboria, A., & Moore, T. J. (2002). Antidepressants and placebos: Secrets, revelations, and unanswered questions. Prevention & Treatment, 5, n.p.

Kirsch, L. G., & Becker, J. V. (2006). Sexual offending: Theory of problem, theory of change, and implications for treatment effectiveness. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 11, 208–224.

Kirschenbaum, H., & Jourdan, A. (2005). The current status of Carl Rogers and the person-centered approach. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 42, 37–51.

Kitzmann, K. M. (2000). Effects of marital conflict on subsequent triadic family interactions and parenting. Developmental Psychology, 36, 3–13.

Kjernisted, K. D., Enns, M. W., & Lander, M. (2002). An open-label clinical trial of nefazodone in hypochondriasis. Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry, 43, 290–294.

Klassen, A. F., Miller, A., & Fine, S. (2006). Agreement between parent and child report of quality of life in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Child: Care, Health and Development, 32, 397–406.

Klein, C. A. (2011). Cloudy confidentiality: Clinical and legal implications of cloud computing in health care. Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law, 39(4), 571–578.

Klein, D. A., & Walsh, B. T. (2005). Translational approafches to understanding anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37, S10–S14.

Klein, D. F. (1993). False suffocation alarms, spontaneous panics, and related conditions: An integrative hypothesis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 306–317.

Klein, D. N. (2008). Classification of depressive disorders in the DSM-V: Proposal for a two-dimension system. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 117, 552–560.

Klein, D. N., Santiago, N. J., Vivian, D., Blalock, J. A., Kocsis, J. H., et al. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral analysis system of psychotherapy as a maintenance treatment for chronic depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 72, 681–688.

Klein, D. N., Shankman, S. A., & Rose, S. (2006). Ten-year prospective follow-up study of the naturalistic course of dysthymic disorder and double depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 872–880.

Klein, E., Kreinin, I., Chistyakov, A., Koren, D., Mecz, L., et al. (1999). Therapeutic efficacy of right prefrontal slow repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in major depression: A double-blind controlled study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 315–320.

Klein, M. (1932). The Psycho-analysis of children. London: Hogarth.

Kleinfield, N. R., & Roane, K. R. (1999, January 11). Subway killing casts light on suspect’s mental torment. The New York Times, p. A1.

Kleinknecht, R. A. (2002). Comments on: Non-associative fear acquisition: A review of the evidence from retrospective and longitudinal research. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 40, 159–163.

Kleinman, A. (1988). Rethinking psychiatry: From cultural category to personal experience. New York: Free Press.

Kleinplatz, P. J. (2001). A critical evaluation of sex therapy: Room for improvement. In P. J. Kleinplatz (Ed.), New directions in sex therapy: Innovations and alternatives (pp. xi–xxxiii). Philadelphia: Taylor and Rutledge.

Klerman, G. L., & Weissman, M. M. (Eds.). (1993). New applications of interpersonal psychotherapy. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Klerman, G. L., Weismann, M. M., Rounsaville, B. J., & Chevron, E. S. (1984). Interpersonal psychotherapy for depression. New York: Basic Books.

Klin, A., Pauls, D., Schultz, R., & Volkmar, F. (2005). Three diagnostic approaches to Asperger syndrome: Implications for research. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 35, 221–234.

Klinger, L. G., Dawson, G., & Renner, P. (2003). Autistic disorder. In E. J. Mash & R. A. Barkley (Eds.), Child psychopathology (2nd ed., p–454). New York: Guilford Press.

Klonsky, E. D. (2008). What is emptiness? Clarifying the 7th criterion for borderline personality disorder. Journal of Personality Disorders, 22, 418–426.

Klosko, J. S., Barlow, D. H., Tassinari, R., & Cerny, J. A. (1990). A comparison of alprazolam and behavior therapy in treatment of panic disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 58, 77–84.

Kluft, R. P. (1999). An overview of the psychotherapy of dissociative identity disorder. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 53, 289–319.

Klump, K. L., Wonderlich, S., Lehoux, P., Lilenfeld, L. R. R., & Bulik, C. M. (2002). Does environment matter? A review of nonshared environment and eating disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 31, 118–135.

Knapp, C. (1997). Drinking: A love story. New York: Dial Press.

Knapp, C. (2003). Appetites: Why women want. New York: Counterpoint.

Knopman, D. S., Boeve, B. F., & Petersen, R. C. (2003). Essentials of the proper diagnoses of mild cognitive impairment, dementia, and major subtypes of dementia. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 78, 1290–1308.

Knox, K. L., Litts, D. A., Talcott, G. W., Feig, J. C., & Caine, E. D. (2003). Risk of suicide and related adverse outcomes after exposure to a suicide prevention programme in the US Air Force: Cohort study. British Medical Journal, 327, 1376–1380.

Koenigsberg, H. W., Reynolds, D., Goodman, M., New, A. S., Mitropoulou, V., et al. (2003). Risperidone in the treatment of schizotypal personality disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64, 628–634.

Koenigsberg, H. W., Woo-Ming, A. M., & Siever, L. J. (2007). Psychopharmacological treatment of personality disorders. In P. E. Nathan & J. M. Gorman (Eds.), A guide to treatments that work (3rd ed., p–680). New York: Oxford University Press.

Kohen, R., Neumaier, J. F., Hamblin, M. W., & Edwards, E. (2003). Congenitally learned helpless rats show abnormalities in intracellular signaling. Biological Psychiatry, 53, 520–529.

Kohn, R. (2002). Belonging to two worlds: The experience of migration. Commentary. South African Psychiatry Review, 5, 6–8.

Kohut, H. (1971). Analysis of the self: Systematic approach to treatment of narcissistic personality disorders. New York: International Universities Press.

Kohut, H. (1977). The restoration of the self. New York: International Universities Press.

Kojima, S., Nagai, N., Nakabeppu, Y., Muranaga, T., Deguchi, D., et al. (2005). Comparison of regional cerebral blood flow in patients with anorexia nervosa before and after weight gain. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging, 140, 251–258.

Köksal, F., Domjan, M., Kurt, A., Sertel, Ö., Örüng, S., et al. (2004). An animal model of fetishism. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 42, 1421–1434.

Kolodny, R., Masters, W., & Johnson, V. (1979). A textbook of sexual medicine. Boston: Little Brown and Company.

Kolur, U. S., Reddy, Y. C. J., John, J. P., Kandavel, T., & Jain, S. (2006). Sustained attention and executive functions in euthymic young people with bipolar disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 189, 453–458.

Kong, L. L., Allen, J. J. B., & Glisky, E. L. (2008). Interidentity memory transfer in dissociative identity disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 117, 686–692.

Konick, L. C., & Friedman, L. (2001). Meta-analysis of thalamic size in schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry, 49, 28–38.

Konigsberg, E., & Farmer, A. (2008, February 20). Father tells of slaying suspect’s long ordeal. The New York Times. Retrieved July 21, 2008, from www.nytimes.com/2008/02/20/nyregion/20commit.html?8br

Konstantareas, M. M. (2006). Social skills training in high functioning autism and Asperger’s disorder. Hellenic Journal of Psychology, 3, 39–56.

Koob, G. F., & Bloom, F. E. (1988). Cellular and molecular mechanisms of drug dependence. Science, 242, 715–723.

Koob, G. F., & Le Moal, M. (2008). Addiction and the brain antireward system. Annual Review of Psychology, 59, 29–53.

Koob, G. F., Sanna, P. P., & Bloom, F. E. (1998). Neuroscience of addiction. Neuron, 21, 467–476.

Kopelman, M. D. (1999). Clinical and neuropsychological studies of patients with amnesic disorders. In M. A. Ron & A. S. David (Eds.), Disorders of mind and brain (Vol. 1, p–176). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Kopelman, M. D. (2002). Psychogenic fugue. In A. D. Baddeley, M. D. Kopelman, & B. A. Wilson (Eds.), The handbook of memory disorders (2nd ed., p–471). Chichester, England: Wiley.

Koplewicz, H. S., Shatkin, J. P., Kadison, R., Nielsen, J., Girard, K., & Sood, A. A. (2007). College mental health. Symposium 24 at the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 54th Annual Meeting, October 23–28, 2007.

Koponen, S., Taiminen, T., Portin, R., Himanen, L., Isoniemi, H., et al. (2002). Axis I and II psychiatric disorders after traumatic brain injury: A 30-year follow-up study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 1315–1321.

Kosslyn, S. M., & Koenig, O. (1995). Wet mind: The new cognitive neuroscience. New York: Free Press.

Kosslyn, S. M., Thompson, W. L., & Ganis, G. (2006). The case for mental imagery. New York: Oxford University Press.

Kosslyn, S. M., Thompson, W. L., Costantini-Ferrando, M. F., Alpert, N. M., & Spiegel, D. (2000). Hypnotic visual illusion alters color processing in the brain. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1279–1284.

Kouri, E. M., & Pope, H. G. (2000). Abstinence symptoms during withdrawal from chronic marijuana use. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 8, 483–492.

Kovnick, J. A., Appelbaum, P. S., Hoge, S. K., & Leadbetter, R. A. (2003). Competence to consent to research among long-stay inpatients with chronic schizophrenia. Psychiatric Services, 54, 1247–1252.

Koyama, T., Tachimori, H., Osada, H., Takeda, T., & Kurita, H. (2007). Cognitive and symptom profiles in Asperger’s syndrome and high-functioning autism. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 61, 99–104.

Kozlowska, K. (2005). Healing the disembodied mind: Contemporary models of conversion disorder. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 13, 1–13.

Kraaij, V., & Garnefski, N. (2002). Negative life events and depressive symptoms in late life: Buffering effects of parental and partner bonding? Personal Relationships, 9, 205–214.

Krabbendam, L., & Aleman, A. (2003). Cognitive rehabilitation in schizophrenia: A quantitative analysis of controlled studies. Psychopharmacology, 169, 376–382.

Kram, M. L., Kramer, G. L., Steciuk, M., Ronan, P. J., & Petty, F. (2000). Effects of learned helplessness on brain GABA receptors. Neuroscience Research, 38, 193–198.

Kransny, L., Williams, B. J., Provencal, S., & Ozonoff, S. (2003). Social skills interventions for the autism spectrum: Essential ingredients and a model curriculum. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 12, 107–122.

Kratochvil, C. J., Greenhill, L. L., March, J. S., Burke, W. J., & Vaughan, B. S. (2004). Current opinion: The role of stimulants in the treatment of preschool children with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. CNS Drugs, 18, 957–966.

Kratochvil, C. J., Heiligenstein, J. H., Dittmann, R., Spencer, T. J., Biederman, J., et al. (2002). Atomoxetine and methylphenidate treatment in children with ADHD: A prospective, randomized, open-label trial. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 41, 776–784.

Kraus, G., & Reynolds, D. J. (2001). The “A-B-C’s” of the Cluster B’s: Identifying, understanding, and treating Cluster B personality disorders. Clinical Psychology Review, 21, 345–373.

Kravitz, H. M., Fawcett, J., McGuire, M., Kravitz, G. S., & Whitney, M. (1999). Treatment attrition among alcohol-dependent men: Is it related to novelty seeking personality traits? Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 19, 51–56.

Kremen, W. S., Koenen, K. C., Boake, C., Purcell, S., Eisen, S. A., et al. (2007). Pretrauma cognitive ability and risk for posttraumatic stress disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 361–368.

Krijn, M., Emmelkamp, P. M. G., Biemond, R., de Wilde de Ligny, C., Schuemie, M. J., & van der Mast, C. A. P. G. (2004). Treatment of acrophobia in virtual reality: The role of immersion and presence. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 42, 229–239.

Kring, A. M., & Neale, J. M. (1996). Do schizophrenic patients show a disjunctive relationship among expressive, experiential, and psychophysiological components of emotion? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105, 249–257.

Kringelbach, M. L., Araujo, I., & Rolls, E. T. (2001). Face expression as a reinforcer activates the orbitofrontal cortex in an emotion-related reversal task. Neuroimage, 13(6), S433.

Kroenke, K. (2003). Patients presenting with somatic complaints: Epidemiology, psychiatric co-morbidity and management. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 12, 34–43.

Kruh, I. P., Frick, P. J., & Clements, C. B. (2005). Historical and personality correlates to the violence patterns of juveniles tried as adults. Criminal Justice and Behavior, 32, 69–96.

Kruijver, F. P., Zhou, J. N., Pool, C. W., Hofman, M. A., Gooren, L. J. G., & Swaab, D. F. (2000). Male-to-female transsexuals have female neuron numbers in a limbic nucleus. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 85, 2034–2041.

Kruijver, I. P. M., Kerkstra, A., Francke, A. L., Bensing, J. M., & van de Wiel, H. B. M. (2000). Evaluation of communication training programs in nursing care: A review of the literature. Patient Education and Counseling, 39, 129–145.

Krupinski, J., Tiller, J. W. G., Burrows, G. D., & Mackenzie, A. (1998). Predicting suicide risk among young suicide attempters. In R. J. Kosky, H. S. Eshkevari, R. D. Goldney, & R. Hassan (Eds.), Suicide prevention: The global context (p–97). New York: Plenum Press.

Krupnick, J. L., Sotsky, S. M., Simmens, S., Moyer, J., Elkin, I., et al. (1996). The role of the therapeutic alliance in psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy outcome: Findings in the National Institute of Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 532–539.

Krystal, J. H., Perry, E. B., Jr., Gueorguieva, R., Belger, A., Madonick, S. H., et al. (2005). Comparative and interactive human psychopharmacologic effects of ketamine and amphetamine: Implications for glutamatergic and dopaminergic model psychoses and cognitive function. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 985–995.

Ksir, C. (2000). Drugs. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 3, p–101). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Kuboki, T., Nomura, S., Ide, M., Suematsu, H., & Araki, S. (1996). Epidemiological data on anorexia nervosa in Japan. Psychiatry Research, 62, 11–16.

Kuhl, B. A., Kahn, I., Dudukovic, N. M., & Wagner, A. D. (2008). Overcoming suppression in order to remember: Contributions from anterior cingulated and ventrolateral prefrontal cortex. Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 8, 211–221.

Kulhara, P., & Chakrabarti, S. (2001). Culture and schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 24, 449–464.

Kulkarni, J., de Castella, A., Fitzgerald, P. B., Gurvich, C. T., Bailey, M., et al. (2008). Estrogen in severe mental illness: A potential new treatment approach. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65, 955–960.

Kumari, V., & Postma, P. (2005). Nicotine use in schizophrenia: The self-medication hypotheses. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 29, 1021–1034.

Kumpulainen, K., Räsänen, E., Henttonen, I., Almqvist, F., Kresanov, K., et al. (1998). Bullying and psychiatric symptoms among elementary school-age children. Child Abuse & Neglect, 22, 705–717.

Kundert, D. K., & Trimarchi, C. L. (2006). Pervasive developmental disorders. In L. Phelps (Ed.), Chronic health-related disorders in children: Collaborative medical and psychoeducational interventions (p–235). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Kunen, S., Niederhauser, R., Smith, P. O., Morris, J. A., & Marx, B. D. (2005). Race disparities in psychiatric rates in emergency departments. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 73, 116–126.

Kunert, H. J., Druecke, H. W., Sass, H., & Herpertz, S. C. (2003). Frontal lobe dysfunctions in borderline personality disorder? Neuropsychological findings. Journal of Personality Disorders, 17, 497–509.

Kuntsche, E., Simons-Morotn, B., Fotiou, A., ter Bogt, T., & Kokkevi, A. (2009). Decrease in adolescent cannabis use from 2002 to 2006 and links to evenings out with friends in 31 European and North American Countries and Regions. Archives of Pediatric Adolescent Medicine, 163, 119–125.

Kupfer, D. J. (2012). Dr. Kupfer defends DSM-5. Medscape, June 1. Retrieved May 21, 2013, from www.medscape.com/viewarticle/764735

Kupfer, D. J., First, M. B., & Regier, D. A. (Eds.). (2002). A research agenda for DSM-V. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Kurihara, T., Kato, M., Reverger, R., & Yagi, G. (2000). Outcome of schizophrenia in a non-industrialized society: Comparative study between Bali and Tokyo. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 101, 148–152.

Kurtz, M. M., & Mueser, K. T. (2008). A meta-analysis of controlled research on social skills training for schizophrenia. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 76, 491–504.

Kurtz, M. M., Seltzer, J. C., Shagan, D. S., Thime, W. R., & Wexler, B. E. (2007). Computer-assisted cognitive remediation in schizophrenia: What is the active ingredient? Schizophrenia Research, 89, 251–260.

Kushner, M. G., Riggs, D. S., Foa, E. B., & Miller, S. (1992). Perceived controllability and the development of PTSD in crime victims. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 31, 105–110.

Kutchins, H., & Kirk, S. A. (1997). Making us crazy: DSM: The psychiatric bible and the creation of mental disorders. New York: Free Press.

La Rue, A., & Watson, J. (1998). Psychological assessment of older adults. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 29, 5–14.

Laakso, M., Vaurio, O., Koivisto, E., Savolainen, L., Eronen, M., & Aronen, H. J. (2001). Psychopathy and the posterior hippocampus. Brain Behavior and Research, 118, 187–193.

Labott, S. M., & Wallach, H. R. (2002). Malingering dissociative identity disorder: Objective and projective assessment. Psychological Reports, 90, 525–538.

Laffaye, C., McKellar, J. D., Ilgen, M. A., & Moos, R. H. (2008). Predictors of 4-year outcome of community residential treatment for patients with substance use disorders. Addiction, 103, 671–680.

Lagges, A. M., & Dunn, D. W. (2003). Depression in children and adolescents. Neurologic Clinics, 21, 953–960.

Lahey, B. B., Loeber, R., Burke, J. D., & Applegate, B. (2005). Predicting future antisocial personality disorder in males from a clinical assessment in childhood. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 73, 389–399.

Lahey, B. B., McBurnett, K., & Loeber, R. (2000). Are attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and oppositional defiant disorder developmental precursors to conduct disorder? In A. J. Sameroff, M. Lewis, & S. M. Miller (Eds.), Handbook of developmental psychopathology (2nd ed., p–446). Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Academic.

Lahey, B. B., Pelham, W. E., Loney, J., Lee, S. S., & Willcutt, E. (2005). Instability of the DSM-IV subtypes of ADHD from preschool through elementary school. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 896–902.

Lahti, M., Pesonen, A.-K., Räikkoönen, K., Heinonen, K., Wahlbeck, K., et al. (2012). Temporary separation from parents in early childhood and serious personality disorders in adult life. Journal of Personality Disorders, 26(5), 751–762.

Lake v. Cameron, 124 U.S. App. D. C. 264; 364 F.2d 657; 1966 U.S. App. LEXIS 6103 (1966).

Laks, J., & Engelhardt, E. (2008). Reports in pharmacological treatments in geriatric psychiatry: Is there anything new or just adding to old evidence? Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 21, 562–567.

Lam, A. G., & Sue, S. (2001). Client diversity. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 38, 479–486.

Lam, D. H., Bright, J., Jones, S., Hayward, P., Schuck, N., Chisholm, D., & Sham, P. (2000). Cognitive therapy for bipolar illness—a pilot study of relapse prevention. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 24, 503–520.

Lam, K., Marra, C., & Salzinger, K. (2005). Social reinforcement of somatic versus psychological description of depressive events. Behaviour, Research and Therapy, 1203–1218.

Lam, R. W., Bartley, S., Yatham, L. N., Tam, E. M., & Zis, A. P. (1999). Clinical predictors of short-term outcome in electroconvulsive therapy. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry/La Revue canadienne de psychiatrie, 44, 158–163.

Lamb, W. K., & Jones, E. E. (1998). A meta-analysis of racial matching in psychotherapy. Unpublished manuscript, University of California–Berkeley.

Lamb, K., Pies, R., & Zisook, S. (2010). The bereavement exclusion for the diagnosis of major depression: To be, or not to be. Psychiatry, 7(7), 19–25.

Lambert, K., & Kinsley, C. H. (2005). Clinical neuroscience. New York: Worth.

Lambert, M. J. (Ed.). (2004). Bergin & Garfield’s handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (5th ed.). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Lambert, M. J., & Bergin, A. E. (1994). The effectiveness of psychotherapy. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., p–189). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Lambert, M. J., & Ogles, B. M. (2004). The efficacy and effectiveness of psychotherapy. In M. J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin and Garfield’s handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (5th ed., p–193). New York: John Wiley &Sons.

Lambert, M. J., Hansen, N. B., & Finch, A. E. (2001). Patient-focused research: Using patient outcome data to enhance treatment effects. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 159–172.

Lambrou, C., Veale, D., & Wilson, G. (2012). Appearance concerns comparisons among persons with body dysmorphic disorder and nonclinical controls with and without aesthetic training. Body Image, 9, 86–92.

Lampropoulos, G. K. (2001). Bridging technical eclecticism and theoretical integration: Assimilative integration. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 11, 5–19.

Lanctôt, K. L., Herrmann, N., Yau, K. K., Kahn, L. R., Liu, B. A., et al. (2003). Efficacy and safety of cholinesterase inhibitors in Alzheimer’s disease: A meta-analysis. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 169, 557–564.

Landa, R. J., Holman, K. C., & Garrett-Mayer, E. (2007). Social and communication development in toddlers with early and later diagnosis of autism spectrum disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 853–864.

Landen, M., Walinder, J., Hambert, G., & Lundstrom B. (1998). Factors predictive of regret in sex reassignment. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 97, 284–289.

Lane, S. D., Cherek, D. R., Pietras, C. J., & Steinberg, J. L. (2005). Performance of heavy marijuana-smoking adolescents on a laboratory measure of motivation. Addictive Behaviors, 30, 815–828.

Lang, P. J. (1995). The emotion probe: Studies of motivation and attention. American Psychologist, 50, 372–385.

Lang, R. A., Langevin, R., Checkley, K. L., & Pugh, G. (1987). Genital exhibitionism: Courtship disorder or narcissism? Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science/Revue canadienne des sciences du comportement, 19, 216–232.

Langa, K. M., Foster, N. L., & Larson, E. B. (2004). Mixed dementia: Emerging concepts and therapeutic implications. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 292, 2901–2908.

Langdon, R., & Coltheart, M. (2001). Visual perspective-taking and schizotypy: Evidence for a simulation-based account of mentalizing in normal adults. Cognition, 82, 1–26.

Lange, A., van de Ven, J.-P., Schrieken, B., & Emmelkamp, P. M. G. (2001). Interapy. Treatment of posttraumatic stress through the Internet: A controlled trial. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 32, 73–90.

Langenbucher, J. W., Labouvie, E., Martin, C. S., Sanjuan, P. M., Bavly, L., et al. (2004). An application of item response theory analysis to alcohol, cannabis, and cocaine criteria in DSM-IV. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 72–80.

Langer, S. J., & Martin, J. I. (2004). How dresses can make you mentally ill: Examining gender identity disorder in children. Child & Adolescent Social Work Journal, 21, 5–23.

Langevin, R. (2006). Acceptance and completion of treatment among sex offenders. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, 50, 402–417.

Langevin, R., Paitich, D., Ramsay, G., Anderson, C., Kamrad, J., et al. (1979). Experimental studies of the etiology of genital exhibitionism. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 8, 307–331.

Langton, C. M., Barbaree, H. E., Harkins, L., & Peacock, E. J. (2006). Sex offenders’ response to treatment and its association with recidivism as a function of psychopathy. Sexual Abuse: Journal of Research and Treatment, 18, 99–120.

Lanphear, B. P., Vorhees, C. V., & Bellinger, D. C. (2005) Protecting children from environmental toxins. Public Library of Science Medicine, e61. Retrieved January 17, 2007, from http://medicine.plosjournals.org/perlserv/?request=get-document&doi=10.1371%2Fjournal.pmed.0020061

Large, M., Sharma, S., Compton, M. T., Slade, T., & Nielssen, O. (2011). Cannabis use and earlier onset of psychosis: A systematic meta-analysis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68, 555–561.

Larkin, J., Rice, C., & Russell, V. (1999). Sexual harassment, education and the prevention of disordered eating. In N. Piran, M. Levine, & C. Steiner-Adair (Eds.), Preventing eating disorders: Ahandbook of intervention and special challenges (p–207). Philadelphia: Brunner/Mazel.

Larson, C. L., Schaefer, H. S., Siegle, G. J., Jackson, C. A. B., Anderle, M. J., & Davidson, R. J. (2006). Fear is fast in phobic individuals: Amygdala activation in response to fear-relevant stimuli. Biological Psychiatry, 60, 410–417.

Larson, K., Russ, S. A., Kahn, R. S., & Halfon, N. (2011). Patterns of comorbidity, functioning, and service use for US children with ADHD, 2007. Pediatrics, 127, 462–470.

Laruelle, M., Abi-Dargham, A., Casanova, M. F., Toti, R., Weinberger, D. R., & Kleinman, J. E. (1993). Selective abnormalities of prefrontal serotonergic receptors in schizophrenia: A postmortem study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 810–818.

Larzelere, R. E., & Kuhn, B. R. (2005). Comparing child outcomes of physical punishment and alternative disciplinary tactics: A meta-analysis. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 8, 1–37.

LaSalle, V. H., Cromer, K. R., Nelson, K. N., Kazuba, D., Justement, L., & Murphy, D. L. (2004). Diagnostic interview assessed neuropsychiatric disorder comorbidity in 334 individuals with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Depression and Anxiety, 19, 163–173.

Lau, A., & Zane, N. (2000). Examining the effects of ethnic-specific services: An analysis of cost-utilization and treatment outcome for Asian American clients. Journal of Community Psychology, 28, 63–77.

Laucht, M., Skowronek, M. H., Becker, K., Schmidt, M. H., Esser, G., et al. (2007). Interacting effects of the dopamine transporter gene and psychosocial adversity on attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder symptoms among year-olds from a high-risk community sample. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 585–590.

Laumann, E., Gagnon, J. H., Michael, R. T., & Michaels, S. (1994). The social organization of sexuality: Sexual practices in the United States. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Laumann, E. O., Paik, A., & Rosen, R. C. (1999). Sexual dysfunction in the United States: Prevalence and predictors. Journal of the American Medical Association, 281, 537–544.

Lauriello, J., & Bustillo, J. (2001). Medication treatments for schizophrenia: Translating research findings into better outcomes. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 7, 260–265.

LaVeist, T. A., Nickerson, K. J., & Bowie, J. V. (2000). Attitudes about racism, medical mistrust and satisfaction with care among African American and White cardiac patients. Medical Care Research and Review, 57, 146–161.

Laws, D. R., & Marshall, W. L. (1991). Masturbatory reconditioning with sexual deviates: An evaluative review. Advances in Behaviour Research & Therapy, 13, 13–25.

Lawson, J., Baron-Cohen, S., & Wheelwright, S. (2004). Empathising and systemising in adults with and without Asperger syndrome. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 34, 301–310.

Lazev, A. B., Herzog, T. A., & Brandon, T. H. (1999). Classical conditioning of environmental cues to cigarette smoking. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 7, 56–63.

Le Couteur, A., Bailey, A., Goode, S., Pickles, A., Robertson, S., et al. (1996). A broader phenotype of autism: The clinical spectrum in twins. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 37, 785–801.

le Grange, D., & Eisler, I. (2009). Family interventions in adolescent anorexia nervosa. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 18, 159–173.

Leavitt, F. (1997). False attribution of suggestibility to explain recovered memory of childhood sexual abuse following extended amnesia. Child Abuse and Neglect, 21, 265–272.

Leccese, A. P. (1991). Drugs and society: Behavioral medicines and abusable drugs. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Leckman, J. E., Denys, D., Simpson, H. B., Mataix-Cols, D., Hollander, E., et al. (2010). Obsessive-compulsive disorder: A review of the diagnostic criteria and possible subtype and dimensional specifiers for DSM-V. Depression & Anxiety, 27, 507–527.

Ledley, D. R., & Heimberg, R. G. (2006). Cognitive vulnerability to social anxiety. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 25, 755–778.

LeDoux, J. E. (1996). The emotional brain: The mysterious underpinnings of emotional life. New York: Simon & Schuster.

LeDoux, J. E. (2000). Emotion circuits in the brain. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 23, 155–184.

Lee, A. M., & Lee, S. (1996). Disordered eating and its psychosocial correlates among Chinese adolescent females in Hong Kong. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 20, 177–183.

Lee, B. Y., & Newberg, A. B. (2005). Religion and health: A review and critical analysis. Zygon, 40, 443–468.

Lee, C., Gavriel, H., Drummond, P., Richards, J., & Greenwald, R. (2002). Treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder: A comparison of stress inoculation training with prolonged exposure and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58, 1071–1089.

Lee, D. O. (2004). Menstrually related self-injurious behavior in adolescents with autism. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 43, 1193.

Lee, P. W. H., Lieh Mak, F., Yu, K. K., & Spinks, J. A. (1991). Pattern of outcome in schizophrenia in Hong Kong. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. 84, 346–352.

Lee, S. H., & Oh, D. S. (1999). Offensive type of social phobia: Cross-cultural perspectives. International Medical Journal, 6, 271–279.

Lee, S., Chiu, H. F., & Chen, C. (1989). Anorexia nervosa in Hong Kong: Why not more in Chinese? British Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 683–688.

Lee, S., Ho, T. P., & Hsu, L. K. (1993). Fat phobic and non-fat phobic anorexia nervosa: A comparative study of 70 Chinese patients in Hong Kong. Psychological Medicine, 23, 999–1017.

Lee, S., Hsu, L. G., & Wing, Y. K. (1992). Bulimia nervosa in Hong Kong Chinese patients. British Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 545–551.

Lee, S., & Lee, A. M. (2000). Disordered eating in three communities of China: A comparative study of female high school students in Hong Kong, Shenzhen, and rural Hunan. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 27, 317–327.

Lee, S., Ng, K. L. Kwok, K. P. S., & Tsang, A. (2009). Prevalence and correlates of social fears in Hong Kong. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 23, 327–332.

Lee S. A. (1997). Chinese perspective of somatoform disorders. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 43, 115–119.

Lee, Y. H. (2008). The diagnosis of borderline personality disorder in Asian cultures. Dissertation Abstracts International B: Sciences and Engineering, 68(12), 8402B.

Leenaars, A. A. (1988). Are women’s suicides really different from men’s? Women & Health, 14, 17–33.

Leenaars, A. A. (2003). Can a theory of suicide predict all “suicides” in the elderly? Crisis: The Journal of Crisis Intervention and Suicide Prevention, 24, 7–16.

Leentjens, A. F., & Diefenbacher, A. (2006). A survey of delirium guidelines in Europe. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 61, 123–128.

Leentjens, A. F. G., & van der Mast, R. C. (2005). Delirium in elderly people: An update. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 18, 325–330.

Leff, J., Berkowitz, R., Shavit, N., Strachan, A., Glass, I., & Vaughn, C. (1990). A trial of family therapy versus a relatives’ group for schizophrenia. Two-year follow-up. British Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 571–577.

LeGris, J., & van Reekum, R. (2006). Neuropsychological correlates of borderline personality disorder and suicidal behavior. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 51, 131–142.

Lehman, A. F., Steinwachs, K. M., & Survey Co-Investigators of the PORT Project. (1998). Patterns of usual care for schizophrenia: Initial results from the Schizophrenia Patient Outcomes Research Team (PORT) Client Survey. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 24, 11–20.

Lehrer, P. M., & Woolfolk, R. L. (1994). Respiratory system involvement in Western relaxation and self-regulation. In B. H. Timmons & R. Ley (Eds.), Behavioral and psychological approaches to breathing disorders (p–203). New York: Plenum Press.

Leibenluft, E. (2008). Chronobiological evaluation of rapid-cycling bipolar disorder. NIMH Grant Number: 1Z01MH02614-07. Manuscript in preparation.

Leibenluft, E., Albert, P. S., Rosenthal, N. E., & Wehr, T. A. (1996). Relationship between sleep and mood in patients with rapid-cycling bipolar disorder. Psychiatry Research, 63, 161–168.

Leiblum, S. R., & Segraves, R. T. (2000). Sex therapy with aging adults. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds), Principles and practice of sex therapy (3rd ed., p–448). New York: Guilford Press.

Leiblum, S. R., Pervin, L. A., & Campbell, E. H. (1989). The treatment of vaginismus: Success and failure. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy: Update for the 1990s (2nd ed., p–138). New York: Guilford Press.

Leighton, A. H., & Hughes, C. C. (1955). Notes on Eskimos patterns of suicide. Southwestern Journal of Anthropology, 11, 327–338.

Leising, D., Sporberg, D., & Rehbein, D. (2006). Characteristic interpersonal behavior in dependent and avoidant personality disorder can be observed within very short interaction sequences. Journal of Personality Disorders, 20, 319–330.

Lelewer, N. (1994). Something’s not right: One family’s struggle with learning disabilities. Acton, MA: VanderWyk & Burnham.

Lemche, E., Surguladze, S. A., Giampietro, V. P., Anilkumar, A., Brammer, M. J., et al. (2007). Limbic and prefrontal responses to facial emotion expressions in depersonalization. Neuroreport, 18, 473–477.

Lenox, R. H., & Hahn, C. G. (2000). Overview of the mechanism of action of lithium in the brain: 50-year update. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61, 5–15.

Lenze, E. J., Mulsant, B. H., Mohlman, J., Shear, M. K., Dew, M. A., et al. (2005). Generalized anxiety disorder in late life: Lifetime course and comorbidity with major depressive disorder. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 13, 77–80.

Lenzenweger, M. F. (1999). Stability and change in personality disorder features: The Longitudinal Study of Personality Disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 1009–1015.

Lenzenweger, M. F. (2006). The longitudinal study of personality disorders: History, design considerations, and initial findings. Journal of Personality Disorders, 20, 645–670.

Lenzenweger, M. F., Johnson, M. D., & Willett, J. B. (2004). Individual growth curve analysis illuminates stability and change in personality disorder features: The longitudinal study of personality disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 1015–1024.

Leone, P., Pocock, D., & Wise, R. A. (1991). Morphine-dopamine interaction: Ventral tegmental morphine increases nucleus accumbens dopamine release. Pharmacology Biochemistry & Behavior, 39, 469–472.

Letonoff, E. J., Williams, T. R., & Sidhu, K. S. (2002). Hysterical paralysis: A report of three cases and a review of the literature. Spine, 27, E441–E445.

Leuchter, A. F., Cook, I. A., Witte, E. A., Morgan, M., & Abrams, M. (2002). Change in brain function of depressed subjects during treatment with placebo. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 122–129.

Leung, K. S., & Cottler, L. B. (2008). Ecstasy and other club drugs: A review of recent epidemiologic studies. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 21, 234–241.

Lev-Ran, S., Imtiaz, S., Rehm, J., & Le Foll, B. (2013). Exploring the association between lifetime prevalence of mental illness and transition from substance use to substance use disorders: Results from the National Epidemiologic Survey of Alcohol and Related Conditions (NESARC). The American Journal on Addictions, 22, 93–98.

Levenson, J. S. (2004). Sexual predator civil commitment: A comparison of selected and released offenders. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, 48, 638–648.

Levin, A. (2007). Multiple physical illnesses common in Iraq war veterans with PTSD. Psychiatric News, 42(2), 4.

Levin, R. J. (1994). Human male sexuality: Appetite and arousal, desire and drive. In C. R. Legg & D. A. Booth (Eds.), Appetite: Neural and behavioural bases (p–164). New York: Oxford University Press.

Levine, M. P., & Harrison, K. (2004). Media’s role in the perpetuation and prevention of negative body image and disordered eating. In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity (p–717). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Levine, S. B. (1988). Intrapsychic and individual aspects of sexual desire. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Sexual desire disorders (p–44). New York: Guilford Press.

Levine, S. Z., Lurie, I., Kohn, R., & Levav, I. (2011). Trajectories of the course of schizophrenia: From progressive deterioration to amelioration over three decades. Schizophrenia Research, 126(1–3), 184–191.

Levitan, C., Ward, P. B., & Catts, S. V. (1999). Superior temporal gyral volumes and laterality correlates of auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry, 46, 955–962.

Levitt, E. E., Moser, C., & Jamison, K. V. (1994). The prevalence and some attributes of females in the sadomasochistic subculture: A second report. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 23, 465–473.

Levy, T. M., & Orlans, M. (1999). Kids who kill: Attachment disorder, antisocial personality and violence. The Forensic Examiner, 8, 19–24.

Levy, T. M., & Orlans, M. (2000). Attachment disorder as an antecedent to violence and antisocial patterns in children. In T. M. Levy (Ed.), Handbook of attachment interventions (p–26). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Lewinsohn, P. M. (1974). A behavioral approach to depression. In R. J. Friedman & M. M. Katz (Eds.), The psychology of depression: Contemporary theory and research (p–186). Washington, DC: Winston.

Lewinsohn, P. M., & Essau, C. A. (2002). Depression in adolescents. In I. H. Gotlib & C. L. Hammen (Eds.), Handbook of depression. (p–559). New York: Guilford Press.

Lewinsohn, P. M., Allen, N. B., Seeley, J. R., & Gotlib, I. H. (1999). First onset versus recurrence of depression: Differential processes of psychosocial risk. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 483–489.

Lewinsohn, P. M., Rohde, P., Klein, D. N., & Seeley, J. R. (1999). Natural course of adolescent major depressive disorder: I. Continuity into young adulthood. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 56–63.

Lewinsohn, P. M., Rohde, P., Seeley, J. R., & Fischer, S. A. (1993). Age-cohort changes in the lifetime occurrence of depression and other mental disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 110–120.

Lewis, D. A., & Moghaddam, B. (2006). Cognitive dysfunction in schizophrenia: Convergence of gamma-aminobutyric acid and glutamate alterations. Archives of Neurology, 63, 1372–1376.

Lewis, D. O., Yeager, C. A., Swica, Y., Pincus, J. H., & Lewis, M. (1997). Objective documentation of child abuse and dissociation in 12 murderers with dissociative identity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 1703–1710.

Lewis, P. A., & Critchley, H. D. (2003). Mood-dependent memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7, 431–433.

Lewontin, R. C. (1976). Race and intelligence. In N. J. Block & G. G. Dworkin (Eds.), The IQ controversy (p–92). New York: Pantheon Books.

Leyman, L., De Raedt, R., Schacht, R., & Koster, E. H. W. (2007). Attentional biases for angry faces in unipolar depression. Psychological Medicine, 37, 393–402.

Leyton, M., Okazawa, H., Diksic, M., Paris, J., Rosa, P., et al. (2001). Brain regional alpha-[C-11] methyl-(L)-tryptophan trapping in impulsive subjects with borderline personality disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 775–782.

Li, D., Chokka, P., & Tibbo, P. (2001). Toward an integrative understanding of social phobia. Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 26, 190–202.

Li, D., Sham, P. C., Owen, M. J., & He, L. (2006). Meta-analysis shows significant association between dopamine system genes and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Human Molecular Genetics, 15, 2276–2284.

Li, S-C., Lindenberger, U., & Sikström, S. (2001). Aging cognition: From neuro-modulation to representation. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5, 479–486.

Liberman, R. P., & Robertson, M. J. (2005). A pilot, controlled skills training study of schizotypal high school students. Verhaltenstherapie, 15, 176–180.

Lichtenstein, P., & Annas, P. (2000). Heritability and prevalence of specific fears and phobias in childhood. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines, 41, 927–937.

Liddle, P. F., Friston, K. J., Frith, C. D., Hirsch, S. R., Jones, T., & Frackowiak, R. S. (1992). Patterns of cerebral blood flow in schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 179–186.

Lieb, K., Zanarini, M. C., Schmahl, C., Linehan, M. M., & Bohus, M. (2004). Borderline personality disorder. Lancet, 364, 453–461.

Lieb, R., Becker, E., & Altamura, C. (2005). The epidemiology of generalized anxiety disorder in Europe. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 15, 445–452.

Lieber, C. S. (2003). Relationships between nutrition, alcohol use, and liver disease. Alcohol Research & Health, 27, 220–231.

Lieberman, J. A. (1999). Is schizophrenia a neurodegenerative disorder? A clinical and pathophysiological perspective. Biological Psychiatry, 46, 729–739.

Lierberman, J. A. (2011). Psychiatric diagnosis in the lab: How far off are we? Psychiatric Times, September 28. Retrieved November 15, 2011, from www.medscape.com/viewarticle/750288.

Lieberman, J. A., Stroup, T. S., McEvoy, J. P., Swartz, M. S., Rosenheck, R. A., et al. (for the Clinical Antipsychotic Trials of Intervention Effectiveness (CATIE) Investigators). (2005). Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in patients with chronic schizophrenia. New England Journal of Medicine, 353, 1209–1223.

Liebowitz, M. R. (1999). Update on the diagnosis and treatment of social anxiety disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60(Suppl. 18), 22–26.

Lilenfeld, L. R., & Kaye, W. H. (1998). Genetic studies of anorexia and bulimia nervosa. In H. Hoek, J. Treasure, & M. Katzman (Eds.), Neurobiology in the treatment of eating disorders (p–194). Chichester, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Lilienfeld, S. O., Wood, J. M., & Garb, H. N. (2000). The scientific status of projective techniques. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 1, 27–66.

Lilienfeld, S. O., Kirsch, I., Sarbin, T. R., Lynn, S. J., Chaves, J. F., et al. (1999). Dissociative identity disorder and the sociocognitive model: Recalling the lessons of the past. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 507–523.

Lin, E. H. B., Katon, W. J., Simon, G. E., Von Korff, M., Bush, T. M., et al. (2000). Low-intensity treatment of depression in primary care: Is it problematic? General Hospital Psychiatry, 22, 78–83.

Lin, K. M., & Cheung, F. (1999). Mental health issues for Asian Americans. Psychiatric Services 50, 774–780.

Lin, K. M., Cheung, F., Smith, M., & Poland, R. E. (1997). The use of psychotropic medications in working with Asian patients. In E. Lee (Ed.), Working with Asian Americans: A guide for clinicians (p–399). New York: Guilford Press.

Lindblom, K. M., Linton, S. J., Fedeli, C., & Bryngelsson, I. (2006). Burnout in the working population: Relations to psychosocial work factors. International Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 13, 51–59.

Linde, K., Berner, M. M., & Kriston, L. (2008). St. John’s wort for major depression. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, Issue 4. Art. No.: CD000448.

Linde, K., Berner, M., Egger, M., & Mulrow, C. (2005). St John’s wort for depression: Meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. British Journal of Psychiatry, 186, 99–107.

Linde, P. (2002). Of spirits and madness: An American psychiatrist in Africa. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Linehan, M. M. (1981). A social-behavioral analysis of suicide and parasuicide: Implications for clinical assessment and treatment. In J. Clarkin & H. Glazer (Eds.), Depression: Behavioral and directive intervention strategies (p–294). New York: Garland Press.

Linehan, M. M. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of borderline personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.

Linehan, M. M., & Heard, H. L. (1999). Borderline personality disorder: Costs, course, and treatment outcomes. In N. E. Miller & K. M. Magruder (Eds.), Cost-effectiveness of psychotherapy: A guide for practitioners, researchers, and policymakers (p–305). New York: Oxford University Press.

Linehan, M. M., & Kehrer, C. A. (1993). Borderline personality disorder. In D. H. Barlow (Ed.), Clinical handbook of psychological disorders: A step-by-step treatment manual (2nd ed., p–441). New York: Guilford Press.

Linehan, M. M., Comtois, K. A., Murray, A. M., Brown, M. Z., Gallop, R. J., et al. (2006). Two-year randomized controlled trial and follow-up of dialectical behavior therapy vs therapy by experts for suicidal behaviors and borderline personality disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 757–766.

Linehan, M. M., Schmidt, H., III, Dimeff, L. A., Craft, J. C., Kanter, J., & Comtois, K. A. (1999). Dialectical behavior therapy for patients with borderline personality disorder and drug-dependence. The American Journal on Addictions, 8, 279–292.

Lingford-Hughes, A., & Nutt, D. (2000). Alcohol and drug abuse. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 13, 291–298.

Lipsanen, T., Korkeila, J., Peltola, P., Järvinen, J., Langen, K., & Lauerma, H. (2004). Dissociative disorders among psychiatric patients: Comparison with a nonclinical sample. European Psychiatry, 19, 53–55.

Lipsitz, J. D., Barlow, D. H., Mannuzza, S., Hofmann, S. G., & Fyer, A. J. (2002). Clinical features of four DSM-IV-specific phobia subtypes. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 190, 471–478.

Littell, J. H., & Girvin, H. (2002). Stages of change: A critique. Behavior Modification, 26, 223–273.

Litz, B. T., Engel, C. C., Bryant, R. A., & Papa, A. (2007). A randomized, controlled proof-of-concept trial of an Internet-based, therapist-assisted self-management treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1676–1683.

Livesley, W. J. (2001). Conceptual and taxonomic issues. In W. J. Livesley (Ed.), Handbook of personality disorders: Theory, research, and treatment (p–38). New York: Guilford Press.

Livesley, W. J. (2007). An integrated approach to the treatment of personality disorder. Journal of Mental Health, 16, 131–148.

Livesley, W. J., Jang, K. L., & Vernon, P. A. (1998). Phenotypic and genetic structure of traits delineating personality disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 941–948.

Livingston, G., Johnston, K., Katona, C., Paton, J., & Lyketsos, C. G. (Old Age Task Force of the World Federation of Biological Psychiatry). (2005). Systematic review of psychological approaches to the management of neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1996–2021.

Lock, J. (2004). Family approaches for anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity (p–231). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Lock, J., Le Grange, D., Agras, W. S., & Dare, C. (2001). Treatment manual for anorexia nervosa: A family-based approach. Family Therapy, 29, 190–191.

Locker, D., Thomson, W. M., & Poulton, R. (2001). Psychological disorder, conditioning experiences, and the onset of dental anxiety in early adulthood. Journal of Dental Research, 80, 1588–1592.

Loeber, R., & Farrington, D. P. (2000). Young children who commit crime: Epidemiology, developmental origins, risk factors, early interventions, and policy implications. Development and Psychopathology, 12, 737–762.

Loening-Baucke, V. (1996). Encopresis and soiling. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 43, 279–298.

Loewenstein, R. J. (1994). Diagnosis, epidemiology, clinical course, treatment, and cost effectiveness of treatment for dissociative disorders and MPD: Report submitted to the Clinton Administration Task Force on Health Care Financing Reform. Dissociation: Progress in the Dissociative Disorders, 7, 3–11.

Loney, B. R., Frick, P. J., Clements, C. B., Ellis, M. L., & Kerlin, K. (2003). Callous-unemotional traits, impulsivity, and emotional processing in adolescents with antisocial behavior problems. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 32, 66–80.

Loney, B. R., Frick, P. J., Ellis, M., & McCoy, M. G. (1998). Intelligence, callous-unemotional traits, and antisocial behavior. Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment, 20, 231–247.

Loo, C. (2004). Transcranial magnetic stimulation: Promise for the future? Australasian Psychiatry, 12, 409–410.

Looper, K. J., & Kirmayer, L. J. (2002). Behavioral medicine approaches to somatoform disorders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 810–827.

Lopez, S. R., Nelson, K. A., Polo, J. A., Jenkins, J., Karno, M., & Snyder, K. (1998, August). Family warmth and the course of schizophrenia of Mexican Americans and Anglo Americans. Paper presented at the International Congress of Applied Psychology, San Francisco.

LoPiccolo, J., & Friedman, J. M. (1988). Broad-spectrum treatment of low sexual desire: Integration of cognitive, behavioral, and systemic therapy. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Sexual desire disorders (p–144). New York: Guilford Press.

LoPiccolo, J., & Stock, W. E. (1986). Treatment of sexual dysfunction. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 54, 158–167.

Lorenz, J., Kunze, K., & Bromm, B. (1998). Differentiation of conversive sensory loss and malingering by P300 in a modified oddball task. Neuroreport, 9, 187–191.

Lorge, E. (2008, January 31). Army responds to rising suicide rates. Army Behavioral Health. Retrieved December 2, 2008, from www.behavioralhealth.army.mil/news/20080131armyrespondstosuicide.html

Lorimer, P. A., Simpson, R. L., Myles, B. S., & Ganz, J. B. (2002). The use of social stories as a preventative behavioral intervention in a home setting with a child with autism. Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, 4, 53–60.

Lougee, L., Perlmutter, S. J., Nicolson, R., Garvey, M. A., & Swedo, S. E. (2000). Psychiatric disorders in first-degree relatives of children with pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infections (PANDAS). Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 1120–1126.

Louis, M., & Kowalski, S. D. (2002). Use of aromatherapy with hospice patients to decrease pain, anxiety, and depression and to promote an increased sense of well-being. American Journal of Hospice & Palliative Care, 19, 381–386.

Lowe, M. R., Gleaves, D. H., DiSimone-Weiss, R. T., Furgueson, C., Gayda, C. A., et al. (1996). Restraint, dieting, and the continuum model of bulimia nervosa. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105, 508–517.

Luborsky, L., Barber, J., Siqueland, L., McLellan, A. T., & Woody, G. (1997). Establishing a therapeutic alliance with substance abusers. In L. S. Onken, J. D. Blaine, & J. J. Boren (Eds.), Beyond the therapeutic alliance: Keeping the drug-dependent individual in treatment (p–240). National Institute on Drug Abuse Research Monograph 165. NIH publication no. 97–4142. Washington: DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.

Luborsky, L., Diguer, L., Seligman, D. A., Rosenthal, R., Krause, E. D., et al. (1999). The researcher’s own therapy allegiances: A “wild card” in comparisons of treatment efficacy. Clinical Psychology: Science & Practice 6, 95–106.

Luborsky, L., Rosenthal, R., Diguer, L., Andrusyna, T. P., Berman, J. S., et al. (2002). The dodo bird verdict is alive and well—mostly. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 9, 2–12.

Luborsky, L., Singer, B., & Luborsky, L. (1975). Comparative studies of psychotherapies: Is it true that “everyone has won and all must have prizes”? Archives of General Psychiatry, 32, 995–1008.

Luby, J. L., Sullivan, J., Belden, A., Stalets, M., Blankenship, S., & Spitznagel, E. (2006). An observational analysis of behavior in depressed preschoolers: Further validation of early-onset depression. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 45, 203–212.

Lucka, I. (2006). Depressive disorders in patients suffering from anorexia nervosa. Archives of Psychiatry and Psychotherapy, 8, 55–61.

Luczak, S. E., Elvine-Kreis, B., Shea, S. H., Carr, L. G., & Wall, T. L. (2002). Genetic risk for alcoholism relates to level of response to alcohol in Asian-American men and women. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 63, 74–82.

Luczak, S. E., Wall, T. L., Shea, S. H., Byun, S. M., & Carr, L. G. (2001). Binge drinking in Chinese, Korean, and White college students: Genetic and ethnic group differences. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 15, 306–309.

Ludman, E. J., Simon, G. E., Tutty, S., & Von Korff, M. (2007). A randomized trial of telephone psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy for depression: Continuation and durability of effects. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 75, 257–266.

Lund, B. C., Hernandez, E. R., Yates, W. R., Mitchell, J. R., McKee, P. A., & Johnson, C. L. (2009). Rate of inpatient weight restoration predicts outcome in anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 42, 301–305.

Lundberg, P., Cantor-Graae, E., Kahima, M., & Östergren, P. (2007). Delusional ideation and manic symptoms in potential future emigrants in Uganda. Psychological Medicine, 37, 505–512.

Lundgren, J. D., Danoff-Burg, S., & Anderson, D. A. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for bulimia nervosa: An empirical analysis of clinical significance. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 35, 262–274.

Lundh, L., & Öst, L. (1996). Recognition bias for critical faces in social phobics. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 34, 787–794.

Lutz, W., Martinovich, Z., Howard, K. I., & Leon, S. C. (2002). Outcome management, expected treatment response, and severity-adjusted provider filing in outpatient psychotherapy. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58, 1291–1304.

Lykken, D. T. (1995). The antisocial personalities. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Lykouras, L. (1999). Pharmacotherapy of social phobia: A critical assessment. Psychiatriki, 10, 35–41.

Lyle, S., Grizzell, M., Willmott, S., Benbow, S., Clark, M., & Jolley, D. (2008). Treatment of a whole population sample of Alzheimer’s disease with donepezil over a 4-year period: Lessons learned. Dementia and Geriatric Cognitive Disorders, 25, 226–231.

Lynch, D. J., McGrady, A., Nagel, R., & Zsembik, C. (1999). Somatization in family practice: Comparing 5 methods of classification. Primary Care Companion to the Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 1, 85–89.

Lynch, W. C., Heil, D. P., Wagner, E., & Havens, M. D. (2008). Body dissatisfaction mediates the association between body mass index and risky weight control behaviors among White and Native American adolescent girls. Appetite, 51, 210–213.

Lynn, S. J., Lilienfeld, S. O., Merckelbach, H., Giesbrecht, T., & van der Kloet, D. (2012). Dissociation and dissociative disorders: Challenging conventional wisdom. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 21, 48–53.

Lynskey, M. T., Heath, A. C., Nelson, E. C., Bucholz, K. K., Madden, P. A. F., et al. (2002). Genetic and environmental contributions to cannabis dependence in a national young adult twin sample. Psychological Medicine, 32, 195–207.

Lyon, H. M., Startup, M., & Bentall, R. P. (1999). Social cognition and the manic defense: Attributions, selective attention, and self-schema in bipolar affective disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 273–282.

Lyons, M. J., Eisen, S. A., Goldberg, J., True, W., Lin, N., et al. (1998). A registry-based twin study of depression in men. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 468–472.

Lyons, M. J., Goldberg, J., Eisen, S.A., True, W., Tsuang, M.T., et al. (1993) Do genes influence exposure to trauma? A twin study of combat. American Journal of Medical Genetics, 48, 22–27.

Lyons-Ruth, K., Holmes, B. M., Sasvari-Szekely, M., Ronai, Z., Nemoda, Z., & Pauls, D. (2007). Serotonin transporter polymorphism and borderline or antisocial traits among low-income young adults. Psychiatric Genetics, 17, 339–343.

Lyoo, I. K., Han, M. H., & Cho, D. Y. (1998). A brain MRI study in subjects with borderline personality disorder. Journal of Affective Disorders, 50, 235–243.

Maaranen, P., Tanskanen, A., Honkalampi, K., Haatainen, K., Hintikka, J., & Viinamäki, H. (2005). Factors associated with pathological dissociation in the general population. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 39, 387–394.

MacArthur Research Network on Mental Health and the Law. (2001a). The MacArthur Adjudicative Competence Study. Retrieved January 21, 2006, from www.macarthur.virginia.edu/adjudicate.html

MacArthur Research Network on Mental Health and the Law. (2001b). The MacArthur Coercion Study. Retrieved October 27, 2006, from www.macarthur.virginia.edu/coercion.html

MacArthur Research Network on Mental Health and the Law. (2001c). The MacArthur Violence Risk Assessment Study. Retrieved January 24, 2006, from www.macarthur.virginia.edurisk.html

Macaskill, N. D., & Macaskill, A. (1996). Rational-emotive therapy plus pharmacotherapy versus pharmacotherapy alone in the treatment of high cognitive dysfunction depression. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 20, 575–592.

MacCabe, J. H., Wicks, S., Löfving, S., David, A. S., Berndtsson, Å., et al. (2013). Decline in cognitive performance between ages 13 and 18 years and the risk for psychosis in adulthood. JAMA Psychiatry, 70, 361–270.

MacDonald, P. A., Antony, M. M., MacLeod, C. M., & Richter, M. M. (1997). Memory and confidence in memory judgments among individuals with obsessive compulsive disorder and nonclinical controls. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 35, 497–505.

Macedo, C. E., Martinez, R. C., Albrechet-Souza, L., Molina, V. A., & Brandao, M. L. (2007). 5-HT2- and D1-mechanisms of the basolateral nucleus of the amygdala enhance conditioned fear and impair unconditioned fear. Behavioural Brain Research, 177, 100–108.

MacKay, D. G., & Ahmetzanov, M. V. (2005). Emotion, memory, and attention in the taboo Stroop paradigm: An experimental analogue of flashbulb memories. Psychological Science, 16, 25–32.

MacKenzie, K. R. (2001). Group psychotherapy. In W. J. Livesley (Ed.), Handbook of personality disorders: Theory, research, and treatment (p–526). New York: Guilford Press.

Mackie, S., Shaw, P., Lenroot, R., Pierson, R., Greenstein, D. K., et al. (2007). Cerebellar development and clinical outcome in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 647–655.

Macklin, M. L., Metzger, L. J., Litz, B. T., McNally, R. J., Lasko, N. B., et al. (1998). Lower precombat intelligence is a risk factor for posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 323–326.

Maden, A., Scott, F., Burnett, R., Lewis, G. H., & Skapinakis, P. (2004). Offending in psychiatric patients after discharge from medium secure units: Prospective national cohort study. BMJ: British Medical Journal, 328, 1534.

Maes, H. H., Silberg, J. L., Neale, M. C., & Eaves, L. J. (2007). Genetic and cultural transmission of antisocial behavior: An extended twin parent model. Twin Research and Human Genetics, 10, 136–150.

Magarinos, M., Zafar, U., Nissenson, K., & Blanco, C. (2002). Epidemiology and treatment of hypochondriasis. CNS Drugs, 16, 9–22.

Magee, W. J., Eaton, W. W., Wittchen, H., McGonagle, K. A., & Kessler, R. C. (1996). Agoraphobia, simple phobia, and social phobia in the national comorbidity survey. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 159–168.

Maier, M. A., Bernier, A., Pekrun, R., Zimmermann, P., Strasser, K., & Grossmann, K. E. (2005). Attachment state of mind and perceptual processing of emotional stimuli. Attachment & Human Development, 7, 67–81.

Mailis-Gagnon, A., Giannoylis, I., Downar, J., Kwan, C. L., Mikulis, D. J., et al. (2003). Altered central somatosensory processing in chronic pain patients with “hysterical” anesthesia. Neurology, 13, 1501–1507.

Main, M., & Solomon, J. (1986). Discovery of an insecure-disorganized/disoriented attachment pattern. In T. B. Brazelton & M. W. Yogman (Eds.), Affective development in infancy (p–124). Westport, CT: Ablex.

Malan, D. H. (1976). The frontier of brief psychotherapy: An example of the convergence of research and clinical practice. New York: Plenum Medical.

Malatesta, V. J., & Adams, H. E. (2001). Sexual dysfunctions. In P. B. Sutker & H. E. Adams (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychopathology (3rd ed., p–748). New York: Academic/Plenum.

Maldonado, J. R., & Spiegel, D. (2001). Conversion disorder. In K. A. Phillips (Ed.), Somatoform and factitious disorders (p–128). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Malik, M. L., & Beutler, L. E. (2002). The emergence of dissatisfaction with the DSM. In L. E. Beutler & M. L. Malik (Eds.), Rethinking the DSM: A psychological perspective (p–15). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Malik, S., & Velazquez, J. (2002, July/August). Cultural competence and the “New Americans.” Children’s Voice. Retrieved September 1, 2005, from www.cwla.org/articles/default.htm.

Malkoff-Schwartz, S., Frank, E., et al. (1998). Stressful life events and social rhythm disruption in the onset of manic depressive bipolar episodes: A preliminary investigation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 702–707.

Mancebo, M. C., Eisen, J. L., Grant, J. E., & Rasmussen, S. A. (2005). Obsessive compulsive personality disorder and obsessive compulsive disorder: Clinical characteristics, diagnostic difficulties, and treatment. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 17, 197–204.

Manfro, G. G., Otto, M. W., McArdle, E. T., Worthington III, J. J., Rosenbaum, J. F., & Pollak, M. H. (1996). Relationship of antecedent stressful life events to childhood and family history of anxiety and the course of panic disorder. Journal of Affective Disorders, 41, 135–139.

Mannuzza, S., Klein, R. G., Abikoff, H., & Moulton, J. L., III. (2004). Significance of childhood conduct problems to later development of conduct disorder among children with ADHD: A prospective follow-up study. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 32, 565–573.

Mantovani, A., Lisanby, S. H., Pieraccini, F., Ulivelli, M., Castrogiovanni, P., & Rossi, S. (2006). Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and Tourette’s syndrome (TS). International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 9, 95–100.

Maramba, G. G., & Hall, G. C. N. (2002). Meta-analyses of ethnic match as a predictor of dropout, utilization, and level of functioning. Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 8, 290–297.

Marano, H. E. (2003). Bedfellows: Insomnia and depression. Psychology Today, July/August, n.p. Retrieved May 4, 2007, from http://psychologytoday.com/articles/pto-20030715-000001.html

Marazziti, D., Dell’Osso, L., Presta, S., Pfanner, C., Rossi, A., Masala, I., et al. (1999). Platelet [3H]paroxetine binding in patients with OCD-related disorders. Psychiatry Research, 89, 223–228.

Marcus, S. M., Young, E. A., Kerber, K. B., Kornstein, S., Farabaugh, A. H., et al. (2005). Gender differences in depression: Findings from the STAR*D study. Journal of Affective Disorders, 87, 141–150.

Marder, S. R., Davis, J. M., & Chouinard, G. (1997). The effects of risperidone on the five dimensions of schizophrenia derived by factor analysis: Combined results of the North American trials. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 58, 538–546.

Marengo, J. T., Harrow, M., Lannin-Kettering, I.B., & Wilson, A. (1985). The assessment of bizarre-idiosyncratic thinking: A manual for scoring responses to verbal tests. In M. Harrow & D. Quinlan (Eds.), Disordered thinking and schizophrenic psychopathology (p–449). New York: Gardner Press.

Margraf, J., Ehlers, A., Roth, W. T., Clark, D. B, Sheikh, J., et al. (1991). How “blind” are double-blind studies? Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 59, 184–187.

Maric, N., Krabbendam, L., Vollebergh, W., de Graaf, R., & van Os, J. (2003). Sex differences in symptoms of psychosis in a non-selected, general population sample. Schizophrenia Research, 63, 89–95.

Marino, C., Citterio, A., Giorda, R., Facoetti, A., Menozzi, G., et al. (2007). Association of short-term memory with a variant within DYX1C1 in developmental dyslexia. Genes, Brain & Behavior, 6, 640–646.

Maris, R. W. (2002). Suicide. The Lancet, 360, 319–326.

Markowitsch, H. J. (1999). Functional neuroimaging correlates of functional amnesia. Memory, 7, 561–583.

Markowitsch, H. J., Fink, G. R., Thöne, A., Kessler, J., & Heiss, W.-D. (1997). A PET study of persistent psychogenic amnesia covering the whole life span. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 22, 135–158.

Markowitz, J. C. (2005). Interpersonal therapy. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.). The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–334). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Markowitz, J. C., Skodol, A. E., & Bleiberg, K. (2006). Interpersonal psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder: Possible mechanisms of change. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62, 431–444.

Markowitz, J. C., Skodol, A. E., Petkova, E., Xie, H., Cheng, J., et al. (2005). Longitudinal comparison of depressive personality disorder and dysthymic disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 46, 239–245.

Marks, I. M. (1969). Fears and phobias. New York: Academic Press.

Marks, I., Lovell, K., Noshirvani, H., Livanou, M., & Thrasher, S. (1998). Treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder by exposure and/or cognitive restructuring: A controlled study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 317–325.

Marlatt, G. A., & Gordon, J. R. (Eds.). (1985). Relapse prevention: Maintenance strategies in the treatment of addictive behaviors. New York: Guilford Press.

Marques, L., Alegria, M., Becker, A., Chen, C., Fang, A., et al. (2011). Comparative prevalence, correlates of impairment, and service utilization for eating disorders across US ethnic groups: Implications for reducing ethnic disparities in health care access for eating disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 44, 412–420.

Marsella, A., Friedman, M., & Spain, E. (1996). Ethnocultural aspects of posttraumatic stress disorder: An overview of issues and research directions. In A. Marsella, M. Friedman, E. Gerrity, & R. Scurfield (Eds.), Ethnocultural aspects of posttraumatic stress disorder: Issues, research, and clinical applications (p–130). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Marshall, C. R., Harcourt-Brown, S., Ramus, F., & van der Lely, H. K. (2008). The link between prosody and language skills in children with specific language impairment (SLI) and/or dyslexia. International Journal of Language Communication Disorders, 23, 1–23.

Marshall, J. C., Halligan, P. W., Fink, G. R., Wade, D. T., & Frackowiak, R. S. (1997). The functional anatomy of a hysterical paralysis. Cognition, 64, B1–B8.

Marshall, M., Lewis, S., Lockwood, A., Drake, R., Jones, P., & Croudace, T. (2005). Association between duration of untreated psychosis and outcome in cohorts of first-episode patients. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 975–983.

Marshall, R. D., Schneier, F. R., Lin, S., Simpson, H. B., Vermes, D., & Leibowitz, M. (2000). Childhood trauma and dissociative symptoms in panic disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 451–453.

Marshall, R. D., Spitzer, R., & Liebowitz, M. R. (1999). Review and critique of the new DSM-IV diagnosis of acute stress disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1677–1685.

Marshall, W. L. (1997). Pedophilia: Psychopathology and theory. In D. R. Laws, & W. T. O’Donohue (Eds.), Sexual deviance: Theory, assessment, and treatment. (p–174). New York: Guilford Press.

Marshall, W. L., O’sullivan, C., & Fernandez, Y. M. (1996). The enhancement of victim empathy among incarcerated child molesters. Legal and Criminological Psychology, 1, 95–102.

Marteinsdottir, I., Tillfors, M., Furmark, T., Anderberg, U. M., & Ekselius, L. (2003). Personality dimensions measured by the Temperament and Character Inventory (TCI) in subjects with social phobia. Nordic Journal of Psychiatry, 57, 29–35.

Marten, P. A., Brown, T. A., Barlow, D. H., Borkovec, T. D., Shear, M. K., & Lydiard, R. B. (1993). Evaluation of the ratings comprising the associated symptom criterion of DSM-III-R generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 181, 676–682.

Martens, W. H. J. (2005). Multidimensional model of trauma and correlated antisocial personality disorder. Journal of Loss & Trauma, 10, 115–129.

Martin, D. (2002, January 25). Edith Bouvier Beale, 84, “Little Edie,” Dies. The New York Times, p. A20.

Martin, D. J., Garske, J. P., & Davis, M. K. (2000). Relationship of alliance with outcome and other variables. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 68, 438–450.

Martin, N. C., Levy, F., Pieka, J., & Hay, D. A. (2006). A genetic study of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, conduct disorder, oppositional defiant disorder and reading disability: Aetiological overlaps and implications. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education, 53, 21–34.

Martin-Soelch, C. (2009). Is depression associated with dysfunction of the central reward system? Biochemical Society Transactions, 37(Pt 1), 313–317.

Martinez, C., Rietbrock, S., Wise, L., Ashby, D., Chick, J., et al. (2005). Antidepressant treatment and the risk of fatal and non-fatal self harm in first episode depression: nested case-control study. British Medical Journal, 330, 389–393.

Martínez-Arán, A., Vieta, E., Colom, F., Reinares, M., Benabarre, A., et al. (2000). Cognitive dysfunctions in bipolar disorder: Evidence of neuropsychological disturbances. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 69, 2–18.

Martínez-Arán, A., Vieta, E., Colom, F., Torrent, C., Reinares, M., et al. (2005). Do cognitive complaints in euthymic bipolar patients reflect objective cognitive impairment? Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 74, 295–302.

Martorano, J. T. (1984). The psychological treatment of Anna O. In M. Rosenbaum & M. Muroff (Eds.), Anna O.: Fourteen contemporary reinterpretations (p–100). New York: Free Press.

Mascolo, M., Trent, S., Colwell, C., & Mehler, P. S. (2012). What the emergency department needs to know when caring for patients with eating disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 45, 977–981.

Maslach, C. (2003). Job burnout: New directions in research and intervention. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 189–192.

Maslow, A. H. (1968). Toward a psychology of being (2nd ed.). Oxford, England: D. Van Nostrand.

Masters, W. H., & Johnson, V. E. (1966). Human sexual response. Oxford, England: Little, Brown.

Masters, W. H., & Johnson, V. E. (1970). Human sexual inadequacy. New York: Bantam Books.

Mataix-Cols, D., do Rosario-Campos, M. C., & Leckman, J. F. (2005). A multidimensional model of obsessive-compulsive disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 228–238.

Mather, C. (2005). Accusations of genital theft: A case from northern Ghana. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 29, 33–52.

Mathew, S. J., Coplan, J. D., & Gorman, J. M. (2001). Neurobiological mechanisms of social anxiety disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1558–1567.

Mathews, A., Mogg, K., May, J., & Eysenck, M. (1989). Implicit and explicit memory bias in anxiety. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98, 236–240.

Mathews, M., Basily, B., & Mathews, M. (2006). Better outcomes for schizophrenia in non-Western countries. Psychiatric Services, 57, 143–144.

Matijevic, T., Knezevic, J., Slavica, M., & Pavelic, J. (2009). Rett syndrome: From the gene to the disease. European Neurology, 61, 3–10.

Matson, J. L., Minshawi, N. F., Gonzalez, M. L., & Mayville, S. B. (2006). Relationship of comorbid problem behaviors to social skills in persons with profound mental retardation. Behavior Modification, 30, 496–506.

Matsunaga, H., Maebayashi, K., Hayashida, K., Okino, K., Matsui, T., et al. (2007). Symptom structure in Japanese patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 251–253.

Matt, G. E., Vazquez, C., & Campbell, W. K. (1992). Mood-congruent recall of affectively toned stimuli: A meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 12, 227–255.

Maughan, B., & Rutter, M. (2001). Antisocial children grown up. In J. Hill & B. Maughan (Eds.), Conduct disorders in childhood and adolescence (p–552). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Maurer, K. (2001). Overview of the oestrogen protection hypothesis in schizophrenia 2001 [abstract S47]. Archives of Women’s Mental Health, 3(suppl 2), 12.

Maurer, K., & Häfner, H. (1995). Methodological aspects of onset assessment in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 15, 265–276.

Mauro, T. (2007, January 4). Rehnquist FBI File sheds new light on drug dependence, confirmation battles. Legal Times. Retrieved August 1, 2007, from www.law.com/jsp/law/LawArticleFriendly.jsp?id=1167818524831

Mausner-Dorsch, H., & Eaton, W. W. (2000). Psychosocial work environment and depression: Epidemiologic assessment of the demand-control model. American Journal of Public Health, 90, 1765–1770.

Mayer, P., & Ziaian, T. (2002). Suicide, gender, and age variations in India: Are women in Indian society protected from suicide? Crisis, 23, 98–103.

Mayou, R., & Farmer, A. (2002). Functional somatic symptoms and syndromes. British Medical Journal, 325, 265–268.

Mayou, R., Kirmayer, L. J., Simon, G., Kroenke, K., & Sharpe, M. (2005). Somatoform disorders: Time for a new approach in DSM-V. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 847–855.

Mays, V. M., & Cochran, S. D. (2001). Mental health correlates of perceived discrimination among lesbian, gay, and bisexual adults in the United States. American Journal of Public Health, 91, 1869–1876.

Maysles, A. (Director). (2006). The Beales of Grey Gardens. Available from The Criterion Collection, New York, NY.

Maysles, D., & Maysles, A. (1976). Grey Gardens [Motion picture]. (Available from The Criterion Collection, Irvington, NY).

McAnulty, R. D., Adams, H. E., & Dillon, J. (2001). Sexual deviations: Paraphilias. In P. B. Sutker & H. E. Adams (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychopathology (3rd ed., p–773). New York: Academic/Plenum.

McArthur, J. C., Haughey, N., Gartner, S., Conant, K., Pardo, C., et al. (2003). Human immunodeficiency virus-associated dementia: An evolving disease. Journal of Neurovirology, 9, 205–221.

McBride, W. J., Murphy, J. M., Lumeng, L., & Li, T.-K. (1990). Serotonin, dopamine and GABA involvement in alcohol drinking of selectively bred rats. Alcohol, 7, 199–205.

McCabe, M. P., & Ricciardelli, L. A. (2001a). Body image and body change techniques among young adolescent boys. European Eating Disorders Review, 9, 335–347.

McCabe, M. P., & Ricciardelli, L. A. (2001b). Parent, peer and media influences on body image and strategies to both increase and decrease body size among adolescent boys and girls. Adolescence, 36, 225–240.

McCabe, O. L. (2004). Crossing the quality chasm in behavioral health care: The role of evidence-based practice. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 35, 571–579.

McCandliss, B., Cohen, L., & Dehaene, S. (2003). The visual word form area: Expertise in reading in the fusiform gyrus. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7, 293–299.

McCook, A. (2002, October 8). More suicide deaths in high altitude U.S. states. Reuters Health. Retrieved November 4, 2002, from www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/news/fullstory_9779.html

McDermott, E., & de Silva, P. (2005). Impaired neuronal glucose uptake in pathogenesis of schizophrenia—can GLUT 1 and GLUT 3 deficits explain imaging, post-mortem and pharmacological findings? Medical Hypotheses, 65, 1076–1081.

McDermott, S., Moran, R., Platt, T., Issac, T., Wood, H., & Dasari, S. (2005). Depression in adults with disabilities, in primary care. Disability and Rehabilitation: An International, Multidisciplinary Journal, 27, 117–123.

McElwain, J. & Paisner, D. (2008). The game of my life. New York: New American Library.

McElroy, S. L., Altshuler, L. L., Suppes, T., Keck, P. E., Jr., Frye, M. A., et al. (2001). Axis I psychiatric comorbidity and its relationship to historical illness variables in 288 patients with bipolar disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 420–426.

McElroy, S. L., Casuto, L. S., Nelson, E. B., Lake, K. A., Soutullo, C. A., et al. (2000). Placebo-controlled trial of sertraline in the treatment of binge eating disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1004–1006.

McEvoy, J. P., Lieberman, J. A., Perkins, D. A., Hamer, R. M., Gu, H., et al. (2007). Efficacy and tolerability of olanzapine, quetiapine, and risperidone in the treatment of early psychosis: A randomized, double-blind 52-week comparison. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1050–1060.

McEvoy, J. P., Lieberman, J. A., Stroup, T. S., Rosenheck, R., Swartz, M. S., et al. (for the CATIE Investigators). (2006). Effectiveness of clozapine versus olanzapine, quetiapine, and risperidone in patients with chronic schizophrenia who did not respond to prior atypical antipsychotic treatment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 600–612.

McEvoy, M., Mahoney, A., Perini, S. J., & Kingsep, P. (in press). Changes in postevent processing and metacognitions during cognitive behavioral group therapy for social phobia. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, np.

McEwen, B. S. (2001). Commentary on PTSD discussion. Hippocampus, 11, 82–84.

McFarlane, A. C., Atchison, M., & Yehuda, R. (1997). The acute stress response following motor vehicle accidents and its relations to PTSD. Annals of the New York Academy of Science, 821, 437–441.

McFarlane, W. R., Cornblatt, B., & Carter, C. S. (2012). Early intervention in psychosis: Rationale, results and implications for treatment of adolescents at risk. Adolescent Psychiatry, 2(2), 125–139.

McGlashan, T. H., & Fenton, W. S. (1993). Subtype progression and pathophysiologic deterioration in early schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 19, 71–84.

McGlashan, T. H., & Hoffman, R. E. (2000). Schizophrenia as a disorder of developmentally reduced synaptic connectivity. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 637–648.

McGlashan, T. H., Grilo, C. M., Skodol, A. E., Gunderson, J. G., Shea, M. T., et al. (2000). The Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study: Baseline Axis I/II and II/II diagnostic co-occurrence. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 102, 256–264.

McGoldrick, M., Giordano, J., & Pearce, J. K. (Eds.). (1996). Ethnicity and family therapy (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.

McGorry, P. (2001). Early psychosis—Gender aspects of treatment. Presentation at 1st World Congress on Women’s Mental Health, March 27–31, Berlin, Germany.

McGorry, P. D. (2010). Risk syndromes, clinical staging and DSM V: New diagnostic infrastructure for early intervention in psychiatry. Schizophrenia Research, 120(1–3), 49–53.

McGorry, P. D. (2012). Truth and reality in early intervention.Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 46(4), 313–316.

McGorry, P. D., & Edwards, J. (2002). Response to “The prevention of schizophrenia: What interventions are safe and effective?” Schizophrenia Bulletin, 28, 177–180.

McGorry, P. D., Yung, A. R., Phillips, L. J., Yuen, H. P., Francey, S., et al. (2002). Randomized controlled trial of interventions designed to reduce the risk of progression to first-episode psychosis in a clinical sample with subthreshold symptoms. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 921–928.

McGough, J. J., & Barkley, R. A. (2004). Diagnostic controversies in adult attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 1948–1956.

McGough, J. J., & McCracken, J. T. (2006). Adult attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: Moving beyond DSM-IV. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1673–1675.

McGowin, D. (1993). Living in the labyrinth: A personal journal through the maze of Alzheimer’s. New York: Delacorte Press.

McGrath, J. J. (2006). Variations in the incidence of schizophrenia: Data versus dogma. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 32, 195–197.

McGrath, P. J., Stewart, J. W., Quitkin, F. M., Chen, Y., Alpert, J. E., et al. (2006). Predictors of relapse in a prospective study of fluoxetine treatment of major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1542–1548.

McGue, M., & Iacono, W. G. (2005). The association of early adolescent problem behavior with adult psychopathology. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1118–1124.

McGue, M., Pickens, R. W., & Svikis, D. S. (1992). Sex and age effects on the inheritance of alcohol problems: A twin study. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 3–17.

McGuffin, P., Katz, R., Aldrich, J., & Bebbington, P. (1988). The Camberwell Collaborative Depression Study. II. Investigation of family members. British Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 766–774.

McGuffin, P., Rijsdijk, F., Andrew, M., Sham, P., Katz, R., & Cardno, A. (2003). The heritability of bipolar affective disorder and the genetic relationship to unipolar depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 497–502.

McGurk, S. R., Twamley, E. W., Sitzer, D. I., McHugo, G. J., & Mueser, K. T. (2007). A meta-analysis of cognitive remediation in schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1791–1802.

McHugh, P. (1993). Multiple personality disorder. Harvard Medical School Mental Health Letter, 10, 4–6.

McHugh, P. R., & Slavney, P. R. (2012). Mental illness—Comprehensive evaluation or checklist? New England Journal of Medicine, 366, 1853–1855.

McHugh, P. R., & Treisman, G. (2007). PTSD: A problematic diagnostic category. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 21, 211–222.

McInerney, R. J., & Kerns, K. A. (2003). Time reproduction in children with ADHD: Motivation matters. Child Neuropsychology, 9, 91–108.

McIntosh, J. L. (2003). U.S.A. suicide: Official final data 2001. Retrieved January 19, 2004, from www.suicidology.org/associations/1045/files/2001datapg.pdf

McIntosh, V. V. W., Jordan, J., Carter, F. A., Luty, S. E., McKenzie, J. M., et al. (2005). Three psychotherapies for anorexia nervosa: A randomized, controlled trial. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 741–747.

McKay, D., & Neziroglu, F. (1996). Social skills training in a case of obsessive-compulsive disorder with schizotypal personality disorder. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 27, 189–194.

McKendrick, K., Sullivan, C., Banks, S., & Sacks, S. (2007). Modified therapeutic community treatment for offenders with MICA disorders: Antisocial personality disorder and treatment outcomes. Journal of Offender Rehabilitation, 44, 133–159.

McKenna, K. (2004). Talk to her: Interview. Seattle, WA: Fantagraphics Books.

McKetin, R., Lubman, D. I., Baker, A. L., Dawe, S. & Ali, R. L. (2013). Dose-related psychotic symptoms in chronic methamphetamine users: Evidence from a prospective longitudinal study. JAMA Psychiatry, 70, 319–324.

McLeod, D. S., Koenen, K. C., Meyer, J. M., Lyons, M. J., Eisen, S., et al. (2001). Genetic and environmental influences on the relationship among combat exposure, posttraumatic stress disorder symptoms, and alcohol use. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 14, 259–275.

McMullin, R. E. (1986). Handbook of cognitive therapy techniques. New York: Norton.

McNally, R. J. (1994). Panic disorder: A critical analysis. New York: Guilford Press.

McNally, R. J. (2002). On nonassociative fear emergence. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 40, 169–172.

McNally, R. J. (2003) Progress and controversy in the study of posttraumatic stress disorder. Annual Review of Psychology, 54, 229–252.

McNally, R. J. (2007). Can we solve the mysteries of the National Vietnam Veterans Readjustment Study? Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 21, 192–200.

McNally, R. J., & Kohlbeck, P. A. (1993). Reality monitoring in obsessive-compulsive disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 31, 249–253.

McNally, R. J., & Shin, L. M. (1995). Association of intelligence with severity of posttraumatic stress disorder symptoms in Vietnam combat veterans. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 936–938.

McNally, R. J., Lasko, N. B., Macklin, M. L., & Pitman, R. K. (1995). Autobiographical memory disturbance in combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 33, 619–630.

McNamara, B., Ray, J. L., Arthurs, O. J., & Boniface S. (2001). Transcranial magnetic stimulation for depression and other psychiatric disorders. Psychological Medicine, 31, 1141–1146.

McNeil, T. F., Cantor-Graae, E., & Weinberger, D. R. (2000). Relationship of obstetric complications and differences in size of brain structures in monozygotic twin pairs discordant for schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 203–212.

McNiel, D. E., & Binder, R. L. (2007). Effectiveness of a mental health court in reducing criminal recidivism and violence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1395–1403.

McQuiston, J. T. (1995, February 17). Commuter killing trial goes to jury: Ferguson gives incoherent summation. Houston Chronicle, p. A2.

McRae, A. L., Budney, A. J., & Brady, K. T. (2003). Treatment of marijuana dependence: A review of the literature. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 24, 369–376.

McSherry, B., & Keyzer, P. (Eds.). (2011). International perspectives on forensic mental health. Dangerous people: Policy, prediction, and practice. New York: Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group.

McWilliams, S., Hill, S., Mannion, N., Fetherston, A., Kinsella, A., &O’Callaghan, E. (2012). Schizophrenia: A five-year follow-up of patient outcome following psycho-education for caregivers. European Psychiatry, 27(1), 56–61.

Meana, J. J., Barturen, F., & Garcia-Sevilla, J. J. (1992). 1a-sub-2-adrenoceptors in the brain of suicide victims: Increased receptor density associated with major depression. Biological Psychiatry, 31, 471–490.

Meares, R., Mendelsohn, F. A., & Milgrom-Friedman, J. (1981). A sex difference in the seasonal variation of suicide rate: A single cycle for men, two cycles for women. British Journal of Psychiatry, 138, 321–325.

Medford, N., Brierley, B., Brammer, M., Bullmore, E. T., David, A. S., & Phillips, M. L. (2006). Emotional memory in depersonalization disorder: A functional MRI study. Psychiatry Research, 148, 93–102.

Mednick, S. A., Gabrielli, W. F., & Hutchings, B. (1984). Genetic influences in criminal convictions: Evidence from an adoption cohort. Science, 224, 891–894.

Mednick, S. A., Watson, J. B., Huttunen, M., Cannon, T. D., Katila, H., et al. (1998). A two-hit working model of the etiology of schizophrenia. In M. F. Lenzenweger & R. H. Dworkin (Eds.), Origins and development of schizophrenia: Advances in experimental psychopathology (p–66). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Meehl, P. (1960). The cognitive activity of the clinician. American Psychologist, 15, 19–27.

Meehl, P. E. (1962). Schizotaxia, schizotypy, schizophrenia. American Psychologist, 12, 827–838.

Mehler, P. S. (2001). Diagnosis and care of patients with anorexia nervosa in primary care settings. Annals of Internal Medicine, 134, 1048–1059.

Mehler, P. S. (2003). Osteoporosis in anorexia nervosa: Prevention and treatment. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 113–126.

Mehta, M. M., Moriarty, K. J., Proctor, D., Bird, M., & Darling, W. (2006). Alcohol misuse in older people: Heavy consumption and protean presentations. Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 60, 1048–1052.

Meier, M. H., Caspi, A., Ambler, A., Harrington, H., Houts, R., et al. (2012). Persistent cannabis users show neuropsychological decline from childhood to midlife. PNAS Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 109, E2657–E2664.

Melartin, T. K., Rytsälä, H. J., Leskelä, U. S., Lestelä-Mielonen, P. S., Sokero, T. P., & Isometsä, E. T. (2004). Severity and comorbidity predict episode duration and recurrence of DSM-IV major depressive disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 65, 810–819.

Melfi, C., Croghan, T., Hanna, M., & Robinson, R. (2000). Racial variation in antidepressant treatment in a Medicaid population. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61, 16–21.

Melinder, M. R., & Barch, D. M. (2003). The influence of a working memory load manipulation on language production in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 29, 473–485.

Mellon, M. W., & McGrath, M. L. (2000). Empirically supported treatments in pediatric psychology: Nocturnal enuresis. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 25, 193–214.

Meloy, J. R. (1988). The psychopathic mind: Origins, dynamics, and treatment. Northvale, NJ: Aronson.

Mendez, M. F., & Cummings, J. L. (2004). Neuropsychiatric aspects of aphasia. In S. C. Yudofsky & R. E. Hales (Eds.), Essentials of neuropsychiatry and clinical neurosciences (p–200). Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Mennin, D. S., Turk, C. L., Heimberg, R. G., & Carmin, C. (2004). Regulation of emotion in generalized anxiety disorder. In M. A. Reinecke & D. A. Clark (Eds.), Cognitive therapy across the lifespan: Evidence and practice (p–89). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Menzies, R. G., & Clarke, J. C. (1993a). The etiology of childhood water phobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 31, 499–501.

Menzies, R. G., & Clarke, J. C. (1993b). The etiology of fear of heights and its relationship to severity and individual response patterns. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 31, 355–365.

Menzies, R. G., & Clarke, J. C. (1995a). The etiology of phobias: A nonassociative account. Clinical Psychology Review, 15, 23–48.

Menzies, R. G., & Clarke, J. C. (1995b). The etiology of acrophobia and its relationship to severity and individual response patterns. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 33, 795–803.

Menzies, R. G., & Parker, L. (2001). The origins of height fear: An evaluation of neoconditioning explanations. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 39, 185–199.

Mercer, C. H., Fenton, K. A., Johnson, A. M., Wellings, K., Macdowall, W., et al. (2003). Sexual function problems and help seeking behaviour in Britain: National probability sample survey. British Medical Journal, 327, 426–427.

Merckelbach, H., Devilly, G. J., & Rassin, E. (2002). Alters in dissociative identity disorder: Metaphors or genuine entities? Clinical Psychology Review, 22, 481–497.

Merikangas, K. R., Akiskal, H. S., Angst, J., Greenberg, P. E., Hirschfeld, R. M. A., et al. (2007). Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of bipolar spectrum disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 543–552.

Merikangas, K. R., Jin, R., He, J. P., Kessler, R. C., Lee, S., et al. (2011). Prevalence and correlates of bipolar spectrum disorder in the world mental health survey initiative. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68, 241–251.

Merskey, H. (2004). Somatization, hysteria, or incompletely explained symptoms? Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 49, 649–651.

Messer, S. B. (1992). A critical examination of belief structures in integrative and eclectic psychotherapy. In J. C. Norcross & M. R. Goldfried (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy integration (p–165). New York: Basic Books.

Messer, S. B. (2003). Introduction to the special issue on assimilative integration. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 11, 1–4.

Messer, S. B. (2004). Evidence-based practice: Beyond empirically supported treatments. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 35, 580–588.

Messer, S. B., & Wampold, B. E. (2002). Let’s face facts: Common factors are more potent than specific therapy ingredients. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 9, 21–25.

Messias, E., & Kirkpatrick, B. (2001). Summer birth and deficit schizophrenia in the Epidemiological Catchment Area study. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 189, 608–612.

Meston, C. M., Hull, E., Levin, R. J., & Sipski, M. (2004). Disorders of orgasm in women. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 1, 66–68.

Metalsky, G. I., Joiner, T. E., Hardin, T. S., & Abramson, L. Y. (1993). Depressive reactions to failure in a naturalistic setting: A test of the hopelessness and self-esteem theories of depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 101–109.

Meuret, A. E., Rosenfield, D., Wilhelm, F. H., Zhou, E., Conrad, A., et al. (2011). Do unexpected panic attacks occur spontaneously? Biological Psychiatry, 70, 985–991.

Meyer, B. (2002). Personality and mood correlates of avoidant personality disorder. Journal of Personality Disorders, 16, 174–188.

Meyer, G. J. (2002a). Exploring possible ethnic differences and bias in the Rorschach Comprehensive System. Journal of Personality Assessment, 78, 104–129.

Meyer, G. J. (2002b). Implications of information-gathering methods for a refined taxonomy of psychopathology. In L. E. Beutler & M. L. Malik (Eds.), Rethinking the DSM: A psychological perspective (p–105). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Meyer, G. J., & Archer, R. P. (2001). The hard science of Rorschach research: What do we know and where do we go? Psychological Assessment, 13, 486–502.

Meyer, J. A., Mundy, P. C., van Hecke, A. V., & Durocher, J. S. (2006). Social attribution processes and comorbid psychiatric symptoms in children with Asperger syndrome. Autism, 10, 383–402.

Meyer, R. G., & Weaver, C. M. (2006). Law and mental health: A case-based approach. New York: Guilford Press.

Meyer, U. (2013). Developmental neuroinflammation and schizophrenia. Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 42, 20–34.

Mezey, G. & Robbins, I. (2001). Usefulness and validity of post-traumatic stress disorder as a psychiatric category. British Medical Journal, 323, 561–563.

Mezulis, A. H., Abramson, L. Y., Hyde, J. S., & Hankin, B. L. (2004). Is there a universal positivity bias in attributions? A meta-analytic review of individual, developmental, and cultural differences in the self-serving attributional bias. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 711–747.

Micallef, J., & Blin, O. (2001). Neurobiology and clinical pharmacology of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Clinical Neuropharmacology, 24, 191–207.

Michael, N., Erfrth, A., Ohrmann, P., Gössling, M., Arold, V., et al. (2003). Acute mania is accompanied by elevated glutamate/glutamine levels within the left dorsolateral prefrontal cortex. Psychopharmacology, 168, 344–346.

Middleton, K. L., Willner, J., & Simmons, K. M. (2002). Natural disasters and post-traumatic stress disorder symptom complex: Evidence from the Oklahoma tornado outbreak. International Journal of Stress Management, 9, 229–236.

Midence, K., & Hargreaves, I. (1997). Psychosocial adjustment in male-to-female transsexuals: An overview of the research evidence. Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied, 131, 602–614.

Miethe, T. D., Lu, H., & Reese, E. (2000). Reintegrative shaming and recidivism risk in drug court: Explanations for some unexpected findings. Crime and Delinquency, 46, 522–541.

Mikkelsen, E. J. (2001). Enuresis and encopresis: Ten years of progress. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 1146–1158.

Miklowitz, D. J. (2004). The role of family systems in severe and recurrent psychiatric disorders: A developmental psychopathology view. Development and Psychopathology, 16, 667–688.

Miklowitz, D. J. (2008). Adjunctive psychotherapy for bipolar disorders: State of the evidence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 1408–1419.

Miklowitz, D. J., George, E. L., Richards, J. A., Simoneau, T. L., & Suddath, R. L. (2003). A randomized study of family-focused psychoeducation and pharmacotherapy in the outpatient management of bipolar disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 904–912.

Miklowitz, D. J., Goldstein, M. J., Nuechterlein, K. H., Snyder, K. S., & Mintz, J. (1988). Family factors and the course of bipolar affective disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, 225–231.

Miklowitz, D. J., Otto, M. W., Frank, E., Reilly-Harrington, N. A., Kogan, J. N., et al. (2007). Intensive psychosocial intervention enhances functioning in patients with bipolar depression: Results from a 9-month randomized controlled trial. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1340–1347.

Miklowitz, D. J., Simoneau, T. L., George, E. L., Richards, J. A., Kalbag, A., et al. (2000). Family-focused treatment of bipolar disorder: 1-year effects of a psychoeducational programme in conjunction with pharmacotherapy. Biological Psychiatry 48, 582–592.

Mikton, C., & Grounds, A. (2007). Cross-cultural clinical judgment bias in personality disorder diagnosis by forensic psychiatrists in the UK: A case-vignette study. Journal of Personality Disorders, 21, 400–417.

Mikulincer, M. (1994). Human learned helplessness: A coping perspective. New York: Plenum Press.

Milak, M. S., Parsey, R. V., Keilp, J., Oquendo, M. A., Malone, K. M., & Mann, J. J. (2005). Neuroanatomic correlates of psychopathologic components of major depressive disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 397–408.

Milich, R. (1994). The response of children with ADHD to failure: If at first you don’t succeed, do you try, try, again? School Psychology Review, 23, 11–18.

Miller, J. J., Fletcher, K., & Kabat-Zinn, J. (1995). Three-year follow-up and clinical implications of a mindfulness meditation-based stress reduction intervention in the treatment of anxiety disorders. General Hospital Psychiatry, 17, 192–200.

Miller, J. L., Schmidt, L. A., Vaillancourt, T., McDougall, P., & Laliberte, M. (2006). Neuroticism and introversion: A risky combination for disordered eating among a non-clinical sample of undergraduate women. Eating Behaviors, 7, 69–78.

Miller, M. (2002). Resilience elements in students with learning disabilities. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58, 291–298.

Miller, R., & Mason, S. E. (2002). Diagnosis: Schizophrenia. New York: Columbia University Press.

Miller, W. R. (2001). Motivational enhancement therapy: Description of counseling approach. In J. J. Boren, L. S. Onken, & K. M. Carroll (Eds.), Approaches to drug abuse counseling (p–93). Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. Available at www.dualdiagnosis.org/library/nida_00-4151/8.html

Miller, W. R., & Rollnick, S. (1992). Motivational interviewing (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.

Miller, W. R., & Seligman, M. E. (1973). Depression and the perception of reinforcement. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 82, 62–73.

Miller, W. R., & Seligman, M. E. (1975). Depression and learned helplessness in man. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 84, 228–238.

Millet, B., Leclaire, M., Bourdel, M. C., Loo, H., Tezcan, E., & Kuloglu, M. (2000). Comparison of sociodemographic, clinical and phenomenological characteristics of Turkish and French patients suffering from obsessive-compulsive disorder. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 45, 848.

Millon, T. (1981). Disorders of personality, DSM-III: Axis II. New York: Wiley.

Millon, T. (1998). DSM-IV narcissistic personality disorder: Historical reflections and future directions. In E. Ronningstam (Ed.), Disorders of narcissism: Diagnostic, clinical, and empirical implications (p–101). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Millon, T., & Davis, R. D. (2000). Personality disorders in modern life. New York: Wiley.

Mills, T. C., Paul, J., Stall, R., Pollack, L., Canchola, J., et al. (2004). Distress and depression in men who have sex with men: The Urban Men’s Health Study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 278–285.

Milos, G., Kuenzli, C., Soelch, C. M., Schumacher, S., Moergeli, H., & Mueller-Pfeiffer, C. (2013). How much should I eat? Estimation of meal portions in anorexia nervosa. Appetite, 63, 42–47.

Milos, G., Spindler, A., Ruggiero, G., Klaghofer, R., & Schnyder, U. (2002). Comorbidity of obsessive-compulsive disorders and duration of eating disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 31, 284–289.

Minde, K. (2003). Assessment and treatment of attachment disorders. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 16, 377–381.

Mineka, S., Cook, M., & Miller, S. (1984). Fear conditioned with escapable and inescapable shock: Effects of a feedback stimulus. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 10, 307–323.

Mineka, S., Watson, D., & Clark, L. A. (1998). Comorbidity of anxiety and unipolar mood disorders. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 377–412.

Mineka, S., & Zinbarg, R. (1995). Conditioning and ethological models of social phobia. In R. G. Heimberg, M. R. Liebowitz, D. A. Hope, & F. R. Schneier (Eds.), Social phobia: Diagnosis, assessment, and treatment (p–162). New York: Guilford Press.

Miniño, A. M., Arias, E., Kochanek, K. D., Murphy, S. L., & Smith, B. L. (2002). Deaths: Final data for 2000. National Vital Statistics Reports, 50(15). Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics.

Minshew, N. J., & Williams, D. L. (2007). The new neurobiology of autism: Cortex, connectivity, and neuronal organization. Archives of Neurology, 64, 945–950.

Mintz, A. R., Dobson, K. S., & Romney, D. M. (2003). Insight in schizophrenia: A meta-analysis. Schizophrenia Research, 61, 75–88.

Minuchin, S. (1974). Families and family therapy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Minuchin, S., Rosman, B. L., & Baker, L. (1978). Psychosomatic families: Anorexia nervosa in context. Oxford, England: Harvard University Press.

Miranda, J., Azocar, F., Organista, K. C., Dwyer, E., & Areane, P. (2003). Treatment of depression among impoverished primary care patients from ethnic minority groups. Psychiatric Services, 54, 219–225.

Miranda, J., Azocar, F., Organista, K., Dwyer, E., & Areane, P. (2000). Treatment of depression in disadvantaged medical patients. Presented at the tenth NIMH international conference on Mental Health Problems in the General Health Care Sector. Bethesda, Maryland.

Mirsky, A. F., & Quinn, O. W. (1988). The Genain quadruplets. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 14, 595–612.

Mirsky, A. F., Bieliauskas, L. A., French, L. M., Van Kammen, D. P., Joensson, E., & Sedvall, G. (2000). A 39-year followup on the Genain quadruplets. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 26, 699–708.

Mirsky, A., F., Quinn, O. W., DeLisi, L. E., Schwerdt, P., & Buchsbaum, M. S. (1987). The Genain quadruplets: A 25-year follow-up of four monozygous women discordant for the severity of schizophrenic illness. In N. E. Miller & G. D. Cohen (Eds.), Schizophrenia and aging: Schizophrenia, paranoia, and schizophreniform disorders in later life (p–94). New York: Guilford Press.

Misra, S., & Ganzini, L. (2004). Capacity to consent to research among patients with bipolar disorder. Journal of Affective Disorders, 80, 115–123.

Mitchell, A. J. (2007). Understanding medication discontinuation in depression. Psychiatric Times, 24. Retrieved October 20, 2008, from www.psychiatrictimes.com/display/article/10168/54731

Mitchell, J., O’Neil, J. P., Janabi, M., Marks, S. M., Jagust, W. J., & Fields, H. L. (2012). Alcohol consumption induces endogenous opioid release in the human orbitofrontal cortex and nucleus accumbens. Science Translational Medicine, 4, 116ra6.

Mitchell, J. E., Peterson, C. B., Myers, T., & Wonderlich, S. (2001). Combining pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy in the treatment of patients with eating disorders. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 24, 315–323.

Mittal, V. A., Neumann, C., Saczawa, M., & Walker, E. F. (2008). Longitudinal progression of movement abnormalities in relation to psychotic symptoms in adolescents at high risk of schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65, 165–171.

Mittendorfer-Rutz, E., Rasmussen, F., & Wasserman, D. (2004). Restricted fetal growth and adverse maternal psychosocial and socioeconomic conditions as risk factors for suicidal behaviour of offspring: A cohort study. Lancet, 364, 1135–1140.

Mittleman, M. A., Lewis, R. A., Maclure, M., Sherwood, J. B., & Muller, J. E. (2001). Triggering myocardial infarction by marijuana. Circulation, 103, 2805–2809.

Miura, Y., Mizuno, M., Yamashita, C., Watanabe, K., Murakami, M., & Kashima, H. (2004). Expressed emotion and social functioning in chronic schizophrenia. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 45, 469–474.

Modell, J. G., Mountz, J. M., Curtis, G. C., & Greden, J. F. (1989). Neurophysiologic dysfunction in basal ganglia/limbic striatal and thalamocortical circuits as a pathogenetic mechanism of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 1, 27–36.

Modell, S., Huber, J., Holsboer, F., & Lauer, C. J. (2003). The Munich Vulnerability Study on Affective Disorders: Risk factors for unipolarity versus bipolarity. Journal of Affective Disorders, 74, 173–184.

Moffitt, T. E. (2003). Life-course-persistent and adolescence-limited antisocial behavior: A 10-year research review and a research agenda. In B. B. Lahey, T. E. Moffitt, & A. Caspi (Eds.), Causes of conduct disorder and juvenile delinquency (p–75). New York: Guilford Press.

Moffitt, T. E., & Caspi, A. (2001). Childhood predictors differentiate life-course persistent and adolescence-limited antisocial pathways among males and females. Development and Psychopathology, 13, 355–375.

Moffitt, T. E., Caspi, A., Harrington, H., & Milne, B. J. (2002). Males on the life-course-persistent and adolescence-limited antisocial pathways: Follow-up at age 26 years. Development and Psychopathology, 14, 179–207.

Moffitt, T. E., Caspi, A., Harrington, H., Milne, B. J., Melchior, M., et al. (2007). Generalized anxiety disorder and depression: Childhood risk factors in a birth cohort followed to age 32. Psychological Medicine, 37, 441–452.

Mogg, K., & Bradley, B. P. (2005). Attentional bias in generalized anxiety disorder versus depressive disorder. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 29, 29–45.

Mogg, K., Bradley, B. P., & Williams, R. (1995). Attentional bias in anxiety and depression: The role of awareness. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 34, 17–36.

Mogg, K., Millar, N., & Bradley, B. P. (2000). Biases in eye movements to threatening facial expressions in generalized anxiety disorder and depressive disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109, 695–704.

Mohr, D. C., Hart, S. L., Julian, L., Catledge, C., Honos-Webb, L., et al. (2005). Telephone-administered psychotherapy for depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 1007–1014.

Molfese, D. L. (2000). Predicting dyslexia at 8 years of age using neonatal brain responses. Brain and Language, 72, 238–245.

Monahan, J., & Steadman, H. J. (Eds). (1994). Violence and mental disorder: Developments in risk assessment. Chicago: Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Monahan, J., Steadman, H., Silver, E., Appelbaum, P. S., Robbins, P. C., et al. (2001). Rethinking risk assessment: The MacArthur study of mental disorder and violence. New York: Oxford University Press.

Moncrieff, J. (2001). Are antidepressants overrated? A review of methodological problems in antidepressant trials. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 189, 288–295.

Moncrieff, J. (2002). The antidepressant debate. British Journal of Psychiatry, 180, 193–194.

Moncrieff, J., & Kirsch, I. (2005). Efficacy of antidepressants in adults. British Medical Journal, 331, 155–157.

Moncrieff, J., Wessely, S., & Hardy, R. (2001). Antidepressants using active placebos. Cochrane Database Systematic Review, 2, CD003012.

Mond, J. M., Hay, P. J., Rodgers, B., & Owen, C. (2006). An update on the definition of “excessive exercise” in eating disorders research. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 39, 147–153.

Monk, C. S., Nelson, E. E., McClure, E. B., Mogg, K., Bradley, B. P., et al. (2006). Ventrolateral prefrontal cortex activation and attentional bias in response to angry faces in adolescents with generalized anxiety disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1091–1097.

Monroe, S. M., & Simons, A. D. (1991). Diathesis-stress theories in the context of life-stress research: Implications for the depressive disorders. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 406–425.

Monroe, S. M., Rohde, P., Seeley, J. R., & Lewinsohn, P. M. (1999). Life events and depression in adolescence: Relationship loss as a prospective risk factor for first onset of major depressive disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 606–661.

Montano, C. B. (1994). Recognition and treatment of depression in a primary care setting. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 55(12, Suppl), 18–34.

Montgomery, S. A., Schatzberg, A. F., Guelfi, J. D., Kasper, S., Nemeroff, C., et al. (2001). Pharmacotherapy of depression and mixed states in bipolar disorder. Journal of Affective Disorders, 59(Suppl. 1), S39–S56.

Monti, P. M., Abrams, D. B., Kadden, R. M., & Cooney, N. L. (1989). Treating alcohol dependence: A coping skills training guide in the treatment of alcoholism. New York: Guilford Press.

Moore, C. (2006). George & Sam: Two boys, One family, and autism. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Moore, T. H. M., Zammit, S., Lingford-Hughest, A., Barnes, T. R. E., Jones, P. B., et al. (2007). Cannabis use and risk of psychotic or affective mental health outcomes: A systematic review. Lancet, 370, 319–328.

Moos, R., & Moos, B. (1986). Family Environment Scale Manual (2nd ed.). Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

Moos, R. H., & Moos, B. S. (2004). Long-term influence of duration and frequency of participation in Alcoholics Anonymous on individuals with alcohol use disorders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 72, 81–90.

Moos, R. H., & Timko, C. (2008). Outcome research on 12-step and other self-help programs. In M. Galanter & H. D. Kleber (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of substance abuse treatment (4th ed., p–521). Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Moradi, B., Dirks, D., & Matteson, A. V. (2005). Roles of sexual objectification experiences and internalization of standards of beauty in eating disorder symptomatology: A test and extension of objectification theory. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 52, 420–428.

Moran, P. (1999). The epidemiology of antisocial personality disorder. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 34, 231–242.

Morey, L. C., Alexander, G. M., & Boggs, C. (2005). Gender. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–559). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Morey, L. C., Hopwood, C. J., Markowitz, J. C., Gunderson, J. G., Grilo, C. M., et al. (2012). Comparison of alternative models for personality disorders, II: 6-, 8- and 10-year follow-up. Psychological Medicine, 42(8), 1705–1713.

Morey, L. C., Warner, M. B., Shea, M. T., Gunderson, J. G., Sanislow, C. A., et al. (2003). The representation of four personality disorders by the schedule for nonadaptive and adaptive personality dimensional model of personality. Psychological Assessment, 15, 326–332.

Morey, R. A., Inan, S., Mitchell, T. V., Perkins, D. O., Lieberman, J. A., & Belger, A. (2005). Imaging frontostriatal function in ultra-high-risk, early, and chronic schizophrenia during executive processing. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 254–262.

Morgan, C. D., & Murray, H. A. (1935). A method for investigating fantasies: The Thematic Apperception Test. Archives of Neurological Psychiatry, 34, 289–306.

Morgan, J. F., & Crisp, A. H. (2000). Use of leukotomy for intractable anorexia nervosa: A long-term follow-up study. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 27, 249–258.

Moritz, S., & Woodward, T. S. (2006). The contribution of metamemory deficits to schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 115, 15–25.

Morris, N. (1986). Insanity defense (National Institute of Justice Crime File Study Guide). Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Justice, National Institute of Justice/Criminal Justice Reference Service.

Mort, J. R., & Aparasu, R. R. (2002). Prescribing of psychotropics in the elderly: Why is it so often inappropriate? CNS Drugs, 16, 99–109.

Mörtberg, E., Karlsson, A., Fyring, C., & Sundin, Ö. (2006). Intensive cognitive-behavioral group treatment (CBGT) of social phobia: A randomized controlled study. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 20, 646–660.

Mortensen, P. B., Pedersen, C. B., Westergaard, T., Wohlfahrt, J., Ewald, H., et al. (1999). Effects of family history and place and season of birth on the risk of schizophrenia. New England Journal of Medicine, 340, 603–608.

Moscicki, E. (2001). Epidemiology of suicide. In S. Goldsmith(Ed.), Risk factors for suicide (p–4). Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Moscicki, E. K. (1995). Epidemiology of suicidal behavior. In M. M. Silverman & R. W. Maris (Eds.), Suicide prevention: Toward the year 2000 (p–35). New York: Guilford Press.

Moscicki, E. K. (1997). Identification of suicide risk factors using epidemiologic studies. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 20, 499–517.

Moser, C. (2001). Paraphilia: A critique of a confused concept. In P. J. Kleinplatz (Ed.), New directions in sex therapy: Innovations and alternatives (p–108). Philadelphia: Taylor and Rutledge.

Moser, C. (2009). When is an unusual sexual interest a mental disorder? Archives of Sexual Behavior, 38, 323–325.

Moser, C.,& Devereux, M. (2012). Sexual medicine, sex therapy, and sexual health care. In P. J. Kleinplatz (Ed.), New Directions in Sex Therapy (2nd ed., p–139). New York: Routledge.

Moser, C., & Kleinplatz, P. J. (2005). DSM-IV-TR and the paraphilias: An argument for removal. Journal of Psychology & Human Sexuality, 17, 91–109.

Mosher, P. W., & Swire, P. P. (2002). The ethical and legal implications of Jaffee v. Redmond and the HIPAA medical privacy rule for psychotherapy and general psychiatry. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 25, 575–584.

Moussaoui, D., el Kadiri, M. Agoub, M., Tazi, I., & Kadri, N. (1999). Depression, suicidal ideation and schizophrenia. Encephale, 25, 9–11.

Mowrer, O. H. (1939). A stimulus-response analysis of anxiety and its role as a reinforcing agent. Psychological Review, 46, 553–565.

Mowrer, O. H. (1947). On the dual nature of learning: A re-interpretation of “conditioning” and “problem-solving.” Harvard Educational Review, 17, 102–148.

Moyers, T. (2003). Motivational interviewing. In J. L. Sorensen, R. A. Rawson, J. Guydish, & J. E. Zweben (Eds.), Drug abuse treatment through collaboration: Practice and research partnerships that work (p–150). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Moynihan, R. (2003). The making of a disease: Female sexual dysfunction. British Medical Journal, 326, 45–47.

Mrazek, P., & Haggerty, R. (1994). Reducing risks for mental disorders: Frontiers for preventive intervention research. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Mrug, S., Hoza, B., Gerdes, A. C., Hinshaw, S., Arnold, L. E., et al. (2009). Discriminating between children with ADHD and classmates using peer variables. Journal of Attention Disorders, 12, 372–380.

Mueser, K. T., Bond, G. R., Drake, R. E., & Resnick, S. G. (1998). Models of community care for severe mental illness: A review of research on case management. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 24, 37–74.

Mueser, K. T., Goodman, L. B., Trumbetta, S. L., Rosenberg, S. D., Osher, F. C., et al. (1998). Trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder in severe mental illness. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 493–499.

Muhle, R., Trentacoste, S. V., & Rapin, I. (2004). The genetics of autism. Pediatrics, 113, e472–e486.

Muir, S. L., Wertheim, E. H., & Paxton, S. J. (1999). Adolescent girls’ first diets: Triggers and the role of multiple dimensions of self-concept. Eating Disorders: The Journal of Treatment & Prevention, 7, 259–227.

Mulas, F., Capilla, A., Fernández, S., Etchepareborda, M. C., Campo, P., et al. (2006). Shifting-related brain magnetic activity in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 59, 373–379.

Mulder, R. T., & Joyce, P. R. (1997). Temperament and the structure of personality disorder symptoms. Psychological Medicine, 27, 99–106.

Mulholland, A. M., & Mintz, L. B. (2001). Prevalence of eating disorders among African American women. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 48, 111–116.

Mullen, R. (2003). The problem of bizarre delusions. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 191, 546–548.

Muller, J., & Roberts, J. E. (2005). Memory and attention in obsessive-compulsive disorder: A review. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 19, 1–28.

Muller, N., & Schwarz, M. (2006). Schizophrenia as an inflammation-mediated dysbalance of glutamatergic neurotransmission. Neurotox Research, 10, 131–148.

Müller, T., Mannel, M., Murck, H., & Rahlfs, V. W. (2004). Treatment of somatoform disorders with St. John’s wort: A randomized, double-blind and placebo-controlled trial. Psychosomatic Medicine, 66, 538–547.

Mulvany, F., O’Callaghan, E., Takei, N., Byrne, M., Fearon, P., & Larkin, C. (2001). Effect of social class at birth on risk and presentation of schizophrenia: Case-control study. BMJ: British Medical Journal, 323, 1398–1401.

Munafò, M. R., Clark, T. G., Roberts, K. H., & Johnstone, E. C. (2006). Neuroticism mediates the association of the serotonin transporter gene with lifetime major depression. Neuropsychobiology, 53, 1–8.

Mundo, E., Richter, M. A., Sam, F., Macciardi, F., & Kennedy, J. L. (2000). Is the 5-HT-sub(1Dβ) receptor gene implicated in the pathogenesis of obsessive-compulsive disorder? American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1160–1161.

Mundo, E., Walker, M., Tims, H., Macciardi, F., & Kennedy, J. L. (2000). Lack of linkage disequilibrium between serotonin transporter protein gene (SLC6A4) and bipolar disorder. American Journal of Medical Genetics, 96, 379–383.

Munroe, R. L., & Gauvain, M. (2001). Why the paraphilias? Domesticating strange sex. Cross-Cultural Research: The Journal of Comparative Social Science, 35, 44–64.

Murias, M. A., Webb, S. J., Merkle, K., Greenson, J., & Dawson, G. (2006, October 14). Spontaneous EEG coherence in adults with autism. Poster presented at Neuroscience 2006 Georgia World Congress Center.

Murphy, L. J., & Mitchell, D. L. (1998). When writing helps to heal: E-mail as therapy. British Journal of Guidance and Counseling, 26, 21–32.

Murray, C. J. L., & Lopez, A. D. (Eds.). (1996). The global burden of disease. A comprehensive assessment of mortality and disability from diseases, injuries, and risk factors in 1990 and projected to 2020. Cambridge, MA: Harvard School of Public Health.

Murray, H. A. (1943). Thematic Apperception Test manual. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Murray, L. A., Whitehouse, W. G., & Alloy, L. B. (1999). Mood congruence and depressive deficits in memory: A forced-recall analysis. Memory, 7, 175–196.

Myers, J. E. B. (1998). Legal issues in child abuse and neglect practice. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Myin-Germeys, I., Delespaul, P. A. E. G., & deVries, M. W. (2000). Schizophrenia patients are more emotionally active than is assumed based on their behavior. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 26, 847–853.

Nahas, Z., Kozel, F. A., Li, X., Anderson, B., & George, M. S. (2003). Left prefrontal transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) treatment of depression in bipolar affective disorder: A pilot study of acute safety and efficacy. Bipolar Disorders, 5, 40–47.

Nahas, Z., Kozel, F. A., Li, X., Anderson, B., George, M. S. (2003). Left prefrontal transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) treatment of depression in bipolar affective disorder: A pilot study of acute safety and efficacy. Bipolar Disorders, 5, 40–47.

Narrow, W. E., & Kuhl, E. A. (2011). Clinical significance and disorder thresholds in DSM-5: The role of disability and distress. In D. A. Regier, W. E. Narrow, E. A. Kuhl, & D. J. Kupfer (Eds.), The Conceptual Evolution of DSM-5 (p–162). Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Nathan, P. E., Skinstad, A. H., & Dolan, S. L. (2000). Clinical psychology II. Psychological treatments: Research and practice. In K. Pawlik & M.R. Rosenzweig (Eds.), International handbook of psychology (p–451). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Nathan, P. E., Stuart, S. P., & Dolan, S. L. (2000). Research on psychotherapy efficacy and effectiveness: Between Scylla and Charybdis? Psychological Bulletin, 126, 964–981.

National Center for Health Statistics. (2008). Diagnosed attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and learning disability: United States, 2004–2006. DHHS Publication No. (PHS) 2008-1565, Series 10, No. 237. Retrieved February 15, 2009, from www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/series/sr_10/sr10_237.pdf

National Collaborating Centre for Mental Health. (2005) Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder. The Management of PTSD in Adults and Children in Primary and Secondary Care. NICE Clinical Guidelines, 26. Leicester, UK: Gaskell.

National Committee for Quality Assurance. (2007). The state of health care quality 2007. Washington, DC: Author.

National Depressive and Manic Depressive Association. (2002). Suicide prevention. Retrieved Month 01, 2003, from www.ndmda.org/suicide.html

National Institute on Aging. (2003). Alzheimer’s disease: Unraveling the mystery. NIH Pub. No: 02-3782. Retrieved December 4, 2007, from www.nia.nih.gov/NR/rdonlyres/A294D332-71A2-4866-BDD7-A0DF216DAAA4/0/Alzheimers_Disease_Unraveling_the_Mystery.pdf

National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, National Advisory Council. (2004). NIAAA Council approves definition of binge drinking. NIAAA Newsletter, 3. Retrieved February 22, 2006, from http://pubs.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/Newsletter/winter2004/Newsletter_Number3.htm#council

National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. (2005). What is alcoholism? Retrieved December 12, 2005, from www.niaaa.nih.gov/FAQs/General-English/FAQ1.htm

National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. (2012). FAQs for the General Public. Retrieved March 8, 2012, from www.niaaa.nih.gov/FAQs/General-English/Pages/default.aspx

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (1999). Principles of drug addiction treatment: A research-based guide [NIH Publication No. 00-4180]. Bethesda, MD: Author.

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2000). The brain: Understanding neurobiology through the study of addiction. [NIH Publication No. 00-4871]. Bethesda, MD: Author.

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2001). NIDA research report series: Hallucinogens and dissociative drugs [NIH Publication No. 01-4209]. Retrieved December 24, 2008, from www.drugabuse.gov/PDF/PODAT/PODAT.pdf

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2003). Drug use among racial/ethnic minorities [NIH Publication No. 03-3888]. Bethesda, MD: Author.

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2004). NIDA research report series: Cocaine: Abuse and addiction [NIH publication number 99-4342]. Bethesda, MD: Author.

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2005a). NIDA research report series: Heroin: Abuse and addiction [NIH Publication No. 05-4165]. Bethesda, MD: Author.

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2005b). NIDA research report series: Marijuana abuse [NIH publication number 05-3859]. Bethesda, MD: Author.

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2005c). NIDA research report series: Prescription drugs: Abuse and addiction [NIH Publication No. 05-4881]. Bethesda, MD: Author.

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2006a). NIDA InfoFacts: Costs to society. Retrieved March 12, 2009, from www.drugabuse.gov/Infofacts/costs.html

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2006b). NIDA InfoFacts: Methylphenidate (Ritalin). Retrieved March 12, 2009, from www.drugabuse.gov/Infofacts/ADHD.html

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2006c). NIDA research report series: Tobacco addiction [NIH Publication No. 06-4342]. Bethesda, MD: Author.

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2007a). NIDA InfoFacts: Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products. Retrieved March 12, 2009, from www.drugabuse.gov/Infofacts/tobacco.html

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2007b). NIDA InfoFacts: Crack and cocaine. Retrieved March 12, 2009, from www.drugabuse.gov/Infofacts/cocaine.html

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2007c). NIDA InfoFacts: Heroin. Retrieved March 12, 2009, from www.drugabuse.gov/Infofacts/heroin.html

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2007d). NIDA InfoFacts: LSD. Retrieved March 12, 2009, from www.drugabuse.gov/pdf/infofacts/Hallucinogens08.pdf

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2007e). NIDA InfoFacts: MDMA (Ecstasy). Retrieved March 12, 2009, from www.drugabuse.gov/Infofacts/ecstasy.html

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2007f). NIDA InfoFacts: PCP (Phencyclidine). Retrieved March 12, 2009, from www.drugabuse.gov/Infofacts/hallucinogens.html

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2007g). The science of addiction: Drugs, brains, and behavior [NIH Publication No. 07-5605]. Bethesda, MD: Author.

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2008a). NIDA InfoFacts: Nationwide trends. Retrieved December 20, 2008, from www.drugabuse.gov/Infofacts/NationTrends08.pdf

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2008b). NIDA InfoFacts: MDMA (Ecstasy). Retrieved December 20, 2008, from www.drugabuse.gov/PDF/Infofacts/MDMA08.pdf

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2008c). NIDA InfoFacts: Methamphetamine. Retrieved December 20, 2008, from www.drugabuse.gov/Infofacts/methamphetamine.html

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2008d). NIDA InfoFacts: Hallucinogens—LSD, peyote, psilocybin and PCP. Retrieved December 20, 2008, from www.drugabuse.gov/Infofacts/hallucinogens.html

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2008e). InfoFacts: Prescription and over-the-counter medications. Retrieved December 23, 2008, from www.nida.nih.gov/PDF/Infofacts/PainMed08.pdf

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2008f). NIDA InfoFacts: Treatment approaches for drug addiction. Retrieved December 24, 2008, from www.nida.nih.gov/PDF/InfoFacts/Treatment08.pdf

National Institute on Drug Abuse. (2012). DrugFacts: Synthetic Cathinones (“Bath Salts”). Retrieved December 16, 2012, from www.drugabuse.gov/publications/drugfacts/synthetic-cathinones-bath-salts

Naughton, A. M., Maguire, S. A., Mann, M. K., Lumb, R. C., Tempest, V., et al. (in press). Emotional, behavioral and develpmenta features indicative of neglect or emotional abuse in preschool children. JAMA Pediatrics.

Nazareth, I., Boynton, P., & King, M. (2003). Problems with sexual function in people attending London general practitioners: Cross sectional study. British Medical Journal, 327, 423–426.

Neal-Barnett, A. M., & Smith Sr., J. (1997). African Americans. In S. Friedman (Ed.), Cultural issues in the treatment of anxiety. (p–174). New York: Guilford Press.

Neale, M. C., Walter, E. E., Eaves, L. J., Kessler, R. C., Heath, A. C., & Kendler, K. S. (1994). Genetics of blood-injury fears and phobias: A population-based twin study. American Journal of Medical Genetics, 54, 326–334.

Neale, T. (2008). ICAD: Biomarkers may help identify pre-clinical Alzheimer’s. Medscape. Retrieved July 31, 2008, from www.medpagetoday.com/MeetingCoverage/ICAD/tb/10323.

Nebelkopf, E., & Phillips, M. (2004). Healing and mentat health for Native Americans: Speaking in red. Walnut Creek, CA: Altamira Press.

Neighbors, H. W., Trierweiler, S. J., Ford, B. C., & Muroff, J. R. (2003). Racial differences in DSM-IV-TR diagnosis using a semi-structured instrument: The importance of clinical judgment in the diagnosis of African Americans. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 44, 237–256.

Nelson, M. D., Saykin, A. J., Flashman, L. A., & Riordan, H. J. (1998). Hippocampal volume reduction in schizophrenia as assessed by magnetic resonance imaging: A meta-analytic study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 433–440.

Nemeroff, C. (1998). The neurobiology of depression. Scientific American, 278, 28–35.

Nemeroff, C. B. (2008). Recent findings in the pathophysiology of depression. Focus, 6, 3–14.

Nemeroff, C. J., Stein, R. I., Diehl, N. S., & Smilack, K. M. (1994). From the Cleavers to the Clintons: Role choices and body orientation as reflected in magazine article content. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 16, 167–176.

Nestadt, G., Samuels, J., Riddle, M., Bienvenu, J., Liang, K-Y., et al. (2000). A family study of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 358–363.

Nestler, E. J. (1997). Schizophrenia: An emerging pathophysiology. Nature, 385, 578–579.

Neuman, R. J., Lobos, E., Reich, W., Henderson, C. A., Sun, L. W., & Todd, R. D. (2007). Prenatal smoking exposure and dopaminergic genotypes interact to cause a severe ADHD subtype. Biological Psychiatry, 61, 1320–1328.

Neumann, C., & Walker, E. F. (1996). Childhood neuromotor soft signs, behavior problems, and adult psychopathology. In T. Ollendick & R. Prinz (Eds.), Advances in clinical child psychology (p–203). New York: Plenum Press.

Neumark-Sztainer, D., Wall, M., Larson, N., Eisenberg, M., & Loth, K. (2011). Dieting and disordered eating behaviors from adolescence to young adulthood: Findings from a 10-year longitudinal study. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 111, 1004–1111.

Neumeister, A., Charney, D. S., & Drevets, W. C. (2005). Depression and the hippocampus. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1057.

Neumeister, A., Wood, S., Bonne, O., Nugent, A. C., Luckenbaugh, D. A., et al. (2005). Reduced hippocampal volume in unmedicated, remitted patients with major depression versus control subjects. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 935–937.

New, A. S., Hazlett, E. A., Buchsbaum, M. S., Goodman, M., Koenigsberg, H. W., & Iskander, L. (2003). M-CPP PET and impulsive aggression in borderline personality disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 53, 104S.

New York Psychiatric Institute. (2006). Retrieved November 1, 2006, from http://nypisys.cpmc.columbia.edu/anxiety/PTSDCASE.HTM

Newman, C. F., Leahy, R. L., Beck, A. T., Reilly-Harrington, N. A., & Gyulai, L. (2002). Bipolar disorder: A cognitive therapy approach. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Newman, M. G., Kenardy, J., Herman, S., & Taylor, C. B. (1997). Comparison of palmtop-computer-assisted brief cognitive-behavioral treatment to cognitive behavioral treatment for panic disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 65, 178–183.

Newton, T. F., Roache, J. D., De La Garza II, R., Fong, T., Wallace, C. L., et al. (2006). Bupropion reduces methamphetamine-induced subjective effects and cue-induced craving. Neuropsychopharmacology, 31, 1537–1544.

Nezu, C. M., Nezu, A. M., & Gill-Weiss, M. J. (1992). Psychopathology in persons with mental retardation: Clinical guidelines for assessment and treatment. Champaign, IL: Research Press.

Ng, C. H. (1997). The stigma of mental illness in Asian cultures. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 31, 382–390.

Nguyen, H. H. (2006). Acculturation in the United States. In D. L. Sam & J. W. Berry (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of acculturation psychology (p–330). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Nicdao, E. G., Hong, S., & Takeuchi, D. T. (2007). Prevalence and correlates of eating disorders among Asian Americans: Results from the National Latino and Asian American Study. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, S22–S26.

Nicholas, M., Obler, L., Albert, M., & Goodglass, H. (1985). Lexical retrieval in healthy aging. Cortex, 21, 595–606.

Nichols, M. (2000). Special populations. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy (3rd ed., p–367). New York: Guilford Press.

Nickel, M. K., Muehlbacher, M., Nickel, C., Kettler, C., Gil, F. P., et al. (2006). Aripiprazole in the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder: A double-blind, placebo-controlled study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 833–838.

Nield, L. S., & Kamat, D. (2004). Enuresis: How to evaluate and treat. Clinical Pediatrics, 43, 409–415.

Nigg, J. T. (2006a). Temperament and developmental psychopathology. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 47, 395–422.

Nigg, J. T. (2006b). What causes ADHD? Toward a multi-path model for understanding what goes wrong and why. New York: Guilford Press.

Nigg, J. T., & Goldsmith, H. H. (1994). Genetics of personality disorders: Perspectives from personality and psychopathology research. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 346–380.

Nigg, J. T., Hinshaw, S. P., & Huang-Pollock, C. (2006). Disorders of attention and impulse regulation. In D. Cicchetti & D. J. Cohen (Eds.), Developmental psychopathology, Vol. 3: Risk, disorder, and adaptation (2nd ed., p–403). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Nigg, J., Nikolas, M., Friderici, K., Park, L., & Zucker, R. A. (2007). Genotype and neuropsychological response inhibition as resilience promoters for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, oppositional defiant disorder, and conduct disorder under conditions of psychosocial adversity. Development and Psychopathology, 19, 767–786.

Nitschke, J. B., Dixon, G. E., Sarinopoulos, I., Short, S. J., Cohen, J. D., et al. (2006). Altering expectancy dampens neural response to aversive taste in primary taste cortex. Nature Neuroscience, 9, 435–442.

Nobre, P. J., & Pinto-Gouveia, J. (2006). Dysfunctional sexual beliefs as vulnerability factors for sexual dysfunction. Journal of Sex Research, 43, 68–75.

Nock, M. K., Borges, G., Bromet, E. J., Alonso, J., Angermeyer, M., et al. (2008). Cross-national prevalence and risk factors for suicidal ideation, plans and attempts. British Journal of Psychiatry, 192, 98–105.

Nock, M. K., Kazdin, A. E., Hiripi, E., & Kessler, R. C. (2006). Prevalence, subtypes, and correlates of DSM-IV conduct disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey replication. Psychological Medicine, 36, 699–710.

Nolan, S. A., & Mineka, S. (1997, November). Verbal, nonverbal, and genderrelated factors in the interpersonal consequences of depression and anxiety. Presented at the annual meeting of the Association for the Advancement of Behavior Therapy, Miami Beach, FL.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (1987). Sex differences in unipolar depression: Evidence and theory. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 259–282.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (2000). The role of rumination in depressive disorders and mixed anxiety/depressive symptoms. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109, 504–511.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (2001). Gender differences in depression. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 173–176.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S., & Girgus, J. (1994). The emergence of gender differences in depression during adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 424–443.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S., & Morrow, J. (1991). A prospective study of depression and posttraumatic stress symptoms after a natural disaster: The 1989 Loma Prieta earthquake. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 115–121.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S., & Morrow, J. (1993). Effects of rumination and distraction on naturally occurring depressed mood. Cognition & Emotion, 7, 561–570.

Nomura, M., Kusumi, I., Kaneko, M., Masui, T., Daiguji, M., et al. (2006). Involvement of a polymorphism in the 5-HT2A receptor gene in impulsive behavior. Psychopharmacology, 187, 30–35.

Norasakkunkit, V., Kitayama, S., & Uchida, Y. (2012). Social anxiety and holistic cognition: Self-focused social anxiety in the United States and other-focused social anxiety in Japan. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 43, 742–757.

Norberg, M. M., Krystal, J. H., & Tolin, D. F. (2008). A meta-analysis of D-cycloserine and the facilitation of fear extinction and exposure therapy. Biological Psychiatry, 63, 1118–1126.

Norcross, J. C., Hedges, M., & Castle, P. H. (2002). Psychologists conducting psychotherapy in 2001: A study of the Division 29 membership. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 39, 97–102.

Norcross, J. C., Sayette, M. A., Mayne, T. J., Karg, R. S., & Turkson, M. A. (1998). Selecting a doctoral program in professional psychology: Some comparisons among PhD counseling, PhD clinical, and PsyD clinical psychology programs. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 29, 609–614.

Nordling, N., Sandnabba, N. K., & Santtila, P. (2000). The prevalence and effects of self-reported childhood sexual abuse among sadomasochistically oriented males and females. Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 9, 53–63.

Norman, P. (1997). Shout! The Beatles in their generation. New York: Fireside.

Norman, R. M. G., Malla, A. K., McLean, T. S., McIntosh, E. M., Neufeld, R. W. J., et al. (2002). An evaluation of a stress management program for individuals with schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 58, 293–303.

Norris, F. H., Murphy, A. D., Baker, C. K., Perilla, J. L., Rodriguez, F. G., & Rodriguez, J. D. J. G. (2003). Epidemiology of trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder in Mexico. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 112, 646–656.

Norris, F. H., Perilla, J. L., & Murphy, A. D. (2001). Postdisaster stress in the United States and Mexico: A cross-cultural test of the multicriterion conceptual model of posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 110, 553–563.

Nowinski, J. (2003). Self-help groups. In J. L. Sorensen, R. A. Rawson, J. Guydish & J. E. Zweben (Eds.). Drug abuse treatment through collaboration: Practice and research partnerships that work (p–70). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Noyes, R., Jr., Happel, R. L., & Yagla, S. J. (1999). Correlates of hypochondriasis in a nonclinical population. Psychosomatics, 40, 461–469.

Noyes, R., Jr., Holt, C. S., Happel, R. L., Kathol, R. G., & Yagla, S. J. (1997). A family study of hypochondriasis. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disorders, 185, 223–232.

Noyes, R., Jr., Stuart, S. P., & Watson, D. B. (2008). A reconceptualization of the somatoform disorders. Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation Liaison Psychiatry, 49, 14–22.

Nuechterlein, K. H. (1991). Vigilance in schizophrenia and related disorders. In S. R. Steinhauer, J. H. Gruzelier, & J. Zubin (Eds.), Neuropsychology, psychophysiology, and information processing (p–433). New York: Elsevier Science.

Nurnberger, J. I. Jr., Wiegand, R., Bucholz, K., O’Connor, S., Meyer, E. T., et al. (2004). A family study of alcohol dependence: Coaggregation of multiple disorders in relatives of alcohol-dependent probands. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 1246–1256.

Nutt, D., & Lawson, C. (1992). Panic attacks: A neurochemical overview of models and mechanisms. British Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 165–178.

Nutt, D. J. (2001). Neurobiological mechanisms in generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 22–27.

Nutt, D. J. (2008). Relationship of neurotransmitters to the symptoms of major depressive disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69 (Suppl E1), 4–7.

Nuttbrock, L., Hwahng, S., Bockting, W., Rosenblum, A., Mason, H., et al. (2010). Psychiatric impact of gender-related abuse across the life course of male to female transgender persons. Journal of Sex Research, 47, 12–23.

Oakland, T., Mpofu, E., Glasgow, K., & Jumel, B. (2003). Diagnosis and administrative interventions for students with mental retardation in Australia, France, United States, and Zimbabwe 98 years after Binet’s first intelligence test. International Journal of Testing, 3, 59–75.

Oakley, D. A. (1999). Hypnosis and conversion hysteria: A unifying model. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 4, 243–265.

O’Brien, C. P. (2005). Anticraving medications for relapse prevention: A possible new class of psychoactive medications. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1423–1431.

O’Brien, C. P., Volkow, N., & Li, T. (2006). What’s in a word? Addiction versus dependence in DSM-V. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 764–765.

O’Connor v. Donaldson, 422 U.S. 563 (1975).

O’Connor, M. G., & Lafleche, G. (2006). Amnesic syndromes. In P. J. Snyder, P. D. Nussbaum, & D. L. Robins (Eds.), Clinical neuropsychology: A pocket handbook for assessment (2nd ed., p–488). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

O’Connor, R. C., Sheehy, N. P., & O’Connor, D. B.. (1999). A thematic analysis of suicide notes. Crisis: The Journal of Crisis Intervention and Suicide Prevention, 20, 106–114.

Odgers, C. L., Caspi, A., Nagin, D., Piquero, A. R., Slutske, W. S., et al. (2008). Is it important to prevent early exposure to drugs and alcohol among teens? Psychological Science, 19, 1037–1044.

Ofovwe, C. E., Ofovwe, G. E., & Meyer, A. (2006). The prevalence of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder among school-aged children in Benin City, Nigeria. Journal of Child and Adolescent Mental Health, 18, 1–5.

Ogawa, K., Miya, M., Watarai, A., Nakazawa, K. M., Yuasa, S., & Utena, H. (1987). A long-term follow up study of schizophrenia in Japan—with special reference to the course of social adjustment. British Joumal of Psychiatry, 151, 758–765.

Ogden, C. A., Rich, M. E., Schork, N. J., Paulus, M. P., Geyer, M. A., et al. (2004). Candidate genes, pathways and mechanisms for bipolar (manic-depressive) and related disorders: An expanded convergent functional genomics approach. Molecular Psychiatry, 9, 1007–1029.

Ogden, C. L., Fryar, C. D., Carroll, M. D., & Flegal, K. M. (2004, October 27). Mean Body Weight, Height, and Body Mass Index, United States 1960–2002. Advance Data from Vital and Health Statistics, 347, Table 10. Retrieved May 27, 2009 from http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/ad/ad347.pdf

Ogloff, J. R., Wong, S., & Greenwood, A. (1990). Treating criminal psychopaths in a therapeutic community program. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 8, 181–190.

Ogloff, J. R. P. (2006). Psychopathy/antisocial personality disorder conundrum. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 40, 519–528.

Ogundipe, T., & Shankar, C. (2013). Too dangerous to be NGRI? Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law, 41(1), 140–142.

Öhman, A. (1986). Face the beast and fear the face: Animal and social fears as prototypes for evolutionary analyses of emotion. Psychophysiology, 23, 123–145.

Öhman, A., Fredrikson, M., Hugdahl, K., & Rimmo, P.-A. (1976). The premise of equipotentiality in human classical conditioning: Conditioned electrodermal responses to potentially phobic stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 105, 313–337.

Okubo, Y., Suhara, T., Suzuki, K., Kobayashi, K., Inoue, O., Terasaki, O., et al. (1997). Decreased prefrontal dopamine D1 receptors in schizophrenia revealed by PET. Nature, 385, 578–579.

Olde Hartman, T. C., Borghuis, M. S., Lucassen, P. L. B. J., can de Laar, F. A., Speckens, A. E., & van Weel, C. (2009). Medically unexplained symptoms, somatization disorder, and hypochondriasis: Course and Progrnoisis. A systematic review. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 66, 363–377.

Oldham, J. M. (2005). Personality disorders: Recent history and future directions. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–16). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Oldham, J. M., Skodol, A. E., Kellman, H. D., Hyler, S. E., Doidge, N., et al. (1995). Comorbidity of Axis I and Axis II disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 571–578.

Olds, J., & Milner, P. (1954). Positive reinforcement produced by electrical stimulation of the septal area and other regions of rat brain. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 47, 419–427.

Olesen, P. J., Westerberg, H., & Klingberg, T. (2003). Increased prefrontal and parietal activity after training of working memory. Nature Neuroscience, 7(1), 75–79.

Olino, T. M., Klein, D. N., Lewinsohn, P. M., Rohde, P., & Seeley, J. R. (2008). Longitudinal associations between depressive and anxiety disorders: A comparison of two trait models. Psychological Medicine, 38, 353–363.

Olivardia, R. (2007). Muscle dysmorphia: Characteristics, assessment, and treatment. In J. K. Thompson, J. Kevin, & G. Cafri (Eds.), The muscular ideal: Psychological, social, and medical perspectives (p–139). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Olson, D. H., McCubbin, H. I., Barnes, H., Larsen, A., Muxen, M., & Wilson, M. (1985). Family inventories. St. Paul, MN: Family Social Science, University of Minnesota.

Olson, I.R., Page, K, Moore, K., Chatterjee, A., & Verfaellie, M. (2006). Working memory for conjunctions relies on the medial temporal lobe. Journal of Neuroscience, 26, 4596–4601.

Olson, R., Forsberg, H., Gayan, J., & DeFries, J. (1999). A behavioral-genetic analysis of reading disabilities and component processes. In R. Klein & P. McMullen (Eds.), Converging methods for understanding reading and dyslexia (p–153). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Olver, M., & Wong, S. C. P. (2009). Therapeutic responses of psychopathic sexual offenders: Treatment attrition, therapeutic change, and long-term recidivism. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 77, 328–336.

O’Malley, P. G., Jackson, J. L., Santoro, J., Tomkins, G., Balden, E., & Kroenke, K. (1999). Antidepressant therapy for unexplained symptoms and symptom syndromes. Journal of Family Practice, 48, 980–990.

O’Malley, P. M., Johnston, L. D., & Bachman, J. G. (1999). Epidemiology of substance abuse in adolescence. In P. J. Ott, R. E. Tarter, & R. T. Ammerman (Eds.), Sourcebook on substance abuse: Etiology, epidemiology, assessment, and treatment (p–31). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

O’Malley, S. S., Jaffe, A. J., Chang, G., & Schottenfeld, R. S. (1992). Naltrexone and coping skills therapy for alcohol dependence: A controlled study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 881–887.

O’Neill, M. L., Lidz, V., & Heilbrun, K. (2003). Adolescents with psychopathic characteristics in a substance abusing cohort: Treatment process and outcomes. Law and Human Behavior, 27, 299–313.

Oniszczenko, W., & Dragan, W. L. (2005). Association between dopamine D4 receptor exon III polymorphism and emotional reactivity as a temperamental trait. Twin Research and Human Genetics, 8, 633–637.

Oniszcenko, W., Zawadzki, B., Strelau, J., Riemann, R., Angleitner, A., & Spinath, F. M. (2003). Genetic and environmental determinants of temperament: A comparative study based on Polish and German samples. European Journal of Personality, 17, 207–220.

Oosterbaan, D. B., van Balkom, A. J., van Boeijen, C. A., de Meij, T. G., & van Dyck, R. (2001). An open study of paroxetine in hypochondriasis. Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 25, 1023–1033.

Open Minds. (1999). Over 72% of insured Americans are enrolled in MBHOs: Magellan Behavioral Health continues to dominate the market. Open Minds: The Behavioral Health and Social Service Industry Analyst, 11, 9.

Oquendo, M. A., Baca-García, E., Mann, J., & Giner, J. (2008). Issues for DSM-V: Suicidal behavior as a separate diagnosis on a separate axis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 1383–1384.

Oquendo, M. A., Bongiovi-Garcia, N. E., Galfalvy, H., Goldberg, P. H., Grunebaum, M. F., et al. (2007). Sex differences in clinical predictors of suicidal acts after major depression: A prospective study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 134–141.

Orr, S. P., & Pitman, R. K. (1993). Psychophysiologic assessment of attempts to simulate posttraumatic stress disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 33, 127–129.

Orr, S. P., Metzger, L. J., & Pitman, R. K. (2002). Psychophysiology of post-traumatic stress disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 25, 271–293.

Orr, S. P., Pitman, R. K., Lasko, N. B., & Herz, L. R. (1993). Psychophysiological assessment of posttraumatic stress disorder imagery in World War II and Korean combat veterans. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 152–159.

Osborne, C. & Wise, T. (2005). Paraphilias. In R. Balon & T. Segraves (Eds.), Handbook of sexual dysfunction. Boca Raton, FL: Taylor & Francis.

Osmond, M., Wilkie, M., & Moore, J. (2001). Behind the smile: My journey out of postpartum depression. New York: Warner.

Öst, L. (1992). Blood and injection phobia: Background and cognitive, physiological, and behavioral variables. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 68–74.

Öst, L., Brandberg, M., & Alm, T. (1997). One versus five sessions of exposure in the treatment of flying phobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 35, 987–996.

Öst, L. G., Ferebee, I., & Furmark, T. (1997). One-session group therapy of spider phobia: Direct versus indirect treatments. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 35, 721–732.

Öst, L., Fellenius, J., & Sterner, U. (1991). Applied tension, exposure in vivo, and tension-only in the treatment of blood phobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 29, 561–574.

Öst, L., Salkovskis, P. M., & Hellström, K. (1991). One-session therapist-directed exposure vs. self-exposure in the treatment of spider phobia. Behavior Therapy, 22, 407–422.

Öst, L., Svensson, L., Hellström, K., & Lindwall, R. (2001). One-session treatment of specific phobias in youths: A randomized clinical trial. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 814–824.

Osuch, E. A., Benson, B. E., Luckenbaugh, D. A., Garaci, D. A., Post, R. M., & McCann, U. (2008). Repetitive TMS combined with exposure therapy for PTSD: a preliminary study. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 23, 54–59.

Ott, S. L., Roberts, S., Rock, D., Allen, J., & Erlenmeyer-Kimling, L. (2002). Positive and negative thought disorder and psychopathology in childhood among subjects with adulthood schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 58, 231–239.

Otte, C., Kellner, M., Arlt, J., Jahn, H., Holsboer, F., & Wiedemann, K. (2002). Prolactin but not ACTH increases during sodium lactate-induced panic attacks. Psychiatry Research, 109, 201–205.

Otto, M. W. (2002). The dose and delivery of psychotherapy: A commentary on Hansen et al. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 9, 348–349.

Otto, M. W., Pollack, M. H., Sachs, G. S., O’Neil, C. A., & Rosenbaum, J. (1992). Alcohol dependence in panic disorder patients. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 26, 29–38.

Otto, M. W., Wilhelm, S., Cohen, L. S., & Harlow, B. L. (2001). Prevalence of body dysmorphic disorder in a community sample of women. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 2061–2063.

Otto, R. K. (2000). Assessing and managing violence risk in outpatient settings. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56, 1239–1262.

Ousley, L., Cordero, E. D., & White, S. (2008). Eating disorders and body image of undergraduate men. Journal of American College Health, 56, 617–621.

Overmier, J. B., & Seligman, M. E. (1967). Effects of inescapable shock upon subsequent escape and avoidance responding. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 63, 28–33.

Owen, M. J., O’Donovan, M. C., Thapar, A., & Craddock, N. (2011). Neurodevelopmental hypothesis of schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 198, 173–175.

Oxford, M., Cavell, T. A., & Hughes, J. N. (2003). Callous/unemotional traits moderate the relation between ineffective parenting and child externalizing problems: A partial replication and extension. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 32, 577–585.

Oxnam, R. B. (2005). A fractured mind: My life with multiple personality disorder. New York: Hyperion Books.

Ozcan, M. E., Shivakumar, G., & Suppes, T. (2006). Treating rapid cycling bipolar disorder with novel medications. Current Psychiatry Reviews, 2, 361–369.

Ozkan, M., & Altindag, A. (2005). Comorbid personality disorders in subjects with panic disorder: Do personality disorders increase clinical severity? Comprehensive Psychiatry, 46, 20–26.

Ozonoff, S., & Jensen, J. (1999). Specific executive function profiles in three neurodevelopmental disorders. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 29, 171–177.

Ozonoff, S., Macari, S., Young, G. S., Goldring, S., Thompson, M., & Rogers, S. J. (2008). Atypical object exploration at 12 months of age is associated with autism in a prospective sample. Autism, 12, 457–472.

Ozonoff, S., Rogers, S. J., & Hendren, R. L. (2003). Autism spectrum disorders: A research review for practitioners. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Packman, W. L., Marlitt, R. E., Bongar, B., & Pennuto, T. O. (2004). A comprehensive and concise assessment of suicide risk. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 22, 667–680.

Packnett, E. R., Gubata, M. E., Cowan, D. N., & Niebuhr, D. W. (2012). Temporal trends in the epidemiology of disabilities related to posttraumatic stress disorder in the U.S. Army and Marine Corps from 2005–2010. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 25, 485–493.

Pagnin, D., de Queiroz, V., Pini, S., & Cassano, G. B. (2004). Efficacy of ECT in depression: A meta-analytic review. Journal of ECT, 20, 13–20.

Palazzoli, M. S. (1974). Self-starvation: From the intrapsychic to the transpersonal approach to anorexia nervosa. (A. Pomerans, Trans.). Oxford, England: Chaucer.

Palazzoli, M. S. (1988). The family of the anorexic patient: A model system. In M. S. Palazzoli & M. Selvini (Eds.), The work of Mara Selvini Palazzoli (A. Pomerans, Trans., p–197). Lanham, MD: Jason Aronson.

Pallanti, S., Hollander, E., & Goodman, W. K. (2004). A qualitative analysis of nonresponse: Management of treatment-refractory obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 65, 6–10.

Pallister, E., & Waller, G. (2008). Anxiety in the eating disorders: Understanding the overlap. Clinical Psychology Review, 28, 366–386.

Palmer, R. H., Button, T. M., Rhee, S. H., Corley, R. P., Young, S. E., et al. (2012). Genetic etiology of the common liability to drug dependence: Evidence of common and specific mechanisms for DSM-IV dependence symptoms. Drug Alcohol Dependence, 123(Suppl.), S24–S32.

Palmer, R. L. (2003). Concepts of eating disorders. In J. Treasure, U. Schmidt, & E. van Furth (Eds.), Handbook of eating disorders (p–10). Chichester, England: Wiley.

Palmer, R. L., Birchall, H., Damani, S., Gatward, N., McGrain, L., & Parker, L. (2003). A dialectical behavior therapy program for people with an eating disorder and borderline personality disorder—Description and outcome. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 281–286.

Paniagua, F. A. (2001). Diagnosis in a multicultural context. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Pancheri, P., Scapicchio, P., & Dell Chiaie, R. (2002). A double-blind, randomized parallel-group, efficacy and safety study of intramuscular S-adenosyl-L-methionine 1, 4-butanedisulphonate (SAMe) versus imipramine in patients with major depressive disorder. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 5, 287–294.

Pantelis, C., Velakoulis, D., McGorry, P. D., Wood, S. J., Suckling, J., et al. (2003). Neuroanatomical abnormalities before and after onset of psychosis: A cross-sectional and longitudinal MRI comparison. Lancet, 361, 281–288.

Papadimitriou, G. N., Calabrese, J. R., Dikeos, D. G., & Christodoulou, G. N. (2005). Rapid cycling bipolar disorder: Biology and pathogenesis. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 8, 281–292.

Papapetropoulos, S., Gonzalez, J., Lieberman, A., Villar, J. M., & Mash, D. C. (2005). Dementia in Parkinson’s disease: A post-mortem study in a population of brain donors. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 20, 418–422.

Papp, L. A., Klein, D. F., & Gorman, J. M. (1993). Carbon dioxide hypersensitivity, hyperventilation, and panic disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1149–1157.

Papp, L. A., Martinez, J. M., Klein, D. F., Coplan, J. D., Norman, R. G., et al. (1997). Respiratory psychophysiology of panic disorder: Three respiratory challenges in 98 subjects. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 1557–1565.

Paquette, V., Lévesque, J., Mensour, B., Leroux, J. M., Beaudoin, G., et al. (2003). “Change the mind and you change the brain”: Effects of cognitive-behavioral therapy on the neural correlates of spider phobia. Neuroimage, 18, 401–409.

Parasuraman, R., Nestor, P. G., & Greenwood, P. (1989). Sustained-attention capacity in young and older adults. Psychology and Aging, 4, 339–345.

Pardini, D., Obradovic, J., & Loeber, R. (2006). Interpersonal callousness, hyperactivity/impulsivity, inattention, and conduct problems as precursors to delinquency persistence in boys: A comparison of three grade-based cohorts. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 35, 46–59.

Pardini, D. A. (2006). The callousness pathway to severe violent delinquency. Aggressive Behavior, 32, 590–598.

Pardini, D. A., Lochman, J. E., & Frick, P. J. (2003). Callous/unemotional traits and social-cognitive processes in adjudicated youths. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 42, 364–371.

Paris, J. (1993). The treatment of borderline personality disorder in light of the research on its long term outcome. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 38, 28–34.

Paris, J. (1996). Cultural factors in the emergence of borderline pathology. Psychiatry: Interpersonal and Biological Processes, 59, 185–192.

Paris, J. (1999). Borderline personality disorder. In T. Millon, P. H. Blaney, & R. D. Davis (Eds), Oxford textbook of psychopathology (p–652). New York: Oxford University Press.

Paris, J. (2001). Psychosocial adversity. In W. J. Livesley (Ed.), Handbook of personality disorders: Theory, research, and treatment (p–241). New York: Guilford Press.

Paris, J. (2003). Personality disorders over time: Precursors, course, and outcome. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Paris, J. (2005). A current integrative perspective on personality disorders. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–128). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Paris, J. (2008). Clinical trials of treatment for personality disorders. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 31, 517–526.

Paris, J., & Zweig-Frank, H. (2001). The 27-year follow-up of patients with borderline personality disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 42, 482–487.

Parker, G., Gladstone, G., & Chee, K. T. (2001). Depression in the planet’s largest ethnic group: The Chinese. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 857–864.

Parner, E. T., Schendel, D. E., & Thorsen, P. (2008). Autism prevalence trends over time in Denmark. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 162, 1150–1156.

Parpura, V., & Haydon, P. G. (2000). Physiological astrocytic calcium levels stimulate glutamate release to modulate adjacent neurons. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 97, 8629–8634.

Parrott, A. C. (2002). Recreational Ecstasy/MDMA, the serotonin syndrome, and serotonergic neurotoxicity. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior, 71, 837–844.

Parsons v. Alabama, 81 Ala. 577, So. 854 (1886).

Partin, J. C., Hamill, S. K., Fischel, J. E., & Partin, J. S. (1992). Painful defecation and fecal soiling in children. Pediatrics, 89, 1007–1009.

Partnership for a Drug-Free America. (2007). Agony from Ecstasy. Retrieved October 20, 2007, from www.drugfree.org/Portal/Stories/Agony

Patel, V., Abas, M., Broadhead, J., Todd, C., & Reeler, A. (2001). Depression in developing countries: Lessons from Zimbabwe. British Medical Journal, 322, 482–484.

Patkar, A. A., Pae, C., & Masand, P. S. (2006). Transdermal selegiline: The new generation of monoamine oxidase inhibitors. CNS Spectrum, 11, 363–375.

Pattij, T., & Vanderschuren, L. J. (2008). The neuropharmacology of impulsive behaviour. Trends in Pharmacological Sciences, 29, 192–199.

Pauli, P., Wiedemann, G., & Montoya, P. (1998). Covariation bias in flight phobics. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 12, 555–565.

Pauls, D. L., Alsobrook, J. P., Goodman, W., Rasmussen, S., & Leckman, J. F. (1995). A family study of obsessive-compulsive disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 76–84.

Pauls, D. L., Raymond, C. L., & Robertson, M. (1991). The genetics of obsessive-compulsive disorder: A review. In J. Zohar, T. Insel, & S. Rasmussen (Eds.), The psychobiology of obsessive-compulsive disorder (p–100). New York: Springer.

Pavlov, I. (1936). Lectures on conditioned reflexes. Oxford, England: Liveright.

Pavlov, I. P. (1927). Conditioned reflexes: An investigation of the physiological activity of the cerebral cortex (Trans. G. V. Anrep). London: Oxford University Press.

Paxton, S. J., Schutz, H. K., Wertheim, E. H., & Muir, S. L. (1999). Friendship clique and peer influences on body image concerns, dietary restraint, extreme weight-loss behaviors, and binge eating in adolescent girls. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108, 255–266.

Pelc, K., Kornreich, C., Foisy, M. L., & Dan, B. (2006). Recognition of emotional facial expressions in attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Pediatric Neurology, 35, 93–97.

Penadés, R., Catalán, R., Salamero, M., Boget, T., Puig, O., Guarch, J., & Gastó, C. (2006). Cognitive remediation therapy for outpatients with chronic schizophrenia: A controlled and randomized study. Schizophrenia Research, 87, 323–331.

Penders, T. M., Gestring, R. E., & Vilensky, D. A. (2012). Excited delirium following use of synthetic cathinones (bath salts). General Hospital Psychiatry, 34, 647–650.

Pengilly, J. W., & Dowd, E. T. (2000). Hardiness and social support as moderator of stress in college students. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56, 813–820.

Penn, D. L., & Combs, D. (2000). Modification of affect perception deficits in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 46, 217–229.

Pennebaker, J. W. (1999). The effects of traumatic disclosure on physical and mental health: The values of writing and talking about upsetting events. International Journal of Emergency Mental Health, 1, 9–18.

Perälä, J., Suvisaari, J., Saarni, S. I., Kuoppasalmi, K., Isometsä, E., et al. (2007). Lifetime prevalence of psychotic and bipolar I disorders in a general population. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 19–28.

Perez, M., & Joiner, T. E., Jr. (2003). Body image dissatisfaction and disordered eating in black and white women. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 33, 342–350.

Perez, M., Voelz, Z. R., Pettit, J. W., & Joiner Jr., T. E. (2002). The role of acculturative stress and body dissatisfaction in predicting bulimic symptomatology across ethnic groups. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 31, 442–454.

Perilla, J. L., Norris, F. H., & Lavizzo, E. A. (2002). Ethnicity, culture, and disaster response: Identifying and explaining ethnic differences in PTSD six months after Hurricane Andrew. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 21, 20–45.

Perkins, B. R., & Rouanzoin, C. C. (2002). A critical evaluation of current views regarding eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Clarifying points of confusion. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(1), 77–97.

Perkins, D. O. (1999). Adherence to antipsychotic medications. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60, 25–30.

Perkins, H. W. (1997). College student misperceptions of alcohol and other drug use norms among peers. In Designing alcohol and other drug prevention programs in higher education: Bringing theory into practice (p–206). Newton, MA: Higher Education Center for Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse and Violence Prevention.

Perkonigg, A., Kessler, R. C., Storz, S., & Wittchen, H. U. (2000). Traumatic events and post-traumatic stress disorder in the community: Prevalence, risk factors and comorbidity. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 101, 46–59.

Perlick, D., & Silverstein, B. (1994). Faces of female discontent: Depression, disordered eating, and changing gender roles. In P. Fallon M. Katzman, & S. C. Wooley (Eds.), Feminist perspectives on eating disorders (p–93). New York: Guilford Press.

Perlin, M. L. (2000a). The competence to plead guilty and the competence to waive counsel. In M. L. Perlin (Ed.), The hidden prejudice: Mental disability on trial (p–221). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Perlin, M. L. (2000b). The right to refuse treatment. In M. L. Perlin (ed.) The Hidden Prejudice: Mental Disability on Trial. (p–156). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Perlin, M. L. (2000c). Involuntary civil commitment law. In M L. Perlin, (Ed.), The Hidden Prejudice: Mental Disability on Trial.(p–112). Washington, DC, US: American Psychological Association.

Perlin, M. L. (2003). Therapeutic jurisprudence and outpatient commitment law: Kendra’s Law as case study. Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 9, 183–208.

Perlis, M. L., Giles, D. E., Buysse, D. J., Tu, X., & Kupfer, D. J. (1997). Self-reported sleep disturbance as a prodromal symptom in recurrent depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 42, 209–212.

Perlis, M. L., Smith, L. J., Lyness, J. M., Matteson, S. R., Pigeon, W. R., et al. (2006). Insomnia as a risk factor for onset of depression in the elderly. Behavioral Sleep Medicine, 4, 104–113.

Perlis, R. H., Ostacher, M. J., Patel, J. K., Marangell, L. B., Zhang, H., et al. (2006). Predictors of recurrence in bipolar disorder: Primary outcomes from the Systematic Treatment Enhancement Program for Bipolar Disorder (STEP-BD). American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 217–224.

Perlstein, W. M., Carter, C. S., Noll, D. C., & Cohen, J. D. (2001). Relation of prefrontal cortex dysfunction to working memory and symptoms in schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1105–1113.

Perroud, N., Nicastro, R., Jermann, F., & Huguelet, P. (2012). Mindfulness skills in borderline personality disorder patients during dialectical behavior therapy: Preliminary results.International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice, 16, 189–196.

Pescosolido, B. A., Monahan, J., Link, B. G., Stueve, A., & Kikuzawa, S. (1999). The public’s view of the competence, dangerousness, and need for legal coercion of persons with mental health problems. American Journal of Public Health, 89, 1339–1345.

Peter, M., Schuurmans, H., Vingerhoets, A. J. J. M., Smeets, G., Verkoeijen, P., & Arntz, A. (2013). Borderline personality disorder and emotional intelligence. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 201(2), 99–104.

Petersen, R. C., & O’Brien, J. (2006). Mild cognitive impairment should be considered for DSM-V. Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology, 19, 147–154.

Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. E. (1984). Causal explanations as a risk factor for depression: Theory and evidence. Psychological Review, 91, 347–374.

Peterson, C. B., Crow, S. J., Swanson, S. A., Crosby, R. D., Wonderlich, S. A., et al. (2011). Examining the stability of DSM–IV and empirically derived eating disorder classification: Implications for DSM–5. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 79, 777–783.

Peterson, T. J., Feldman, G., Harley, R., Fresco, D. M., Graves, L., et al. (2007). Extreme response style in recurrent and chronically depressed patients: Change with antidepressant administration and stability during continuation treatment. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 75, 145–153.

Petkova, E., Quitkin, F. M., McGrath, P. J., Stewart, J. W., & Klein, D. F. (2000). A method to quantify rater bias in antidepressant trials. Neuropsychopharmacology, 22, 559–565.

Petry, N. M., Stinson, F. S., & Grant, B. F. (2005). Comorbidity of DSM-IV pathological gambling and other psychiatric disorders: Results from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 66, 564–574.

Petry, N. M., Weinstock, J., & Alessi, S. M. (2011). A randomized trial of contingency management delivered in the context of group counseling. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 79(5), 686–696.

Petty, F., Kramer, G. L., & Wilson, L. (1992). Prevention of learned helplessness: In vivo correlation with cortical serotonin. Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior, 43, 361–367.

Pfäfflin, F. (2010). The surgical castration of detained sex offenders amounts to degrading treatment. Recht & Psychiatrie 28, 2010, 179–182.

Pfammatter, M., Junghan, U. M., & Brenner, H. D. (2006). Efficacy of psychological therapy in schizophrenia: Conclusions from meta-analyses. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 32, S64–S80.

Pfennig, A., Frye, M. A., Köberle, U., & Bauer, M. (2004). The mood spectrum and hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis. Primary Psychiatry, 11, 42–47.

Pflanz, S. (2008). Talking paper on Air Force Suicide Prevention Program. Retrieved December 2, 2008, from www.afspp.afms.mil/idc/groups/public/documents/afms/ctb_101896.pdf

Phan, K. L., Fitzgerald, D. A., Nathan, P. J., & Tancer, M. E. (2006). Association between amygdala hyperactivity to harsh faces and severity of social anxiety in generalized social phobia. Biological Psychiatry, 59, 424–429.

Phelps E. A., O’Connor, K. J., Cunningham, W. A., Funayama, E. S., Gatenby, J. C., et al. (2000). Performance on indirect measures of race evaluation predicts amygdala activation. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12, 729–738.

Phelps, L., Brown, R. T., & Power, T. J. (2002). Tics and Tourette’s disorder. In L. Phelps, R. T. Brown, & T. J. Power (Eds.), Pediatric psychopharmacology: Combining medical and psychosocial interventions (p–229). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Phillips, K. A. (2000). Body dysmorphic disorder: Diagnostic controversies and treatment challenges. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 64, 18–35.

Phillips, K. A. (2001). Body dysmorphic disorder. In K. A. Phillips (Ed.), Somatoform and factitious disorders (p–94). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Phillips, K. A., & Diaz, S. F. (1997). Gender differences in body dysmorphic disorder. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 185, 570–577.

Phillips, K. A., & Hollander, E. (2008). Treating body dysmorphic disorder with medication: Evidence, misconceptions, and a suggested approach. Body Image, 5, 13–27.

Phillips, K. A., & Najjar, F. (2003). An open-label study of citalopram in body dysmorphic disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64, 715–720.

Phillips, K. A., Albertini, R. S., & Rasmussen S. A. (2002). A randomized placebo-controlled trial of fluoxetine in body dysmorphic disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 381–388.

Phillips, K. A., Coles, M. E., Menard, W., Yen, S., Fay, C., & Weisberg, R. B. (2005). Suicidal ideation and suicide attempts in body dysmorphic disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 66, 717–725.

Phillips, K. A., McElroy, S. L., Keck, P. E., Jr., Hudson, J. I., & Pope, H. G., Jr. (1994). A comparison of delusional and nondelusional body dysmorphic disorder in 100 cases. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 30, 179–186.

Phillips, K. A., Menard, W., & Fay, C. (2006). Gender similarities and differences in 200 individuals with body dysmorphic disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 47, 77–87.

Phillips, K. A., Menard, W., Fay, C., & Pagano, M. E. (2005). Psychosocial functioning and quality of life in body dysmorphic disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 46, 254–260.

Phillips, K. A., Pagano, M. E., Menard, W., & Stout, R. L. (2006). A 12-month follow-up study of the course of body dysmorphic disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 907–908.

Phillips, K. A., Pagano, M. E., Menard, W., Fay, C., & Stout, R. L. (2005). Predictors of remission from body dysmorphic disorder: A prospective study. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 193, 564–567.

Phillips, K. A., Quinn, G., & Stout, R. L. (2008). Functional impairment in body dysmorphic disorder: A prospective, follow-up study. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 42, 701–707.

Phillips, M. (2001, September 22–26). The participation of China to the WHO/SUPREMISS project. Paper read at the XXIst Congress of the International Association for Suicide Prevention, Chennai, India.

Phillips, M. L., & Frank, E. (2006). Redefining bipolar disorder: Toward DSM-V. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1135–1136.

Phillips, M. L., & Sierra, M. (2003). Depersonalization disorder: A functional neuroanatomical perspective. Stress, 6, 157–165.

Phillips, M. L., Medford, N., Senior, C., Bullmore, E. T., Suckling, J., et al. (2001). Depersonalization disorder: Thinking without feeling. Psychiatry Research, 108, 145–160.

Phillips, M. R., Li, X., & Zhang, Y. (2002). Suicide rates in China, 1995–99. The Lancet, 359, 835–840.

Phillips, M. R., West, C. L., Shen, Q., & Zheng, Y. (1998). Comparison of schizophrenic patients’ families and normal families in China, using Chinese versions of FACES-II and the Family Environment Scales. Family Process, 37, 95–106.

Piasecki, M., Antonuccio, D. O., Steinagel, G., & Kohlenberg, B. S. (2002). Penetration of the blind in a controlled study of Paxil used to treat cocaine addiction. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 33, 67–71.

Piasecki, M. P., Antonuccio, D. O., Steinagel, G. M., Kohlenberg, B. S., & Kapadar, K. (2002). Penetrating the blind in a study of an SSRI. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 33, 67–71.

Picciotto, M. R. (1998). Common aspects of the action of nicotine and other drugs of abuse. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 51, 165–172.

Pich, E. M., Pagliusi, S. R., Tessari, M., Talabot-Ayer, D., van Huijsduijnen, R. H., & Chiamulera, C. (1997). Common neural substrates for the addictive properties of nicotine and cocaine. Science, 275, 83–86.

Pies, R. W. (2013). Bereavement does not immunize against major depression. Medscape. Retrieved on January 29, 2013 from http://www.medscape.com/viewarticle/777960_print

Pigott, T. A. (1996). OCD: Where the serotonin selectivity story begins. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 57, 11–20.

Pigott, T. A. (1999). Gender differences in the epidemiology and treatment of anxiety disorders. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60 (Suppl. 18), 4–15.

Pigott, T, A., Myers, K. R., & Williams, D. A. (1996). Obsessive-compulsive disorder: A neuropsychiatric perspective. In R. M. Rapee (Ed.), Current controversies in the anxiety disorders. (p–160). New York: Guilford Press.

Pihl, R. O. (1999). Substance abuse: Etiological considerations. In T. Millon, P. H. Blaney, & R. D. Davis (Eds.), Oxford textbook of psychopathology (p–276). New York: Oxford University Press.

Pihl, R. O., & Peterson, J. B. (1995). Alcoholism: The role of different motivational systems. Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 20, 372–396.

Pike, K. M. (1998). Long-term course of anorexia nervosa: Response, relapse, remission, and recovery. Clinical Psychology Review, 18, 447–475.

Pike, K. M., Devlin, M. J., & Loeb, K. L. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapy in the treatment of anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and binge eating disorder. In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity (p–162). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Pike, K. M., & Walsh, T. (1996). Ethnicity and eating disorders: Implications for incidence and treatment. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 32, 265–274.

Pike, K. M., Walsh, B. T., Vitousek, K., Wilson, G. T., & Bauer, J. (2003). Cognitive behavior therapy in the posthospitalization treatment of anorexia nervosa. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 2046–2049.

Pilkonis, P. A., & Krause, M. S. (1999). Summary: Paradigms for psychotherapy outcome research. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 55, 201–205.

Pilling, S., Bebbington, P., Kuipers, E., Garety, P., Geddes, J., Orbach, G., & Morgan, C. (2002). Psychological treatments in schizophrenia: I. Meta-analysis of family intervention and cognitive behaviour therapy. Psychological Medicine, 32, 763–782.

Pillmann, F., Haring, A., Balzuweit, S., & Marneros, A. (2002). A comparison of DSM-IV brief psychotic disorder with “positive” schizophrenia and healthy controls. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 43, 385–392.

Pilowsky, D. J., Wickramaratne, P., Nomura, Y., & Weissman, M. M. (2006). Family discord, parental depression, and psychopathology in offspring: 20-year follow-up. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 45, 452–460.

Pincus, A. L., & Wilson, K. R. (2001). Interpersonal variability in dependent personality. Journal of Personality, 69, 223–251.

Pine, D. S., Wasserman, G. A., Miller, L., Coplan, J. D., Bagiella, E., et al. (1998). Heart period variability and psychopathology in urban boys at risk for delinquency. Psychophysiology, 35, 521–529.

Pineda, D. A., Palacio, L. G., Puerta, I. C., Merchán, V., Arango, C. P., et al. (2007). Environmental influences that affect attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: Study of a genetic isolate. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 16, 337–346.

Piñeros, M., Rosselli, D., & Calderon, C. (1998). An epidemic of collective conversion and dissociation disorder in an indigenous group of Colombia: Its relation to cultural change. Social Science & Medicine, 46, 1425–1428.

Pinkerman, J. E., Haynes, J. P., & Keiser, T. (1993). Characteristics of psychological practice in juvenile court clinics. American Journal of Forensic Psychology, 11, 3–12.

Piper, A., & Merskey, H. (2004a). The persistence of folly: A critical examination of dissociative identity disorder. Part I. The excesses of an improbable concept. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 49, 592–600.

Piper, A., & Merskey, H. (2004b). The persistence of folly: A critical examination of dissociative identity disorder. Part II. The defense and decline of multiple personality or dissociative identity disorder. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 49, 678–683.

Piper, W. E., & Joyce, A. S. (2001). Psychosocial treatment outcome. In W. J. Livesley (Ed.), Handbook of personality disorders: Theory, research, and treatment (p–343). New York: Guilford Press.

Piper, W. E., & Ogrodniczuk, J. S. (2005). Group treatment. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–357). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Piran, N., Jasper, K., & Pinhas, L. (2004). Feminist therapy and eating disorders. In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity (p–278). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Pissiota, A., Frans, O., Michelgård, A., Appel, L., Långström, B., et al. (2003). Amygdala and anterior cingulate cortex activation during affective startle modulation: a PET study of fear. European Journal of Neuroscience, 18, 1325–1331.

Pithers, W. D. (1990). Relapse prevention with sexual aggressors: A method for maintaining therapeutic gain and enhancing external supervision. In W. L. Marshall, D. R. Laws, & H. E. Barbaree (Eds.), Handbook of sexual assault: Issues, theories, and treatment of the offender (p–361). New York: Plenum Press.

Pitman, R. K., & Delahanty, D. L. (2005). Conceptually driven pharmacologic approaches to acute trauma. CNS Spectrums, 10, 99–106.

Pitman, R. K., Shin, L. M., & Rauch, S. L. (2001). Investigating the pathogenesis of posttraumatic stress disorder with neuroimaging. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 47–54.

Pitschel-Walz, G., Leucht, S., Baeuml, J., Kissling, W., & Engel, R. R. (2001). The effect of family interventions on relapse and rehospitalization in schizophrenia—A meta-analysis. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 27, 73–92.

Pitts, F. M., & McClure, J. N. (1967). Lactate metabolism anxiety neurosis. New England Journal of Medicine, 277, 1329–1336.

Plassman, B. L., Langa, K. M., Fisher, G. G., Heeringa, S. G., Weir, D. R., et al. (2007). Prevalence of dementia in the United States: The Aging, Demographics, and Memory Study. Neuroepidemiology, 29, 125–132.

Plaze, M., Bartrés-Faz, D., Martinot, J., Januel, D., Bellivier, F., et al. (2006). Left superior temporal gyrus activation during sentence perception negatively correlates with auditory hallucination severity in schizophrenia patients. Schizophrenia Research, 87, 109–115.

Pliszka, S. R. (2007). Pharmacologic treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: Efficacy, safety and mechanisms of action. Neuropsychology Review, 17, 61–72.

Pliszka, S. R., Matthews, T. L., Braslow, K. J., & Watson, M. A. (2006). Comparative effects of methylphenidate and mixed salts amphetamine on height and weight in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 45, 520–526.

Plomin, R., DeFries, J. C., Craig, I. W., & McGuffin, P. (Eds). (2003). Behavioral genetics in the postgenomic era. Washington, DC: APA Books.

Plomin, R., DeFries, J. C., McClearn, G. E., & Rutter, M. (1997). Behavioral genetics (3rd ed.). New York: Freeman.

Plotsky, P. M., Thrivikraman, K. V., Nemeroff, C. B., Caldji, C., Sharma, S., & Meaney, M. J. (2005). Long-term consequences of neonatal rearing on central corticotropin-releasing factor systems in adult male rat offspring. Neuropsychopharmacology. 30, 2192–2204.

Pluess, M., Conrad, A., & Wilhelm, F. H. (2009). Muscle tension in generalized anxiety disorder: A critical review of the literature. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 23, 1–11.

Poewe, W., Wolters, E., & Emre, M. (2006). Long-term benefits of rivastigmine in dementia associated with Parkinson’s disease: An active treatment extension study. Movement Disorders, 21, 456–461.

Polanczyk, G., & Rohde, L. A. (2007). Epidemiology of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder across the lifespan. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 20, 386–392.

Polanczyk, G., de Lima, M. S., Horta, B. L., Biederman, J., Rohde, L. A. (2007). The worldwide prevalence of ADHD: A systematic review and metaregression analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 942–948.

Polivy, J. (1996). Psychological consequences of food restriction. Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 96, 589–592.

Polivy, J., & Herman, C. P. (1985). Dieting and binge eating: A causal analysis. American Psychologist, 40, 193–204.

Polivy, J., & Herman, C. P. (1993). Etiology of binge eating: Psychological mechanisms. In C. G. Fairburn, & G. T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating: Nature, assessment, and treatment (p–205). New York: Guilford Press.

Polivy, J., & Herman, C. P. (2002). Causes of eating disorders. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 187–213.

Pollak, S. D., Cicchetti, D., Hornung, K., & Reed, A. (2000). Recognizing emotion in faces: Developmental effects of child abuse and neglect. Developmental Psychology, 36, 679–688.

Pollock, V. E., Briere, J., Schneider, L., Knop, J., Mednick, S. A., & Goodwin, D. W. (1990). Childhood antecedents of antisocial behavior: Parental alcoholism and physical abusiveness. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 1290–1293.

Pomeroy, C. (2004). Assessment of medical status and physical factors. In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity (p–111). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Poortinga, Y. H. (1995). Cultural bias in assessment: Historical and thematic issues. European Journal of Psychological Assessment, 11, 140–146.

Pope, H. G., Phillips, K. A., & Olivardia, R. (2000). The Adonis complex: The secret crisis of male body obsession. Sydney: Free Press.

Pope, H. G., & Yurgelin-Todd D. (1996). The residual cognitive effects of heavy marijuana use in college students. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 275, 521–527.

Pope, H. G., Gruber, A. J., Hudson, J. I., Huestis, M. A., & Yurgelun-Todd, D. (2001). Neuropsychological performance in long-term cannabis users. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 909–915.

Pope, H. G., Jr., Gruber, A. J., Choi, P., Olivardia, R., & Phillips, K. A. (1997). Muscle dysmorphia: An underrecognized form of body dysmorphic disorder. Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry, 38, 548–557.

Pope, H. G., Jr., Gruber, A. J., Mangweth, B., Bureau, B., deCol, C., et al. (2000). Body image perception among men in three countries. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1297–1301.

Pope, H. G., Jr., Oliva, P. S., Hudson, J. I., Bodkin, J. A., & Gruber, A. J. (1999). Attitudes toward DSM-IV-TR dissociative disorders diagnoses among board-certified American psychiatrists. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 321–323.

Pope, H. G., Jr., Poliakoff, M. B., Parker, M. P., Boynes, M., & Hudson, J. I. (2007). Is dissociative amnesia a culture-bound syndrome? Findings from a survey of historical literature. Psychological Medicine, 37, 225–233.

Porter, R. (2002). Madness: A brief history. New York: Oxford University Press.

Porter, V. R., Buxton, W. G., Fairbanks, L. A., Strickland, T., O’Connor, S. M., et al. (2003). Frequency and characteristics of anxiety among patients with Alzheimer’s disease and related dementias. Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 15, 180–186.

Potter, G. G., & Steffens, D. C. (2007, November 1). Depression and cognitive impairment in older adults. Psychiatric Times, 24. Retrieved January 10, 2008, from www.psychiatrictimes.com/showArticle.jhtml;jsessionid=Z3DNXGDTEZBJAQSNDLOSKH0CJUNN2JVN?articleId=202602111

Poulet, E., Brunelin, J., Bediou, B., Bation, R., Forgeard, L., et al. (2005). Slow transcranial magnetic stimulation can rapidly reduce resistant auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 188–191.

Poulton, R., & Menzies, R. G. (2002). Non-associative fear acquisition: A review of the evidence from retrospective and longitudinal research. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 40, 127–149.

Poulton, R., Menzies, R. G., Craske, M. G., Langley, J. D., & Silva, P. A. (1999). Water trauma and swimming experiences up to age 9 and fear of water at age 18: A longitudinal study. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 37, 39–48.

Powell, R. A., & Gee, T. L. (1999). The effects of hypnosis on dissociative identity disorder: A reexamination of the evidence. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 44, 914–916.

Power, K. G., McGoldrick, T., Brown, K., Buchanan, R., Sharp, D., et al. (2002). A controlled comparison of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing versus exposure plus cognitive restructuring, versus waiting list in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy, 9, 299–318.

Powers, M. B., & Emmelkamp, P. M. G. (2008). Virtual reality exposure therapy for anxiety disorders: A meta-analysis. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 22, 561–569.

Powers, P. S., Santana, C. A., & Bannon, Y. S. (2002). Olanzapine in the treatment of anorexia nervosa: An open label trial. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 32, 146–154.

Pratt, B., & Woolfenden, S. (2002). Interventions for preventing eating disorders in children and adolescents. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews (2): CD002891.

Prazeres, A. M., Nascimento, A. L., & Fontenelle, L. F. (2013). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for body dysmorphic disorder: A review of its efficacy. Neuropsychiatric Disease and Treatment, 9, Article ID 307-316.

Pressman, L. J., Loo, S. K., Carpenter, E. M., Asarnow, J. R., Lynn, D., et al. (2006). Relationship of family environment and parental psychiatric diagnosis to impairment in ADHD. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 45, 346–354.

Preti, A. (2003). Unemployment and suicide. Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 57, 557–558.

Pretzer, J. L., & Beck, A. T. (2005). A cognitive theory of personality disorders. In M. F. Lenzenweger & J. F. Clarkin (Eds.), Major theories of personality disorder (2nd ed., p–113). New York: Guilford Press.

Price, B. H., Baral, I., Cosgrove, G. R., Rauch, S. L., Nierenberg, A. A., et alH. (2001). Improvement in severe self-mutilation following limbic leucotomy: A series of 5 consecutive cases. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 925–932.

Price, D. D., Finniss, D. G., & Benedetti, F. (2008). A comprehensive review of the placebo effect: Recent advances and current thought. Annual Review of Psychology, 59, 565–590.

Price, R. W. (2003). Editorial comment: Diagnosis of focal brain lesions—old lessons retaught. AIDS Reader, 13, 553.

Prichard, Z. M., Jorm, A. F., Mackinnon, A., & Easteal, S. (2007). Association analysis of 15 polymorphisms within 10 candidate genes for antisocial behavioural traits. Psychiatric Genetics, 17, 299–303.

Pridmore, S., Chambers, A., & McArthur, M. (2005). Neuroimaging in psychopathy. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 39, 856–865.

Prien, R. F. & Kocsis, J. H. (1995). Long-term treatment of mood disorders. In Psychopharmacology: the Fourth Generation of Progress. F. E. Bloom & D. J. Kupfer (Eds.), (p–1079). New York: Raven Press.

Priest, D. (2008). Soldier suicides at record level. Washington Post, 130(422).

Prince, M., Bryce, R., Albanese, E., Wimo, A., Ribeiro, W., & Ferri, C. P. (2013). The global prevalence of dementia: A systematic review and metaanalysis. Alzheimer’s & Dementia, 9(1), 63–75.

Prins, A., Kaloupek, D. G., & Keane, T. M. (1995). Psychophysiological evidence for autonomic arousal and startle in traumatized adult populations. In M. J. Friedman D. S. Charney, & A. Y. Deutch (Eds.), Neurobiological and clinical consequences of stress: From normal adaptation to post-traumatic stress disorder (p–314). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

Prochaska, J. O., Norcross, J. C., & DiClemente, C. C. (2007). Changing for good. New York: Morrow.

Prochaska, J. O., Velicer, W. F., Rossi, J. S., Goldstein, M. G., Marcus, B. H., et al. (1994). Stages of change and decisional balance for 12 problem behaviors. Health Psychology, 13, 39–46.

Project MATCH Research Group. (1997). Matching alcoholism treatments to patient heterogeneity: Project MATCH posttreatment drinking outcomes. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 58, 7–29.

Project MATCH Research Group. (1998). Matching alcoholism treatments to patient heterogeneity: Project MATCH three-year drinking outcomes. Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research, 22, 1300–1311.

Project search. (2006). The Advance (APSE newsletter), 17. Retrieved August 2, 2007, from www.apse.org/docs/falladvance2006.pdf

Propper, C., & Moore, G. A. (2006). The influence of parenting on infant emotionality: A multi-level psychobiological perspective. Developmental Review, 26, 427–460.

Pruett, M. K., Insabella, G. M., & Gustafson, K. (2005). The Collaborative Divorce Project: A court-based intervention for separating parents with young children. Family Court Review, 43, 38–51.

Przeworski, A., & Newman, M. G. (2004). Palmtop computer-assisted group therapy for social phobia. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 179–188.

Puente, A. E. (2003). Neuropsychology: Introducing aging into the study of brain and behavior. In S. K. Whitbourne & J. C. Cavanaugh (Eds.), Integrating aging topics into psychology: A practical guide for teaching (p–42). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Pull, C. B. (2005). Current status of virtual reality exposure therapy in anxiety disorders. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 18, 7–14.

Putnam, F. W. (1989). Pierre Janet and modern views of dissociation. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 2, 413–429.

Putnam, F. W. (1995). Development of dissociative disorders. In: D. Cicchetti & D. J. Cohen (Eds.), Developmental psychopathology (Vol. 2, p–608). New York: Wiley.

Putnam, F. W., & Loewenstein, R. J. (1993). Treatment of multiple personality disorder: A survey of current practices. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1048–1052.

Putnam, F. W., Helmers, K., Horowitz, L. A., & Trickett, P. K. (1995). Hypnotizability and dissociativity in sexually abused girls. Child Abuse & Neglect, 19, 645–655.

Pyszczynski, T., & Greenberg, J. (1987). Self-regulatory perseveration and the depressive self-focusing style: A self-awareness theory of reactive depression. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 1–17.

Qin, P., & Mortensen, P. B. (2001). Specific characteristics of suicide in China. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 103, 117–121.

Quattrocchi, M. R., & Schopp, R. F. (2005). Tarasaurus rex: A standard of care that could not adapt. Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 11, 109–137.

Quinn, P. O. (2005). Treating adolescent girls and women with ADHD: Gender-specific issues. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 61, 579–587.

Quinta Gomes, A. L., & Nobre, P. (2012). Early maladaptive schemas and sexual dysfunction in men. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 41(1), 311–320.

Rabheru, K. (2001). The use of electroconvulsive therapy in special patient populations. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry/La Revue canadienne de psychiatrie, 46, 710–719.

Rabin, L. A., Wishart, H. A., Fields, R. B., & Saykin, A. J. (2006). The dementias. In P. J. Snyder, P. D. Nussbaum, & D. L. Robins (Eds.), Clinical neuropsychology: A pocket handbook for assessment (2nd ed., p–239). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Rachman, S. (1997). A cognitive theory of obsessions. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 35, 793–802.

Radomsky, A. S., Rachman, S., & Hammond, D. (2001). Memory bias, confidence and responsibility in compulsive checking. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 39, 813–822.

Raimo, E. B., Roemer, R. A., Moster, M., & Shan, Y. (1999). Alcohol-induced depersonalization. Biological Psychiatry, 45, 1523–1526.

Raine, A. (2002). Biosocial studies of antisocial and violent behavior in children and adults: A review. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 30, 311–326.

Raine, A. (2006). Schizotypal personality: Neurodevelopmental and psychosocial trajectories. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 2, 291–326.

Raine, A., Brennan, P., Mednick, B., & Mednick, S. A. (1996). High rates of violence, crime, academic problems, and behavioral problems in males with both early neuromotor deficits and unstable family environments. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 544–549.

Raine, A., Buchsbaum, M., & LaCasse, L. (1997). Brain abnormalities in murderers indicated by positron emission tomography. Biological Psychiatry, 42, 495–508.

Raine, A., Lencz, T., Bihrle, S., LaCasse, L, & Colletti, P. (2000). Reduced prefrontal gray matter volume and reduced autonomic activity in antisocial personality disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 119–127.

Raine, A., Lencz, T., Taylor, K., Hellige, J. B., Bihrle, S., et al. (2003). Corpus callosum abnormalities in psychopathic antisocial individuals. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 1134–1142.

Raine, A., Meloy, J. R., Bihrle, S., Stoddard, J., LaCasse, L., & Buchsbaum, M. S. (1998). Reduced prefrontal and increased subcortical brain functioning assessed using positron emission tomography in predatory and affective murderers. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 16(3), 319–332.

Rajkowska, G. (1997). Morphometric methods for studying the prefrontal cortex in suicide victims and psychiatric patients. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 836, 253–268.

Rajska-Neumann, A., & Wieczorowska-Tobis, K. (2007). Polypharmacy and potential inappropriateness of pharmacological treatment among community-dwelling elderly patients. Archives of Gerontology and Geriatrics, 44, 303–309.

Rakoff, D. (2002, December 29). The lives they lived; The debutante’s staying-in party. The New York Times.

Raleigh, M. J., McGuire, M. T., Brammer, G. L., & Yuwiler, A. (1984). Social and environmental influences on blood serotonin concentrations in monkeys. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 405–410.

Ramaekers, J. G., Kauert, G., van Ruitenbeek, P., Theunissen, E. L., Schneider, E., & Moeller, M. R. (2006). High-potency marijuana impairs executive function and inhibitory motor control. Neuropsychopharmacology, 31, 2296–2303.

Ramafedi, G. (1999). Suicide and sexual orientation: Nearing the end of a controversy? Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 885–886.

Ramanathan, S., Balasubramanian, N., & Krishnadas, R. (2013). Macroeconomic environment during infancy as a possible risk factor for adolescent behavioral problems. JAMA Psychiatry, 70(2), 218–225.

Ramirez, M., III. (1999). Multicultural psychotherapy: An approach to individual and cultural differences (2nd ed.). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Ramírez-Esparza, N., Gosling, S. D., Benet-Martínez, V., Potter, J. P., & Pennebaker, J.W. (2006). Do bilinguals have two personalities? A special case of cultural frame switching. Journal of Research in Personality, 40, 99–120.

Ramus, F. Rosen, S., Dakin, S., Day, B., Castellote, J., et al. (2003). Theories of developmental dyslexia: Insights from a multiple case study of dyslexic adults. Brain, 126, 841–865.

Rand Corporation. (2001). Retrieved October 27, 2006, from www.rand.org/news/Press/ca.mental.html Redlich, A. D., Steadman, H. J., Monahan, J., Petrila, J., & Griffin, P. A. (2005). The second generation of mental health courts. Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 11, 527–538.

Rao, U., Dahl, R. E., Ryan, N. D., Birmaher, B., Williamson, D. E., Rao, R., & Kaufman, J. (2002). Heterogeneity in EEG sleep findings in adolescent depression: Unipolar versus bipolar clinical course. Journal of Affective Disorders, 70, 273–280.

Rao V., & Lyketsos, C. G. (1998). Delusions in Alzheimer’s disease. Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 10, 373–382.

Rapee, R. M., & Abbott, M. J. (2006). Mental representation of observable attributes in people with social phobia. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 37, 113–126.

Rapee, R. M., & Heimberg, R. G. (1997). A cognitive-behavioral model of anxiety in social phobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 35, 741–756.

Raphael, F. J., & Lacey, J. H. (1992). Sociocultural aspects of eating disorders. Annals of Medicine, 24, 293–296.

Rapoport, J. L. (1991). Recent advances in obsessive-compulsive disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology, 5, 1–10.

Rapoport, J. L., Giedd, J. N., Blumenthal, J., Hamburger, S., Jeffries, N., et al. (1999). Progressive cortical change during adolescence in childhood-onset schizophrenia: A longitudinal magnetic resonance imaging study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 649–654.

Rapoport, M. J., Mamdani, M., & Herrmann, N. (2006). Electroconvulsive therapy in older adults: 13-year trends. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry/La Revue canadienne de psychiatrie, 51, 616–619.

Raskin, M., Talbott, J. A., & Meyerson, A. T. (1966). Diagnosis of conversion reactions: Predictive value of psychiatric criteria. Journal of the American Medical Association, 197, 530–534.

Rasmussen, H. B., Timm, S., Wang, A. G., Soeby, K., Lublin, H., et al. (2006). Association between the CCR5 32-bp deletion allele and late onset of schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 507–511.

Rasmussen, P. R. (2005). The avoidant prototype. In P. R. Rasmussen (Ed.), Personality-guided cognitive-behavioral therapy (p–213). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Rauch, S. L., Dougherty, D. D., Cosgrove, G. R., Cassem, E. H., Alpert, N. M., et al. (2001). Cerebral metabolic correlates as potential predictors of response to anterior cingulotomy for obsessive compulsive disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 50, 659–667.

Rauch, S. L., Dougherty, D. D., Malone, D., Rezai, A., Friehs, G., et al. (2006). A functional neuroimaging investigation of deep brain stimulation in patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Neurosurgery, 104, 558–565.

Rauch, S. L., Jenike, M. A., Alpert, N. M., Baer, L., Breiter, H. C., et al. (1994). Regional cerebral blood flow measured during symptom provocation in obsessive-compulsive disorder using oxygen 15-labeled carbon dioxide and positron emission tomography. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 62–70.

Rauch, S. L., Savage, C. R., Alpert, N. M., Miguel, E. C., Baer, L., et al. (1995). A positron emission tomographic study of simple phobic symptom provocation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 52, 20–28.

Rauch, S. L., Savage, C. R., Brown, H. D., Curran, T., Alpert, N. M., et al. (1995). A PET investigation of implicit and explicit sequence learning. Human Brain Mapping, 3, 271–286.

Rauch, S. L., Shin, L. M., & Phelps, E. A. (2006). Neurocircuitry models of posttraumatic stress disorder and extinction: Human neuroimaging research—past, present, and future. Biological Psychiatry, 60, 376–382.

Rauch, S. L., van der Kolk, B. A., Fisler, R. E., & Alpert, N. M. (1996). A symptom provocation study of posttraumatic stress disorder using positron emission tomography and script-driven imagery. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 380–387.

Rauch, S. L., Whalen, P. J., Shin, L. M., McInerney, S. C., Macklin, M. L., et al. (2000). Exaggerated amygdala response to masked facial stimuli in posttraumatic stress disorder: A functional MRI study. Biological Psychiatry, 47, 769–776.

Raymond, N. C., Coleman, E., Ohlerking, F., Christenson, G. A., & Miner, M. (1999). Psychiatric comorbidity in pedophilic sex offenders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 786–788.

Ready, D. J., Pollack, S., Rothbaum, B. O., & Alarcon, R. D. (2006). Virtual reality exposure for veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment & Trauma, 12, 199–220.

Rebec, G. V. (2000). Cocaine. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 2, p–131). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Rector, N. A., & Beck, A. T. (2002a). A clinical review of cognitive therapy for schizophrenia. Current Psychiatry Report, 4, 284–292.

Rector, N. A., & Beck, A. T. (2002b). Cognitive therapy for schizophrenia: From conceptualisation to intervention. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 47, 39–48.

Rector, N. A., Seeman, M. V., & Segal, Z. V. (2003). Cognitive therapy of schizophrenia: A preliminary randomized controlled trial. Schizophrenia Research, 63, 1–11.

Reger, G. M., & Gahm, G. A. (2008). Virtual reality exposure therapy for active duty soldiers. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 64, 940–946.

Regier, D. A., Farmer, M. E., Rae, D. S., Locke, B. Z., Keith, S. J., et al. (1990). Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug abuse: Results from the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (ECA) study. Journal of the American Medical Association, 264, 2511–2518.

Regier, D. A., Narrow, W. E., Rae, D. S., Manderscheid, R. W., Locke, B. Z., & Goodwin, F. K. (1993). The de facto US mental and addictive disorders service system: Epidemiologic Catchment Area prospective 1-year prevalence rates of disorders and services. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 85–94.

Rehm, L. P. (2002). How can we better disentangle placebo and drug effects? Prevention & Treatment, 5, Article 31. http://www.journals.apa.org/prevention/volume5/pre0050031c.html

Reich, J. (2000). The relationship of social phobia to avoidant personality disorder: A proposal to reclassify avoidant personality disorder based on clinical empirical findings. European Psychiatry, 15, 151–159.

Reichenberg, A., Gross, R., Weiser, M., Bresnahan, M., Silverman, J., et al. (2006). Advancing paternal age and autism. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 1026–1032.

Reichenberg, A., Rieckmann, N., & Harvey, P. D. (2005). Stability in schizophrenia symptoms over time: Findings from the Mount Sinai Pilgrim Psychiatric Center longitudinal study. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 114, 363–372.

Reid, G., Aitken, C., Beyer, L., & Crofts, N. (2001). Ethnic communities’ vulnerability to involvement with illicit drugs. Drugs: Education, Prevention & Policy, 8, 359–374.

Reifman, A., & Windle, M. (1995). Adolescent suicidal behaviors as a function of depression, hopelessness, alcohol use, and social support: A longitudinal investigation. American Journal of Community Psychology, 23, 329–354.

Reiland, R. (2004). Get me out of here: My recovery from borderline personality pisorder. Center City, MN: Hazeldon.

Reinberg, A. (2011). CDC: Half of Americans will suffer from mental health woes. USA Today, September 9, 2011. Retrieved November 15, 2011, from http://yourlife.usatoday.com/health/medical/mentalhealth/story/2011-09-05/CDC-Half-of-Americans-will-suffer-from-mental-health-woes/50250702/1

Reinders, A. A., Nijenhuis, E. R., Paans, A. M., Korf, J., Willemsen, A. T., & den Boer, J. A. (2003). One brain, two selves. Neuroimage, 20, 2119–2125.

Reiner, R. (2008). Integrating a portable biofeedback device into clinical practice for patients with anxiety disorders: Results of a pilot study. Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback, 33, 55–61.

Reisberg, B., Ferris, S. H., de Leon, M. J., & Crook, T. (1982). The Global Deterioration Scale for the assessment of primary degenerative dementia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 1136–1139.

Reiss, S. (1991). Expectancy model of fear, anxiety, and panic. Clinical Psychology Review, 11, 141–153.

Reiss, S., & McNally, R. J. (1985). Expectancy model of fear. In S. Reiss and R. R. Bootzin (Eds.), Theoretical issues in behavior therapy (p–121). New York: Academic Press.

Reitan, R. M. (1958). Validity of the Trail Making Test as an indicator of organic brain damage. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 8, 271–276.

Reitan, R. M., & Davison, L. A. (1974). Clinical neuropsychology: Current status and applications. The series in clinical psychology (Vol. 2). Washington, DC: V. H. Winston.

Relkin, N., Bettger, L., Tsakanikas, D., & Ravdin, L. (2012). Three-year follow-up on the IVIG for Alzheimer’s phase II study. Alzheimer’s Association International Conference. Abstract P3-381. Presented July 17, 2012.

Remafedi, G. (1999). Sexual orientation and youth suicide. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 282, 1291–1292.

Rende, R., & Plomin, R. (1992). Diathesis–stress models of psychopathology: A quantitative genetic perspective. Applied & Preventative Psychology, 1, 177–182.

Renner, L. M., & Slack, K. S. (2006). Intimate partner violence and child maltreatment: Understanding intra- and intergenerational connections. Child Abuse & Neglect, 30, 599–617.

Rennie v. Klein, 462 F. Sup; 1978 U.S. Dist. LEXIS 14441 (1978).

Resnick, H. S., Kilpatrick, D. G., Dansky, B. S., Saunders, B. E., & Best, C. L. (1993). Prevalence of civilian trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder in a representative national sample of women. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 61, 984–991.

Ressler, K. J., Rothbaum, B. O., Tannenbaum, L., Anderson, P., Graap, K., et al. (2004). Cognitive enhancers as adjuncts to psychotherapy: Use of D-cycloserine in phobic individuals to facilitate extinction of fear. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 1136–1144.

Rettew, D. C., & McKee, L. (2005). Temperament and its role in developmental psychopathology. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 13, 14–27.

Rettew, D. C., Doyle, A. C., Kwan, M., Stanger, C., & Hudziak, J. J. (2006). Exploring the boundary between temperament and generalized anxiety disorder: A receiver operating characteristic analysis. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 20, 931–945.

Reynolds, C. A., Raine, A., Mellingen, K., Venables, P. H., & Mednick, S. A. (2000.) Three-factor model of schizotypal personality: Invariance across culture, gender, religious affiliation, family adversity, and psychopathology. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 26, 603–618.

Reynolds, S., Stiles, W. B., Barkham, M., Shapiro, D. A., Hardy, G. E., & Rees, A. (1996). Acceleration of changes in session impact during contrasting time-limited psychotherapies. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 577–586.

Rhode, P., Lewinsohn, P. M., Klein, D. N., Seeley, J. R., & Gau, J. M. (2013). Key characteristics of major depressive disorder occurring in childhood, adolescence, emerging adulthood, and adulthood. Clinical Psychological Science, 1, 41–53.

Ricca, V., Mannucci, E., Mezzani, B., Di Bernardo, M., Zucchi, T., et al. (2001). Psychopathological and clinical features of outpatients with an eating disorder not otherwise specified. Eating & Weight Disorders, 6, 157–165.

Ricciardelli, L. A., & McCabe, M. P. (2001). Self-esteem and negative affect as moderators of sociocultural influences on body dissatisfaction strategies to decrease weight and strategies to increase muscle tone among adolescent boys and girls. Sex Roles, 44, 189–207.

Ricciardelli, L. A., McCabe, M. P., Lillis, J., & Thomas, K. (2006). A Longitudinal Investigation of the Development of Weight and Muscle Concerns Among Preadolescent Boys. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 35, 177–187.

Riccio, C. A., Wolfe, M., Davis, B., Romine, C., George, C., & Lee, D. (2005). Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: Manifestation in adulthood. Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology, 20, 249–269.

Rice, F., Harold, G., & Thaper, A. (2002). The genetic aetiology of childhood depression: A review. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 43, 65–79.

Rice, M. E., Harris, G., & Cormier, C. (1992). An evaluation of a maximum security therapeutic community for psychopaths and other mentally disordered offenders. Law and Human Behavior; 16, 399–412.

Rice, M. J., & Moller, M. D. (2006). Wellness outcomes of trauma psychoeducation. Archives of Psychiatric Nursing, 20, 94–102.

Richards, J. C., Edgar, L. V., & Gibbon, P. (1996). Cardiac acuity in panic disorder. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 20, 361–376.

Richards, R., Kinney, D. K., Lunde, I., Benet, M., & Merzel, A. P. C. (1988). Creativity in manic-depressives, cyclothymes, their normal relatives, and control subjects. Journal of Abnormal Psychology 97, 281–288.

Rieber, R. W. (1999). Hypnosis, false memory and multiple personality: A trinity of affinity. History of Psychiatry, 10, 3–11.

Rief, W., & Nanke, A. (1999). Somatization disorder from a cognitive-psychobiological perspective. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 12, 733–738.

Rief, W., Heuser, J., Mayrhuber, E., Stelzer, I., Hiller, W., & Fichter, M. M. (1996). The classification of multiple somatoform symptoms. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 184, 680–687. Rosenbloom, M., Sullivan, E. V., & Pfefferbaum, A. (2003). Using magnetic resonance imaging and diffusion tensor imaging to assess brain damage in alcoholics. Alcohol Research & Health 27, 146–152.

Ries, R. K., Galanter, M., & Tonigan, J. S. (2008). Twelve-step facilitation. In M. Galanter, & H. D. Kleber, (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of substance abuse treatment (4th ed.). (p–386). Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.

Rifkin, A., Ghisalbert, D., Dimatou, S., Jin, C., & Sethi, M. (1998). Dissociative identity disorder in psychiatric inpatients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 844–845.

Rihmer, Z. (2007). Suicide risk in mood disorders. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 20, 17–22.

Rihmer, Z., Rutz, W., Pihlgren, H., & Pestality, P. (1998). Decreasing tendency of seasonality in suicide may indicate lowering rate of depressive suicides in the population. Psychiatry Research, 81, 233–240.

Riley, E. A., Clemson, L., Sitharthan, G., & Diamond, M. (2013). Surviving a gender variant childhood: The views of transgender adults on the needs of gender variant children and their parents. Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 39, 241–263.

Riley, E. P., & McGee, C. L. (2005). Fetal alcohol spectrum disorders: An overview with emphasis on changes in brain and behavior. Experimental Biology and Medicine, 230, 357–365.

Ringman, J. M., & Cummings, J. L. (2006). Current and emerging pharmacological treatment options for dementia. Behavioral Neurology, 17, 5–16.

Rinne, T., de Kloet, E. R., Wouters, L., Goekoop, J. G., DeRijk, R. H., & van den Brink, W. (2002). Hyperresponsiveness of hypothalamic-pituitary adrenal axis to combined dexamethasone/corticotropin-releasing hormone challenge in female borderline personality disorder subjects with a history of sustained childhood abuse. Biological Psychiatry, 52, 1102–1112.

Riskind, J. H., & Alloy, L. B. (2006). Cognitive vulnerability to psychological disorders: Overview of theory, design, and methods. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 25, 705–725.

Riskind, J. H., Moore, R., & Bowley, L. (1995). The looming of spiders: The fearful perceptual distortion of movement and menace. Behavior Research and Therapy, 33, 171–178.

Ritchie, C. W., Ames, D., Clayton, T., & Lai, R. (2004). Meta-analysis of randomized trials of the efficacy and safety of donepezil, galantamine, and rivastigmine for the treatment of Alzheimer disease. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 12, 358–369.

Ritchie, K., & Lovestone, S. (2002). The dementias. Lancet, 360, 1767–1769.

Ritterband, L. M., Gonder-Frederick, L. A., Cox, D. J., Clifton, A. D., West, R. W., & Borowitz, S. M. (2003). Internet interventions: In review, in use, and into the future. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 34, 527–534.

Rivas-Vazquez, R. A. (2001). Antidepressants as first-line agents in the current pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 32, 101–104.

Rivas-Vazquez, R. A., Rice, J., & Kalman, D. (2003). Pharmacotherapy of obesity and eating disorders. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 34, 562–566.

Robbins, T. W. (2000). Chemical neuromodulation of frontal-executive functions in humans and other animals. Experimental Brain Research, 133, 130–138.

Robbins, T. W., & Everitt, B. J. (1999a). Drug addiction: Bad habits add up. Nature, 398, 567–570.

Robbins, T. W., & Everitt, B. J. (1999b). Interaction of the dopaminergic system with mechanisms of associative learning and cognition: Implications for drug abuse. Psychological Science, 10, 199–202.

Roberson-Nay, R., Eaves, L. J., Hettema, J. M., Kendler, K. S., & Silberg, J. L. (2012). Childhood separation anxiety disorder and adult onset panic attacks share a common genetic diathesis. Depression and Anxiety, 29(4), 320–327.

Roberts, A. L., Rosario, M., Corliss, H. L., Koenen, K. C., & Austin, S. B. (2012). Childhood gender nonconformity: A risk indicator for childhood abuse and posttraumatic stress in youth.Pediatrics, 129, 410–417.

Robins, C. J., Ivanoff, A. M., & Linehan, M. M. (2001). Dialectical behavior therapy. In W. J. Livesley (Ed.), Handbook of personality disorders: Theory, research, and treatment (p–459). New York: Guilford Press.

Robins, L. N., & Regier, D. A. (1991). Psychiatric disorders in America: The Epidemiological Catchment Area Study. New York: Free Press.

Robinson, D., Woerner, M. G., Alvir, J. M., Bilder, R., Goldman, R., et al. (1999). Predictors of relapse following response from a first episode of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 241–247.

Robinson, J., Sareen, J., Cox, B. J., & Bolton, J. M. (2011). Role of self-medication in the development of comorbid anxiety and substance use disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68, 800–807.

Robinson, M. S., & Alloy, L. B. (2003). Negative cognitive styles and stress-reactive rumination interact to predict depression: A prospective study. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 27, 275–292.

Robinson, T., & Valcour, F. (1995). The use of depo-provera in the treatment of child molesters and sexually compulsive males. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 2, 277–294.

Rodewald, F., Dell, P. F., Wilhelm-Göβbling, C., & Gast, U. (2011). Are major dissociative disorders characterized by a qualitatively different kind of dissociation? Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 12, 9–24.

Roelofs, K., Hoogduin, K. A. L., Keijers, G. P. J., Näring, G. W. B., Moene, G. C., & Sandijck, P. (2002). Hypnotic susceptibility in patients With conversion disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 390–395.

Roelofs, K., Spinhoven, P., Sandijck, P., Moene, F. C., & Hoogduin, K. A. L. (2005). The impact of early trauma and recent life events on symptom severity in patients with conversion disorder. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 193, 508–514.

Roelofs, K., van Galen, G. P., Keijsers, G. P., & Hoogduin, C. A. (2002). Motor initiation and execution in patients with conversion paralysis. Acta Psychologica, 110, 21–34.

Roesler, A. & Witztum, E. (2000). Pharmacotherapy of paraphilias in the next millennium. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 18, 43–56.

Rogan, R. G., & Hammer, M. R. (1998). An exploratory study of message affect behavior: A comparison between African Americans and Euro-Americans. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 17, 449–464.

Rogers, C. R. (1942). Counseling and psychotherapy: Newer concepts in practice. Oxford, England: Houghton Mifflin.

Rogers, C. R. (1951). Client-centered therapy: Its current practice, implications, and theory. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Rogers, S. J. (1998). Neuropsychology of autism in young children and its implications for early intervention. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 4, 104–112.

Rohde, D. (1999a, October 16). Jury hears a confession in killing. The New York Times, p. B2.

Rohde, D. (1999b, March 4). Man claims “ghost” drove him to push woman to her death. The New York Times, p. B2.

Rohde, D. (1999c, October 9). Witness tearfully describes fatal subway shoving. The New York Times p. B2,.

Rohde, D. (2000, February 23). For retrial, subway defendant goes off medication. The New York Times, p. B1.

Roisman, G. I., & Fraley, R. C. (2006). The limits of genetic influence: A behavior-genetic analysis of infant-caregiver relationship quality and temperament. Child Development, 77, 1656–1667.

Romach, M. K., & Sellers, E. M. (1991). Management of the alcohol withdrawal syndrome. Annual Review of Medicine, 42, 323–340.

Romero, M. P., & Wintemute, G. J. (2002). The epidemiology of firearm suicide in the United States. Journal of Urban Health, 79, 39–48.

Room, R., & Makela K. (2000). Typologies of the cultural position of drinking. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 61, 475–483.

Rosa, A. R., Marco, M., Fachel, J. M. G., Kapczinski, F., Stein, A. T., & Barros, H. M. T. (2007). Correlation between drug treatment adherence and lithium treatment attitudes and knowledge by bipolar patients. Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 31, 217–224.

Rosa, M. A., Gattaz, W. F., Pascual-Leone, A., Fregni, F., Rosa, M. O., et al. (2006). Comparison of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation and electroconvulsive therapy in unipolar non-psychotic refractory depression: A randomized, single-blind study. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 9, 667–676.

Rosanoff, A. J. (1914). A study of brain atrophy in relation to insanity. American Journal of Insanity, 71, 101–132.

Rosario-Campos, M. C., Leckman, J. F., Mercadante, M. T., Shavitt, R. G., da Silva Prado, H., et al. (2001). Adults with early-onset obsessive-compulsive disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry 158, 1899–1903.

Roscoe, W. (1993). How to become a berdache: Toward a unified analysis of gender diversity. In G. Herdt (Ed.), Third sex, third gender: Beyond sexual dimorphism in culture and history (p–372). New York: Zone Books.

Rosen, G. D., Bai, J., Wang, Y., Fiondella, C. G., Threlkeld, S. W., et al. (2007). Disruption of neuronal migration by RNAi of Dyx1c1 results in neocortical and hippocampal malformations. Cerebral Cortex, 17, 2562–2572.

Rosen, J. B., & Donley, M. P. (2006). Animal studies of amygdala function in fear and uncertainty: Relevance to human research. Biological Psychology, 73, 49–60.

Rosen, R. C., & Beck, J. G. (1988). Patterns of sexual arousal: Psychophysiological processes and clinical applications. New York: Guilford Press.

Rosen, R. C., & Leiblum, S. R. (1989). Assessment and treatment of desire disorders. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy: Update for the 1990s (2nd ed., p–47). New York: Guilford Press.

Rosen, R. C., & Leiblum, S. R. (Eds.). (1995). Case studies in sex therapy. New York: Guilford Press.

Rosen, R. C., Taylor, J. F., Leiblum, S. R., & Bachmann, G. A. (1993). Prevalence of sexual dysfunction in women: Results of a survey study of 329 women in an outpatient gynecological clinic. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 19, 171–188.

Rosenbaum, B., Valbak, K., Harder, S., Knudsen, P., Koster, A., et al. (2005). The Danish National Schizophrenia Project: Prospective, comparative longitudinal treatment study of first-episode psychosis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 186, 394–399.

Rosenbaum, J. F., Arana, G. W., Hyman, S. E., Labbate, L. A., & Fava, M. (2005). Handbook of psychiatric drug therapy (5th ed.). New York: Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins.

Rosenberg, H. (1993). Prediction of controlled drinking by alcoholics and problem drinkers. Psychological Bulletin, 113, 129–139.

Rosenberg, H. (2002). Controlled drinking. In: Hersen M., Sledge W.H. (Eds). Encyclopedia of psychotherapy. New York: Elsevier Science.

Rosenberg, H., & Melville, J. (2005). Controlled drinking and controlled drug use as outcome goals in British treatment services. Addiction Research and Theory, 13, 85–92.

Rosenberg, R. S. (2013a). DSM-5: A “living document” dead on arrival. Psychology Today. Retrieved May 21, 2013, from www.psychologytoday.com/blog/the-superheroes/201305/dsm-5-living-document-dead-arrival

Rosenberg, R. S. (2013b). Abnormal is the new normal. Slate, April 12. Retrieved May 21, 2013, from www.slate.com/articles/health_and_science/medical_examiner/2013/04/diagnostic_and_statistical_manual_fifth_edition_why_will_half_the_u_s_population.html

Rosenbloom, M., Sullivan, E.V., & Pfefferbaum, A. (2003). Using magnetic resonance imaging and diffusion tensor imaging to assess brain damage in alcoholics. Alcohol Research & Health 27, 146–152.

Rosenfarb, I. S., Bellack, A. S., & Aziz, N. (2006). Family interactions and the course of schizophrenia in African American and White patients. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 115, 112–120.

Rosenthal, D. (Ed.). (1963). The Genain quadruplets: A case study and theoretical analysis of heredity and environment in schizophrenia. New York: Basic Books.

Rosenthal, R. (1991). Meta-analytic procedures for social research. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Rospenda, K. (2002). Workplace harassment, services utilization, and drinking outcomes. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 7, 141–155.

Ross, C. A., Miller, S. D., Bjornson, L., Reagor, P., Fraser, G. A., & Anderson, G. (1991). Abuse histories in 102 cases of multiple personality disorder. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry/La Revue canadienne de psychiatrie, 36, 97–101.

Ross, L. K., Arnsberger, P., & Fox, P. J. (1998). The relationship between cognitive functioning and disease severity with depression in dementia of the Alzheimer’s type. Aging & Mental Health, 2, 319–327.

Ross, L. T., & Hill, E. M. (2004). Comparing alcoholic and nonalcoholic parents on the family unpredictability scale. Psychological Reports, 94, 1385–1391.

Rossiter, E. M., & Agras, W. S. (1990). An empirical test of the DSM-III-R definition of binge. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 9, 513–518.

Roth, A., & Fonagy, P. (2005). What works for whom: A critical review of psychotherapy research (2nd ed.). New York,: Guilford Press.

Rothbaum, B. O., Anderson, P., Zimand, E., Hodges, L., Lang, D., & Wilson, J. (2006). Virtual reality exposure therapy and standard (in vivo) exposure therapy in the treatment of fear of flying. Behavior Therapy, 37, 80–90.

Rothbaum, B. O., Hodges, L., Anderson, P. L., Price, L., & Smith, S. (2002). Twelve-month follow-up of virtual reality and standard exposure therapies for the fear of flying. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70, 428–432.

Rothbaum, B. O., Hodges, L., Smith, S., Lee, J. H., & Price, L. (2001). A controlled study of virtual reality exposure therapy for the fear of flying. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 1020–1026.

Rothbaum, F., Weisz, J., Pott, M., Miyake, K., & Morelli, G. (2000). Attachment and culture: Security in the United States and Japan. American Psychologist, 55, 1093–1104.

Rothenberg, A. (2001). Bipolar illness, creativity, and treatment. Psychiatric Quarterly, 72, 131–147.

Rothman, A. J., Haddock, G., & Schwarz, N. (2001). “How many partners is too many?” Shaping perceptions of personal vulnerability. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 31, 2195–2214.

Rothman, E. (1995, December 15). What’s in a name? Focus Online: News from Harvard Medical, Dental, and Public Health Schools. Retrieved April 25, 2007, from http://focus.hms.harvard.edu/1995/Dec15_1995/On_Becoming_A_Doctor.html

Rouillon, F. (1997). Epidemiology of panic disorder. Human Psychopharmacology: Clinical and Experimental, 12, S7–S12.

Rouse v. Cameron, 373 F.2d 451 (D. C. Cir. 1966); later proceeding, 387 F.2d 241 (1967).

Roy, A. (1980). Hysteria. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 24, 53–56.

Rubia, K., Smith, A. B., Brammer, M. J., & Taylor, E. (2007). Temporal lobe dysfunction in medication-naïve boys with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder during attention allocation and its relation to response variability. Biological Psychiatry, 62, 999–1006.

Rubin, L., Fitts, M., & Becker, A. E. (2003) Whatever feels good in my soul: Body ethics and aesthetics among African American and Latina women. Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry, 27, 49–75.

Rubinsztein, J. D., Michael, A., Paykel, E. S., & Sahakian, B. J. (2000). Cognitive impairment in remision of bipolar affective disorder. Psychological Medicine, 30, 1025–1036.

Ruffolo, J. S., Phillips, K. A., Menard, W., Fay, C., & Weisberg, R. B. (2006). Comorbidity of body dysmorphic disorder and eating disorders: Severity of psychopathology and body image disturbance. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 39, 11–19.

Ruiz-Sancho, A. M., Smith, G. W., & Gunderson, J. G. (2001). Psychoeduational approaches. In W. J. Livesley (Ed.), Handbook of personality disorders: Theory, research, and treatment (p–474). New York: Guilford Press.

Rund, B. R., Melle, I., Friis, S., Larsen, T. K., Midboe, L. J., Oet al. (2004). Neurocognitive dysfunction in first-episode psychosis: Correlates with symptoms, premorbid adjustment, and duration of untreated psychosis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 466–472.

Ruscio, A. M., Seitchik, A. E., Gentes, E. L., Jones, J. D., & Hallion, L. S. (2011). Perseverative thought: A robust predictor of response to emotional challenge in generalized anxiety disorder and major depressive disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 49, 867–874.

Rush, A. J., Zimmerman, M., Wisniewski, S. R., Fava, M., Hollon, S. D., et al. (2005). Comorbid psychiatric disorders in depressed outpatients: Demographic and clinical features. Journal of Affective Disorders, 87, 43–55.

Russell, C. J., & Keel, P. K. (2002). Homosexuality as a specific risk factor for eating disorders in men. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 31, 300–306.

Russell, M. (1990). Prevalence of alcoholism among children of alcoholics. In M. Windle, & J. S. Searles (Eds.), Children of alcoholics: Critical perspectives (p–38). New York: Guilford Press.

Russell, T. A., Reynaud, E., Herba, C., Morris, R., & Corcoran, R. (2006). Do you see what I see? Interpretations of intentional movement in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 81, 101–111.

Rutherford, M. D., Baron-Cohen, S., & Wheelwright, S. (2002). Reading the mind in the voice: A study with normal adults and adults with Asperger syndrome and high functioning autism. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 32, 189–194.

Rutter, M. (2003). Poverty and Child Mental Health: Natural experiments and social causation. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 290, 2063–2064.

Rutter, M. L. (1999). Psychosocial adversity and child psychopathology. British Journal of Psychiatry, 174, 480–493.

Rutter, M., & Maughan, B. (1997). Psychosocial adversities in childhood and adult psychopathology. Journal of Personality Disorders, 11, 4–18.

Rutter, M., & Quinton, D. (1984). Parental psychiatric disorder: Effects on children. Psychological Medicine, 14, 853–880.

Ruwaard, J., Lange, A., Bouwman, M., Broeksteeg, J., & Schrieken, B. (2007). E-mailed standardized cognitive behavioural treatment of work-related stress: A randomized controlled trial. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 36, 179–192.

Ryan, D., & Carr, A. (2001). A study of the differential effects of Tomm’s questioning styles on therapeutic alliance. Family Process, 40, 67–77.

Rybakowski, F., Slopien, A., Dmitrzak-Weglarz, M., Czerski, P., Rajewski, A., & Hauser, J. (2006). The 5-HT2A 1438 A/G and 5-HTTLPR polymorphisms and personality dimensions in adolescent anorexia nervosa: Association study. Neuropsychobiology, 53, 33–39.

Saatcioglu, O., Erim, R., & Cakmak, D. (2006). Role of family in alcohol and substance abuse. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 60, 125–132.

Saba, G., Verdon, C. M., Kalalou, K., Rocamora, J. F., Dumortier, G., et al. (2006). Transcranial magnetic stimulation in the treatment of schizophrenic symptoms: A double blind sham controlled study. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 40, 147–152.

Sabourin, M. E., Cutcomb, S. D., Crawford, H. J., & Pribram, K. (1990–1991). EEG correlates of hypnotic susceptibility and hypnotic trance: Spectral analysis and coherence. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 10, 125–142.

Sachdev, P. S. (1985). Koro epidemic in north-east India. Australia New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 19, 433–438.

Sachs, G. S. (2006). A review of agitation in mental illness: Burden of illness and underlying pathology. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67(Suppl. 10), 5–12.

Sachs-Ericsson, N., Plant, E. A., & Blazer, D. G. (2005). Racial differences in the frequency of depressive symptoms among community dwelling elders: The role of socioeconomic factors. Aging & Mental Health, 9, 201–209.

Sackheim, H. A., Devanand, D. P., & Nobler, M. S. (1995). Electroconvulsive therapy. In F. E. Bloom & D. J. Kupfer (Eds.), Psychopharmacology: The Fourth Generation of Progress. New York: Raven Press. p–1141.

Sackheim, H. A., Haskett, R. F., Mulsant, B. H., Thase, M. E., Mann, J. J., et al. (2001). Continuation pharmacotherapy in the prevention of relapse following electroconvulsive therapy: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of the American Medical Association, 285, 1299–1307.

Sacktor, N., Nakasujja, N., Skolasky, R., Robertson, K., Wong, M., et al. (2006). Antiretroviral therapy improves cognitive impairment in HIV1 individuals in sub-Saharan Africa. Neurology, 67, 311–314.

Sadeghi, M., & Fakhrai, A. (2000). Transsexualism in female monozygotic twins: A case report. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 34, 862–864.

Sadock, B. J., & Sadock, V. A. (2007). Kaplan and Sadock’s synopsis of psychiatry: Behavioral sciences/clinical psychiatry (10th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins.

Sadock, V. (1995). Psychotropic drugs and sexual dysfunction. Primary Psychiatry, 4, 16–17.

Safer, D. L., Telch, C. F., & Agras, W. S. (2001). Dialectical behavior therapy for bulimia nervosa. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 632–634.

Safren, S. A., Sprich, S., Mimiaga, M. J., Surman, C., Knouse, L., et al. (2010). Cognitive behavioral therapy vs relaxation with educational support for medication-treated adults with ADHD and persistent symptoms. JAMA, 304(8): 875–880.

Saha, S., Chant, D., Welham, J., & McGrath, J. (2005). A systematic review of the prevalence of schizophrenia. PLoS Medicine, 2, e141.

Saladin, M. E. & Santa Ana, E. J. (2004). Controlled drinking: More than just a controversy. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 17, 175–187.

Salamone, J. D. (2002). Antidepressants and placebos: Conceptual problems and research strategies. Prevention & Treatment, 5, Article 24. www.journals.apa.org/prevention/volume5/pre0050024c.html

Salekin, R. (2002). Psychopathy and therapeutic pessimism: Clinical lore or clinical reality? Clinical Psychology Review, 22, 79–112.

Salekin, R., Worley, C., & Grimes, R. (2010). Treatment of psychopathy: A review and brief introduction to the mental model approach for psychopathy. Behavioral Sciences and the Law, 28, 235–266.

Salkovskis, P. M. (1985). Obsessional-compulsive problems: A cognitive-behavioural analysis. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 23, 571–583.

Salkovskis, P. M. (1988). Phenomenology, assessment, and the cognitive model of panic. In S. Rachman& J. D. Maser (Eds.), Panic: Psychological perspectives (p–136). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Salkovskis, P. M. (1996). The cognitive approach to anxiety: Threat beliefs, safety-seeking behavior, and the special case of health anxiety and obsessions. In P. M. Salkovskis (Ed.), Frontiers of cognitive therapy (p–74). New York: Guilford Press.

Salkovskis, P. M., & Campbell, P. (1994). Thought suppression induces intrusion in naturally occurring negative intrusive thoughts. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 32, 1–8.

Salmán, E., Diamond, K., Jusino, C., Sánchez-LaCay, A., & Liebowitz, M. R. (1997). Hispanic Americans. In S. Friedman (Ed.), Cultural issues in the treatment of anxiety (p–80). New York: Guilford Press.

Salo, R., Buonocore, M. H., Leamon, M., Natsuaki, Y., Waters, K., et al. (2011). Extended findings of brain metabolite normalization in MA-dependent subjects across sustained abstinence: A proton MRS study. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 113, 133–138.

Salthouse, T. A. (2001). General and specific age-related influences on neuropsychological variables. In F. Boiler & S. Cappa (Eds.), Handbook of neuropsychology: Vol. 6. Aging and dementia. (p–50) London: Elsevier.

Salthouse, T. A. (2005). Relations between cognitive abilities and measures of executive functioning. Neuropsychology, 19, 532–545.

Samuels, J., Eaton, W. W., Bienvenu, O. J., III, Brown, C., Costa, P. T., Jr., & Nestadt, G. (2002). Prevalence and correlates of personality disorders in a community sample. British Journal of Psychiatry, 180, 536–542.

Sánchez, H. G. (2001). Risk factor model for suicide assessment and intervention. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 32, 351–358.

Sandberg, S. (2002). Hyperactivity and attention disorders of childhood. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Sanders, A. R., Duan, J., Levinson, D. F., Shi, J., He, D., et al. (2008). No significant association of 14 candidate genes with schizophrenia in a large European ancestry sample: Implications for psychiatric genetics. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 497–506.

Sanderson, W. C., & Barlow, D. H. (1990). A description of patients diagnosed with DSM-III-R generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 178, 588–591.

Sands, J. R., & Harrow, M. (1999). Depression during the longitudinal course of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 25, 157–171.

Sanfilipo, M., Lafargue, T., Rusinek, H., Arena, L., Loneragan, C., et al. (2002). Cognitive performance in schizophrenia: Relationship to regional brain volumes and psychiatric symptoms. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging, 116, 1–23.

Sansone, R. A., & Sansone, L. A. (2011). Personality pathology and its influence on eating disorders. Innovations in Clinical Neuroscience, 8, 14–18.

Santangelo, S. L., & Tsatsanis, K. (2005). What is known about autism: Genes, brain, and behavior. American Journal of Pharmacogenomics, 5, 71–92.

Santhiveeran, J., & Grant, B. (2005). Use of communication tools and fee-setting in e-therapy: A Web site survey. Social Work in Mental Health, 4, 31–45.

Santisteban, D. A., Muir-Malcolm, J. A., Mitrani, V. B., & Szapocznik, J. (2002). Integrating the study of ethnic culture and family psychology intervention science. In H. A. Liddle, D. A. Santisteban, R. F. Levant, & J. H. Bray (Eds), Family psychology: Science-based interventions (p–351). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Sapolsky, R. M. (1996). Why stress is bad for your brain. Science, 273, 749–750.

Sapolsky, R. M. (1997). Why zebras don’t get ulcers. New York: Freeman.

Sar, V., Akyuz, G., & Dogan, O. (2007). Prevalence of dissociative disorders among women in the general population. Psychiatry Research, 149, 169–176.

Sarbin, T. R. (1995). On the belief that one body may be host to two or more personalities. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 43, 163–183.

Sareen, J., Campbell, D. W., Leslie, W. D., Malisza, K. L., Stein, M. B., et al. (2007). Striatal function in generalized social phobia: A functional magnetic resonance imaging study. Biological Psychiatry, 61, 396–404.

Sareen, J., Stein, M. B., Cox, B. J., & Hassard, S. T. (2004). Understanding comorbidity of anxiety disorders with antisocial behavior: Findings from two large community surveys. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 192, 178–186.

Sarísoy, G., Böke, Ö., Arík, A. C., & Sahin, A. R. (2008). Panic disorder with nocturnal panic attacks: Symptoms and comorbidities. European Psychiatry, 23, 195–200.

Sarró, R. (1956). Spain as the cradle of psychiatry. In Centennial papers: Saint Elizabeth’s Hospital 1855–1955 (p–96). Washington, DC: Centennial Commission, Saint Elizabeth’s Hospital.

Sartor, C. E., Grant, J. D., Lynskey, M. T., McCutcheon, V. V., Waldron, M., et al. (2012). Common heritable contributions to low-risk trauma, high-risk trauma, posttraumatic stress disorders, and major depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 69, 293–299.

Satcher, D. (1999). The Surgeon General’s call to action to prevent suicide, 1999. Washington, DC: U.S. Public Health Service.

Satterfield, J. H. (1987). Childhood diagnostic and neurophysiological predictors of teenage arrest rates: An 8-year prospective study. In S. A. Mednick, T. E. Moffit, & S. A. Stack (Eds.), The causes of crime: New biological approaches (p–167). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.

Sattler, J. M. (1982). Assessment of children’s intelligence and special abilities (2nd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Saudino, K. J. (2005). Special article: Behavioral genetics and child temperament. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 26, 214–223.

Saulsman, L. M., & Page, A. C. (2004). The five-factor model and personality disorder empirical literature: A meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 23, 1055–1085.

Sava, F. A., Yates, B. T., Lupu, V., Szentagotai, A., & David, D. (2009). Cost-effectiveness and cost-utility of cognitive therapy, rational emotive behavioral therapy, and fluoxetine (Prozac) in treating clinical depression: A randomized clinical trial. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 65, 36–52.

Saxena, S., & Rauch, S. L. (2000). Functional neuroimaging and the neuroanatomy of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 23, 563–586.

Saxena, S., Brody, A. L., Schwartz, J. M., & Baxter, L. R. (1998). Neuroimaging and frontal-subcortical circuitry in obsessive-compulsive disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 173, 26–37.

Scahill, L., & Schwab-Stone, M. (2000). Epidemiology of ADHD in school-age children. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 9, 541–555.

Scarmeas, N., Brandt, J., Blacker, D., Albert, A., Hadjigerogious, G., et al. (2007). Disruptive behavior as a predictor in Alzheimer’s disease. Archives of Neurology, 64, 1755–1761.

Scarpa, A., Haden, S. C., & Hurley, J. (2006). Community violence victimization and symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder: The moderating effects of coping and social support. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 21, 446–469.

Scarr, S., & McCartney, K. (1983). How people make their own environments: A theory of genotype-environment effects. Child Development, 54, 424–435.

Schachter, S., & Latane, B. (1964). Crime, cognition, and the autonomic nervous system. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 12, 221–275.

Schacter, D. L., Kaszniak, A. K., Kihlstrom, J. F., & Valdiserri, M. (1991). The relation between source memory and aging. Psychology and Aging, 6, 559–568.

Schacter, D. L., Koutstaal, W., & Norman, K. A. (1997). False memories and aging. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 1, 229–236.

Schaefer, K. (Interviewer). (2003, May 29). Ideastream Focus on Mental Health: Frese Family Album. [Radio broadcast]. Cleveland, OH: WPCN.

Schafe, G. E., & LeDoux, J. E. (2004). The neural basis of fear. In M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive neurosciences (3rd ed.), (p–1003). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Schatzberg, A. F. (2000). Clinical efficacy of reboxetine in major depression. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61, 31–38.

Schechter, R., & Grether, J. K. (2008). Continuing increases in autism reported to California’s developmental services system: Mercury in retrograde. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65, 19–24.

Schena, M., Shalon, D., Davis, R. W., & Brown, P. O. (1995). Quantitative monitoring of gene expression patterns with a complementary DNA microarray. Science, 270, 467–470.

Scherrer, J. F., True, W. R., Xian, H., Lyons, M. J., Eisen, S. A., et al. (2000). Evidence for genetic influences common and specific to symptoms of generalized anxiety and panic. Journal of Affective Disorders, 57, 25–35.

Schildkraut, J. J. (1965). The catecholamine hypothesis of affective disorders: A review of supporting evidence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 122, 509–522.

Schmahl, C. G., Elzinga, B. M., Vermetten, E., Sanislow, C., McGlashan, T. H., & Bremner, J. D. (2003). Neural correlates of memories of abandonment in women with and without borderline personality disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 54, 142–151.

Schmahl, C. G., Vermetten, E., Elzinga, B. M., & Bremner, J. D. (2004). A positron emission tomography study of memories of childhood abuse in borderline personality disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 55, 759–765.

Schmahl, C. G., Vermetten, E., Elzinga, B. M., & Douglas, B. J. (2003). Magnetic resonance imaging of hippocampal and amygdala volume in women with childhood abuse and borderline personality disorder. Psychiatry Research, 122, 193–198.

Schmaling, K. B., & Hernandez, D. V. (2005). Detection of depression among low-income Mexican Americans in primary care. Journal of Health Care for the Poor and Underserved, 16, 780–790.

Schmidt, N. B., Lerew, D. R., & Jackson, R. J. (1997). The role of anxiety sensitivity in the pathogenesis of panic: Prospective evaluation of spontaneous panic attacks during acute stress. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106, 355–364.

Schmitt, D. P., Alcalay, L., Allensworth, M., Allik, J., Ault, L., et al. (2004). Patterns and universals of adult romantic attachment across 62 regions: Are models of self and other pancultural constructs? Journal of Cross-cultural Psychology, 35(4), 367–402.

Schneck, C. D., Miklowitz, D. J., Miyahara, S., Araga, M., Wisniewski, S., et al. (2008). The prospective course of rapid-cycling bipolar disorder: Findings from the STEP-B. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 370–377.

Schneider, F., Gur, R. C., Koch, K., Backes, V., Amunts, K., et al. (2006). Impairment in the specificity of emotion processing in schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 442–447.

Schneider, F., Habel, U., Kessler, C., Posse, S., Grodd, W., & Muller-Gartner, H. (2000). Functional imaging of conditioned aversive emotional responses in antisocial personality disorder. Neuropsychobiology, 42, 192–201.

Schneider, F. R., Blanco, C., Antia, S. X., & Liebowitz, M. R. (2002). The social anxiety spectrum. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 25, 757–774.

Schneider, L. S., Dagerman, K., & Insel, P. S. (2006a). Efficacy and adverse effects of atypical antipsychotics for dementia: Meta-analysis of randomized, placebo-controlled trials. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 14, 191–210.

Schneider, L. S., Dagerman, K. S., & Insel, P. (2006b). Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: Meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials: Reply. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 295, 496–497.

Schneider, M., Retz, W., Coogan, A., Thome, J., & Rösler, M. (2006). Anatomical and functional brain imaging in adult attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)—a neurological view. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 256(Suppl. 1): I/32–I/41.

Schneider, S., Blatter-Meunier, J., Herren, C., Adornetto, C., In-Albon, T., & Lavallee, K. (2011). Disorder-specific cognitive-behavioral therapy for separation anxiety disorder in young children: A randomized waiting-list-controlled trial. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 80(4), 206–215.

Schneider-Axmann, T., Kamer, T., Moroni, M., Maric, N., Tepest, R., et al. (2006). Relation between cerebrospinal fluid, gray matter and white matter changes in families with schizophrenia. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 40, 646–655.

Schnurr, P. P., Friedman, M. J., Engel, C. C., Foa, E. B., Shea, M. T., et al. (2007). Cognitive behavioral therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder in women: A randomized controlled trial. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 297, 820–830.

Schnurr, P. P., Friedman, M. J., Foy, D. W., Shea, M. T., Hsieh, F. Y., et al. (2003). Randomized trial of trauma-focused group therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: Results from a Department of Veterans Affairs cooperative study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 481–489.

Schoevers, R. A., Beekman, A. T. F., Deeg, D. J. H., Jonker, C., & van Tilburg, W. (2003). Comorbidity and risk-patterns of depression, generalised anxiety disorder and mixed anxiety-depression in later life: Results from the AMSTEL study. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 18, 994–1001.

Schoevers, R. A., van Tilburg, W., Beekman, A. T. F., & Deeg, D. J. H. (2005). Depression and generalized anxiety disorder: Co-occurrence and longitudinal patterns in elderly patients. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 13, 31–39.

Schonfeldt-Lecuona, C., Connemann, B. J., Spitzer, M., & Herwig, U. (2003). Transcranial magnetic stimulation in the reversal of motor conversion disorder. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 72, 286–288.

Schopp, R. F. (1991). The psychotherapist’s duty to protect the public: The appropriate standard and the foundation in legal theory and empirical premises. Nebraska Law Review, 70, 327–360.

Schopp, R. F., & Quattrocchi, M. R. (1984). Tarasoff, the doctrine of special relationships and the psychotherapist’s duty to warn. The Journal of Psychiatry and Law, 12, 13–37.

Schore, A. N. (2003). Affect dysregulation and disorders of the self. New York: Norton.

Schrimsher, G. W., Billingsley, R. L., Jackson, E. F., & Moore, B. D., III. (2002). Caudate nucleus volume asymmetry predicts attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) symptomatology in children. Journal of Child Neurolology, 17, 877–884.

Schrof, J. M., & Schultz, S. (1999, March 8). Melancholy nation. U.S. News and World Report, p–63.

Schuckit, M. A. (1999). New findings on the genetics of alcoholism. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 281, 1875–1876.

Schulenberg, J., Wadsworth, K. N., O’Malley, P. M., Bachman, J. G., & Johnston, L. D. (1996). Adolescent risk factors for binge drinking during the transition to young adulthood: Variable- and pattern-centered approaches to change. Developmental Psychology, 32, 659–674.

Schulte-Körne, G. (2001). Genetics of reading and spelling disorder. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 42, 985–997.

Schulte-Korne, G., & Remschmidt, H. (1996). Familial clustering of conversion disorder. Nervenartz, 67, 794–798.

Schultze-Lutter, F., Schimmelmann, B. G., Ruhrmann, S., & Michel, C. (2013). ‘A rose is a rose is a rose’, but at-risk criteria differ. Psychopathology, 46(2), 75–87.

Schwalberg, M. D., Barlow, D. H., Alger, S. A., & Howard, L. J. (1992). Comparison of bulimics, obese binge eaters, social phobics, and individuals with panic disorder on comorbidity across DSM-III-R anxiety disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 675–681.

Schwartz, J. M., Stoessel, P. W., Baxter, L. R., Martin, K. M., & Phelps, M. E. (1996). Systematic changes in cerebral glucose metabolic rate after successful behavior modification treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 109–113.

Schwartz, R. C. (2001). Racial profiling in medical research. New England Journal of Medicine, 344, 1392–1393.

Schwarz, N. (1999). Self-reports: How the questions shape the answers. American Psychologist, 54, 93–105.

Schwarz, N., Knäuper, B., Hippler, H. J., Noelle-Neumann, E., & Clark, F. (1991). Rating scales: Numeric values may change the meaning of scale labels. Public Opinion Quarterly, 55, 570–582.

Schwitzer, G. (2012). Amyloid & Alzheimer’s: The cause-and-effect question often missed. Health News Watchdog Blog, August 15. Retrieved August 15, 2012, from www.medpagetoday.com/GarySchwitzer/34202

Sclar, D. A., Robison, L. M., Skaer, T. L, & Galin, R. S. (1999). Ethnicity and the prescribing of antidepressant pharmacotherapy: 1992–1995. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 7, 29–36.

Scogin, F., Bynum, J., Stephens, G., & Calhoon, S. (1990). Efficacy of self-administered treatment programs: Meta-analytic review. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 21, 42–47.

Scott, D. J., Stohler, C. S., Egnatu, C. M., Wang, H., Koeppe, R. A., & Zubieta, J. (2008). Placebo and nocebo effects are defined by opposite opioid and dopaminergic responses. Archives of General Psychiatry, 65, 220–231.

Scott, J., & Gutierrez, M. J. (2004). The current status of psychological treatments in bipolar disorders: A systematic review of relapse prevention. Bipolar Disorders, 6, 498–503.

Scott, J., Stanton, B., Garland, A., & Ferrier, I. N. (2000). Cognitive vulnerability in patients with bipolar disorder. Psychological Medicine, 30, 467–472.

Scott, W. D., Ingram, R. E., & Shadel, W. G. (2003). Hostile and sad moods in dysphoria: Evidence for cognitive specificity in attributions. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 22, 233–252.

Seedat, S., Stein, M. B., & Forde, D. R. (2003). Prevalence of dissociative experiences in a community sample: Relationship to gender, ethnicity, and substance use. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 191, 115–120.

Seeman, M. V. (2000). Women and psychosis. Medscape Women’s Health, 5, n.p. Retrieved February 9, 2009, from www.medscape.com/viewarticle/408912

Seeman, M., & Lang, M. (1990) The role of estrogens in schizophrenia gender differences. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 16, 185–194.

Segal, D. L. (2003). Abnormal psychology. In S. K. Whitbourne & J. C. Cavanaugh (Eds.), Integrating aging topics into psychology: A practical guide for teaching (p–158). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Segal, Z. V., Pearson, J. L., & Thase, M. E. (2003). Challenges in preventing relapse in major depression: Report of a National Institute of Mental Health Workshop on state of the science of relapse prevention in major depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 77, 97–108.

Segrin, C., & Abramson, L. Y. (1994). Negative reactions to depressive behaviors: A communication theory analysis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 655–668.

Segrin, C., & Dillard, J. P. (1992). The interactional theory of depression: A meta-analysis of the research literature. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 11, 43–70.

Segui, J., Maruez, M., Garcia, L., Canet, J., Salvador-Carulla, L., & Ortiz, M. (2000). Depersonalization in panic disorder: A clinical study. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 41, 172–178.

Seidman, L. J., Faraone, S. V., Goldstein, J. M., Kremen, W. S., Horton, N. J., et al. (2002). Left hippocampal volume as a vulnerability indicator for schizophrenia: A magnetic resonance imaging morphometric study of nonpsychotic first-degree relatives. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 839–849.

Seil, D. (1996). Transsexuals: The boundaries of sexual identity and gender. In R. P. Cabaj & T.S. Stein (Eds.), Textbook of Homosexuality and Mental Health. (p–762). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Seivewright, H., Tyrer, P., & Johnson, T. (2002). Change in personality status in neurotic disorders. Lancet, 359, 2253–2254.

Sell v. United States, 539 U.S. 166 (2003). (No. 02-5664).

Selten, J., Cantor-Graae, E., & Kahn, R. S. (2007). Migration and schizophrenia. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 20, 111–115.

Semkovska, M., & McLoughlin, D. M. (2010). Objective cognitive performance associated with electroconvulsive therapy for depression: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Biological Psychiatry, 68(6), 568–577.

Sentell, J. W., Lacroix, M., Sentell, J. V., & Finstuen, K. (1997). Predictive patterns of suicidal behavior: The United States armed services versus the civilian population. Military Medicine, 162, 162–171.

Sereny, G., Sharma, V., Holt. J., & Gordis, E. (1986). Mandatory supervised Antabuse therapy in an outpatient alcoholism program: A pilot study. Alcoholism, 10, 290–292.

Sergi, M. J., Rassovsky, Y., Nuechterlein, K. H., & Green, M. F. (2006). Social perception as a mediator of the influence of early visual processing on functional status in schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 448–454.

Serin, R. C. (1991). Psychopathy and violence in criminals. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 6, 423–431.

Serra, M., Althaus, M., de Sonneville, L. M. J., Stant, A. D., Jackson, A. E., & Minderaa, R. B. (2003). Face recognition in children with a pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 33, 303–317.

Seto, M. C., & Barbaree, H. E. (1999). Psychopathy, treatment behavior, and sex offender recidivism. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 14, 1235–1248.

Shabsigh, R., Seftel, A. D., Kloner, R. A., Rosen, R. C., & Montorsi, F. (2003). The emerging frontier for management of erectile sysfunction: Strategies for patient care on the horizon. Symposium held at the Hilton Chicago in Chicago on April 25, 2003.

Shadish, W. R., Cook, T. D., & Campbell, D. T. (2002). Experimental and quasi-experimental designs for causal inference. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Shadish, W. R., Navarro, A. M., Matt, G. E., & Phillips, G. (2000). The effects of psychological therapies under clinically representative conditions: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 512–529.

Shaffer, G. W., & Lazarus, R. S. (1952). Historical development. In G. W. Shaffer & R. S. Lazarus (Eds.), Fundamental concepts in clinical psychology (p–31). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Shafran, R., Thordarson, D. S., & Rachman, S. (1996). Thought-action fusion in obsessive compulsive disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 10, 379–391.

Shah, N., Passi, V., Bryson, S., & Agras, W. S. (2005). Patterns of eating and abstinence in women treated for bulimia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 38, 330–334.

Shalev, A. Y., Ankri, Y., Israeli-Shalev, Y., Peleg, T., Adessky, R., & Freedman, S. (2012). Prevention of posttraumatic stress disorder: Results from the Jerusalem trauma outreach and prevention study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 69, 166–176.

Shalev, A. Y., Peri, T., Canetti, L., & Schreiber, S. (1996). Predictors of PTSD in injured trauma survivors: A prospective study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 219–225.

Shalev, A. Y., Sahar, T., Freedman, S., Peri, T., Glick, N., et al. (1998). A prospective study of heart rate response following trauma and the subsequent development of posttraumatic stress disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 553–559.

Shapira, B., Tubi, N., Drexler, H., Lidsky, D., Calev, A., & Lerer, B. (1998). Cost and benefit in the choice of ECT schedule: Twice versus three times weekly ECT. British Journal of Psychiatry, 172, 44–48.

Shapiro, A. K. (1964). Factors contributing to the placebo effect: Their significance for psychotherapy. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 18, 73–88.

Shapiro, A. K., & Morris, L. A. (1978). The placebo effect in medical and psychological therapies. In S. L. Garfield & A. E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change: An empirical analysis (2nd ed.). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Shapiro, F. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Basic principles, protocols and procedures (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.

Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Information processing in the treatment of trauma. In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice, 58(8), 933–946.

Shattuck, P. T., Seltzer, M. M., Greenberg, J. S., Orsmond, G. I., Bolt, D., et al. (2007). Change in autism symptoms and maladaptive behaviors in adolescents and adults with an autism spectrum disorder. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 37, 1735–1747.

Shavitt, R. G., Hounie, A. G., Campos, M. C. R., & Miguel, E. C. (2006). Tourette’s syndrome. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 29, 471–486.

Shaw, D. S., Winslow, E. B., Owens, E. B., & Hood, N. (1998). Young children’s adjustment to chronic family adversity: A longitudinal study of low-income families. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 37, 545–553.

Shaw, H., Ramirez, L., Trost, A., Randall, P., & Stice, E. (2004). Body image and eating disturbances across ethnic groups: More similarities than differences. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 18, 12–18.

Shaw, H., Stice, E., & Becker, C. B. (2009). Preventing eating disorders. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 18, 199–207.

Shaw-Zirt, B., Popali-Lehane, L., Chaplin, W., & Bergman, A. (2005). Adjustment, social skills, and self-esteem in college students with symptoms of ADHD. Journal of Attention Disorders, 8, 109–120.

Shaywitz, B. A., Lyon, G. R., & Shaywitz, S.E. (2006). The role of functional magnetic resonance imaging in understanding reading and dyslexia. Developmental Neuropsychology, 30, 613–632.

Shaywitz, B. A., Shaywitz, S. E., Blachman, B. A., Pugh, K. R., Fulbright, R. K., et al. (2004). Development of left occipitotemporal systems for skilled reading in children after a phonologically-based intervention. Biological Psychiatry, 55, 926–933.

Shaywitz, B. A., Shaywitz, S. E., Pugh, K. R., Mencl, W. E., Fulbright, R. K., et al. (2002). Disruption of posterior brain systems for reading in children with developmental dyslexia. Biological Psychiatry, 52, 101–110.

Shea, M. T., Elkin, I., Imber, S. D., Sotsky, S. M., Watkins, J. T., et al. (1992). Course of depressive symptoms over follow-up: Findings from the National Institute of Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 782–787.

Shea, M. T., Stout, R. L., Yen, S., Pagano, M. E., Skodol, A. E., et al. (2004). Associations in the course of personality disorders and Axis I disorders over time. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 499–508.

Shear, K., Jin, R., Ruscio, A. M., Walters, E. E., & Kessler, R. C. (2006). Prevalence and correlates of estimated DSM-IV child and adult separation anxiety disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey replication. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1074–1083.

Shearin, E. N., & Linehan, M. M. (1994). Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder: Theoretical and empirical foundations. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 89, 61–68.

Sheehy, G. (1972, January 10). The secret of Grey Gardens. New York Magazine, p–30.

Sheehy, G. (2006). A return to Grey Gardens. New York Magazine, November 6. Retrieved December 27, 2006, from www.nymag.com/arts/theater/features/23484

Sheets, E., & Craighead, W. E. (2007). Toward an empirically based classification of personality pathology. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 14, 77–93.

Shepherd, G. M. (1999). Information processing in dendrites. In M. J. Zigmond, F. E. Bloom, S. C. Landis, J. L. Roberts, & L. R. Squire (Eds.), Fundamental neuroscience (p–388). New York: Academic Press.

Shepherd, M. D., Schoenberg, M., Slavich, S., Wituk, S., Warren, M., & Meissen, G. (1999). Continuum of professional involvement in self-help groups. Journal of Community Psychology, 27, 39–53.

Sher, K. J., Grekin, E. R., & Williams, N. A. (2005). The development of alcohol use disorders. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 493–523.

Sher, K. J., Trull, T. J., Bartholow, B. D., & Vieth, A. (1999). Personality & alcoholism: Issues, methods and etiological processes. In K. E. Leonard & H. T. Blane (Eds.), Psychological theories of drinking and alcoholism. (p–105). New York: Guilford Press.

Sherman, M. D., Zanotti, D. K., & Jones, D. E. (2005). Key elements in couples therapy with veterans with combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 36, 626–633.

Shevlin, M., Dorahy, M. J., & Adamson, G. (2007). Trauma and psychosis: an analysis of the National Comorbidity Survey. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 166–169.

Shi, Z., Bureau, J.-F., Easterbrooks, M. A., Zhao, X., & Lyons-Ruth, K. (2012). Childhood maltreatment and prospectively observed quality of early care as predictors of antisocial personality disorder features. Infant Mental Health Journal, 33, 55–69.

Shiah, L., Chao, C., Mao, W., & Chuang, Y. (2006). Treatment of paraphilic sexual disorder: The use of topiramate in fetishism. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 21, 241–243.

Shifren, J. L., Russo, P. A., Segreti, A., & Johannes, C. B. (2008). Sexual problems and distress in United States women: Prevalence and correlates. Obstetrical Gynecology, 112, 970–978.

Shin, L. M., Kosslyn, S. M., McNally, R. J., Alpert, N. M., Thompson, W. L., et al. (1997). Visual imagery and perception in posttraumatic stress disorder: A positron emission tomographic investigation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, 233–241.

Shin, L. M., McNally, R. J., Kosslyn, S. M., Thompson, W. L., Rauch, S. L., et al. (1999). Regional cerebral blood flow during script-driven imagery in childhood sexual abuse-related PTSD: A PET investigation. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 575–584.

Shin, L. M., Shin, P. S., Heckers, S., Krangel, T. S., Macklin, M. L., et al. (2004). Hippocampal function in posttraumatic stress disorder. Hippocampus, 14, 292–300.

Shin, L. M., Wright, C. I., Cannistraro, P. A., Wedig, M. M., McMullin, K., et al. (2005). A functional magnetic resonance imaging study of amygdala and medial prefrontal cortex responses to overtly presented fearful faces in posttraumatic stress disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 273–281.

Shindel, A. W.,& Moser, C. (2011). Why are the paraphilias mental disorders? The Journal of Sexual Medicine, 8(3), 927–929.

Shiraishi, H., Suzuki, A., Fukasawa, T., Aoshima, T., Ujiie, Y., et al. (2006). Monoamine oxidase A gene promoter polymorphism affects novelty seeking and reward dependence in healthy study participants. Psychiatric Genetics, 16, 55–58.

Shooka, A., Al-Haddad, M. K., & Raees, A. (1998). OCD in Bahrain: A phenomenological profile. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 44, 147–154.

Shor-Posner, G., Lecusay, R., Miguez-Burbano, M. J., Quesada, J., Rodriguez, A., et al. (2000). Quality of life measures in the Miami HIV-1 infected drug abusers cohort: Relationship to gender and disease status. Journal of Substance Abuse, 11, 395–404.

Shrout, P. E., Canino, G. J., Bird, H. R., Rubio-Stipec, M., Bravo, M., & Burnam, M. A. (1992). Mental health status among Puerto Ricans, Mexican Americans, and non-Hispanic whites. American Journal of Community Psychology, 20, 729–752.

Siberski, J. (2013). Dementia and DSM-5: Changes, cost, and confusion. Aging Well, 5, 12.

Sibille, E., Arango, V., Galfalvy, H. C., Pavlidis, P., Erraji-Benchekroun, L., et al. (2004). Gene expression profiling of depression and suicide in human prefrontal cortex. Neuropsychopharmacology, 29, 351–361.

Siegel, S. (1988). State dependent learning and morphine tolerance. Behavioral Neuroscience, 102, 228–232.

Siegel, S., & Ramos, B. M. C. (2002). Applying laboratory research: Drug anticipation and the treatment of drug addiction. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 10, 162–183.

Siegel, S., Baptista, M. A. S., Kim, J. A., McDonald, R. V., & Weise-Kelly, L. (2000). Pavlovian psychopharmacology: The associative basis of tolerance. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 8, 276–293.

Sierra, M., & Berrios, G. E. (1998). Depersonalization: Neurobiological perspectives. Biological Psychiatry, 44, 898–908.

Sierra, M., Phillips, M. L., Ivin, G., Krystal, J., & David, A. S. (2003). A placebo-controlled, cross-over trial of lamotrigine in depersonalization disorder. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 17, 103–105.

Sierra, M., Senior, C., Dalton, J., McDonough, M., Bond, A., et al. (2002). Autonomic response in depersonalization disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 833–838.

Siever, L. J., & Davis, K. L. (1991). A psychobiological perspective on the personality disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148, 1647–1658.

Siever, L. J., & Davis, K. L. (2004). The pathophysiology of schizophrenia disorders: Perspectives from the spectrum. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 398–413.

Sifneos, P. E. (1992). Short-term anxiety-provoking psychotherapy: A treatment manual. New York: Basic Books.

Sigman, M., Spence, S. J., & Wang, A. T. (2006). Autism from developmental and neuropsychological perspectives. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 2, 327–355.

Sigmon, S. T., Pells, J. J., Boulard, N. E., Whitcomb-Smith, S., Edenfield, T. M., et al. (2005). Gender differences in self-reports of depression: The response bias hypothesis revisited. Sex Roles, 53, 401–411.

Sigvardsson, S., Bohman, M., & Cloninger, C. R. (1996). Replication of the Stockholm Adoption Study of alcoholism: Confirmatory cross-fostering analysis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53, 681–687.

Silber, T. J. (2004). Ipecac abuse, morbidity and mortality: Is it time to repeal its over the counter status? paper presented at the conference on eating disorders, April 29–May 2, Orlando FL. [Abstract in the International Journal of eating Disorders, 35, 375.]

Silk, T. J., Rinehart, N., Bradshaw, J. L., Tonge, B., Egan, G., et al. (2006). Visuospatial processing and the function of prefrontal-parietal networks in autism spectrum disorders: A functional MRI study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1440–1443.

Silver, E., & Teasdale, B. (2005). Mental disorder and violence: An examination of stressful life events and impaired social support. Social Problems, 52, 62–78.

Silverman, K., Chutuape, M. A., Bigelow, G. E., & Stitzer, M. L. (1999). Voucher-based reinforcement of cocaine abstinence in treatment-resistant methadone patients: Effects of reinforcement magnitude. Psychopharmacology, 146, 128–138.

Silverman, K., Robles, E., Mudric, T., Bigelow, G. E., & Stitzer, M. L. (2004). A randomized trial of long-term reinforcement of cocaine abstinence in methadone-maintained patients who inject drugs. Journal of Consulting Clinical Psychology, 72, 839–854.

Silverman, K., Svikis, D., Robles, E., Stitzer, M. L., & Bigelow, G. E. (2001). A reinforcement-based therapeutic workplace for the treatment of drug abuse: Six-month abstinence outcomes. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 9, 14–23.

Silverstein, J. L. (1989). Origins of psychogenic vaginismus. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 52, 197–204.

Silverstein, M. L. (2007). Descriptive psychopathology and theoretical viewpoints: Dependent, histrionic, and antisocial personality disorders. In M. L. Silverstein, Disorders of the self: A personality-guided approach (p–170). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Silverstein, S. M., Hatashita-Wong, M., Solak, B. A., Uhlhaas, P., Landa, Y., et al. (2005). Effectiveness of a two-phase cognitive rehabilitation intervention for severely impaired schizophrenia patients. Psychological Medicine, 35, 829–837.

Sim, L., & Zeman, J. (2005). Emotion regulation factors as mediators between body dissatisfaction and bulimic symptoms in early adolescent girls. Journal of Early Adolescence, 25, 478–496.

Simeon, D., Guralnik, O., Hazlett, E. A., Spiegel-Cohen, J., Hollander, E., & Buchsbaum M. S. (2000). Feeling unreal: A PET study of depersonalization disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1782–1788.

Simeon, D., Guralnik, O., Knutelska, M., Yehuda, R., & Schmeidler, J. (2003). Basal norepinephrine in depersonalization disorder. Psychiatry Research, 121, 93–97.

Simeon, D., Guralnik, O., Schmeidler, J., Sirof, B., & Knutelska, M. (2001). The role of childhood interpersonal trauma in depersonalization disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1027–1033.

Simeon, D., Knutelska, M., Nelson, D., & Guralnik, O. (2003). Feeling unreal: A depersonalization disorder update of 117 cases. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64, 990–997.

Simeon, D., Stein, D. J., & Hollander E. (1998). Treatment of depersonalization disorder with clomipramine. Biological Psychiatry, 15, 302–303.

Simkins, S., Hawton, K., Yip, P. S. F., & Yam, C. H. K. (2003). Seasonality in suicide: Astudy of farming suicides in England and Wales. Crisis: The Journal of Crisis Intervention and Suicide Prevention, 24, 93–97.

Simon, G. E., & Gureje, O. (1999). Stability of somatization disorder and somatization symptoms among primary care patients. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 90–95.

Simoni-Wastila, L., Ritter, G., & Strickler, G. (2004). Gender and other factors associated with the nonmedical use of abusable prescription drugs. Substance Use & Misuse, 39, 1–23.

Simons, R. L., Murry, V., McLoyd, V., Lin, K., Cutrona, C., & Conger, R. D. (2002). Discrimination, crime, ethnic identity, and parenting as correlates of depressive symptoms among African American children: A multilevel analysis. Development and Psychopathology, 14, 371–393.

Simos, P. G., Fletcher, J. M., Sarkari, S., Billingsley, R. L., Denton, C., & Papanicolaou, A. C. (2007). Altering the brain circuits for reading through intervention: A magnetic source imaging study. Neuropsychology, 21, 485–496.

Simpson, D. D. (1984) National treatment system evaluation based on the drug abuse reporting program (DARP) follow-up research. NIDA Research Monograph, 51, 29–41.

Simpson, D. D., Joe, G. W., & Broome, K. M. (2002). A national 5-year follow-up of treatment outcomes for cocaine dependence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 538–544.

Simpson, M. E., & Conklin, G. H. (1989). Socio-economic development, suicide and religion: A test of Durkheim’s theory of religion and suicide Social Forces, 67, 945–964.

Siok, W. T., Perfetti, C. A., Jin, Z., & Tan, L. H. (2004). Biological abnormality of impaired reading is constrained by culture. Nature, 431, 71–76.

Siqueland, L., Rynn, M., & Diamond, G. S. (2005). Cognitive behavioral and attachment based family therapy for anxious adolescents: Phase I and II studies. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 19, 361–381.

Siris, S. G. (2001). Suicide and schizophrenia. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 15, 127–135.

Skaer, T. L., Sclar, D. A., & Robison, L. M. (2008). Trend in anxiety disorders in the USA 1990–2003. Primary Care & Community Psychiatry, 13, 1–7.

Skeels, H., & Dye, H. (1939). A study of the effects of differential stimulation on mentally retarded children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 44, 114–136.

Skeem, J. L., & Mulvey, E. P. (2001). Psychopathy and community violence among civil psychiatric patients: Results from the MacArthur violence risk assessment study. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 358–374.

Skinner, B. F. (1965). Science and human behavior. New York: Free Press.

Skinner, B. F. (1986). What is wrong with daily life in the Western world? American Psychologist, 41, 568–574.

Skinner, B. F. (1987). Whatever happened to psychology as the science of behavior? American Psychologist, 42, 780–786.

Skinner, H. A. (1995). Critical issues in the diagnosis of substance use disorders. In J. D. Blaine, A. M. Horton, & L. H. Towle (Eds.), Diagnosis and severity of drug abuse and dependence. (NIH Publication No. 95–3884).

Skodol, A. E. (2005). Manifestations, clinical diagnosis, and comorbidity. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–87). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Skodol, A. E., Gunderson, J. G., McGlashan, T. H., Dyck, I. R., Stout, R. L., et al. (2002). Functional impairment in patients with schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 276–283.

Skodol, A. E., Gunderson, J. G., Shea, M. T., McGlashan, T. H., Morey, L. C., et al. (2005). The Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study (CLPS): Overview and implications. Journal of Personality Disorders, 19, 487–504.

Skodol, A. E., Oldham, J. M., & Gallaher, P. E. (1999). Axis II comorbidity of substance use disorders among patients referred for treatment of personality disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 733–738.

Skodol, A. E., Oldham, J. M., Hyler, S. E., Kellman, H. D., Doidge, N., & Davies, M. (1993). Comorbidity of DSM-III-R eating disorders and personality disorders. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 14, 403–416.

Skodol, A. E., Oldham, J. M., Hyler, S. E., Stein, D. J., Hollander, E., et al. (1995). Patterns of anxiety and personality disorder comorbidity. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 29, 361–374.

Skodol, A. E., Pagano, M. E., Bender, D. S., Shea, M. T., Gunderson, J. G., et al. (2005). Stability of functional impairment in patients with schizotypal, borderline, avoidant, or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder over two years. Psychological Medicine, 35, 443–451.

Skodol, A. E., Siever, L. J., Livesley, W. J., Gunderson, J. G., Pfohl, B., & Widiger, T. A. (2002). The borderline diagnosis II: Biology, genetics, and clinical course. Biological Psychiatry, 51, 951–963.

Slavich, G. M., & Cole, S. W. (2013). The emerging field of human social genomics. Clinical Psychological Science, 1, 331–348.

Slavich, G. M., Monroe, S. M., & Gotlib, I. H. (2011). Early parental loss and depression history: Associations with recent life stress in major depressive disorder. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 45(9), 1146–1152.

Sleek, S. (1997). Treating people who live life on the borderline. APA Monitor, 7, 20–22.

Sloan, D. M., Mizes, J. S., & Epstein, E. M. (2005). Empirical classification of eating disorders. Eating Behaviors, 6, 53–62.

Slomkowski, C., Klein, R. G., & Mannuzza, S. (1995). Is self-esteem an important outcome in hyperactive children? Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 23, 303–315.

Slomski, A. (2012). A trip on “bath salts” is cheaper than meth or cocaine but much more dangerous. JAMA, 308, 2445–2446.

Slotema, C. W., Blom, J. D., Hoek, H. W., & Sommer, I. E. C. (2010). Should we expand the toolbox of psychiatric treatment methods to include repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS)? Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 71, 873–884.

Slutske, W. S., Heath, A. C., Dinwiddie, S. H., Madden, P. A. F., Bucholz, K. K., et al. (1997). Modeling genetic and environmental influences in the etiology of conduct disorder: A study of 2,682 adult twin pairs. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106, 266–279.

Small, G. W., Kepe, V., Ercoli, L. M., Siddarth, P., Bookheimer, S. Y., et al. (2006). PET of brain amyloid and tau in mild cognitive impairment. New England Journal of Medicine, 355, 2652–2653.

Smeets, G., de Jong, P. J., & Mayer, B. (2000). If you suffer from a headache, then you have a brain tumour: Domain-specific reasoning “bias” and hypochondriasis. Behavioral Research and Therapy, 38, 763–776.

Smith A. (2000). An fMRI investigation of frontal lobe functioning in psychopathy and schizophrenia during a go/no go task (Doctoral dissertation, The University of British Columbia, Canada). Dissertation Abstracts International B, Physical Sciences and Engineering. 61 (01), 128.

Smith, D. C., Hall, J. A., Williams, J. K., An, H., & Gotman, N. (2006). Comparative efficacy of family and group treatment for adolescent substance abuse. American Journal on Addictions, 15, 131–136.

Smith, E. E., & Kosslyn, S. M. (2006). Cognitive psychology: Mind and brain. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Smith G. R., Jr., Monson, R. A., & Ray, D. C. (1986). Patients with multiple unexplained symptoms: Their characteristics, functional health, and health care utilization. Archives of Internal Medicine, 146, 69–72.

Smith, K. A., Fairburn, C. G., & Cowen, P. J. (1999). Symptomatic relapse in bulimia nervosa following acute tryptophan depletion. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 171–176.

Smith, L. M., Chang, L., Yonekura, M. L., Gilbride, K., Kuo, J., et al. (2001). Brain proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy and imaging in children exposed to cocaine in utero. Pediatrics, 107, 227–231.

Smith, R. C., Gardiner, J. C., Lyles, J. S., Sirbu, C., Dwamena, F. C., et al. (2005). Exploration of DSM-IV-TR criteria in primary care patients with medically unexplained symptoms. Psychosomatic Medicine, 67, 123–129.

Smith, T. C., Ryan, M. A. K., Wingard, D. L., Slymen, D. J., Sallis, J. F., & Kritz-Silverstein, D. (2008). New onset and persistent symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder self reported after deployment and combat exposures: Prospective population based US military cohort study. British Medical Journal, 336, 366–371.

Smith, Y. L. S., van Goozen, S. H. M., & Cohen-Kettenis, P. T. (2001). Adolescents with gender identity disorder who were accepted or rejected for sex reassignment surgery: A prospective follow-up study. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 472–481.

Smith, Y. L. S., van Goozen, S. H. M., Kuiper, A. J., & Cohen-Kettenis, P. T. (2005). Sex reassignment: Outcomes and predictors of treatment for adolescent and adult transsexuals. Psychological Medicine, 35, 89–99.

Smolak, L., & Murnen, S. K. (2004). A feminist approach to eating disorders. In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity (p–605). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Smoller, J. W., Finn, C., & White, C. (2000). The genetics of anxiety disorders: An overview. Psychiatric Annals, 30, 745–753.

Snitz, B. E., Weissfeld, L. A., Lopez, O. L., Kuller, L. H., Saxton, J., M., et al. (2013). Cognitive trajectories associated with b-amyloid deposition in the oldest-old without dementia. Neurology, 80, 1378–1384.

Snow, A. L., Dani, R., Souchek, J., Sullivan, G., Ashton, C. M., & Kunik, M. E. (2005). Comorbid psychosocial symptoms and quality of life in patients with dementia. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 13, 393–401.

Snowden, L. R. (2007). Explaining mental health treatment disparities: Ethnic and cultural differences in family involvement. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 31, 389–402.

Snowden, L. R., & Cheung, F. K. (1990). Use of inpatient mental health services by members of ethnic minority groups. American Psychologist, 45, 347–355.

Snowden, L. R., & Pingitore, D. (2002). Frequency and scope of mental health service delivery to African Americans in primary care. Mental Health Services Research, 4, 123–130.

Snyder, L. B., Milici, F. F., Slater, M., Sun, H., & Strizhakova, Y. (2006). Effects of alcohol advertising exposure on drinking among youth. Archives of Pediatric Adolescent Medicine, 160, 18–24.

Soares, J. C. (2000). Recent advances in the treatment of bipolar mania, depression, mixed states, and rapid cycling. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15, 183–196.

Sobell, M. B. & Sobell, L. C. (2006). Obstacles to the adoption of low risk drinking goals in the treatment of alcohol problems in the United States: A commentary. Addiction Research and Theory, 14, 19–24.

Söderlund, G., Sikström, S., & Smart, A. (2007). Listen to the noise: Noise is beneficial for cognitive performance in ADHD. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 48, 840–847.

Solanto, M. V. (2002). Dopamine dysfunction in AD/HD: Integrating clinical and basic neuroscience research. Behavioural Brain Research 130, 65–71.

Soloff, P. H. (2000). Psychopharmacology of borderline personality disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 23, 169–192.

Soloff, P. H., Kelly, T. M., Strotmeyer, S. J., Malone, K. M., & Mann, J. J. (2003). Impulsivity, gender, and response to fenfluramine challenge in borderline personality disorder. Psychiatry Research, 119, 11–24.

Soloff, P. H., Meltzer, C. C., Becker, C., Greer, P. J., Kelly, T. M., & Constantine, D. (2003). Impulsivity and prefrontal hypometabolism in borderline personality disorder. Psychiatry Research, 123, 153–163.

Soloff, P. H., Meltzer, C. C., Greer, P. J., Constantine, D., & Kelly, T. M. (2000). A fenfluramine-activated FDG-PET study of borderline personality disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 47, 540–547.

Solomon, D. A., Keller, M. B., Leon, A. C., Mueller, T. I., Lavori, P. W., et al. (2000). Multiple recurrences of major depressive disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 229–233.

Somers, J. M., Goldner, E. M., Waraich, P., & Hsu, L. (2006). Prevalence and incidence studies of anxiety disorders: A systematic review of the literature. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 51, 100–113.

Sonuga-Barke, E. J. S., Thompson, M., Abikoff, H., Klein, R., & Brotman, L. M. (2006). Nonpharmacological interventions for preschoolers with ADHD: The case for specialized parent training. Infants & Young Children 19, 142–153.

Soomro, G. M., Altman, D., Rajagopal, S., & Oakley-Browne, M. (2008). Selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors (SSRIs) versus placebo for obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD). Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2008, 1, Article Number CD001765.

Sorkin, A., Weinshall, D., Modai, I., & Peled, A. (2006). Improving the accuracy of the diagnosis of schizophrenia by means of virtual reality. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 512–520.

Soto, O. R. (2003, November 8). Stalker of actress to be freed from jail. San Diego Union-Tribune. Retrieved September 25, 2008, from www.signonsandiego.com/news/metro/20031106-9999_2m6stalk.html

Sourander, A., Ronning, J., Brunstein-Klomek, A., Gyllenberg, D., Kumpulainen, K., et al. (2009). Childhood bullying behavior and later psychiatric hospital and psychopharmacologic treatment. Archives of General Psychiatry, 66, 1005–1012.

South, S. C., & DeYoung, N. J. (2013). Behavior genetics of personality disorders: Informing classification and conceptualization in DSM-5. Personality Disorders: Theory, Research, and Treatment, 4, 270–283.

South, S. C., & Krueger, R. F. (2011). Genetic and environmental influences on internalizing psychopathology vary as a function of economic status. Psychological Medicine, 41, 107–117.

Southard, E. E. (1910). A study of the dementia praecox group in the light of certain cases showing anomalies or scleroses in particular brain regions. American Journal of Insanity, 67, 119–176.

Southwick, S. M., Bremner, D., Krystal, J. H., & Charney, D. S. (1994). Psychobiologic research in post-traumatic stress disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 17, 251–264.

Southwick, S. M., Krystal, J. H., Morgan, C. A., Johnson, D., Nagy, L. M., et al. (1993). Abnormal noradrenergic function in posttraumatic stress disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 266–274.

Sowell, E. R., Thompson, P. M., Welcome, S. E., Henkenius, A. L., Toga, A. W., & Peterson, B. S. (2003). Cortical abnormalities in children and adolescents with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Lancet, 362, 1699–1707.

Spanos, N. P. (1994). Multiple identity enactments and multiple personality disorder: A sociocognitive perspective. Psychological Bulletin, 116, 143–165.

Sparén, P., Vågerö, D., Shestov, D. B., Plavinskaja, S., Parfenova, N., et al. (2004). Long term mortality after severe starvation during the siege of Leningrad: Prospective cohort study. British Medical Journal, 328, 11.

Spector, A., Davies, S., Woods, B., & Orrell, M. (2000). Reality orientation for dementia: A systematic review of the evidence of effectiveness from randomized controlled trials. The Gerontologist, 40, 206–212.

Spector, I. P., & Carey, M. P. (1990). Incidence and prevalence of the sexual dysfunctions: A critical review of the empirical literature. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 19, 389–408.

Spiegel, D., Bierre, P., & Rootenberg, J. (1989). Hypnotic alteration of somatosensory perception. American Journal of Psychiatry, 146, 749–754.

Spiegel, D., Cutcomb, S., Ren, C., & Pribram, K. (1985). Hypnotic hallucination alters evoked potentials. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 94, 249–255.

Spiegel, D., Loewenstein, R. J., Lewis-Fernandez, R., Sar, V., Simeon, D., et al. (2011). Dissociative disorders in DSM-5. Depression and Anxiety, 28, 824–852.

Spiegel, H. (1974). The grade 5 syndrome: The highly hypnotizable person. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 22, 303–319.

Spielberger, C. D., & Rickman, R. L. (1990). Assessment of state and trait anxiety in cardiovascular disorders. In D. G. Byrne and R. H. Rosenman (Eds.), Anxiety and the heart (p–92). New York: Hemisphere Publishing.

Spielmans, G. I., Berman, M. I., & Usitalo, A. N. (2011). Psychotherapy versus second generation antidepressants in the treatment of depression: A meta-analysis. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 199(3), 142–149.

Spira, A. P., & Edelstein, B. A. (2006). Behavioral interventions for agitation in older adults with dementia: An evaluative review. International Psychogeriatrics, 18, 195–225.

Spitz, B. (2005). The Beatles: The biography. New York: Little, Brown.

Spitzer, R. L., First, M. B., & Wakefield, J. C. (2007). Saving PTSD from itself in DSM-V. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 21, 233–241.

Spitzer, R. L., First, M. B., Williams, J. B. W., & Gibbon, M. (2002). DSM-IV-TR Casebook. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishers.

Spoor, S. T. P., Bekker, M. H. J., Van Strien, T., & van Heck, G. L. (2007). Relations between negative affect, coping, and emotional eating. Appetite, 48, 368–376.

Sporn, A., & Lisanby, S. H. (2006). Non-pharmacological treatment modalities in children and adolescents: A review of electro-convulsive therapy, transcranial magnetic stimulation, vagus nerve stimulation, magnetic seizure therapy, and deep brain stimulation. Clinical Neuropsychiatry: Journal of Treatment Evaluation, 3, 230–244.

Spreen, O., & Strauss, E. (1998). A compendium of neuropsychological tests: Administration norms and commentary (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

Sprock, J., Rader, T. J., Kendall, J. P., & Yoder, C. Y. (2000). Neuropsychological functioning in patients with borderline personality disorder. Journal of Clinical Psycholology, 56, 1587–1600.

Squire, L. R. (2004). Memory systems of the brain: A brief history and current perspective. Neurobiology of Learning and Memory, 82, 171–177.

Squire, L. R., & Kandel, E. (2000). Memory: From mind to molecules. New York: Scientific American Library.

Sramek, J. J., Frackiewicz, E. J., & Cutler, N. R. (1997). Efficacy and safety of two dosing regimens of buspirone in the treatment of outpatients with persistent anxiety. Clinical Therapeutics, 19, 498–506.

Staba, D. (2004). Hollywood kid Carrie Fisher and her best awful. BP Magazine, Fall. Retrieved December 24, 2011, from www.bphope.com/Item.aspx/280/hollywood-kid-carrie-fisher-and-her-best-awful

Stack, S. (1983). The effect of religious commitment of suicide: A cross-national analysis. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 24, 362–274.

Stack, S., & Wasserman, I. (1992). The effect of religion on suicide ideology: An analysis of the networks perspective Journal of Scientific Study of Religion, 31, 457–466.

Stafford, J., & Lynn, S. J. (2002). Cultural scripts, memories of childhood abuse, and multiple identities: A study of role-played enactments. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 50, 67–85.

Stafford, M. R., Jackson, H., Mayo-Wilson, E., Morrison, A. P., & Kendall, T. (2013). Early interventions to prevent psychosis: Systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ: British Medical Journal, 346, Article ID f185.

Staines, G. L., Magura, S., Foote, J., Deluca, A., & Kosanke, N. (2001). Polysubstance use among alcoholics. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 20, 53–69.

Stålenheim, E. G., & von Knorring, L. (1996). Psychopathy and Axis I and Axis II psychiatric disorders in a forensic psychiatric population in Sweden. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 94, 217–223.

Stanton, M. D. (1981). Strategic approaches to family therapy. In A. S. Gurman & D. P. Kniskern (Eds.), Handbook of family therapy (p–402). New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Stanton, M. D., & Shadish, W. R. (1997). Outcome, attrition, and family-couples treatment for drug abuse: A meta-analysis and review of the controlled, comparative studies. Psychological Bulletin, 122, 170–191.

Staples, J., Rellini, A. H., & Roberts, S. P. (2012). Avoiding experiences: Sexual dysfunction in women with a history of sexual abuse in childhood and adolescence. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 41(2), 341–350.

Starcevic, V., & Berle, D. (2013). Cyberchondria: Towards a better understanding of excessive health-related Internet use. Expert Review of Neurotherapeutics, 13(2), 205–213.

Starker, S. (1988). Psychologists and self-help books: Attitudes and prescriptive practices of clinicians. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 42, 448–455.

Stark-Wroblewski, K., Yanico, B. J., & Lupe, S. (2005). Acculturation, internalization of Western appearance norms, and eating pathology among Japanese and Chinese international student women. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 29, 38–46.

Statistics Canada. (2005). Selected leading causes of death by sex, 1997. Retrieved December 3, 2006, from www.statcan.ca/english/Pgdb/health36.htm

Steadman, H., Mulvey, E., Monahan, J., Robbins, P., Appelbaum, P., et al. (1998). Violence by people discharged from acute psychiatric inpatient facilities and by others in the same neighborhoods. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 393–401.

Steadman, H. J., McGreevy, M. A., Morrissey, J. P., Callahan, L. A., Robbins, P. C., & Cirincione, C. (1993). Before and after Hinckley: Evaluating insanity defense reform. New York: Guilford Press.

Stefansson, H., Rujescu, D., Cichon, S., Pietiläinen, O. P., Ingason, A., et al. (2008). Large recurrent microdeletions associated with schizophrenia. Nature, 455, 232–236.

Steffenburg, S., Gillberg, C., Hellgren, L., Andersson, L., Gillberg, I. C., et al. (1989). A twin study of autism in Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 30, 405–416.

Stefulj, J., Büttner, A., Kubat, M., Zill, P., Balija, M., et al. (2004). 5HT-2C receptor polymorphism in suicide victims: Association studies in German and Slavic populations. European Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neuroscience, 254, 224–227.

Stein, A., Woolley, H., Cooper, S., Winterbottom, J., Fairburn, C. G., & Cortina-Borja, M. (2006). Eating habits and attitudes among 10-year-old children of mothers with eating disorders: Longitudinal study British Journal of Psychiatry, 189, 324–329.

Stein, A., Woolley, H., Senior, R., Hertzmann, L., Lovel, M., et al. (2006). Treating disturbances in the relationship between mothers with bulimic eating disorders and their infants: A randomized, controlled trial of video feedback. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 899–906.

Stein, D.J. (2008). Depression, anhedonia, and psychomotor symptoms: the role of dopaminergic neurocircuitry. CNS Spectrums, 3, 561–565.

Stein, D. J., Koenen, K. C., Friedman, M. J., Hill, E., McLaughlin, K. A., et al. (2013). Dissociation in posttraumatic stress disorder: Evidence from the World Mental Health Surveys. Biological Psychiatry, 73(4), 302–312.

Stein, D. J., & Matsunaga, H. (2006). Specific phobia: A disorder of fear conditioning and extinction. CNS Spectrums, 11, 248–251.

Stein, D. J., Seedat, S., van der Linden, G. J. H., & Zungu-Dirwayi, N. (2000). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder: A meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15(Suppl. 2), S31–S39.

Stein, D. J., Westenberg, H. G. M., & Liebowitz, M. R. (2002). Social anxiety disorder and generalized anxiety disorder: Serotonergic and dopaminergic neurocircuitry. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 63, 12–19.

Stein, D., Weizman, A., & Bloch, Y. (2006). Electroconvulsive therapy and Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation: Can they be considered valid modalities in the treatment of pediatric mood disorders? Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 15, 1035–1056.

Stein, L. I., & Test, M. A. (1980). Alternative to mental hospital treatment: I. Conceptual model, treatment program, and clinical evaluation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 37, 392–397.

Stein, M. B., & Gelernter, J. (2010). Genetic basis of social anxiety disorder. In S. G. Hofmann & P. M. DiBartolo (Eds.), Social anxiety: Clinical, developmental, and social perspectives (2nd ed.) (p–322). San Diego: CA: Elsevier Academic Press.

Stein, M. B., Jang, K. L., & Livesley, W. J. (2002). Heritability of social anxiety-related concerns and personality characteristics: A twin study. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 190, 219–224.

Stein, M. B., Kerridge, C., Dimsdale, J. E., & Hoyt, D. B. (2007). Pharmacotherapy to prevent PTSD: Results from a randomized controlled proof-of-concept trial in physically injured patients. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 20, 923–932.

Stein, M. B., McQuaid, J. R., Pedrelli, P., Lenox, R., & McCahill, M. E. (2000). Posttraumatic stress disorder in the primary care medical setting. General Hospital Psychiatry, 22, 261–269.

Steinberg, M. (1994). Handbook for the assessment of dissociation. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishers.

Steinberg, M. (2001). The stranger in the mirror: Dissociation—The hidden epidemic. Washington, DC: American Pyschiatric Publishing.

Steiner, B. W. (1985). Gender dysphoria: Development, research, management. New York: Plenum Press.

Steiner, M., Dunn, E., & Born, L. (2003). Hormones and mood: From menarche to menopause and beyond. Journal of Affective Disorders, 74, 67–83.

Steinfeld, B. I., & Keyes, J. A. (2011). Electronic medical records in a multidisciplinary health care setting: A clinical perspective. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 42(6), 426–432.

Steinhausen, H. (2002). The outcome of anorexia nervosa in the 20th century. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 1284–1293.

Steketee, G., & White, K. (1990). When once is not enough. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications.

Stephens, J. H., Richard, P., & McHugh, P. R. (1999). Suicide in patients hospitalized for schizophrenia: 1913–1940. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 187, 10–14.

Stermac, L. E., & Segal, Z. V. (1989). Adult sexual contact with children: An examination of cognitive factors. Behavior Therapy, 20, 573–584.

Stevens, J., Harman, J. S., & Kelleher, K. J. (2005). Race/ethnicity and insurance status as factors associated with ADHD treatment patterns. Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 15, 88–96.

Stevens, M. C., Pearlson, G. D., & Kiehl, K. A. (2007). An fMRI auditory oddball study of combined-subtype attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 1737–1749.

Stevens, S., Gerlach, A. L., & Rist, F. (2008). Effects of alcohol on ratings of emotional facial expressions in social phobics. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 22, 940–948.

Stevenson, J., Asherson, P., Hay, D., Levy, F., Swanson, J., et al. (2005). Characterizing the ADHD phenotype for genetic studies. Developmental Science, 8, 115–121.

Stewart, J., deWit, H., & Eikelbloom, R. (1984). Role of unconditioned and conditioned drug effects in the self-administration of opiates and stimulants. Psychological Review, 91, 251–268.

Stewart, S. (1996). Alcohol abuse in individuals exposed to trauma: A critical review. Psychological Bulletin, 120, 83–112.

Stewart, S., Zvolensky, M. J., & Eifert, G. H. (2001). Negative-reinforcement drinking motives mediate the relation between anxiety sensitivity and increased drinking behavior. Personality & Individual Differences, 31, 157–171.

Stewart, W. F., Ricci, J. A., Chee, E., Hahn, S. R., & Morganstein, D. (2003). Cost of lost productive work time among US workers with depression. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 289, 3135–3144.

Stice, E., & Hoffman, E. (2004). Eating disorder prevention programs. In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity (p–57). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Stice, E., Marti, C. N., & Rohde, P. (2013). Prevalence, incidence, impairment, and course of the proposed DSM-5 eating disorder diagnoses in an 8-year prospective community study of young women. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 122(2), 445–457.

Stice, E., Maxfield, J., & Wells, T. (2003). Adverse effects of social pressure to be thin on young women: An experimental investigation of the effects of “fat talk.” International Journal of Eating Disorders, 34, 108–117.

Stice, E., Schupak-Neuberg, E., Shaw, H. E., & Stein, R. I. (1994). Relation of media exposure to eating disorder symptomatology: An examination of mediating mechanisms. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 836–840.

Stice, E., & Shaw, H. (2004). Eating disorder prevention programs: A meta-analytic review. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 206–227.

Stice, E., Shaw, H., & Marti, C. N. (2006). A meta-analytic review of eating disorder prevention programs: Encouraging findings. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 3, 233–257.

Stinson, F. S., Dawson, D. A., Chou, S. P., Smith, S., Goldstein, R. B., et al. (2007). The epidmiology of DSM-IV specific phobia in the USA: Result from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Psychological Medicine, 37, 1047–1059.

Stitzer, M., & Petry, N. (2006). Contingency management for treatment of substance abuse. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 2, 411–434.

Stock, W., & Moser, C. (2001). Feminist sex therapy in the age of Viagra. In P. J. Kleinplatz (Ed.), New directions in sex therapy: Innovations and alternatives (p–162) Philadelphia: Taylor and Rutledge.

Stone, A. B. (1993). Treatment of hypochondriasis with clomipramine. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 54, 200–201.

Stone, A. L., Storr, C. L., & Anthony, J. C. (2006). Evidence for a hallucinogen dependence syndrome developing soon after onset of hallucinogen use during adolescence. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 15, 116–130.

Stone, J., Carson, A., Aditya, H., Prescott, R., Zaubi, M., et al. (2009). The role of physical injury in motor and sensory conversion symptoms: A systematic and narrative review. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 66, 383–390.

Stone, J., LaFrance, W. C., Levenson, J. L., & Sharpe, M. (2010). Issues for DSM-5 conversion disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 626–627.

Stone, J., Zeman, A., Simonotto, E., Meyer, M., Azuma, R., et al. (2007). fMRI in patients with motor conversion symptoms and controls with simulated weakness. Psychosomatic Medicine, 69, 961–969.

Strain, B. A. (2003). Influence of gender bias on the diagnosis of borderline personality disorder. Dissertation Abstracts International B: Sciences and Engineering, 64 (6), 2941B.

Strain, E. C., Bigelow, G. E., Liebson, I. A., & Stitzer, M. L. (1999). Moderate- vs high-dose methadone in the treatment of opioid dependence: A randomized trial. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 281, 1000–1005.

Strakowski, S. M., Adler, C. M., & DelBello, M. P. (2002). Volumetric MRI studies of mood disorders: Do they distinguish unipolar and bipolar disorder? Bipolar Disorders, 4, 80–88.

Strakowski, S. M., & Frances, A. J. (2012). What’s wrong with DSM-5? Medscape, June 1. Retrieved May 21, 2013, from www.medscape.com/viewarticle/763886

Strakowski, S. M., Shelton, R. C., & Kolbrener, M. L. (1993). The effects of race and comorbidity on clinical diagnosis in patients with psychosis. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 54, 96–102.

Straube, T., Mentzel, H., & Miltner, W. H. R. (2006). Neural mechanisms of automatic and direct processing of phobogenic stimuli in specific phobia. Biological Psychiatry, 59, 162–170.

Striegel-Moore, R. H. (1993). Etiology of binge eating: A developmental perspective. In C. G. Fairburn & G. T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating: Nature, assessment, and treatment (p–172). New York: Guilford Press.

Striegel-Moore, R. H., & Cachelin, F. M. (2001). Etiology of eating disorders in women. Counseling Psychologist, 29, 635–661.

Striegel-Moore, R. H., Dohm, F. A., Kraemer, H. C., Taylor, C. B., Daniels, S., et al. (2003). Eating disorders in White and Black women. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 1326–1331.

Striegel-Moore, R. H., Silberstein, L. R., & Rodin, J. (1986). Toward an understanding of risk factors for bulimia. American Psychologist, 41, 246–263.

Strober, M. (1995). Family-genetic influences on anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. In K. D. Brownell & C. G. Fairburn (Eds.), Eating disorders and obesity: A comprehensive handbook. New York: Guilford Press.

Strober, M., Freeman, R., Lampert, C., Diamond, J., & Kaye, W. (2000). Controlled family study of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa: Evidence of shared liability and transmission of partial syndromes. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 393–401.

Strupp, H., & Binder, J. (1984). Psychotherapy in a new key: A guide to time-limited dynamic psychotherapy. New York: Basic Books.

Stuart, G. L., Moore, T. M., Ramsey, S. E., & Kahler, C. W. (2003). Relationship aggression and substance use among women court-referred to domestic violence intervention programs. Addictive Behaviors, 28, 1603–1610.

Stuart, S., & Noyes, R., Jr. (2005). Treating hypochondriasis with interpersonal psychotherapy. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 35, 269–283.

Stuart, S., Noyes, R., Jr., Starcevic, V., & Barsky, A. (2008). Integrative approach to somatoform disorders combining interpersonal and cognitive-behavioral theory and techniques. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 38, 45–53.

Stunkard, A., Allison, K., & Lundgren, J. (2008). Issues for DSM-V: Night eating syndrome. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 424.

Stuss, D. T., Alexander, M. P., Palumbo, C. L., Buckle, L., Sayer, L., & Pogue, J. (1994). Organizational strategies with unilateral or bilateral frontal lobe injury in word learning tasks. Neuropsychology, 8, 355–373.

Styron, W. (1990). Darkness visible: A memoir of madness. New York: Random House.

Subramaniam, P., & Woods, B. (2012). The impact of individual reminiscence therapy for people with dementia: Systematic review. Expert Review of Neurotherapeutics, 12(5), 545–555.

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2000). National household survey on drug abuse main findings 1998: Office of applied studies. Rockville, MD: National Clearinghouse for Alcohol and Drug Information.

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2008). Results from the 2007 national survey on drug use and health: National findings. (Office of Applied Studies, NSDUH Series H-34, DHHS Publication No. SMA 08-4343). Rockville, MD: Department of Health and Human Services. Retrieved December 18, 2008, from http://oas.samhsa.gov/nsduh/2k7nsduh/2k7Results.pdf

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2004). Results from the 2003 national survey on drug use and health: National findings. [NHSDA Series H-25. DHHS Pub. No. (SMA) 04-3964]. Rockville, MD: Department of Health and Human Services.

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Office of Applied Studies. (2008). National survey on drug use and health, 2003 and 2004. Retrieved October 20, 2008, from www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k4nsduh/2k4tabs/Sect6peTabs1to81.htm#tab6.59a

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2010). Results from the 2009 National Survey on Drug Use and Health: Volume I. Summary of National Findings. Retrieved March 8, 2012, from www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/2k9Results.htm#7.1

Substancemisuse.net. (2007). Debbie’s story. Retrieved August 2, 2007, from www.substancemisuse.net/problem-users/pustories/debbiesstory.htm

Sue, S., Fujino, D. C., Hu, L. T., Takeuchi, D. T., & Zane, N. W. S. (1991). Community mental health services for ethnic minority groups: A test of the cultural responsiveness hypothesis. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 59, 533–540.

Sue, S., Kuraski, K. S., & Srinivasan, S. (1999). Ethnicity, gender, and cross-cultural issues in clinical research. In P. C. Kendall, J. N. Butcher, & G. N. Holmbeck (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in clinical psychology (2nd ed., p–71). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Sue, S., Zane, N., & Young, K. (1994). Research on psychotherapy with culturally diverse populations. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., p–817). Oxford, England: John Wiley & Sons.

Suh, J. J., Pettinati, H. M., Kampman, K. M., & O’Brien, C. P. (2006). The status of disulfiram: A half of a century later. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 26, 290–302.

Sullins, E. S. (1991). Emotional contagion revisited: Effects of social comparison and expressive style on mood convergence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 166–174.

Sullivan, G. M., Mann, J. J., Oquendo, M. A., Lo, E. S., Cooper, T. B., & Gorman, J. M. (2006). Low cerebrospinal fluid transthyretin levels in depression: Correlations with suicidal ideation and low serotonin function. Biological Psychiatry, 60, 500–506.

Sullivan, H. S. (1953). The interpersonal theory of psychiatry. New York: W. W. Norton.

Sullivan, P. F., Bulik, C. M., & Kendler, K. S. (1998). The epidemiology and classification of bulimia nervosa. Psychological Medicine, 28, 599–610.

Sulpy, D., & Schweighardt, R. (1994). Drugs, divorces, and a slipping image: The unauthorized story of the Beatles’ “Get Back” sessions. Princeton Junction, NJ: The 910.

Sultan, S., Andronikof, A., Réveillère, C., & Lemmel, G. (2006). A Rorschach stability study in a nonpatient adult sample. Journal of Personality Assessment, 87, 330–348.

Summerfield, D. (2001). The invention of post-traumatic stress disorder and the social usefulness of a psychiatric category. British Medical Journal, 322, 95–98.

Sundgot-Borgen, J. (1999). Eating disorders among male and female elite athletes. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 33, 434.

Sundquist, A. (1999). First person account: Family psychoeducation can change lives. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 25, 619–621.

Sung, M., Erkanli, A., Angold, A., & Costello, E. J. (2004). Effects of age at first substance use and psychiatric comorbidity on the development of substance use disorders. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 75, 287–299.

Surguladze, S. A., Young, A. W., Senior, C., Brébion, G., Travis, M. J., & Phillips, M. L. (2004). Recognition accuracy and response bias to happy and sad facial expressions in patients with major depression. Neuropsychology, 18, 212–218.

Sutker, P. D., & Allain, A. N., Jr. (2001). Antisocial personality disorder. In H. E. Adams & P. B. Sutker (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychopathology (3rd ed., p–490). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum.

Sutton, C. T., & Broken Nose, M. A. (1996). American Indian families: An overview. In M. McGoldrick, J. Giordano, & J. K. Pearce (Eds.), Ethnicity and family therapy (2nd ed., p–44). New York: Guilford Press.

Svartberg, M., & Stiles, T. C. (1991). Comparative effects of short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy: A meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 59, 704–714.

Swaab, D. F. (2003). The human hypothalamus: Basic and clinical aspects. Part 1: Nuclei of the human hypothalamus. Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Swaggart, B., Gagnon, E., Bock, S. J., Earles, T. L., Quinn, C., & Myles, B. S. (1995). Using social stories to teach social and behavioral skills to children with autism. Focus on Autistic Behavior, 10, 1–16.

Swanson, J., Flodman, P., Kennedy, J., Spence, M. A., Moyzis, R., et al. (2000). Dopamine genes and ADHD. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 24, 21–25.

Swanson, J. M., & Volkow, N. D. (2002). Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties of stimulants: Implications for the design of new treatments for ADHD. Behavioural Brain Research, 130, 73–78.

Swanson, J. M., Casey, B. J., Nigg, J., Castellanos, F. X., Volkow, N. D., & Taylor, E. (2004). Clinical and cognitive definitions of attention deficits in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. In M. I. Posner (Ed.), Cognitive neuroscience of attention (p–445). New York: Guilford.

Swanson, J. M., Kinsbourne, M., Nigg, J., Lanphear, B., Stefanatos, G. A., et al. (2007). Etiologic subtypes of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder: Brain imaging, molecular genetic and environmental factors and the dopamine hypothesis. Neuropsychology Review, 17, 39–59.

Swanson, J. W. (1994). Mental disorder, substance abuse, and community violence: an epidemiological approach. In J. Monahan & H. J. Steadman (Eds.), Violence and mental disorder: Developments in risk assessment (p–136). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Swanson, J. W., Swartz, M. S., Van Dorn, R. A., Elbogen, E. B., Wagner, H. R., et al. (2006). A national study of violent behavior in persons with schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 490–499.

Swartz, H. A. (1999). Interpersonal psychotherapy. In M. Hersen, & A. S. Bellack (Eds.), Handbook of comparative interventions for adult disorders (2nd ed., p–155). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Swartz, M. S., Swanson, J. W., Hiday, V. A., Wagner, H. R., Burns, B. J., & Borum, R. (2001). A randomized controlled trial of out patient commitment in North Carolina. Psychiatric Services, 52, 325–329.

Swartz, M. S., Wagner, H. R., Swanson, J. W., Stroup, T. S., McEvoy, J. P., et al. (2006). Substance use in persons with schizophrenia: Baseline prevalence and correlates from the NIMH CATIE study. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 194, 164–172.

Swedo, S. E., Leonard, H. L., Garvey, M., Mittleman, B., Allen, A. J., et al. (1998). Pediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infections: Clinical description of the first 50 cases. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 264–271.

Sweeney, P. D., Anderson, K., & Bailey, S. (1986). Attributional style in depression: A meta-analytic review. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 974–991.

Swendsen, J. D., Merikangas, K. R., Canino, G. J., Kessler, R. C., Rubio-Stipec, M., & Anglst, J. (1998). The comorbidity of alcoholism with anxiety and depressive disorders in four geographic communities. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 39, 176–184.

Swenne, I. (2000). Heart risk associated with weight loss in anorexia nervosa and eating disorders: Electrocardiographic changes during the early phase of refeeding. Acta Paediatrica, 89, 447–452.

Swica, Y., Lewis, D. O., & Lewis, M. (1996). Child abuse and dissociative identity disorder/multiple personality disorder: The documentation of childhood maltreatment and the corroboration of symptoms. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 5, 431–447.

Swift, A., & Wright, M. O. (2000). Does social support buffer stress for college women: When and how? Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 14, 23–42.

Sykes, R. (2006). Somatoform disorders in DSM-IV: Mental or physical disorders? Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 60, 341–344.

Syvalathi, E. K. G. (1994). Biological factors in schizophrenia: Structural and functional aspects. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164(Suppl. 23), 9–14.

Szapocznik, J., Hervis, O., & Schwartz, S. (2003). Brief strategic family therapy for adolescent drug abuse. (NIH Publication 03-4751). Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse.

Szasz, T. S. (1960). The myth of mental illness. American Psychologist, 15, 113–118.

TADS Team (2007). The Treatment for Adolescents with Depression Study (TADS): Long-term effectiveness and safety outcomes. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 1132–1144.

Tager-Flusberg, H. (1999). A psychological approach to understanding the social and language impairments in autism. International Review of Psychiatry, 11, 325–334.

Takano, A., Shiga, T., Kitagawa, N., Koyama, T., Katoh, C., et al. (2001). Abnormal neuronal network in anorexia nervosa studied with I-123-IMP SPECT. Psychiatry Research, 107, 45–50.

Takeshita, J. (1997). Psychosis. In W-S. Tseng & J. Streltzer (Eds.), Culture and psychopathology: A guide to clinician assessment (p–138). New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Tamminga, C. A. (2006). Practical treatment information for schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 563–565.

Tan, H. M., Tong, S. F., & Ho, C. C. K. (2012). Men’s health: Sexual dysfunction, physical, and psychological health—Is there a link? Journal of Sexual Medicine, 9(3), 663–671.

Tanda, G., Pontieri, F., & Di Chiara, G. (1997). Cannabinoid and heroin activation of mesolimbic dopamine transmission by a common opioid receptor mechanism. Science, 276, 2048–2050.

Tandon, R., Keshavan, M. S., & Nasrallah, H. A. (2008). Schizophrenia, “just the facts”: What we know in 2008. 2. Epidemiology and etiology. Schizophrenia Research, 102, 1–18.

Tang, T. Z., & DeRubeis, R. J. (1999). Sudden gains and critical sessions in cognitive-behavioral therapy for depression. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 67, 894–904.

Tani, P., Lindberg, N., Appelberg, B., Wendt, T. N., Wendt, L. V., & Porkka-Heiskanen, T. (2006). Clinical neurological abnormalities in young adults with Asperger syndrome. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 60, 253–255.

Tanielian, T., & Jaycox, L. H. (2008). Invisible wounds of war: Psychological and cognitive injuries, their consequences, and services to assist recovery. Rand Center for Military Health Policy Research. Retrieved September 4, 2008, from www.rand.org/pubs/monographs/2008/RAND_MG720.sum.pdf

Tanofsky-Kraff, M., & Wilfley, D. E. (2010). Interpersonal psychotherapy for the treatment of eating disorders. In W. S. Agras (Ed.), Oxford library of psychology. The Oxford handbook of eating disorders (p–372). New York: Oxford University Press.

Tantleff-Dunn, S., Gokee-LaRose, J., & Peterson, R. D. (2004). Interpersonal psychotherapy for the treatment of anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, and binge eating disorder. In J. K. Thompson (Ed.), Handbook of eating disorders and obesity (p–185). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Tarasoff v. Regents of the University of California, 529 P.2d 553 (Cal. 1974).

Tarasoff v. Regents of the University of California, 551 P.2d 334 (Cal. 1976).

Tareen, A., Hodes, M., & Rangel, L. (2005). Non-fat-phobic anorexia nervosa in British South Asian adolescents. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 37, 161–165.

Tariot, P. N., Farlow, M. R., Grossberg, G. T., Graham, S. M., McDonald, S., & Gergel, I. (2004). Memantine treatment in patients with moderate to severe Alzheimer disease already receiving donepezil: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of the American Medical Association, 291, 317–324.

Tarrier, N., & Bobes, J. (2000). The importance of psychosocial interventions and patient involvement in the treatment of schizophrenia. International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice, 4, S35–S51.

Tarrier, N., Kinney, C., McCarthy, E., Wittkowski, A., Yusupoff, L., et al. (2001). Are some types of psychotic symptoms more responsive to cognitive-behavior therapy? Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy, 29, 45–55.

Tarrier, N., Pilgrim, H., Sommerfield, C., Faragher, B., Reynolds, M., et al. (1999). A randomized trial of cognitive therapy and imaginal exposure in the treatment of chronic posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 67, 13–18.

Tarullo, A. R., & Gunnar, M. R. (2006). Child maltreatment and the developing HPA axis. Hormones and Behavior, 50, 632–639.

Task Force on Promotion and Dissemination of Psychological Procedures. (1995). Training in and dissemination of empirically-validated psychological treatments: Report and recommendations. The Clinical Psychologist, 48, 3–23.

Tate, D. F., & Zabinski, M. F. (2004). Computer and Internet applications for psychological treatment: Update for clinicians. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 209–220.

Tauscher, J., Bagby, R. M., Javanmard, M., Christensen, B. K., Kasper, S., & Kapur, S. (2001). Inverse relationship between serotonin 5-HT(1A) receptor binding and anxiety: A [(11)C]WAY-100635 PET investigation in healthy volunteers. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1326–1328.

Taylor, C. T., & Alden, L. E. (2006). Parental overprotection and interpersonal behavior in generalized social phobia. Behavior Therapy, 37, 14–24.

Taylor, C. T., Laposa, J. M., & Alden, L. E. (2004). Is avoidant personality disorder more than just social avoidance? Journal of Personality Disorders, 18, 571–594.

Taylor, J. Y., Caldwell, C. H., Baser, R. E., Faison, N., & Jackson, J. S. (2007). Prevalence of eating disorders among Blacks in the national survey of American life. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, S10–S14.

Taylor, S. (1996). Meta-analysis of cognitive-behavioral treatment for social phobia. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 27, 1–9.

Taylor, S. (2000). Understanding and treating panic disorder: Cognitive-behavioural approaches. New York: Wiley.

Taylor, S., Asmundson, G. J. G., & Coons, M. J. (2005). Current directions in the treatment of hypochondriasis. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 19, 285–304.

Taylor, S., Fedoroff, I. C., Koch, W. J., Thordarson, D. S., Fecteau, G., & Nicki, R. M. (2001). Posttraumatic stress disorder arising after road traffic collisions: Patterns of response to cognitive-behavior therapy. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 541–551.

Taylor, S., & Rachman, S. J. (1994). Klein’s suffocation theory of panic. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 505–506.

Taylor, S., Thordarson, D. S., Maxfield, L., Fedoroff, I. C., Lovell, K., & Ogrodniczuk, J. (2003). Comparative efficacy, speed, and adverse effects of three PTSD treatments: Exposure therapy, EMDR, and relaxation training. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71, 330–338.

Taylor, S., Woody, S., Koch, W. J., McLean, P. D., & Anderson, K. W. (1996). Suffocation false alarms and efficacy of cognitive behavioral therapy for panic disorder. Behavior Therapy, 27, 115–126.

Tcheremissine, O. V., Lane, S. D., Cherek, D. R., & Pietras, C. J. (2003). Impulsiveness and other personality dimensions in substance use disorders and conduct disorders. Addictive Disorders & Their Treatment, 2, 1–7.

Teasdale, J. D. (1983). Negative thinking in depression: Cause, effect, or reciprocal relationship. Advances in Behaviour Research & Therapy, 5, 3–25.

Teasdale, J. D., & Barnard, P. J. (1993). Affect, cognition, and change: Re-modelling depressive thought. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Teasdale, J. D., Moore, R. G., Hayhurst, H., Pope, M., Williams, S., & Segal, Z. V. (2002). Metacognitive awareness and prevention of relapse in depression: empirical evidence. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 275–287.

Tebartz van Elst, L., Hesslinger, B., Thiel, T., Geiger, E., Haegele, K., et al. (2003). Frontolimbic brain abnormalities in patients with borderline personality disorder: A volumetric magnetic resonance imaging study. Biological Psychiatry, 54, 163–171.

Teicher, M. H., Andersen, S. L., Polcari, A., Anderson, C. M., & Navalta, C. P. (2002). Developmental neurobiology of childhood stress and trauma. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 25, 397–426.

Teicher, M. H., Andersen, S. L., Polcari, A., Anderson, C. M., Navalta, C. P., & Kim, D. M. (2003). The neurobiological consequences of early stress and childhood maltreatment. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 27, 33–44.

Tek, C., Kirkpatrick, B., Kelly, C., & McCreadie, R. G. (2001). Summer birth and deficit schizophrenia in Nithsdale, Scotland. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 189, 613–617.

Telch, C. F., Agras, W. S., & Linehan, M. M. (2001). Dialectical behavior therapy for binge eating disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 1061–1065.

Temple, E., Deutsch, G. K., Poldrack, R. A., Miller, S. L., Tallal, P., et al. (2003). Neural deficits in children with dyslexia ameliorated by behavioral remediation: Evidence from functional MRI. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 100, 2860–2865.

Tengström, A., Hodgins, S., & Kullgren, G. (2001). Men with schizophrenia who behave violently: The usefulness of an early- versus late-start offender typology. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 27, 205–218.

Tennant, C. (2002). Life events, stress and depression: A review of the findings. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 36, 173–182.

Tennen, H., & Herzberger, S. (1987). Depression, self-esteem, and the absence of self-protective attributional biases. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 72–80.

ter Kuile, M., van Lankveld, J. J. D. M., de Groot, E., Melles, R., Neffs, J., & Zandbergen, M. (2007). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for women with lifelong vaginismus: Process and prognostic factors. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 45, 359–373.

Teves, D., Videen, T. O., Cryer, P. E., & Powers, W. J. (2004) Activation of human medial prefrontal cortex during autonomic responses to hypoglycemia. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 101, 6217–6221.

Thase, M. E. (2002). Antidepressant effects: The suit may be small, but the fabric is real. Prevention & Treatment, 5, Article 32. www.journals.apa.org/prevention/volume5/pre0050032c.html

Thase, M. E., Greenhouse, J. B., Frank, E., Reynolds, C. F., III, Pilkonis, P. A., et al. (1997). Treatment of major depression with psychotherapy or psychotherapy–pharmacotherapy combinations. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, 1009–1015.

The Hughes legacy: Scramble for the billions. (1976, April 19). Time Magazine. Retrieved June 28, 2007, from www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,914059,00.html

Thom, A., Sartory, G., & Joehren, P. (2000). Comparison between one-session psychological treatment and benzodiazepine in dental phobia. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 378–387.

Thomas, G. V. (1994). Mixed personality disorder with passive-aggressive and avoidant features. In P. T. Costa, Jr., & T. A. Widiger (Eds.), Personality disorders and the five-factor model of personality (p–215). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Thompson v. County of Alameda, 614 P.2d 728 (Cal. 1980).

Thompson, J. K. (1990). Body image disturbance: Assessment and treatment. New York: Pergamon Press.

Thompson, J. K., & Smolak, L. (2001). Body image, eating disorders, and obesity in youth: Assessment, prevention, and treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Thompson, J. K., & Stice, E. (2001). Thin-ideal internalization: Mounting evidence for a new risk factor for body-image disturbance and eating pathology. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 181–183.

Thompson, J. K., Heinberg, L. J., Altabe, M., & Tantleff-Dunn, S. (1999). Exacting beauty: Theory, assessment, and treatment of body image disturbance. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Thompson, J. M., Gallagher, P., Hughes, J. H., Watson, S., Gray, J. M., et al. (2005). Neurocognitive impairment in euthymic patients with bipolar affective disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 186, 32–40.

Thompson, P. M., Hayashi, K. M., Simon, S. L., Geaga, J. A., Hong, M. S., et al. (2004). Structural abnormalities in the brains of human subjects who use methamphetamine. Journal of Neuroscience, 24, 6028–6036.

Thompson, R. F. (1993). The brain, a neuroscience primer (2nd ed.). New York: W. H. Freeman.

Thompson, S. B. N. (2003). General anaesthesia and cognitive functioning. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 11, 71–72.

Thompson, W. W., Price, C., Goodson, B., Shay, D. K., Benson, P., et al. (2007). Early thimerosal exposure and neuropsychological outcomes at 7 to 10 years. New England Journal of Medicine, 357, 1281–1292.

Thomsen, P. H., Ebbesen, C., & Persson, C. (2001). Long-term experience with citalopram in the treatment of adolescent OCD. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 895–902.

Thorberg, F. A., & Lyvers, M. (2006). Negative Mood Regulation (NMR) expectancies, mood, and affect intensity among clients in substance disorder treatment facilities. Addictive Behaviors, 31, 811–820.

Thorn, B. L., & Gilbert, L. A. (1998). Antecedents of work and family role expectations of college men. Journal of Family Psychology, 12, 259–267.

Tidey, J. W., Rohsenow, D. J., Kaplan, G. B., & Swift, R. M. (2005). Cigarette smoking topography in smokers with schizophrenia and matched non-psychiatric controls. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 80, 259–265.

Tiefer, L. (1987). Social constructionism and the study of human sexuality. In P. Shaver & C. Hendrick (Eds.), Sex and gender (p–94). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Tiefer, L. (1991). Historical, scientific, clinical and feminist criticisms of “the human sexual response cycle” model. Annual Review of Sex Research, 2, 1–23.

Tiefer, L. (2001). Feminist critique of sex therapy: Foregrounding the politics of sex. In P. J. Kleinplatz (Ed.), New directions in sex therapy: Innovations and alternatives. Philadelphia: Taylor and Rutledge.

Tienari, P., Wahlberg, K., & Wynne, L. C. (2006). Finnish Adoption Study of Schizophrenia: Implications for family interventions. Families, Systems, & Health, 24, 442–451.

Tienari, P., Wynne, L. C., Läksy, K., Moring, J., Nieminen, P., et al. (2003). Genetic boundaries of the schizophrenia spectrum: Evidence from the Finnish adoptive family study of schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 1587–1594.

Tienari, P., Wynne, L. C., Moring, J., Lahti, I., Naarala, M., et al. (1994). The Finnish adoptive family study of schizophrenia. Implications for family research. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 20–26.

Tihonen, J., Lönnqvist, J. Wahlbeck, K., Klaukka, T., Tanskanen, A., & Kaukka, J. (2006). Antidepressants and the risk of suicide, attempted suicide, and overall mortality in a nationwide cohort. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 1358–1367.

Tillfors, M., Furmark, T., Ekselius, L., & Fredrikson, M. (2004). Social phobia and avoidant personality disorder: One spectrum disorder? Nordic Journal of Psychiatry, 58, 147–152.

Tillfors, M., Furmark, T., Marteinsdottir, I., Fischer, H., Pissiota, A., et al. (2001). Cerebral blood flow in subjects with social phobia during stressful speaking tasks: A PET study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1220–1226.

Timko, C., DeBenedetti, A., & Billow, R. (2006). Intensive referral to 12-step self-help groups and 6-month substance use disorder outcomes. Addiction, 101, 678–688.

Tisher, M., & Dean, S. (2000). Family therapy with the elderly. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Family Therapy, 21, 94–101.

Toft, T., Fink, P., Oernboel, E., Christensen, K., Frostholm, L., & Olesen, F. (2005). Mental disorders in primary care: Prevalence and co-morbidity among disorders. Results from the Functional Illness in Primary Care (FIP) study. Psychological Medicine, 35, 1175–1184.

Tolin, D. F., & Foa, E. B. (2006). Sex differences in trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder: A quantitative review of 25 years of research. Psychological Bulletin, 132, 959–992.

Tolin, D. F., Worhunsky, P., & Maltby, N. (2006). Are “obsessive” beliefs specific to OCD? A comparison across anxiety disorders. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 44, 469–480.

Tollison, C. D., & Adams, H. E. (1979). Sexual disorders: Treatment, theory, and research. New York: Gardner.

Tomarken, A. J., Mineka, S., & Cook, M. (1989). Fear-relevant selective associations and covariation bias. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98, 381–394.

Tomkins, D. M., & Sellers, E. M. (2001). Addiction and the brain: The role of neurotransmitters in the cause and treatment of drug dependence. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 164, 817–821.

Torgersen, S. (2005). Epidemiology. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–141). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Torgersen, S., Kringlen, E., & Cramer, V. (2001). The prevalence of personality disorders in a community sample. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 590–596.

Torgersen, S., Lygren, S., Oien, P. A., Skre, I., Onstad, S., et al. (2000). A twin study of personality disorders. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 41, 416–425.

Torgersen, S. G. (1983). Genetic factors in anxiety disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 40, 1085–1089.

Torrens, M., & Martín-Santos, R. (2000). Why do people abuse alcohol and drugs? Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 13, 285–289.

Torrens, M., Fonseca, F., Mateu, G., & Farré, M. (2005). Efficacy of antidepressants in substance use disorders with and without comorbid depression: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 78, 1–22.

Torrey, E. F. (2001). Surviving schizophrenia: A manual for families, consumers, and providers (4th ed.). New York: Quill.

Torrey, E. F. (2002). Studies of individuals with schizophrenia never treated with antipsychotic medications: A review. Schizophrenia Research, 58, 101–115.

Tost, H., Vollmert, C., Brassen, S., Schmitt, A., Dressing, H., & Braus, D. F. (2004). Pedophilia: Neuropsychological evidence encouraging a brain network perspective. Medical Hypotheses, 63, 528–531.

Towbin, K. E., Mauk, J. E., & Batshaw, M. L. (2002). Pervasive developmental disorders. In M. L. Batshaw (Ed.), Children with disabilities (5th ed., p–387). Baltimore: Brookes Publishing.

Tozzi, F., Thornton, L. M., Klump, K. L., Fichter, M. M., Halmi, K. A., et al. (2005). Symptom fluctuation in eating disorders: Correlates of diagnostic crossover. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 732–740.

Tractenberg, R. E., Weiner, M. F., Patterson, M. B., Teri, L., & Thal, L. J. (2003). Comorbidity of psychopathological domains in community-dwelling persons with Alzheimer’s disease. Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology, 16, 94–99.

Trestman, R. L., Keefe, R. S. E., Mitropoulou, V., Harvey, P. D., deVegvar, M. L., et al. (1995). Cognitive function and biological correlates of cognitive performance in schizotypal personality disorder. Psychiatry Research, 59, 127–136.

Trierweiler, S. J., Muroff, J. R., Jackson, J. S., Neighbors, H. W., & Munday, C. (2005). Clinician race, situational attributions, and diagnoses of mood versus schizophrenia disorders. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority Psychology, 11, 351–364.

Trimble, J. E. (1994). Cultural variations in the use of alcohol and drugs. In W. J. Lonner & R. S. Malpass (Eds.), Psychology and culture (p–84). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

True, W. R., Rice, J., Eisen, S. A., Heath, A. C., Goldberg, J., et al. (1993). A twin study of genetic and environmental contributions to liability for posttraumatic stress symptoms. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 257–264.

Trull, T. J., & Durrett, C. A. (2005). Categorical and dimensional models of personality disorder. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 355–380.

Trull, T. J., Vergés, A., Wood, P. K., Jahng, S., & Sher, K. J. (2012). The structure of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th edition, text revision) personality disorder symptoms in a large national sample. Personality Disorders: Theory, Research, and Treatment, 3(4), 355–369.

Tsai, S., Hong, C., Yu, Y. W.-Y., Chen, T., Wang, Y., & Lin, W. (2004). Association study of serotonin 1B receptor (A-161T) genetic polymorphism and suicidal behaviors and response to fluoxetine in major depressive disorder. Neuropsychobiology, 50, 235–238.

Tsoi, W. F., & Wong, K. E. (1991). A 15 year follow up study of Chinese schizophrenic patients. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. 84, 217–220.

Tsuang, M. T., Bar, J. L., Harley, R. M., & Lyons, M. J. (2001). The Harvard Twin Study of Substance Abuse: What we have learned. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 9, 267–279.

Tsuang, M. T., Stone, W. S., & Faraone, S. V. (2000). Toward reformulating the diagnosis of schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1041–1050.

Tsuang, M. T., Van Os, J., Tandon, R., Barch, D. M., Bustillo, J., et al. (in press). Attenuated psychosis syndrome in dsm-5. Schizophrenia Research. Advanced online publication.

Tsuchiya, K. J., Agerbo, E., & Mortensen, P. B. (2005). Parental death and bipolar disorder: A robust association was found in early maternal suicide. Journal of Affective Disorders, 86, 151–159.

Tsuchiya, K. J., Takagai, S., Kawai, M., Matsumoto, H., Nakamura, K., et al. (2005). Advanced paternal age associated with an elevated risk for schizophrenia in offspring in a Japanese population. Schizophrenia Research, 76, 337–342.

Tucker, D., & Brakel, S. J. (2012). DSM-5 paraphilic diagnoses and SVP law. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 41(3), 533.

Turetsky, B. I., Moberg, P. J., Mozley, L. H., Moelter, S. T., Agrin, R. N., et al. (2002). Memory-delineated subtypes of schizophrenia: Relationship to clinical, neuroanatomical, and neurophysiological measures. Neuropsychology, 16, 481–490.

Turkington, D., Kingdon, D., & Weiden, P. J. (2006). Cognitive behavior therapy for schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 365–373.

Turnbull, J. D., Heaslip, S., & McLeod, H. A. (2000). Pre-school children’s attitudes to fat and normal male and female stimulus figures. International Journal of Obesity, 24, 1705–1706.

Turner, H., & Bryant-Waugh, R. (2004). Eating disorder not otherwise specified (eating disorder NOS): Profiles of clients presenting at a community eating disorder service. European Eating Disorders Review, 12, 18–26.

Turner, R. M. (1994). Borderline, narcissistic, and histrionic personality disorders. In M. Hersen & R. T. Ammerman (Eds.), Handbook of prescriptive treatments for adults (p–420). New York: Plenum Press.

Turner, S. M., & Beidel, D. C. (1988). Treating obsessive-compulsive disorder. Elmsford, NY: Pergamon Press.

Turner, T. (1989). Rich and mad in Victorian England. Psychological Medicine, 19, 29–44.

Tuthill, R. W. (1996). Hair lead levels related to children’s classroom attention-deficit behavior. Archives of Environmental Health, 51, 214–220.

Twenge, J. M. (2000). The age of anxiety? Birth cohort change in anxiety and neuroticism, 1952–1993. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 1007–1021.

Tye, C., Mercure, E., Ashwood, K. L., Azadi, B., Asherson, P., et al. (2013). Neurophysiological responses to faces and gaze direction differentiate children with ASD, ADHD and ASD 1 ADHD. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience, 5, 71–85.

Tyrer, P. (2002). Nidotherapy: A new approach to the treatment of personality disorder. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 105, 469–472.

Tyrer, P., & Johnson, T. (1996). Establishing the severity of personality disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 1593–1597.

Tyrer, P., Gunderson, J., Lyons, M., & Tohen, M. (1997). Extent of comorbidity between mental state and personality disorders. Journal of Personality Disorders, 11, 242–259.

Tyson, A. S. (2008, September 5). Soldiers’ suicide rate on pace to set record. The Washington Post, p. A02.

U.S. Census Bureau. (2000). Changing shape of the nation’s income distribution, 1947–1998. Retrieved April 4, 2001, from http://www.census.gov/prod/2000pubs/p60-204.pdf

U.S. Census Bureau. (2001) Census 2000 redistricting [Public Law 94–171] summary file. Washington, DC: Author.

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. (1999). Mental health: A report of the Surgeon General. Rockville: MD: Author. Retrieved January 15, 2007, from http://mentalhealth.samhsa.gov/cre/ch2.asp

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. (2001). Mental health: Culture, race, and ethnicity. A supplement to mental health: A report of the Surgeon General. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, Center for Mental Health Services. Retrieved October 12, 2008, from www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/mentalhealth/cre/sma-01-3613.pdf

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Secretary. (2002). Standards for privacy of individually identifiable health information. Federal Register, 67: 53182–53273.

U.S. National Library of Medicine. (2005). The balance of passions. In History of medicine and disease: Emotions and disease. Retrieved February 19, 2007, from http://www.nlm.nih.gov/hmd/emotions/balance.html

United Nations International Drug Control Programme. (1997). World drug report. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

United States v. Comstock, No. 08-1224 (2010).

United States Public Health Service. (2001). Mental health: Culture, race, and ethnicity. A supplement to mental health: A report of the Surgeon General. Retrieved January 12, 2007, from www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/mentalhealth/cre

Unwin, G. L., & Deb, S. (2011). Efficacy of atypical antipsychotic medication in the management of behaviour problems in children with intellectual disabilities and borderline intelligence: A systematic review. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 32(6), 2121–2133.

Urbszat, D., Herman, C. P., & Polivy, J. (2002). Eat, drink, and be merry, for tomorrow we diet: Effects of anticipated deprivation on food intake in restrained and unrestrained eaters. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 396–401.

Vaginismus.com. (2007). Burning and tightness from no apparent cause: Lynn. Retrieved October 1, 2007, from www.vaginismus.com/vaginismus-stories

Vaiva, G., Ducrocq, F., Jezequel, K., Averland, B., Lestavel, P., et al. (2003). Immediate treatment with propranolol decreases posttraumatic stress disorder two months after trauma. Biological Psychiatry, 54, 947–949.

Vajk, F. C., Craighead, W. E., Craighead, L. W., & Holley, C. (1997, November). Risk of major depression as a function of response styles to depressed mood. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the Association for the Advancement of Behavior Therapy, Miami Beach, FL.

Valera, E. M., Faraone, S. V., Murray, K. E., & Seidman, L. J. (2007). Meta-analysis of structural imaging findings in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 61(12), 1361–1369.

Van Allen, J., & Roberts, M. C. (2011). Critical incidents in the marriage of psychology and technology: A discussion of potential ethical issues in practice, education, and policy. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 42(6), 433–439.

van Balkom, A. J. L. M., Bakker, A., Spinhoven, P., Blaauw, B. M. J. W., et al. (1997). A meta-analysis of the treatment of panic disorder with or without agoraphobia: A comparison of psychopharmacological, cognitive-behavioral, and combination treatments. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 185, 510–516.

van den Bosch, L. M. C., Koeter, M. W. J., Stijnen, T., Verheul, R., & van den Brink, W. (2005). Sustained efficacy of dialectical behaviour therapy for borderline personality disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 43, 1231–1241.

van den Bosch, L. M.C., Koeter, M. W. J., Stijnen, T., Verheul, R., & van den Brink, W. (2005). Sustained efficacy of dialectical behaviour therapy for borderline personality disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 43, 1231–1241.

van den Heuvel, O. A., van de Wetering, B. J., Veltman, D. J., & Pauls, D. L. (2000). Genetic studies of panic disorder: A review. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61, 756–766.

van den Heuvel, O. A., Veltman, D. J., Groenewegen, H. J., Witter, M. P., Merkelbach, J., et al. (2005). Disorder-specific neuroanatomical correlates of attentional bias in obsessive-compulsive disorder, panic disorder, and hypochondriasis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 922–933.

van der Kloet, D., Giesbrecht, T., Lynn, S. J., Merckelbach, H., & de Zutter, A. (2012). Sleep normalization and decrease in dissociative experiences: Evaluation in an inpatient sample. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 121(1), 140–150.

van der Kloet, D., Merckelbach, H., Giesbrecht, T., & Lynn, S. J. (2012). Fragmented sleep, fragmented mind: The role of sleep in dissociative disorders. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 7, 159–175.

Van der Linden, G. J. H., Stein, D. J., & van Balkom, A. J. L. M. (2000). The efficacy of the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors for social anxiety disorder (social phobia): A meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15(Suppl. 2), S15–S23.

Van der Linden, G., Van Heerden, B., Warwick, J., Wessels, C., Van Kradenburg, J., et al. (2000). Functional brain imaging and pharmacotherapy in social phobia: Single photon emission computer tomography before and after treatment with the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor citalopram. Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 24, 419–438.

van Duijl, M., Cardeña, E., & de Jong, J. (2005). The validity of DSM-IV-TR dissociative disorders categories in southwest Uganda. Transcultural Psychiatry, 42, 219–241.

van Elst, L. T., Valerius, G., Büchert, M., Thiel, T., Rüsch, N., et al. (2005). Increased prefrontal and hippocampal glutamate concentration in schizophrenia: Evidence from a magnetic resonance spectroscopy study. Biological Psychiatry, 58, 724–730.

van Erp, T. G. M., Saleh, P. A., Rosso, I. M., Huttunen, M., Lönnqvist, J., et al. (2002). Contributions of genetic risk and fetal hypoxia to hippocampal volume in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder, their unaffected siblings, and healthy unrelated volunteers. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 1514–1520.

Van Gerwen, L. J., Spinhoven, P., & Van Dyck, R. (2006). Behavioral and cognitive group treatment for fear of flying: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 37, 358–371.

van Heeringen, K. (2003). The neurobiology of suicide and suicidality. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 48, 292–300.

van Os, J., & Delespaul, P. (2003). Psychosis research at Maastricht University, The Netherlands. British Journal of Psychiatry, 183, 559–560.

Van Thiel, D. H., Tarter, R. E., Rosenblum, E., & Gavaler, J. S. (1988). Ethanol, its metabolism and gonadal effects: Does sex make a difference? Advances in Alcohol and Substance Abuse 7, 131–169.

Van Velzen, C. J. M., Emmelkamp, P. M. G., & Scholing, A. (1997). The impact of personality disorders on behavioral treatment outcome for social phobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 35, 889–900.

van Zuiden, M., Geuze, E., Willemen, H. L. D. M., Vermetten, E., Maas, M., et al. (2011). Pre-existing high glucocorticoid receptor number predicting development of posttraumatic stress symptoms after military deployment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 168, 89–96.

Vance, A., Silk, T. J., Casey, M., Rinehart, N. J., Bradshaw, J. L., et al. (2007). Right parietal dysfunction in children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, combined type: A functional MRI study. Molecular Psychiatry, 12, 826–832.

Vansteenwegen, D., Vervliet, B., Hermans, D., Thewissen, R., & Eelen, P. (2007). Verbal, behavioural and physiological assessment of the generalization of exposure-based fear reduction in a spider-anxious population. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 45, 291–300.

Vaughn, C., & Leff, J. (1976). Measurement of expressed emotion in the families of psychiatric patients. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 15, 1069–1177.

Vaughan, K., Armstrong, M.F., Gold, R., O’Connor, N., Jenneke, W., & Tarrier, N. (1994). A trial of eye movement desensitization compared to image habituation training and applied muscle relaxation in post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 25, 283–291.

Veale, D., De Haro, L., & Lambrou, C. (2003). Cosmetic rhinoplasty in body dysmorphic disorder. British Journal of Plastic Surgery, 56, 546–551.

Veale, D., Ennis, M., & Lambrou, C. (2002). Possible association of body dysmorphic disorder with an occupation or education in art and design. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 1788–90.

Vehmanen, L., Kaprio, J., & Loennqvist, J. (1995). Twin studies on concordance for bipolar disorder. Psychiatria Fennica, 26, 107–116.

Velakoulis, D., Pantelis, C., McGorry, P. D., Dudgeon, P., Brewer, W., et al. (1999). Hippocampal volume in first-episode psychoses and chronic schizophrenia: A high resolution magnetic resonance imaging study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 133–141.

Veling, W., Susser, E, van Os, J., Machenbach, J. P., Selten, J.-P., & Hoek, H. W. (2012). Ethnic density of neighborhoods and incidence of psychotic disorders among immigrants. American Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 66–73.

Ventura, J., Nuechterlein, K. H., Lukoff, D., & Hardesty, J. P. (1989). A prospective study of stressful life events and schizophrenic relapse. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98, 407–411.

Verdoux, H., Sorbara, F., Gindre, C., Swendsen, J. D., & van Os, J. (2003). Cannabis use and dimensions of psychosis in a nonclinical population of female subjects. Schizophrenia Research, 59, 77–84.

Verduin, T. L., & Kendall, P. C. (2003). Differential occurrence of comorbidity within childhood anxiety disorders. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 32, 290–295.

Verheul, R., & Widiger, T. A. (2004). A meta-analysis of the prevalence and usage of the personality disorder not otherwise specified (PDNOS) diagnosis. Journal of Personality Disorders, 18, 309–319.

Verheul, R., Bartak, A., & Widiger, T. A. (2007). Prevalence and construct validity of personality disorder not otherwise specified (PDNOS). Journal of Personality Disorders, 21, 359–370.

Verheul, R., van den Brink, W., & Geerlings, P. (1999). A three-pathway psychobiological model of craving for alcohol. Alcohol Alcoholism, 34, 197–222.

Verkes, R. J., Gijsman, H. J., Pieters, M. S. M., Schoemaker, R. C., de Visser, S., et al. (2001). Cognitive performance and serotonergic function in users of Ecstasy. Psychopharmacology, 153, 196–202.

Victor, M., Adams, R. D., & Collins, G. H. (1989). The Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome and related neurological disorders due to alcoholism and malnutrition (2nd ed.). Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.

Vidal, C. N., Rapoport, J. L., Hayashi, K. M., Geaga, J. A., Sui, Y., et al. (2006). Dynamically spreading frontal and cingulate deficits mapped in adolescents with schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 25–34.

Viding, E., Blair, R. J. R., Moffitt, T. E., & Plomin, R. (2005). Evidence for substantial genetic risk for psychopathy in 7-year-olds. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 46, 592–597.

Vidyasagar, T. R. (2005). Attentional gating in primary visual cortex: A physiological basis for dyslexia. Perception, 34, 903–911.

Vieweg, R., & Shawcross, C. R. (1998). A trial to determine any difference between two and three times a week ECT in the rate of recovery from depression. Journal of Mental Health (UK), 7, 403–409.

Vijayakumar, L., John, S., Pirkis, J., & Whiteford, H. (2005). Suicide in developing countries. 2. Risk factors. Crisis, 26, 112–119.

Villaseñor, Y., & Waitzkin, H. (1999). Limitations of a structured psychiatric diagnostic instrument in assessing somatization among Latino patients in primary care. Medical Care, 37, 637–646.

Vinckenbosch, E., Robichon, F., & Eliez, S. (2005). Gray matter alteration in dyslexia: Converging evidence from volumetric and voxel-by-voxel MRI analyses. Neuropsychologia, 43, 324–331.

Viney, W. (2000). Dix, Dorothea Lynde. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 3, p–66). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Visser, S. N., Bitsko, R. H., Danielson, M. L., Perou, R., & Blumberg, S. J. (2010). Increasing Prevalence of parent-reported attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder among children—United States, 2003 and 2007. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report (MMWR), 59, 1439–1443.

Vita, A., De Peri, L., Silenzi, C., & Dieci, M. (2006). Brain morphology in first-episode schizophrenia: A meta-analysis of quantitative magnetic resonance imaging studies. Schizophrenia Research, 82, 75–88.

Vogel, M., Busse, S., Freyberger, H. J., & Grabe, H. J. (2006). Dopamine D3 receptor and schizophrenia: A widened scope for the immune hypothesis. Medical Hypotheses, 67, 354–358.

Voglmaier, M. M., Seidman, L. J., Niznikiewicz, M. A., Dickey, C. C., Shenton, M. E., & McCarley, R. W. (2000). Verbal and nonverbal neuropsychological test performance in subjects with schizotypal personality disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 787–793.

Vohs, K. D., & Heatherton, T. F. (2000). Self-regulatory failure: A resource-depletion approach. Psychological Science, 11, 249–254.

Voineskos, A. M., Foussias, G., Lerch, J., Felsky, D., Remington, G., et al. (2013). Neuroimaging evidence for the deficit subtype of schizophrenia. JAMA Psychiatry, 70, 472–480.

Volkow, N. D., Chang, L., Wang, G.-J., Fowler, J. S., Ding, Y.-S., et al. (2001). Low level of brain dopamine D2 receptors in methamphetamine abusers: Association with metabolism in the orbitofrontal cortex. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 2015–2021.

Volkow, N. D., Chang, L., Wang, G., Fowler, J. S., Franceschi, D., Sedler, M. J., et al. (2001a). Higher cortical and lower subcortical metabolism in detoxified methamphetamine abusers. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 383–389.

Volkow, N. D., Chang, L., Wang, G. J., Fowler, J. S., Franceschi, D., Sedler, M., et al. (2001b). Loss of dopamine transporters in methamphetamine abusers recovers with protracted abstinence. Journal of Neuroscience, 21, 9414–9418.

Volkow, N. D., Tancredi, L. R., Grant, C., & Gillespie, H. (1995). Brain glucose metabolism in violent psychiatric patients: A preliminary study. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging, 61, 243–253.

Volkow, N. D., Wang, G., Fowler, J. S., & Ding, Y. (2005). Imaging the effects of methylphenidate on brain dopamine: New model on its therapeutic actions for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 1410–1415.

Volkow, N. D., Wang, G.-J., Fowler, J. S., Logan, J., Gatley, S. J., et al. (1999). Prediction of reinforcing responses to psychostimulants in humans by brain dopamine D2 receptor levels. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1440–1443.

Volkow, N. D., Wang, G., Newcorn, J., Telang, F., Solanto, M. V., et al. (2007). Depressed dopamine activity in caudate and preliminary evidence of limbic involvement in adults with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 932–940.

Völlum, B., Richardson, P., Stirling, J., Elliott, R., Dolan, M., et al. (2004). Neurobiological substrates of antisocial and borderline personality disorder: Preliminary results of a functional fMRI study. Criminal Behaviour and Mental Health, 14, 39–54.

Von Holle, A., Pinheiro, A. P., Thornton, L. M., Klump, K. L., Berrettini, W. H., et al. (2008). Temporal patterns of recovery across eating disorder subtypes. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 42, 108–117.

von Zerssen, D., Leon, C. A., Moller, H., Wittchen, H., Pfister, H., & Sartorius, N. (1990). Care strategies for schizophrenic patients in a transcultural comparison. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 31, 398–408.

Voth, H. M., & Orth, M. H. (1973). Psychotherapy and the role of the environment. New York: Behavioral Press.

Vuchinich, R. E. & Tucker, J. A. (1996). Alcoholic relapse, life events, and behavioral theories of choice: A prospective analysis. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 4, 19–28.

Vuilleumier, P., Chicherio, C., Assal, F., Schwartz, S., Slosman, D., & Landis, T. (2001). Functional neuroanatomical correlates of hysterical sensorimotor loss. Brain, 124, 1077–1090.

Waas, G. A., & Kleckler, D. M. (2000). Play therapy. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 6, p–223). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Waber, R. L., Shiv, B., Carmon, Z., & Ariely, D. (2008). Research letter: Commericial features of placebo and therapeutic efficacy. Journal of the American Medical Association, 299(9), 1016–1017.

Wada, T., Kawakatsu, S., Komatani, A., Okuyama, N., & Otani, K. (1999). Possible association between delusional disorder, somatic type and reduced regional cerebral blood flow. Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 23, 353–357.

Wade, D., Harrigan, S., Harris, M. G., Edwards, J., & McGorry, P. D. (2006). Treatment for the initial acute phase of first-episode psychosis in a real-world setting. Psychiatric Bulletin, 30, 127–131.

Wade, T. D. (2007). Epidemiology of eating disorders: Creating opportunities to move the current classification paradigm forward. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 40, S27–S30.

Wade, T. D., Bergin, J. L., Tiggemann, M., Bulik, C. M., & Fairburn, C. G. (2006). Prevalence and long-term course of lifetime eating disorders in an adult Australian twin cohort. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 40, 121–128.

Wadsworth, S. J., Olson, R. K., Pennington, B. F., & DeFries, J. C. (2000). Differential genetic etiology of reading disability as a function of IQ. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 33, 192–199.

Wager, T. D., Rilling, J. K., Smith, E. E., Sokolik, A., Casey, K. L., et al. (2004). Placebo-induced changes in fMRI in the anticipation and experience of pain, Science, 303, 1162–1167.

Wagner, P. S. (1996). First person account: A voice from another closet. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 22, 399–401.

Wagner, P. S., & Spiro, C. S. (2005). Divided minds: Twin sisters and their journey through schizophrenia. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Wahl, O. F. (1999). Mental health consumers’ experience of stigma. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 25, 467–478.

Wahlbeck, K., Forsén, T., Osmond, C., Barker, D. J. P., & Eriksson, J. G. (2001). Association of schizophrenia with low maternal body mass index, small size at birth and thinness during childhood. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 48–52.

Waismann, R., Fenwick, P. B., Wilson, G. D., Hewett, T. D., & Lumsden, J. (2003). EEG responses to visual erotic stimuli in men with normal and paraphilic interests. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 32, 135–144.

Wakefield, J. C. (2010). Misdiagnosing normality: Psychiatry’s failure to address the problem of false positive diagnoses of mental disorder in a changing professional environment. Journal of Mental Health, 19, 337–351.

Wakefield, J.C., & First, M. B. (2012). Validity of the bereavement exclusion to major depression: Does the empirical evidence support the proposal to eliminate the exclusion of DSM-5? World Psychiatry, 11, 3–10.

Walach, H., & Maidhof, C. (1999). Is the placebo effect dependent on time? A meta-analysis. In I. Kirsch (Ed.), How Expectancies Shape Experience (p–332). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Walcott, D. D., Pratt, H. D., & Patel, D. R. (2003). Adolescents and eating disorders: Gender, racial, ethnic, sociocultural and socioeconomic issues. Journal of Adolescent Research, 18, 223–243.

Waldeck, T. L., & Miller, L. S. (2000). Social skills deficits in schizotypal personality disorder. Psychiatry Research, 93, 237–246.

Waldman, I. D., & Gizer, I. R. (2006). The genetics of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Clinical Psychology Review, 26, 396–432.

Waldman, M., Nicholson, S., Adilov, N., & Williams, J. (2008). Autism prevalence and precipitation rates in California, Oregon, and Washington counties. Archives of Pediatric Adolescent Medicine, 162, 1026–1034.

Waldron, V. R., Lavitt, M., & Kelley, D. (2000). The nature and prevention of harm in technology-mediated self-help settings: Three exemplars. Journal of Technology in Human Services, 17, 267–293.

Walker, E. F., & Diforio, D. (1997). Schizophrenia: A neural diathesis-stress model. Psychological Review, 104, 667–685.

Walker, E. F., Grimes, K. E., Davis, D., & Smith, A. (1993). Childhood precursors of schizophrenia: Facial expressions of emotion. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1654–1660.

Walker, E. F., Logan, C. B., & Walder, D. (1999). Indicators of neurdevelopmental abnormality in schizotypal personality disorder. Psychiatric Annals, 29, 132–136.

Walker, E. F., Savoie, T., & Davis, D. (1994). Neuromotor precursors of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 148, 661–666.

Walker, E. F., Walder, D. J., & Reynolds, F. (2001). Developmental changes in cortisol secretion in normal and at-risk youth. Development & Psychopathology, 13, 721–732.

Walker, E., Kestler, L., Bollini, A., & Hochman, K. M. (2004). Schizophrenia: Etiology and course. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 401–430.

Walker, Z., & Stevens, T. (2002). Dementia with Lewy bodies: Clinical characteristics and diagnostic criteria. Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology, 15, 188–194.

Wallace, C., Mullen, P. E., & Burgess, P. (2004). Criminal offending in schizophrenia over a 25-year period marked by deinstitutionalization and increasing prevalence of comorbid substance use disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 716–727.

Waller, N. G., & Shaver, P. R. (1994). The importance of nongenetic influences on romantic love styles: A twin-family study. Psychological Science, 5, 268–274.

Wallien, M. S. C., Zucker, K. J., Steensma, T. D., & Cohen-Kettenis, P. T. (2008). 2D:4D finger-length ratios in children and adults with gender identity order. Hormones and Behavior, 54, 450–454.

Walling, M.K., Reiter, R.C., O’Hara, M.W., Milburn, A.K., Lilly, G. & Vincent, S.D. (1994). Abuse history and chronic pain in women: I. Prevalences of sexual abuse and physical abuse. Obstetrics and Gynecology, 84, 193–199.

Walls, J. (2005). The glass castle. New York: Scribner’s.

Walsh, A. E., Oldman, A. D., Franklin, M., Fairburn, C. G., & Cowen, P. J. (1995). Dieting decreases plasma tryptophan and increases the prolactin response to d-fenfluramine in women but not men. Journal of Affective Disorders, 21, 89–97.

Walsh, B. T. (1993). Binge eating in bulimia nervosa. In C. G. Fairburn & G. T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating: Nature, assessment, and treatment (p–49). New York: Guilford Press.

Walsh, B. T., & Kahn, C. B. (1997). Diagnostic criteria for eating disorders: Current concerns and future directions. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 33, 369–372.

Walsh, B. T., Kaplan, A. S., Attia, E., Olmsted, M., Parides, M., et al. (2006). Fluoxetine after weight restoration in anorexia nervosa: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of the American Medical Association, 295, 2605–2612.

Walsh, B. T., Seidman, S. N., Sysko, R., & Gould, M. (2002). Placebo response in studies of major depression: Variable, substantial, and growing. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 287, 1840–1847.

Walsh, B. T., Wilson, G. T., Loeb, K. L., Devlin, M. J., Pike, K. M., et al. (1997). Medication and psychotherapy in the treatment of bulimia nervosa. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 523–531.

Walsh, E., Buchanan, A., & Fahy, T. (2002). Violence and schizophrenia: Examining the evidence. British Journal of Psychiatry, 180, 490–495.

Wampold, B. E. (2001a). The Great Psychotherapy Debate: Models, Methods, and Findings. Mahwah, NJ, US: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

Wampold, B. E. (2001b). Practical interpretations of outcome research in psychotherapy through the examination of effect sizes. Clinician’s Research Digest, Sup, n.p.

Wampold, B. E. (2010). The research evidence for common factors models: A historically situated perspective. In B. L. Duncan, S. D. Miller, B. E. Wampold, & M. A. Hubble (Eds.), The heart and soul of change: Delivering what works in therapy (2nd ed., p–81). Washington D.C.: American Psychiatric Association.

Wampold, B. E., & Bhati, K. S. (2004). Attending to the omissions: A historical examination of evidence-based practice movements. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 35, 563–570.

Wang, G.-J., Volkow, N. D., Chang, L., Miller, E., Sedler, M., et al. (2004). Partial recovery of brain metabolism in methamphetamine abusers after protracted abstinence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 242–248.

Wang, P. S., Lane, M., Olfson, M., Pincus, H. A., Wells, K. B., & Kessler, R. C. (2005). Twelve-month use of mental health services in the United States: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62, 629–640.

Wansink, B., & Ittersum, K. (2005). Shape of glass and amount of alcohol poured: Comparative study of effect of practice and concentration. British Medical Journal, 331, 1512–1514.

Ward, O. B. (1992). Fetal drug exposure and sexual differentiation of males. In A. A. Gerall, H. Moltz, & I. L. Ward (Eds.), Sexual differentiation (p–219). New York: Plenum Press.

Warner, R. (2002). Response to McGorry and Edwards. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 28, 181–185.

Waslick, B. D., Kandel, R., & Kakouros, A. (2002). Depression in children and adolescents: An overview. In D. Shaffer & B. Waslick (Eds.), The many faces of depression in children and adolescents (p–36). Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Wasserman, D., & Varnick A. (1998). Reliability of statistics on violent death and suicide in the Former USSR, 1970–1990. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica Supplement, 394, 34–41.

Wassermann, E. M., Epstein, C. M., Ziemann, U., Walsh, V., Paus, T., & Lisanby, S. H. (2008). Oxford handbook of transcranial stimulation. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

Watanabe, Y., Someya, T., & Nawa, H. (2010). Cytokine hypothesis of schizophrenia pathogenesis: Evidence from human studies and animal models. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 64(3), 217–230.

Waters, M. (2000). Psychologists spotlight growing concern of higher suicide rates among adolescents. Monitor on Psychology, 31, n.p.

Watkins, P. C. (2002). Implicit memory bias in depression. Cognition and Emotion, 16, 381–402.

Watson, J. B. (1931). Behaviorism (2nd ed.). Oxford, England: Kegan Paul.

Watson, J. B., & Rayner, R. (1920). Conditioned emotional reactions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3, 1–14.

Watson, J. C., Goldman, R. N., & Greenberg, L. S. (2007). Case studies in emotion-focused treatment of depression: A comparison of good and poor outcomes. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Wattar, U., Sorensen, P., Buemann, I., Birket-Smith, M., Salkovskis, P. M., et al. (2005). Outcome of cognitive-behavioural treatment for health anxiety (hypochondriasis) in a routine clinical setting. Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy, 33, 165–175.

Watts-English, T., Fortson, B. L., Gibler, N., Hooper, S. R., & DeBellis, M. D. (2006). The psychobiology of maltreatment in childhood. Journal of Social Issues, 62, 717–736.

WCPN. (2006). A conversation with Fred Frese. Retrieved August 9, 2007, from http://www.wcpn.org/specials/mentalhealth/features/0529fred_frese.html

Webb, A., Lind, P. A., Kalmijn, J., Feller, H. S., Smith, T. L., et al. (2011). The investigation into CYP2E1 in relation to the level of response to alcohol through a combination of linkage and association analysis. Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research, 35, 10–18.

Wechsler, H., & Kuo, M. (2003). Watering down the drinks: The moderating effect of college demographics on alcohol use of high-risk groups. American Journal of Public Health, 93, 1929–1933.

Wechsler, H., Dowdall, G. W., Maenner, G., Gledhill-Hoyt, J., & Lee, H. (1998). Changes in binge drinking and related problems among American college students between 1993 and 1997. Journal of American College Health, 47, 57–68.

Wechsler, H., Fulop, M., Padilla, A., Lee, H., & Patrick, K. (1997). Binge drinking among college students: A comparison of California with other states. Journal of American College Health, 45, 273–277.

Wechsler, H., Lee, J. E., Nelson, T. F., & Kuo, M. (2002). Underage college students’ drinking behavior, access to alcohol, and the influence of deterrence policies. Journal of American College Health, 50, 223–236.

Wegner, D. M., Schneider, D. J., Carter, S. R., & White, T. L. (1987). Paradoxical effects of thought suppression. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53, 5–13.

Weiden, P. J., & Zygmunt, A. (1997). Medication noncompliance in schizophrenia: Part I, assessment. Journal of Practical Psychiatry and Behavioral Health, 3, 106–112.

Weinberger, D. R., & Lipska, B. K. (1995). Cortical maldevelopment, antipsychotic drugs, and schizophrenia: A search for common ground. Schizophrenia Research, 16, 87–110.

Weinberger, J. (1995). Common factors aren’t so common: The common factors dilemma. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 2, 45–69.

Weinstein, N. (1993). Testing four competing theories of health-protective behavior. Health Psychology, 12, 324–333.

Weinstein, N. D. (1984). Why it won’t happen to me: Perceptions of risk factors and illness susceptibility. Health Psychology, 3, 431–457.

Weintraub, E., & Robinson, C. (2000). A case of monosymptomatic hypochondriacal psychosis treated with olanzapine. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 12, 247–249.

Weiser, M., Reichenberg, A., Grotto, I., Yasvitzky, R., Rabinowitz, J., et al. (2004). Higher rates of cigarette smoking in male adolescents before the onset of schizophrenia: A historical-prospective cohort study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 1219–1223.

Weisman, A. G. (1997). Understanding cross-cultural prognostic variability for schizophrenia. Cultural Diversity and Mental Health, 3, 23–35.

Weisman, A. G., Rosales, G., Kymalainen, J., & Armesto, J. (2005). Ethnicity, family cohesion, religiosity and general emotional distress in patients with schizophrenia and their relatives. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 193, 359–368.

Weiss, L. A., Shen, Y., Korn, J. M., Arking, D. E., Miller, D. T., et al. (2008). Association between microdeletion and microduplication at 16p11.1 and autism. New England Journal of Medicine, 358, 667–675.

Weissman, M. M., Bland, R. C., Canino, G. J., Greenwald, S., Hwu, H. G., et al. (1994). The cross national epidemiology of obsessive compulsive disorder: The Cross National Collaborative Group. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 55, 5–10.

Weissman, M. M., Bland, R. C., Canino, G. J., Greenwald, S., Hwu, H. G., et al. (1999). Prevalence of suicide ideation and suicide attempts in nine countries. Psychological Medicine, 29, 9–17.

Weissman, M. M., Bruce, M. L., Leaf, P. J., Florio, L., & Holzer, C. (1991). Affective disorders. In L. N. Robins & D. A. Regier (Eds.), Psychiatric disorders in America (p–80). New York: Free Press.

Weissman, M. M., Markowitz, J. C., & Klerman, G. L. (2000). Comprehensive guide to interpersonal therapy. New York: Basic Books.

Weissman, M. M., Pilowsky, D. J., Wickramaratne, P. J., Talati, A., Wisniewski, S. R., et al. (2006). Remissions in maternal depression and child psychopathology: A STAR*D-child report. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 295, 1389–1398.

Weissman, M. M., Wickramaratne, P., Nomura, Y., Warner, V., Pilowsky, D., & Verdeli, H. (2006). Offspring of depressed parents: 20 years later. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1001–1008.

Weissman, M. M., Wolk, S., Goldstein, R. B., Moreau, D., Adams, P., et al. (1999). Depressed adolescents grown up. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 281, 1707–1713.

Weissman, M. M., Wolk, S., Wickramaratne, P., Goldstein, R. B., Adams, P., et al. (1999). Children with prepubertal-onset major depressive disorder and anxiety grown up. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 794–801.

Weisz, J. R., Jensen-Doss, A., & Hawley, K. M. (2006). Evidence-based youth psychotherapies versus usual clinical care. American Psychologist, 61, 671–689.

Weisz, J. R., McCarty, C. A., Eastman, K. L., Chaiyasit, W., & Suwanlert, S. (1997). Developmental psychopathology and culture: Ten lessons from Thailand. In S. S. Luthar, J. A. Burack, D. Cicchetti, & J. R. Weisz (Eds.), Developmental psychopathology: Perspectives on adjustment, risk, and disorder (p–592). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Weisz, J. R., Suwanlert, S., Chaiyasit, W., & Walter, B. R. (1987). Over- and undercontrolled referral problems among children and adolescents from Thailand and the United States: The wat and wai of cultural differences. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 55, 719–726.

Welkenhuysen-Gybels, J., Billiet, J., & Cambré, B. (2003). Adjustment for acquiescence in the assessment of the construct equivalence of Likert-type score items. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology,34, 702–722.

Weltzin, T. E., Weisensel, N., Franczyk, D., Burnett, K., Klitz, C., & Bean, P. (2005). Eating disorders in men: Update. Journal of Men’s Health & Gender, 2, 186–193.

Wender, P. H., Kety, S. S., Rosenthal, D., Schulsinger, F., Ortmann, J., & Luhde, I. (1986). Psychiatric disorders in the biological and adoptive families of adopted individuals with affective disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 923–929.

Wender, P. H., Rosenthal, D., Kety, S. S., Schulsinger, F., & Weiner, J. (1973). Social class and psychopathology in adoptees: A natural experimental method for separating the role of genetic and experimental factors. Archives of General Psychiatry, 28, 318–325.

Wenner, J. S. (1971). John Lennon interview with Rolling Stone magazine. Retrieved March 12, 2009, from www.members.tripod.com/~taz4158/johnint.html

Wenzel, A., & Cochran, C. K. (2006). Autobiographical memories prompted by automatic thoughts in panic disorder and social phobia. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 35, 129–137.

Wenzel, A., Brown, G. K., & Beck, A. T. (2009). Cognitive therapy for suicidal patients: Scientific and clinical applications. (p–77). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Wenzel, A., Chapman, J. E., Newman, C. F., Beck, A. T., & Brown, G. K. (2006). Hypothesized mechanisms of change in cognitive therapy for borderline personality disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62, 503–516.

Wenzlaff, R. M., & Beevers, C. G. (1998). Depression and interpersonal responses to others’ moods: The solicitation of negative information about happy people. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 386–398.

Werch, C. E., & Anzalone, D. A. (1995). Stage theory and research on tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use. Journal of Drug Education, 25, 81–98.

Werneke, U., Horn, O., & Taylor, D. M. (2004). How effective is St. John’s wort? The evidence revisited. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 65, 611–617.

Werner, S., Malaspina, D., & Rabinowitz, J. (2007). Socioeconomic status at birth is associated with risk of schizophrenia: Population-based multilevel study. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 33, 1373–1378.

Werstiuk, E. S., Coote, M., Griffith, L., Shannon, H., & Steiner, M. (1996). Effects of electroconvulsive therapy on peripheral adrenoceptors, plasma, noradrenaline, MHPG, and cortisol in depressed patients. British Journal of Psychiatry, 169, 758–765.

Werth, J. L., Jr., Welfel, E. R., & Benjamin, G. A. H. (Eds.). (2009). The duty to protect: Ethical, legal, and professional considerations for mental health professionals. Washington, DC: American Psychological Press.

Wertz, J. M., & Sayette, M. A. (2001). A review of the effects of perceived drug use opportunity on self-reported urge. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 1, 3–13.

Wesner, R. B., & Noyes, R. (1991). Imipramine: An effective treatment for illness phobia. Journal of Affective Disorders, 22, 43–48.

West, S. G. (2009). Alternatives to random experiments. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 18, 299–304.

Westen, D., & Morrison, K. (2001). A multidimensional meta-analysis of treatments for depression, panic, and generalized anxiety disorder: An empirical examination of the status of empirically supported treatments. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 875–899.

Westen, D., & Shedler, J. (2000). A prototype matching approach to diagnosing personality disorders: Toward DSM-V. Journal of Personality Disorders, 14, 109–126.

Westen, D., & Weinberger, J. (2004). When clinical description becomes statistical prediction. American Psychologist, 59, 595–613.

Westen, D., Heim, A. K., Morrison, K., Patterson, M., & Campbell, L. (2002). Simplifying diagnosis using a prototype-matching approach: Implications for the next edition of the DSM. In L. E. Beutler & M. L. Malik (Eds.), Rethinking the DSM: A psychological perspective (p–250). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Westen, D., Novotny, C. M., & Thompson-Brenner, H. (2004). The empirical status of empirically supported psychotherapies: Assumptions, findings, and reporting in controlled clinical trials. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 631–663.

Westen, D., Novotny, C. M., & Thompson-Brenner, H. (2005). EBP? EST: Reply to Crits-Christoph et al. (2005) and Weisz et al. (2005). Psychological Bulletin, 131, 427–433.

Westerlund, E. (1992). Women’s sexuality after childhood incest. New York: W. W. Norton & Co.

Wexler, B. E., & Bell, M. D. (2005). Cognitive remediation and vocational rehabilitation for schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 31, 931–941.

Wexler, B. E., Gottschalk, C. H., Fulbright, R. K., Prohovnik, I., Lacadie, C. M., et al. (2001). Functional magnetic resonance imaging of cocaine craving. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 86–95.

Wexler, B. E., Hawkins, K. A., Rounsaville, B., Anderson, M., Sernyak, M. J., & Green, M. F. (1997). Normal neurocognitive performance after extended practice in patients with schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 26, 173–180.

Weyerer, S., & Wiedenmann, A. (1995). Economic factors and the rate of suicide in Germany between 1881 to 1989. Psychological Report, 76, 1331–1341.

Whalen, C. K, Henker, B., Ishikawa, S. S., Jamner, L. D., Floro, J. N., et al. (2006). An electronic diary study of contextual triggers and ADHD: Get ready, get set, get mad. Journal of the American Academy of Child Adolescent Psychiatry, 45, 166–174.

Whitaker, R. (2002). Mad in America: Bad science, bad medicine, and the enduring mistreatment of the mentally ill. Cambridge, MA: Perseus.

White, H. R., Jarrett, N., Valencia, E. Y., Loeber, R., & Wei, E. (2007). Stages and sequences of initiation and regular substance use in a longitudinal cohort of black and white male adolescents. Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 68, 173–181.

White, J. M., & Ryan, C. F. (1996). Pharmacological properties of ketamine. Drug and Alcohol Review, 15, 145–155.

White, K., Kando, J., Park, T., Waternaux, C., & Brown, W. A. (1992). Side effects and the “blindability” of clinical drug trials. American Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 1730–1731.

White, K. H., & Barlow, D. H. (2002). Panic disorder and agoraphobia. In D.H. Barlow (Ed.), Clinical handbook of psychological disorders (2nd ed., p–379). New York: Guilford Press.

White, M.A., Grilo, C. M., O’Malley, S. S., & Potenza, M. N. (2010). Clinical case discussion: Binge eating disorder, obesity, and tobacco smoking. Journal of Addiction Medicine, 4, 11–19. Retrieved June 11, 2013, from www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2860740

White, R. W. (1948). The abnormal personality: A textbook. New York: Ronald Press.

Whitehead, W. E. (2006). Hypnosis for irritable bowel syndrome: The empirical evidence of therapeutic effects. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 54, 7–20.

Whitlock, J. L., Powers, J. L., & Eckenrode, J. (2006). The virtual cutting edge: The Internet and adolescent self-injury. Developmental Psychology, 42, 407–417.

Whittinger, N. S., Langley, K., Fowler, T. A., Thomas, H. V., & Thapar, A. (2007). Clinical precursors of adolescent conduct disorder in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 46, 179–187.

WHO World Mental Health Survey Consortium. (2004). Prevalence, severity, and unmet need for treatment of mental disorders in the World Health Organization World Mental Health Surveys. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 291, 2581–2590.

Wiborg, I. M., & Dahl, A. A. (1997). The recollection of parental rearing styles in patients with panic disorder. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 96, 58–63.

Wiborg, I. M., Falkum, E., Dahl, A. A., & Gullberg, C. (2005). Is harm avoidance an essential feature of patients with panic disorder? Comprehensive Psychiatry, 46, 311–314.

Wickramaratne, P., Gameroff, M. J., Pilowsky, D. J., Hughes, C. W., Garber, J., et al. (2011). Children of depressed mothers 1 year after remission of maternal depression: Findings From the STAR*D-Child Study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 168, 593–602.

Wicks, S., Hjern, A., & Dalman, C. (2010). Social risk or genetic liability for psychosis? A study of children born in Sweden and reared by adoptive parents. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 1240–1246.

Widiger, T. A., & Corbitt, E. M. (1997). Comorbidity of antisocial personality disorder with other personality disorders. In D. M. Stoff, J. Breiling, &J. D. Maser (Eds.), Handbook of antisocial behavior (p–82). Hoboken: John Wiley.

Widiger, T. A., & Costa, P. T., Jr. (2002). Five-factor model personality disorder research. In P. T. Costa, Jr., & T. A. Widiger (Eds.), Personality disorders and the five-factor model of personality (2nd ed., p–87). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Widiger, T. A., Costa, P. T., Jr., & McCrae, R. R. (2002). A proposal for Axis II: Diagnosing personality disorders using the five-factor model. In P. T. Costa, Jr., & T. A. Widiger (Eds.), Personality disorders and the five-factor model of personality (2nd ed., p–456). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Widiger, T. A., & Frances, A. J. (1989). Epidemiology, diagnosis, and comorbidity of borderline personality disorder. In A. Tasman, R. E. Hales, & A. J. Frances (Eds.), Review of psychiatry (Vol. 8). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Widiger, T. A., & Lowe, J. R. (2008). A dimensional model of personality disorder: Proposal for DSM-V. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 31, 363–378.

Widiger, T. A., & Mullins-Sweatt, S. N. (2005). Categorical and dimensional models of personality disorders. In J. M. Oldham, A. E. Skodol, & D. S. Bender (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of personality disorders (p–53). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Widiger, T. A., & Trull, T. J. (1993). Borderline and narcissistic personality disorders. In P. B. Sutker & H. E. Adams (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychopathology (2nd ed., p–394). New York: Plenum Press.

Widiger, T. A., & Trull, T. J. (2007). Plate tectonics in the classification of personality disorder: Shifting to a dimensional model. American Psychologist, 62, 71–83.

Widom, C. S., DuMont, K., & Czaja, S. J. (2007). A prospective investigation of major depressive disorder and comorbidity in abused and neglected children grown up. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64, 49–56.

Wiedemann, G., Pauli, P., Dengler, W., Lutzenberger, W., Birbaumer, N., & Buchkremer, G. (1999). Frontal brain asymmetry as a biological substrate of emotions in patients with panic disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 78–84.

Wigal, T., Greenhill, L., Chuang, S., McGough, J., Vitiello, B., A., et al. (2006). Safety and tolerability of methylphenidate in preschool children with ADHD. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 45, 1294–1303.

Wilberg, T., Karterud, S., Pedersen, G., & Urnes, O. (2009). The impact of avoidant personality disorder on psychosocial functioning is substantial. Nordic Journal of Psychiatry, 30, 1–7.

Wilfley, D. E., Agras, W. S., Telch, C. F., Rossiter, E. M., Schneider, J. A., et al. (1993). Group cognitive-behavioral therapy and group interpersonal psychotherapy for the nonpurging bulimic individual: A controlled comparison. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 61, 296–305.

Wilfley, D. E., Iacovino, J. M., & Van Buren, D. J. (2012). Interpersonal psychotherapy for eating disorders. In J. C. Markowitz & M. M. Weissman (Eds.), Casebook of interpersonal psychotherapy (p–148). New York: Oxford University Press.

Wilk, C. M., Gold, J. M., McMahon, R. P., Humber, K., Iannone, V. N., & Buchanan, R. W. (2005). No, it is not possible to be schizophrenic yet neuropsychologically normal. Neuropsychology, 19, 778–786.

Wilkinson, D. J. C., Thompson, J. M., Lambert, G. W., Jennings, G. L., Schwarz, R. G., et al. (1998). Sympathetic activity in patients with panic disorder at rest, under laboratory mental stress, and during panic attacks. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 511–520.

Williams, D. R., & Williams-Morris, R. (2000). Racism and mental health: The African American experience. Ethnicity & Health, 5, 243–268.

Williams, J., Hadjistavropoulos, T., & Sharpe, D. (2006). A meta-analysis of psychological and pharmacological treatments for body dysmorphic disorder. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 44, 99–111.

Williams, J. M. G., Watts, F. N., MacLeod, C. & Mathews, A. (1997). Cognitive Psychology and Emotional Disorders (2nd ed.). Chichester, England: Wiley.

Williams, R. J., & Chang, S. Y. (2000). A comprehensive and comparative review of adolescent substance abuse treatment outcome. Clinical Psychology: Science & Practice,7, 138–166.

Williams, T. (2012). “Suicides Outpacing War Deaths for Troops.” New York Times, June 9, p. A10. Retrieved May 30, 2013, from www.nytimes.com/2012/06/09/us/suicides-eclipse-war-deaths-for-us-troops.html?_r=0

Williamson, D. A., Womble, L. G., Smeets, M. A. M., Netemeyer, R. G., Thaw, J. M., et al. (2002). Latent structure of eating disorder symptoms: A factor analytic and taxometric investigation. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 412–418.

Williamson-Catania, J. (2007). Genetics of neurodegenerative disease: Alzheimer’s diease, frontotemporal dementia. In K. L. Bell (Dir.), Dementia: Update for the practitioner. Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons, Continuing Medical Education. Retrieved December 20, 2007, from http://ci.columbia.edu/c1182/web/sect_8/c1182_s8_2.html

Wilson, B. A. (1999). Case studies in neuropsychological rehabilitation. New York: Oxford University Press.

Wilson, B. A. (2004). Management and remediation of memory probems in brain-injured adults. In A. D. Baddeley, M. D. Kopelman, & B. A. Wilson (eds.), Essential handbook of memory disorders for clinicians (p–226). New York: Wiley.

Wilson, G. T., & Fairburn, C. G. (2007). Treatments for eating disorders. In P. Nathan & J. M. Gorman (Eds.), A guide to treatments that work (3rd ed., p–609). New York: Oxford University Press.

Wilson, G. T., Fairburn, C., Agras, W. S., Walsh, B. T., & Kraemer, H. (2002). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for bulimia nervosa: Time course and mechanisms of change. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70, 267–274.

Wilson, G. T., Nathan, P. E., O’Leary, K. D., & Clark, L. A. (1996). Abnormal psychology: Integrating perspectives. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Wilson, G. T., & Sysko, R. (2009). Frequency of binge eating episodes in bulimia nervosa and binge eating disorder: Diagnostic considerations. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 42, 603–610.

Wilson, I., Duszynski, K., & Mant, A. (2003). A 5-year follow-up of general practice patients experiencing depression. Family Practice, 20, 685–689.

Wilson, J. K., & Rapee, R. M. (2006). Self-concept certainty in social phobia. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 44, 113–136.

Wilson, J. S., & Costanzo, P. R. (1996). A preliminary study of attachment, attention, and schizotypy in early adulthood. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 15, 231–260.

Wilson, R. I., & Nicoll, R. A. (2001). Endogenous cannabinoids mediate retrograde signaling at hippocampal synapses. Nature, 410, 588–592.

Wilson, W., Mathew, R., Turkington, T., Hawk, T., Coleman, R. E., & Provenzale, J. (2000). Brain morphological changes and early marijuana use: a magnetic resonance and positron emission tomography study. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 19, 1–22.

Windle, M., & Windle, R. C. (2012). Early onset problem behaviors and alcohol, tobacco, and other substance use disorders in young adulthood. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 121(1–2), 152–158.

Winerip, M. (1999a, May 23). Bedlam on the street. The New York Times.

Winerip, M. (1999b, October 18). Oddity and normality vie in subway killer’s confession. The New York Times, p. B1.

Winfree, L. T., & Bernat, F. P. (1998). Social learning, self-control, and substance abuse by eighth grade students: A tale of two cities. Journal of Drug Issues, 28, 539–338.

Winick, B. J. (2003). A therapeutic jurisprudence assessment of sexually violent predator laws. In B. J. Winick & J. Q. La Fond (Eds.), Protecting society from sexually dangerous offenders: Law, justice, and therapy (p–331). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Winnicott, D.W. (1958). Through paediatrics to psycho-analysis: Collected papers. New York: Basic Books, 1958.

Winzelberg, A., & Humphreys, K. (1999). Should patients’ religiosity influence clinicians’ referral to 12-step self-help groups? Evidence from a study of 3,018 male substance abuse patients. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 67, 790–794.

Wirshing, D. A., Sergi, M. J., & Mintz, J. (2005). A videotape intervention to enhance the informed consent process for medical and psychiatric treatment research. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 186–188.

Wisco, B. E., & Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (2009). The interaction of mood and rumination in depression: Effects on mood maintenance and mood-congruent autobiographical memory. Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy, 27(3), 144–159.

Wise, T. N., & Birket-Smith, M. (2002). The somatoform disorders for DSM-V: The need for changes in process and content. Psychosomatics: The Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry, 43, 437–440.

Wiseman, C. V., Sunday, S. R., Klapper, F., Harris, W. A., & Halmi, K. A. (2001). Changing patterns of hospitalization in eating disorder patients. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 30, 69–74.

Wisner, K. L., Perel, J. M., Peindl, K. S., & Hanusa, B. H. (2004). Timing of depression recurrence in the first year after birth. Journal of Affective Disorders, 78, 249–252.

Wisner, K. L., Sit, D. K. Y., McShea, M. C., Rizzo, D. M., Zoretich, R. A., et al. (2013). Onset timing, thoughts of self-harm and diagnoses in postpartum women with screen-positive depression findings. JAMA Psychiatry, 70, 490–498.

Wittchen, H. U., & Hoyer, J. (2001). Generalized anxiety disorder: Nature and course. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 15–19.

Wohl, M., & Gorwood, P. (2007). Paternal ages below or above 35 years old are associated with a different risk of schizophrenia in the offspring. European Psychiatry, 22, 22–26.

Wolchik, S. A., Sandler, I. N., Millsap, R. E., Plummer, B. A., Greene, S. M., et al. (2002). Six-year follow-up of preventive interventions for children of divorce: A randomized controlled trial. JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association, 288, 1874–1881.

Wolpe, J. (1997). Thirty years of behavior therapy. Behavior Therapy, 28, 633–635.

Wonderlich, S., & Mitchell, J. E. (2001). The role of personality in the onset of eating disoders and treatment implications. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 24, 249–258.

Wong, E. C., Kim, B. S. K., Zane, N. W. S., Kim, I. J., & Huang, J. S. (2003). Examining culturally based variables associated with ethnicity: Influences on credibility perceptions of empirically supported interventions. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority Psychology, 9, 88–96.

Wong, J. L., Wetterneck, C., & Klein, A. (2000). Effects of depressed mood on verbal memory performance versus self-reports of cognitive difficulties. International Journal of Rehabilitation & Health, 5, 85–97.

Wong, S. C. P., Gordon, A., Gu, D., Lewis, K. & Olver, M. E. (2012). The Effectiveness of violence reduction treatment for psychopathic offenders: Empirical evidence and a treatment model.InternationalJournal of Forensic Mental Health, 11, 336–349.

Wood, J. M., Lilienfeld, S. O., Nezworski, M. T., & Garb, H. N. (2001). Coming to grips with negative evidence for the comprehensive system for the Rorschach: A comment on Gacono, Loving, and Bodholdt; Ganellen; and Bornstein. Journal of Personality Assessment, 77, 48–70.

Wood, J. M., Nezworski, M. T., Garb, H. N., & Lilienfeld, S. O. (2001). Problems with the norms of the comprehensive system for the Rorschach: Methodological and conceptual considerations. Clinical Psychology: Science & Practice, 8, 397–402.

Woodall, W. G., Delaney, H. D., Kunitz, S. J., Westerberg, V. S., & Zhao, H. (2007). A randomized trial of a DWI intervention program for first offenders: Intervention outcomes and interactions with antisocial personality disorder among a primarily American-Indian sample. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 31, 974–987.

Woods, B. (2004). Reducing the impact of cognitive impairment in dementia. In A. D. Baddeley, M. D. Kopelman, & B. A. Wilson (Eds.), Essential handbook of memory disorders for clinicians (p–300) New York: Wiley.

Woods, B., Spector, A., Jones, C., Orrell, M., & Davies, S. (1998). Reminiscence therapy for dementia. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 3: CD001120. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD001120.pub2.

Woods, S. W., Morgenstern, H., Saksa, J. R., Walsh, B. C., Sullivan, M. C., et al. (2010). Incidence of tardivedyskinesia with atypical versus conventional antipsychotic medication: A prospective cohort study. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 71, 463–474.

Woody, E. Z., & Bowers, K. S. (1994). A frontal assault on dissociated control. In S. J. Lynn & J. W. Rhue (Eds.), Dissociation: Clinical and theoretical perspectives (p–79). New York: Guilford Press.

Wool, C. A., & Barsky, A. J. (1994). Do women somatize more than men? Gender differences in somatization. Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry, 35, 445–452.

Woollett, K., & Maguire, E. A. (2011). Acquiring “the knowledge” of London’s layout drives structural brain changes. Current biology, 21(24), 2109–2114.

World Health Organization. (1948) Constitution of the World Health Organization. Retrieved January 26, 2009, from Jawww.searo.who.int/LinkFiles/About_SEARO_const.pdf.

World Health Organization. (1999). Figures and facts about suicide. Technical Report. Geneva: Author.

World Health Organization. (2002a). Distribution of suicides rates (per 100,000) by gender and age, 2000. Retrieved February 22, 2009, from www.who.int/mental_health/prevention/suicide/suicide_rates_chart/en/index.html

World Health Organization. (2002b). World report on violence and health. Retrieved October 20, 2008, from www.who.int/violence_injury_prevention/violence/global_campaign/en/chap7.pdf

World Health Organization. (2008). Depression. Retrieved October 20, 2008, from www.who.int/mental_health/management/depression/definition/en

World Health Organization. (2009). Definition of an older or elderly person. Retrieved February 21, 2009, from www.who.int/healthinfo/survey/ageingdefnolder/en/index.html

Wright, L. (2007). My life at Grey Gardens: Thirteen months and beyond. Lois Wright.

Wright, S., & Klee, H. (2001). Violent crime, aggression and amphetamine: What are the implications for drug treatment services? Drugs: Education, Prevention & Policy, 8, 73–90.

Wrightsman, L. S., & Fulero, S. M. (2005). Forensic psychology (2nd ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Wu, K. D., Clark, L. A., & Watson, D. (2006). Relations between obsessive-compulsive disorder and personality: Beyond Axis I-Axis II comorbidity. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 20, 695–717.

Wuerker, A. K., Long, J. D., Haas, G. L., & Bellack, A. S. (2002). Interpersonal control, expressed emotion, and change in symptoms in families of persons with schizophrenia, Schizophrenia Research, 58, 281–292.

Wyatt v. Stickney, 334 F. Sup (M. D. Ala. 1971).

Wykes, T., Reeder, C., Williams, C., Corner, J., Rice, C., & Everitt, B. (in press). Are the effects of cognitive remediation therapy (CRT) durable? Results from an exploratory trial in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 61, 163–174.

Wynne, L. C., Tienari, P., Nieminen, P., Sorri, A., Lahti, I., et al. (2006). I. Genotype-environment interaction in the schizophrenia spectrum: Genetic liability and global family ratings in the Finnish Adoption Study. Family Process, 45, 419–434.

Xiao, Z., Yan, H., Wang, Z., Zou, Z., Xu, Y., et al. (2006). Trauma and dissociation in China. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1388–1391.

Xu, B., Roos, J. L., Levy, S., van Rensburg, E. J., Gogos, J. A., & Karalorgou, M. (2008). Strong association of de novo copy number mutations with sporadic schizophrenia. Nature Genetics, 40, 880–885.

Yang, L. H., Phillips, M. R., Licht, D. M., & Hooley, J. M. (2004). Causal attributions about schizophrenia in families in China: Expressed emotion and patient relapse. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 592–602.

Yang, Y., Glenn, A. L., & Raine, A. (2008). Brain abnormalities in antisocial individuals: Implications for the law. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 26(1), 65–83.

Yates, P. M., Hucker, S. J., & Kingston, D. A. (2008). Sexual sadism: Psychopathy and theory. In D. R. Laws & W. T. O’Donohue (Eds.), Sexual deviance: Theory, assessment, and treatment (2nd ed., p–230). New York: Guilford Press.

Yehuda, R., Boisoneau, D., Lowy, M. T., & Giller, E. L. (1995). Dose-response changes in plasma cortisol and lymphocyte glucocorticoid receptors following dexamethasone administration in combat veterans with and without posttraumatic stress disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 52, 583–593.

Yehuda, R., Giller, E. L., Southwick, S. M., Lowy, M. T., & Mason, J. W. (1991). Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal dysfunction in posttraumatic stress disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 30, 1031–1048.

Yehuda, R., Kahana, B., Binder-Brynes, K., Southwick, S. M., Mason, J. W., & Giller, E. L. (1995). Low urinary cortisol excretion in Holocaust survivors with posttraumatic stress disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 982–986.

Yehuda, R., Teicher, M. H., Trestman, R. L., Levengood, R. A., & Siever, L. J. (1996). Cortisol regulation in posttraumatic stress disorder and major depression: A chronobiological analysis. Biological Psychiatry, 40, 79–88.

Yen, S., Sr., Shea, M. T., Battle, C. L., Johnson, D. M., Zlotnick, C., et al. (2002). Traumatic exposure and posttraumatic stress disorder in borderline, schizotypal, avoidant and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders: Findings from the Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 190, 510–518.

Yildiz, A., Vieta, E., Leucht, S., & Baldessarini, R. J. (2011). Efficacy of antimanic treatments: Meta-analysis of randomized, controlled trials. Neuropsychopharmacology, 36, 375–389.

Yip, P. S. F., Callanan, C., & Yuen, H. P. (2000). Urban/rural and gender differentials in suicide rates: East and west. Journal of Affective Disorders, 57, 99–106.

Yip, P. S. F., Chao, A., & Ho, T. P. (1998). A re-examination of seasonal variation in suicides in Australia and New Zealand. Journal of Affective Disorders, 47, 141–150.

Yip, P. S. F., Yang, K. C. T., & Qin, P. (2006). Seasonality of suicides with and without psychiatric illness in Denmark. Journal of Affective Disorders, 96, 117–121.

Yoo, H. J., Kim, M., Ha, J. H., Chung, A., Sim, M. E., et al. (2006). Biogenetic temperament and character and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in Korean children. Psychopathology, 39, 25–31.

Yoon, T., Okada, J., Jung, M. W., & Kim, J. J. (2008). Prefrontal cortex and hippocampus subserve different components of working memory in rats. Learning & Memory, 15, 97–105.

Young, D. M. (2001). Depression. In W. S. Tseng & J. Streltzer (Eds.), Culture and psychopathology: A guide to clinical assessment (p–45). New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Young, J. E. (1990). Cognitive therapy for personality disorders: A schema-focused approach. Sarasota, FL: Professional Resource Exchange.

Young, K. S. (2005). An empirical examination of client attitudes towards online counseling. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8, 172–177.

Yovel, I., & Mineka, S. (2005). Emotion-congruent attentional biases: The perspective of hierarchical models of emotional disorders. Personality and Individual Differences, 38, 785–795.

Yudofsky, S. C. (2005). Fatal Flaws: Navigating Destructive Relationships With People with Disorders of Personality and Character. Washington, DC, US: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.

Zabinski, M. F., Pung, M. A., Wilfley, D. E., Eppstein, D. L., Winzelberg, A. J., et al. (2001). Reducing risk factors for eating disorders: Targeting at-risk women with a computerized psychoeducational program. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 29, 401–408.

Zabinski, M. F., Wilfley, D. E., Calfas, K. J, Winzelberg, A. J., & Taylor, C. B. (2004). An interactive psychoeducational intervention for women at risk of developing an eating disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 72, 914–919.

Zadina, J. N., Corey, D. M., Casbergue, R. M., Lemen, L. C., Rouse, J. C., et al. (2006). Lobar asymmetries in subtypes of dyslexic and control subjects. Journal of Child Neurology, 21, 922–931.

Zalsman, G., Frisch, A., Apter, A., & Weizman, A. (2002). Genetics of suicidal behavior: Candidate association genetic approach. Israel Journal of Psychiatry & Related Sciences, 39, 252–261.

Zamboanga, B. L., Bean, J. L., Pietras, A. C., & Pabón, L. C. (2005). Subjective evaluations of alcohol expectancies and their relevance to drinking game involvement in female college students. Journal of Adolescent Health, 37, 77–80.

Zammit, S., Allebeck, P., Andreasson, S., Lundberg, I., & Lewis, G. (2002). Self reported cannabis use as a risk factor for schizophrenia in Swedish conscripts of 1969: Historical cohort study. British Medical Journal, 325, 1199–1212.

Zammit, S., Allebeck, P., Dalman, C., Lundberg, I., Hemmingson, T., et al. (2003). Paternal age and risk for schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 183, 405–408.

Zanarini, M. C., & Gunderson, J. G. (1997). Differential diagnosis of antisocial and borderline personality disorders. In D. M. Stoff, J. Breiling, & J. D. Maser (Eds.), Handbook of antisocial behavior (p–91). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley.

Zanarini, M. C., Frankenburg, F. R., DeLuca, C. J., Hennen, J., Khera, G. S., & Gunderson, J. G. (1998). The pain of being borderline: Dysphoric states specific to borderline personality disorder. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 6, 201–207.

Zanarini, M. C., Frankenburg, F. R., Hennen, J., Reich, D. B., & Silk, K. R. (2004). Axis I comorbidity in patients with borderline personality disorder: 6-year follow-up and prediction of time to remission. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 2108–2114.

Zanarini, M. C., Frankenburg, F. R., Hennen, J., Reich, B., & Silk, K. R. (2005). The McLean Study of Adult Development (MSAD): Overview and implications of the first six years of prospective follow-up. Journal of Personality Disorders, 19, 505–523.

Zanarini, M. C., Frankenburg, F. R., Hennen, J., Reich, D. B., & Silk, K. R. (2006). Prediction of the 10-year course of borderline personality disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 827–832.

Zanarini, M. C., Frankenburge, F. R., Reich, B, & Fitzmaurice, G. (2010). Time to attainment of recovery from borderline personality disorder and stability of recovery: A 10-year prospective follow-up study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 663–667.

Zanarini, M. C., Frankenburg, F. R., Reich, D. B., Silk, K. R., Hudson, J. I., & McSweeney, L. B. (2006). The subsyndromal phenomenology of borderline personality disorder: A 10-year follow-up study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 929–935.

Zanarini, M. C., Gunderson, J. G., & Frankenburg, F. R. (1989). Axis I phenomenology of borderline personality disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 30, 149–156.

Zane, N., Hall, G. C. N., Sue, S., Young, K., & Nunez, J. (2004). Research on psychotherapy with culturally diverse populations. In M. J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin and Garfield’s handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (5th ed., p–821). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Zarrinpar, A., Deldin, P., and Kosslyn, S. M. (2006). Effects of depression on sensory/motor vs. central processing in visual mental imagery. Cognition & Emotion, 20, 737–758.

Zeeck, A., Weber, S., Sandholz, A., Joos, A., & Hartmann, A. (2011). Stability of long-term outcome in bulimia nervosa: A 3-year follow-up. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 67, 318–327.

Zhan, C., Sangl, J., Bierman, A., Miller, M., Friedman, B., et al. (2001). Potentially inappropriate medication use in the community-dwelling elderly: Findings from the 1996 medical expenditure panel survey. Journal of the American Medical Association, 286, 2823–2829.

Zhang, A., & Snowden, L. R. (1999). Ethnic characteristics of mental disorders in five U.S. communities. Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 5, 134–146.

Zhang, A. Y., Snowden, L. R., & Sue, S. (1998). Differences between Asian and White Americans’ help seeking and utilization patterns in the Los Angeles area. Journal of Community Psychology, 26, 317–326.

Zhang, L., ChangR. C.-C., Chu, L.-W., &Mak, H. K.-F. (2012). Current neuroimaging techniques in Alzheimer’s disease and applications in animal models. American Journal of Nuclear Medicine and Molecular Imaging, 2, 386–404.

Zhang, X. Y., Zhou, D. F., Cao, L. Y., Wu, G. Y., & Shen, Y. C. (2005). Cortisol and cytokines in chronic and treatment-resistant patients with schizophrenia: Association with psychopathology and response to antipsychotics. Neuropsychopharmacology, 30, 1532–1538.

Zhu, Y., Wang, K., Zhang, J., Long, Y., Su, L., & Zhou, M. (2003). A survey on tic disorder of children aged 6–15 years. Chinese Mental Health Journal, 17, 363–366.

Zhukov, D. A., & Vinogradova, E. P. (1998). Agonistic behavior during stress prevents the development of learned helplessness in rats. Neuroscience and Behavioral Physiology, 28, 206–210.

Ziatas, K., Durkin, K., & Pratt, C. (2003). Differences in assertive speech acts produced by children with autism, Asperger syndrome, specific language impairment, and normal development. Development and Psychopathology, 15, 73–94.

Ziegler, F. J., Imboden, J. B., & Meyer, E. (1960). Contemporary conversion reactions: A clinical study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 116, 901–910.

Zimmerman, M., & Chelminski, I. (2003). Generalized anxiety disorder in patients with major depression: Is DSM-IV’s hierarchy correct? American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 504–521.

Zipfel, S., Loewe, B., Reas, D. L., Deter, H.-C., & Herzog, W. (2000). Long-term prognosis in anorexia nervosa: Lessons from a 21-year follow-up study. Lancet, 355, 721–722.

Zisook, S., Shear, K., & Kendler, K. S. (2007). Validity of the bereavement exclusion criterion for the diagnosis of major depressive episode. World Psychiatry, 6, 102–107.

Zittel, C., & Westen, D. (1998). Conceptual issues and research findings on borderline personality disorder: What every clinician should know. In Session, 4, 5–20.

Zlotnick, C., Miller, I. W., Pearlstein, T., Howard, M., & Sweeney, P. (2006). A preventive intervention for pregnant women on public assistance at risk for postpartum depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 1443–1445.

Zornberg, G. L., Buka, S. L., & Tsuang, M. T. (2000). Hypoxic-ischemia-related fetal/neonatal complications and risk of schizophrenia and other nonaffective psychoses: A 19-year longitudinal study. American Journal of Psychiatry 157, 196–202.

Zorumski, C. F. (2005). Neurobiology, neurogenesis, and the pathology of psychopathology. In C. F. Zorumski & E. H. Rubin (Eds.), Psychopathology in the genome and neuroscience era (p–187). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Zubieta, J.-K., Huguelet, P., O’Neil, R. L., & Giordani, B. J. (2001). Cognitive function in euthymic bipolar I disorder. Psychiatry Research, 102, 9–20.

Zucker, K. J. (2005). Gender identity disorder in children and adolescents. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 467–492.

Zucker, K. J., & Bradley, S. J. (1995). Gender identity disorder and psychosexual problems in children and adolescents. New York: Guilford Press.

Zucker, K. J., Wild, J., Bradley, S. J., & Lowry, C. B. (1993). Physical attractiveness of boys with gender identity disorder. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 22, 23–36.

Zuckerman, M. (1991a). Biotypes for basic personality dimensions? “The Twilight Zone” between genotype and social phenotype. In J. Strelau & A. Angleitner (Eds.), Explorations in temperament: International perspectives on theory and measurement (p–146). New York: Plenum Press.

Zuckerman, M. (1991b). Psychobiology of personality. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Zuckerman, M. (1994). Behavioural expressions and biosocial bases of sensation seeking. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Zuckerman, M. (1999). Antisocial personality disorder. In M. Zuckerman, Vulnerability to psychopathology: A biosocial model (p–253). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.